Service Manual

Introduction 1-1

Safety Instructions 1-2

General Information 1-3

Controls & Operations 1-4

Quick Reference Data 1-5

RETURN TO MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS

 GO TO TOP OF DOCUMENT

INTRODUCTION
SECTION 01-01

LeTourneau Technologies, has made every effort to make this manual as accurate as possible based on the
information available at the time of publication and printing. Continuous improvement and advancement of
product design may cause changes to machines, which may not have been included in this publication.
LeTourneau Technologies, reserves the right to make changes and improvements at any time. To ensure the
most current information, please contact your dealer representative.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES AND WARRANTY ADVISORIES ............................................................... 2
SAFETY .............................................................................................................................................................. 2
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF MACHINE ......................................................................................................... 3
LETOURNEAU FRONT-END LOADER OR DOZER (L/D) OPERATING ENVIRONMENT ............................. 3
SERVICE MANUAL AND PARTS CATALOG ................................................................................................... 4
THANK YOU FOR CHOOSING LETOURNEAU TECHNOLOGIES™ .............................................................. 4
SAFETY AND OPERATIONAL ADVISORY ...................................................................................................... 5

SECTION 01-01.DOC r00 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 01-01-1
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 INTRODUCTION

CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES AND WARRANTY ADVISORIES

LeTourneau Technologies loaders/dozers are warranted in accordance with the warranty policy provided with
the machine. The recommended operating and maintenance procedures set forth shall be followed to ensure
warranty coverage is not jeopardized. Failure to comply with recommended operating and maintenance
procedures may void machine warranty.
Any questions or problems relating to warranty policy or administration should be directed to LeTourneau
Technologies, P.O. Box 2307, Longview, Texas 75601, Attention: Warranty Manager. Include the model and
serial number, in-service date of the machine, and hour meter reading. We especially draw your attention
to the following advisories:
SAFETY
This publication contains special instructions that pertain to safety, operation, maintenance, and repair of the
machine. Listed below are the signal words and symbols that precede these instructions and their meanings:

 The danger label indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or
serious injury.

 The warning label indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or
serious injury.

 The caution label, used with the safety alert symbol indicates a hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury (includes the safety alert symbol ).

 The caution label (without safety alert symbol) is used to address practices not related to
personal injury – only equipment damage.

 The NOTE graphic is to indicate areas of importance to the reader that are not related to personal
injury or machine damage.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-01.DOC r00

01-01-2 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
INTRODUCTION GENERATION2

GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF MACHINE

LeTourneau machines are rugged articulated front-end loaders/dozers specifically built for long lasting
operation in many environments. The machine’s bucket or blade (as applicable) size is determined by the
weight (density) of the material to be handled.
A diesel engine and either an AC or SR generator provide power to electric traction motors that propel the
machine at variable speeds, forward and reverse. This power train is augmented by additional fluid power
systems that control all bucket/blade, hoist/tilt/pitch and steering operations (as applicable).
The four drive motors are coupled to planetary gearboxes sometimes referred to as “drivers”. Operation of the
machine is further enhanced by a solid-state drive system.
Braking is accomplished by three separate systems. The primary braking system utilizes characteristics of the
drive motors, causing “dynamic braking”. The secondary system, the service brake, is an air-operated disc
brake attached to each motor shaft. The third system, the parking brake, is a spring-applied, air release
brake.

GENERAL INFORMATION provides illustrations of the major features and dimensions and a
specifications list for the machine. Loader illustrations are used in the manual when providing
information that is applicable to both Loaders and Dozers.

TYPICAL LOADER TYPICAL DOZER

LETOURNEAU FRONT-END LOADER OR DOZER (L/D) OPERATING

ENVIRONMENT
LeTourneau rubber-tired front-end machines are designed as rugged all-weather tools for various industries.
They are designed as off-highway equipment for use in various applications that are in remote locations. Due
to their very large size, they must work in an area with few other machines, and the only proximity to buildings
would be for routine maintenance or repair. They are not to be operated near office buildings or residential
areas.

The operators of this machine are advised not to approach local residences or business
establishments within a distance of 328 yards (300 meters) in order to prevent interference with their
television and radio reception.
 LOADERS: The primary function of the loader is to load or move loose material (i.e. blasted rock,
crushed stone, sand, coal, overburden etc.) into hauling units such as mining trucks and rail trains. A
typical application would be loading end-dump mining trucks from a bank of blasted rock.

A loader should never be used as a dozer. The dozer is specifically designed to push materials,
whereas the loader is designed to lift and move loose material.
SECTION 01-01.DOC r00 COPYRIGHT 2011
L-1150/1350/1850/2350 01-01-3
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 INTRODUCTION

 DOZERS: The primary function of the dozer is to move loose material (i.e. blasted rock, crushed stone,
sand, coal, overburden, wood chips etc.). A typical application would be moving overburden and dumps.
The machines can withstand and are fully functional in temperatures ranging from -40° F to +122° F (-40° C
to +50° C), 0-100% humidity, and in all forms of precipitation, day or night. Operating elevation is limited by
the restrictions placed on the diesel engine power unit. The machine operating elevation can exceed 14,260
ft. (4500 meters).
SERVICE MANUAL AND PARTS CATALOG
The SERVICE MANUAL provides instructions for operating, safety and preventive maintenance,
troubleshooting, and repair. Each publication has its own table of contents that lists the individual topics under
the major subheadings.
The OPERATOR’S HANDBOOK provides a limited version of machine specifications and basic safety and
operating instructions as a supplement to the Service Manual.
The PARTS CATALOG contains part numbers, illustrations, and schematics to aid in ordering parts from
LeTourneau Technologies to service and repair the machine.
Verify numbers of parts, tools, or material by using the PARTS CATALOG, or contact your authorized
LeTourneau Technologies dealer for assistance. Do not order parts from the SERVICE MANUAL (with the
exception of some tools and special items).
Items described as "Optional" may not be available on all models.

LeTourneau Technologies cannot anticipate every possible circumstance that might involve a
potential hazard. The warnings in this publication and on the product are therefore not all inclusive.
These rules will not apply to all situations. If a tool, procedure, work method, or operating technique
is used, the owner must be satisfied that it is safe for all personnel. Also, ensure that the product will
not be damaged or made unsafe by the operation, lubrication, maintenance, or repair procedures
chosen. Operating the machine on different job sites and under various environments can create
safety hazards unique to that particular situation. If a dangerous situation develops under these
circumstances, only the alertness of the operator and proficiency in operating the machine are
available to cope with the emergency.

THANK YOU FOR CHOOSING LETOURNEAU TECHNOLOGIES™

We believe you will be delighted with the machine's performance, and feel sure that the payback on your
investment will be a rapid one. Should you need to discuss some aspects of the design as it relates to the
capability of your machine, your dealer will be glad to assist you. If additional information is needed, the
dealer will contact the factory. In the unlikely event you are unable to obtain the information in this manner,
contact the LeTourneau Technologies™ Product Support Group in Longview, Texas by telephone at 903-
236-6584 or by FAX at 903-236-6548. Be sure to have available the model, serial number, hour meter
reading, and in-service date of the machine.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-01.DOC r00

01-01-4 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
INTRODUCTION GENERATION2

SAFETY AND OPERATIONAL ADVISORY

The instructions provided in this publication are for operating the machine under normal conditions. As each
workplace and operating situation is different, LeTourneau cannot anticipate unusual or extreme
circumstances that might require additional safety precautions or modifications in machine operation in
addition to those covered in this publication. Therefore, it is essential to become familiar with extreme or
unusual situations that are unique to the workplace that might warrant a modification of the instructions
contained herein. Contact an authorized LeTourneau Technologies dealer or the LeTourneau Product
Support Group in Longview, Texas, for assistance should any operating or maintenance practice needed to
accommodate the working environment, require a departure from the instructions contained in this
publication.

SECTION 01-01.DOC r00 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 01-01-5
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 INTRODUCTION

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-01.DOC r00

01-01-6 L1350, L1850, L2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
 GO TO TOP OF DOCUMENT

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

SECTION-01-02

LeTourneau Technologies has made every effort to make this manual as accurate as possible based on the
information available at the time of publication and printing. Continuous improvement and advancement of
product design may cause changes to machines which may not have been included in this publication.
LeTourneau Technologies reserves the right to make changes and improvements at any time. To ensure the
most current information, please contact your dealer representative.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SCOPE OF THIS PUBLICATION ....................................................................................................................... 2
SAFETY STANDARDS....................................................................................................................................... 3
MACHINE SAFETY AND INSTRUCTIONAL LABELS ..................................................................................... 3
SIGNAL WORDS ............................................................................................................................................. 3
LABEL/PLACARD MAINTENANCE ................................................................................................................ 4
BE PREPARED BEFORE STARTING .......................................................................................................... 15
MOUNTING AND DISMOUNTING THE MACHINE ......................................................................................... 15
LADDER MOUNTED ON HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR .................................................................................. 16
START UP SAFELY ...................................................................................................................................... 16
SAFETY IN MATERIAL HANDLING OPERATIONS..................................................................................... 17
END THE OPERATING PERIOD SAFELY ................................................................................................... 18
SAFETY IN SERVICE AND REPAIR OPERATIONS ...................................................................................... 19
PRE-SERVICE OR REPAIR PREPARATIONS AND CAUTIONS................................................................ 19
ELECTRICAL HAZARDS ........................................................................................................................... 19
FRAME LOCK ............................................................................................................................................ 22
GENERAL SERVICE OR REPAIR PRECAUTIONS..................................................................................... 23
ROLL OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (ROPS) AND FALLING OBJECT PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE
(FOPS) .............................................................................................................................................................. 26
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN SWITCHES ......................................................................................................... 27
OPERATION OF SWITCHES ....................................................................................................................... 28
REARVIEW MIRRORS ..................................................................................................................................... 29
SIDE REARVIEW MIRRORS ........................................................................................................................ 29
ADJUSTMENTS FOR VIEWING ............................................................................................................... 29
PAN, TILT, AND REACH ADJUSTMENTS .............................................................................................. 29
MAINTENANCE............................................................................................................................................. 30
SEAT BELT OPERATION AND ADJUSTMENT ............................................................................................. 33
FASTENING THE BELT ................................................................................................................................ 33
UNFASTENING THE BELT ........................................................................................................................... 33
ADJUSTMENTS ............................................................................................................................................ 33
LENGTHENING THE BELT .......................................................................................................................... 33
SHORTENING THE BELT ............................................................................................................................ 33
INSPECTION ................................................................................................................................................. 33
FIRE PREVENTION AND CONTROL .............................................................................................................. 35
FIRE PREVENTION ...................................................................................................................................... 35
MANUAL FIRE EXTINGUISHER .................................................................................................................. 35
FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM - AFEX or ANSUL SYSTEMS (Optional) .................................................. 35
FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM CIRCUIT MONITOR PANEL - ANSUL SYSTEM (Optional) .......................... 36
CIRCUIT MONITOR PANEL - AFEX SYSTEM............................................................................................. 37
VISUAL INDICATORS: .............................................................................................................................. 37
CONTROLS: .............................................................................................................................................. 37
MANUAL ACTUATION - AFEX AND ANSUL SYSTEMS.......................................................................... 38
FIRE DETECTION ENGINE SHUTDOWN OPTION..................................................................................... 39
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING............................................................................... 39
COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-1
L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

TIRES ................................................................................................................................................................ 41
MACHINE OPERATION: NORMAL, TRAMMING AND LOAD/CARRY: ...................................................... 41

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
FIGURE 1. IDENTIFICATION AND SAFETY GROUP (SHEET 1 OF 8)............................................................5
FIGURE 2. IDENTIFICATION AND SAFETY GROUP (SHEET 2 OF 8)............................................................6
FIGURE 3. IDENTIFICATION AND SAFETY GROUP (SHEET 3 OF 8)............................................................7
FIGURE 4. IDENTIFICATION AND SAFETY GROUP (SHEET 4 OF 8)............................................................8
FIGURE 5. IDENTIFICATION AND SAFETY GROUP (SHEET 5 OF 8)............................................................9
FIGURE 6. IDENTIFICATION AND SAFETY GROUP (SHEET 6 OF 8)..........................................................10
FIGURE 7. IDENTIFICATION AND SAFETY GROUP (SHEET 7 OF 8)..........................................................11
FIGURE 8. IDENTIFICATION AND SAFETY GROUP (SHEET 8 OF 8)..........................................................13
FIGURE 9. HIGH VOLTAGE INDICATOR LIGHTS ..........................................................................................19
FIGURE 10. TYPICAL BRAKING GRID (SHOCK HAZARDS).......................................................................20
FIGURE 11. ELECTRICAL CABINET (SHOCK HAZARD) ............................................................................20
FIGURE 12. FRONT AXLE ACCESS PANEL (SHOCK HAZARDS) .............................................................21
FIGURE 13. CRUSH HAZARD AREAS..........................................................................................................22
FIGURE 14. MOVE FRAME LOCK INTO UNLOCKED POSITION AND SECURE WITH RETAINING
PIN (CRUSH HAZARD AREAS) ....................................................................................................23
FIGURE 15. ISOLATION AND CONTROL SWITCH BOX ASSEMBLY ........................................................24
FIGURE 16. RADIATOR CAP AND VENT VALVE ........................................................................................25
FIGURE 17. TYPICAL TORQUE NUT AS USED ON ROPS ............................................................................26
FIGURE 18. ROLLOVER PROTECTION STRUCTURE AND FALLING OBJECT PROTECTIVE
STRUCTURE ASSEMBLY (TYPICAL)...........................................................................................26
FIGURE 19. EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN SWITCHES ..................................................................................27
FIGURE 20. EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN SWITCHES - TYPICAL LOCATIONS..........................................28
FIGURE 21. HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR AIR RELEASE VALVE ...................................................................28
FIGURE 22. RECOMMENDED SIDE REARVIEW MIRROR ADJUSTMENT AND APPROXIMATE
FIELD OF VISION ..........................................................................................................................30
FIGURE 23. TYPICAL “BLIND" AREAS ON LETOURNEAU EQUIPMENT (NOT MODEL SPECIFIC) ........31
FIGURE 24. SIDE REARVIEW MIRROR INSTALLATION ............................................................................32
FIGURE 25. SEAT BELT COMPONENTS AND FASTENING/UNFASTENING PROCEDURES
(TYPICAL) ......................................................................................................................................33
FIGURE 26. FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM BOTTLES - AFEX SYSTEM SHOWN ...................................36
FIGURE 27. CIRCUIT MONITOR PANELS....................................................................................................37
FIGURE 29. FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM ACTUATOR SWITCHES - AFEX AND ANSUL SYSTEMS...38
FIGURE 30. HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR AIR RELEASE VALVE ...................................................................39
FIGURE 31. LOCATIONS OF FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM ACTUATION SWITCHES (TYPICAL
LOCATIONS - STANDARD INSTALLATION) ................................................................................40

SCOPE OF THIS PUBLICATION

This publication contains general and specific safety precautions. The operator and maintenance personnel
should read these safety precautions carefully and understand them before operating or performing
maintenance operations to the machine

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-2
LeTourneau Technologies™ L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GENERATION2

LeTourneau cannot anticipate every possible circumstance that might involve a potential hazard. The
Warnings and Cautions in this publication and on the product are therefore not all inclusive. These
rules will not apply to all situations. If a tool, procedure, work method, or operating technique not
specifically recommended by LeTourneau is used, the owner must be satisfied that it is safe for all
personnel. Also, ensure that the product will not be damaged or made unsafe by the operation,
lubrication, maintenance, or repair procedures chosen. Operating the machine on different job sites
and under various environments can create safety hazards unique to that particular situation. If a
dangerous situation develops under these circumstances, only the alertness of the operator and their
proficiency in operating the machine are available to cope with the emergency.

SAFETY STANDARDS
LeTourneau endeavors to comply with the purposes and the applicable occupational safety and health
standards as set forth by the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA), Society of Automotive
Engineers (SAE), Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE), and International Standards
Organization (ISO).
The customer should acknowledge that compliance with the above applicable organizations under the law is
the responsibility of each employer, and the employer should take all actions necessary to maintain and
operate LeTourneau equipment or accessories according to applicable standards. Carefully review the
procedures given in this manual with all operators ANNUALLY. It is essential that all operators be familiar
with, AND FOLLOW, safety precautions. Operating instructions must be given to everyone using the machine
before operation and at least once a year thereafter.

MACHINE SAFETY AND INSTRUCTIONAL LABELS

Safety and instructional labels/placards are attached to the machine near specific hazard areas.
SIGNAL WORDS
The safety and instructional symbols in this manual contain information for two levels of hazards and appear
as shown below:
This publication contains special instructions that pertain to safety, operation, maintenance, and repair of the
machine. Listed below are the signal words and symbols that precede these instructions and their meanings:

 The danger label indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or
serious injury.

 The warning label indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or
serious injury.

 The caution label, used with the safety alert symbol indicates a hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury (includes the safety alert symbol ).

 The caution label (without safety alert symbol) is used to address practices not related to
personal injury – only equipment damage.

 The NOTE graphic is to indicate areas of importance to the reader that are not related to personal
injury or machine damage.

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-3
L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

LABEL/PLACARD MAINTENANCE
These guidelines should be followed in the maintenance of the safety and instructional labels/placards affixed
to the machine:
These labels/placards should be inspected daily and any that are damaged, deteriorated or missing should
be replaced as soon as possible. Make sure that all safety and instruction labels/placards can be read. Clean
or replace these labels/placards if the words or pictures cannot be read or seen.

The safety and instructional labels/placards on the machine should be legible for four to five years under
normal conditions. The labels/placards use 3M 100MP adhesive. To replace the safety signs, follow these
instructions:
1. Clean and dry the surface to be sure it is free of dust, oils, fingerprints or oxidation. Use heptane or
isopropyl alcohol to clean the surface.
2. Temperature of the mounting surface should be 50°F (10ºC) or above.
3. Apply the label firmly and evenly on the surface and rub it down vigorously.
When cleaning the signs, use a cloth, water, and soap. Do not use solvent, gasoline or high-pressure washer,
etc.
Refer to illustration “IDENTIFICATION AND SAFETY GROUP” for information on the location and type of
labels/placards found on the machine.

If a safety or instructional sign is on a part that is replaced, make sure a new sign is installed on the
replaced part.
Refer to PARTS CATALOG for information on ordering replacement labels.

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-4
LeTourneau Technologies™ L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GENERATION2

Figure 1. IDENTIFICATION AND SAFETY GROUP (SHEET 1 OF 8)

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-5
L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
Figure 2. IDENTIFICATION AND SAFETY GROUP (SHEET 2 OF 8)
(NUMBERS ON DRAWING REFER TO LEGEND ON SHEET 2 OF 8)
COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-6 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GENERATION2

Figure 3. IDENTIFICATION AND SAFETY GROUP (SHEET 3 OF 8)

(NUMBERS ON DRAWING REFER TO LEGEND ON SHEET 3 OF 8)
COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-7
L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
Figure 4. IDENTIFICATION AND SAFETY GROUP (SHEET 4 OF 8)
(NUMBERS ON DRAWING REFER TO LEGEND ON SHEET 4 OF 8)
COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-8 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GENERATION2

Figure 5. IDENTIFICATION AND SAFETY GROUP (SHEET 5 OF 8)

(NUMBERS ON DRAWING REFER TO LEGEND ON SHEET 5 OF 8)

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-9
L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
Figure 6. IDENTIFICATION AND SAFETY GROUP (SHEET 6 OF 8)
(NUMBERS ON DRAWING REFER TO LEGEND ON SHEET 6 OF 8)
COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-10 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GENERATION2

Figure 7. IDENTIFICATION AND SAFETY GROUP (SHEET 7 OF 8)

(NUMBERS ON DRAWING REFER TO LEGEND ON SHEET 7 OF 8)

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-11
L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-12 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GENERATION2

Figure 8. IDENTIFICATION AND SAFETY GROUP (SHEET 8 OF 8)

(NUMBERS ON DRAWING REFER TO LEGEND ON SHEET 1 OF 8)
COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-13
L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-14
LeTourneau Technologies™ L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GENERATION2

GENERAL OPERATIONAL SAFETY GUIDELINES

BE PREPARED BEFORE STARTING
These guidelines should be followed before attempting to operate the machine.
a. KNOW THE EQUIPMENT: Read all sections of this manual thoroughly. BE SURE to understand all control
functions, capacities, clearances, limitations, and routine maintenance required for safe operation. Support
personnel should also be familiar with this information. Learn the location and function of ALL controls,
indicators, warning devices and caution instructions. Improper operation or improper maintenance of this
machine can result in hazardous conditions.
b. This machine must be operated in accordance with the information and instructions contained in this
manual.

LeTourneau equipment is designed as off-highway equipment for use in open pit applications that are
in remote locations. Due to their very large size they must work in an area with few other machines, and
their only proximity to buildings would be for routine maintenance or repair. They are not to be operated
near office buildings or residential areas.
Be familiar with the machine’s safety devices (if so equipped) such as:
1. Seat belts
2. Rollover protective structure (ROPS) and falling object protective structure (FOPS)
3. Articulated steering frame lock
4. Shields and guards
5. Visual and audible warning devices
6. Manual fire extinguisher or the fire suppression system
7. Isolation and Control Switch Box
8. Battery Isolation switch
9. Starter Isolation switch
10. Emergency Stop buttons
11. Rearview mirrors
12. Battery Isolation Station
13. All lighting
Know the work area; clear away trash and debris. Remove anything that could puncture a tire.
Check overhead clearances. Know the size of doorways and canopies. Know how much clearance there is
under power and telephone lines.
Complete the daily walk-around inspection and services. Perform the inspections and maintenance per Section
02. Check it thoroughly for visual defects, such as leaks, cracks, frayed hoses, worn insulation, and loose parts.

MOUNTING AND DISMOUNTING THE MACHINE

These guidelines should be followed when mounting and dismounting the machine:

There are no provisions on any LeTourneau built machine to accommodate the transportation of any
persons other than the operator alone, unless a training seat in the cab is optionally provided. Ladders
and catwalks attached to the machine are designed for servicing of the machine while the machine is
stopped only. They are NOT designed for transporting riders at any time. Serious injury or death could
result while riding on any location of the machine other than the cab operator’s seat or training seat (if
so equipped).
Always use “three-point support” with the machine, and face the ladder while entering of leaving it. “Three point
support” means that three out of four arms and legs are in contact with the machine at all times during mount
and dismount.

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-15
L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Before dismounting, ensure the ground conditions are stable, to prevent slipping or falling when
stepping off the ladder. Always ensure firm ground before releasing the ladder/handrail.

a. Clean shoes and wipe hands before attempting to climb on the machine.
b. Look for icy conditions that could make use of a ladder or stairway treacherous. Follow all local work rules
used during icy conditions.
c. Use handholds, ladders, or steps (as provided) when mounting and dismounting.
d. NEVER attempt to mount or dismount a moving machine.
e. NEVER jump off the machine.
f. NEVER try to climb on or off the machine when carrying tools or supplies. Use a hand line to pull equipment
up onto the platform.
g. Observe proper shutdown procedures before dismounting.

LADDER MOUNTED ON HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR

A ladder is mounted on the hydraulic reservoir. When using this ladder, refer to instructions in “MOUNTING
AND DISMOUNTING THE MACHINE” as previously explained in this document.
START UP SAFELY
These guidelines should be followed in the normal operation of the machine:
a. Do not wear loose clothing or jewelry that can catch on controls or other parts of the machine.
b. Make certain all protective guards and covers are secured in place on the machine.
c. Keep the machine, especially walkways, platforms and steps, free of foreign material, such as debris, oil,
tools, and other items that are not part of the machine.
d. Secure all loose items such as lunch boxes, tools, and other items that are not part of the machine.

e. Start up safely. Use all local procedures such as blowing the horn before starting up.
1. Allow at least 30 seconds for anyone working on or around the machine to exit the area. The operator
should also inspect the machine before the shift and after work breaks to be sure no one is around it
before starting.
2. Visually determine the area is clear before moving the machine.

Do not allow anyone to stand on any area of the machine, particularly near steps in the area between
the tires when the engine is running. There is no clearance for persons in this area when the machine is
steered.
Attach the frame lock before performing service work or lifting the machine or transporting on another
vehicle. Before operating, be sure frame lock is removed and securely stored.
f. Follow the engine manufacturer’s recommended starting procedure. After engine has been started, check
all gauges and instruments to be sure that everything is operating properly.

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-16
LeTourneau Technologies™ L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GENERATION2

Diesel exhaust fumes can cause sickness. If necessary to start an engine in an enclosed area, be sure
adequate ventilation is provided. Serious injury or loss of life is possible.

a. Operate bucket and hoist controls through a complete cycle when area conditions permit — check for faulty
operation. Report any sluggishness, binding, or over travel to the appropriate personnel.
b. To be sure direction of travel and speed can be controlled, move the direction control switch to forward and
reverse positions, and press the accelerator pedal slowly.
c. Test brakes before operating. Test park brakes to make sure the machine will be able to stop and stay
stopped. (when first moved, check dynamic braking).
d. Check lights, backup alarm or other warning and safety devices.
e. Sit properly, in an alert position. Check out controls in a safe area while moving slowly. STEER MACHINE
BOTH RIGHT AND LEFT to be sure steering is operating properly.
f. Never carry an unauthorized rider. The operator’s cab is designed for one person only (unless equipped
with a training seat). If training seat is used, make certain the training seat belt restraint is used at all times.

NEVER use the bucket or lift arms to lift personnel. Serious injury or loss of life is possible.
g. Watch out for overhead dangers. Keep a safe distance from overhead power lines.

SAFETY IN MATERIAL HANDLING OPERATIONS

Remember these rules when working with the machine in mining operations:
a. Go slowly in congested areas, over rough ground and on slopes. Keep the machine’s speed slow enough to
be in COMPLETE CONTROL AT ALL TIMES. Follow all local rules and regulations concerning operation of
equipment near a high wall.
b. Give loaded vehicles the right of way. Follow local traffic rules for the job site. Watch out for other vehicles.
c. Position the bucket three or four feet above the ground and rolled back so it does not block vision when
traveling.
d. The bucket should not be used as a brake except in an emergency if all other means fail.
e. Load, carry and unload safely. Start and stop smoothly when carrying a load.
f. Stay back from edge of banks and pits. Edges can cave off or the machine can lose its footing and slide
over the edge.
g. Know the employer’s hand signals. It is important to know the exact meaning of all hand signals applicable
to and used during operation. Failure to correctly respond to a hand signal could result in severe injury or
death. Accept operational signals from one person only, but accept an emergency shutdown signal from
anyone who gives it.
h. Be alert. Be aware of what is going on around the machine. Maintain a safe operating distance between the
machine and other equipment and personnel.
i. When dumping into hauling vehicles, BE CAREFUL NOT TO CONTACT THE VEHICLE with the loader lift
arm or bucket.
COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-17
L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

j. Use caution on slopes. Operate straight up and down slopes whenever possible. Use extreme caution
during any side hill operations. NEVER DESCEND A GRADE FASTER THAN THE MACHINE COULD
CLIMB THAT SAME GRADE. Refer to Grade Plate located in the cab for grade operation requirements.
k. Keep the bucket close to the ground for stability. If an overload causes the machine to tip forward, DO NOT
PANIC - - LOWER THE LOAD TO THE GROUND and the machine will stabilize.
l. Be careful in a hazardous area. Whenever possible, two people should work together in hazardous areas -
one to operate the machine and the other to direct and watch for dangers.
1. NEVER enter a dust cloud or a dark area such as an underpass or building before checking it for
obstructions or hazards that cannot be seen.
2. Watch for overhead dangers, such as overhanging trees or falling rocks. Do not undercut banks. Keep
a safe distance from overhead power lines – and check for buried power and utility lines before digging.
m. Report a malfunctioning machine. EVEN A MINOR PROBLEM CAN BECOME SERIOUS. Report any
mechanical problems to supervision.

There are two entry/exit doors (left and right) in the cab. During an emergency, determine which door is
to be used as the emergency exit.
If the machine must be left unattended:
1. Lower bucket to ground.
2. Set the park brake switch.
3. Push the engine select switch to the LOW position. Let idle for four to five minutes.
4. Turn key switch to OFF position.
5. Place a "DO NOT OPERATE" sign on the controls if the machine must be left unattended and safety or
maintenance deficiencies exist. Follow all local rules for each situation.
END THE OPERATING PERIOD SAFELY
a. Park in an unobstructed, flat area.
b. Lower the bucket to the ground. Bucket should be flat and level with the ground.

Shutdown properly
a. Set the park brake switch.
b. Push the engine select switch to the LOW position and let the engine idle for four or five minutes.
c. Place all controls in the OFF position and turn key switch to the OFF position.
d. To prevent unauthorized starting, remove the ignition key.
e. To prevent tampering, lock the cab door.

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-18
LeTourneau Technologies™ L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GENERATION2

SAFETY IN SERVICE AND REPAIR OPERATIONS

PRE-SERVICE OR REPAIR PREPARATIONS AND CAUTIONS
The machine’s large size and diesel-electric power unit make it necessary to take special precautions to ensure
a safe working environment.

The following precautions and procedures should be adhered to anytime the machine is brought in for service
or repair: All local rules should also be followed.

In addition to the following instructions, anyone performing service operations to the machine should
be familiar with the location and operation of all service switches and connections as described in
“SERVICE SWITCHES”, located in Section 01 of the Service Manual.

DO NOT ENTER THE HIGH VOLTAGE CABINET if the engine is running. Do not enter the High Voltage
Cabinet if the bus voltage indicator LED’s on the SR converter assemblies are illuminated. Do not touch
any electrical component or assembly inside the High Voltage Cabinet if the bus voltage indicator LED’s
on the SR converter assemblies are illuminated. Check ALL converter panel LED’s for voltage before
entering.

SR converter assemblies are inverted on the opposite wall of the high voltage cabinet.

ELECTRICAL HAZARDS

Figure 9. HIGH VOLTAGE INDICATOR LIGHTS

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-19
L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

High voltage is present on the dynamic braking

grids when the drive is enabled.
Do NOT touch the braking grids when the
generator is primed or until five minutes after the
engine has been shut down. Contact with the
braking grid could result in serious injury or loss
of life.
BRAKING GRIDS ON OTHER MODELS APPEAR DIFFERENT
LOCATED AT REAR OF MACHINE

Figure 10. TYPICAL BRAKING GRID (SHOCK HAZARDS)

NEVER open high voltage cabinet while engine is running. High voltage is present when the drive is
enabled (at any throttle speed) and may be present even if the machine is shut down.

If inspection or service procedures involve contact with any component of the electrical system,
opening the high voltage cabinet, or removing axle access covers, the electrical system MUST be
locked out. Accidental contact with energized terminals could result in serious injury or loss of life.
Figure 11. ELECTRICAL CABINET (SHOCK HAZARD)

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-20
LeTourneau Technologies™ L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GENERATION2

NEVER remove axle access panel on either axle unless electrical system is locked out. Some Warning
labels/placards may not be shown in above photo. Similar access panel is found on rear axle.

Figure 12. FRONT AXLE ACCESS PANEL (SHOCK HAZARDS)

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-21
L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

FRAME LOCK

The frame lock should be moved to the locked position

EACH TIME service or repair operations are being
conducted. This is especially important when energized
tests of components are performed, when work is being
MACHINE STEERED STRAIGHT done in the pivot area of the machine, or if the machine is
(Arrows indicate crush hazard areas- jacked up. There is no room for a person in the pivot area
present on BOTH sides of machine) or the area between the tires when the machine turns.
Service personnel should enter this area only when
absolutely necessary.

CRUSH HAZARDS EXIST ON BOTH SIDES OF MACHINE

AREA BETWEEN FRONT AND REAR OF MACHINE

(CRUSH HAZARD AREAS)
MACHINE ARTICULATED TO LEFT
(Arrows indicate crush hazard areas-present (BOTH sides of machine)

Figure 13. CRUSH HAZARD AREAS

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-22
LeTourneau Technologies™ L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GENERATION2

The frame lock (#1) on some models folds back under the Some models have a holding pin (#1), on
high voltage cabinet and is held in position by a pin (#2) the frame lock pivot bracket, that holds the
at the end of the frame lock. frame lock (#2) in position when the frame
is not locked.

Following completion of service or repair operations, it is critically important that the frame lock be
removed from the locked position and properly secured in the unlocked position or machine damage
will result.
(LEFT SIDE OF MACHINE AT PIVOT AREA)
Figure 14. MOVE FRAME LOCK INTO UNLOCKED POSITION AND SECURE WITH RETAINING PIN
(CRUSH HAZARD AREAS)

GENERAL SERVICE OR REPAIR PRECAUTIONS

a. Wear a hard hat, protective glasses and other protective equipment as required by job conditions.

b. NEVER use an open flame to check the battery, fuel, coolant, or to look for leaks anywhere on the machine.
Use lights as provided or a flashlight.
c. DO NOT make unauthorized modifications to the machine. These modifications may impair the function and
safety and affect machine life.
d. NEVER put maintenance fluids such as oils, solvents, diesel, etc. into glass containers.
e. NEVER use gasoline for cleaning purposes.

f. Pressurized air can cause personal injury. When using pressurized air for cleaning, wear a face shield,
protective clothing, and a vented nozzle.

g. Use stands to reach service or repair points.

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-23
L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

h. The operator should use assistance from other personnel, when moving the machine around the service
area, and into and out of buildings.
i. Ensure ramps, floors, doors, and aisles are adequate to support and clear the machine when moving in and
out of a building. Refer to “GENERAL INFORMATION”, located in Section 01, for dimensions and weight of
the machine.
j. Consider the size and weight of the machine and its components when jacking it up or removing
components and assemblies. BE SURE to have adequate hoisting devices, tools and support facilities to
accommodate the weight of the machine or its components.
k. If possible, conduct all service and repair operations with the machine parked on a level, hard surface

If the machine becomes disabled in the field, it is recommended that only sufficient repairs be made at
the machine failure location to allow the machine to be moved. Then, move the machine to a safe work
area for completion of repairs. Test the machine, as required by the nature of the repairs, before
returning it to work.
l. Block the machine to prevent it from rolling while working on or under it.
m. Lower the bucket to the ground and use the main bleed valve assembly to vent pressure in the hoist and
bucket circuit before beginning inspection, service, or repair operations. Refer to Section 04 in the Service
Manual for information to vent pressure in the hoist and bucket circuit.
n. Set the park brakes.
o. Turn the Klenz enable switch to the OFF position. The Klenz enable switch is located inside the Isolation
and Control Switch Box Assembly, mounted on the left side, near the rear of the machine.

1. AUTOLUBE SWITCH INSIDE 2) KLENZ ENABLE 3) LADDER LIGHTS 4) MAINTENANCE LIGHTS

LOCATED ON LEFT REAR OF MACHINE

Figure 15. ISOLATION AND CONTROL SWITCH BOX ASSEMBLY

p. Consider the size and weight of the machine and its components when jacking it up or removing
components and assemblies. BE SURE to have adequate hoisting devices, tools, and support facilities to
accommodate the weight of the machine or its components.

Component weights are provided in Section 01 of the Service Manual.

q. BE CAREFUL when working with or around a hot cooling system. Liquid cooling systems build up pressure
as the engine gets hot. Before removing the radiator cap, stop the engine and let the system cool. Remove
the radiator cap (slowly) only after the coolant is cold and de-pressurized. Refer to illustration “RADIATOR
CAP” below. A drain hose will drain hot coolant down to ground level near the radiator/engine area. Be
aware of hot coolant that can be expelled automatically or manually any time the system is pressurized.

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-24
LeTourneau Technologies™ L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GENERATION2

1. RADIATOR CAP
2. VENT VALVE

(LOCATED ON TOP OF REAR FRAME)

Figure 16. RADIATOR CAP AND VENT VALVE
r. Keep clear of all rotating components. Wrapping, entanglement, or contact by clothing or extremities may
result in serious injury or death.

NEVER work on the engine while it is running unless specifically instructed by the engine manufacturer.
Serious injury or loss of life from entanglement in rotating components is possible.

KEEP CLEAR OF THE ROTATING SHAFT. The shaft between the Hydraulic Pump Drive (HPD) and the
generator rotates any time the engine is rotating. Wrapping, entanglement, or contact by clothing or
extremities may result in serious injury or death.
s. Hot oil and components can cause personal injury. Do not allow hot oil or components to contact the skin.

t. Avoid prolonged and repeated skin contact with used oil. With prolonged and repeated contact, serious skin
or bodily injury may develop. Wash thoroughly after contact.
u. BE CAREFUL with fluids under pressure. The hydraulic system is under pressure whenever the engine is
running and will hold pressure after shutdown.

Diesel fuel, hydraulic fluid, or grease under pressure can penetrate the skin and cause serious personal
injury, blindness, or death. If any fluid is injected into the skin, it must be removed as soon as possible
by a doctor familiar with treating this type of injury.
Fluid leaks under pressure may not be visible. When searching for leaks, NEVER use your hand; use a
piece of metal. Wear work gloves and keep your hand well away from the possible source of leakage.
DO NOT tighten or loosen fuel, hydraulic, or grease lines without first relieving the pressure. Wear
safety goggles for eye protection.

Battery post, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to
the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.
Refer to safety instructions in Section 03 in the Service Manual before inflating, deflating, removing, or installing
tires and rims.

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-25
L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

ROLL OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (ROPS) AND FALLING OBJECT

PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (FOPS)
The machine is equipped with a Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS) and a Falling Object Protective
Structure (FOPS). The ROPS provides the operator crush protection in a rollover and the FOPS provides
protection from objects falling onto the cab from above. The FOPS is bolted to the top of the ROPS. Refer to
illustration “ROLLOVER PROTECTION STRUCTURE AND FALLING OBJECT PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE
ASSEMBLY”. Refer to Section 03 in the Service Manual for service requirements of the FOPS and ROPS.

The ROPS structure is certified per government regulations. Any modifications to the ROPS, such as
welding on or drilling holes in the structural members will affect the capability of the ROPS to provide
adequate protection. Any modification or repair to the ROPS without the specific approval of
LeTourneau Technologies will void its certification. Contact your authorized LeTourneau Technologies
distributor before making any modifications or repairs to ensure that such will not void the certification.

Figure 17. TYPICAL TORQUE NUT AS USED ON ROPS

1. FALLING OBJECT PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (FOPS)

2. ROLL OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (ROPS)
3. COVER STRUCTURE
4. TORQUE NUT
5. BOLT
6. PIN

FOR EXACT ILLUSTRATION, REFER TO PARTS CATALOG FOR

SPECIFIC MACHINE MODEL/SERIAL#

Figure 18. ROLLOVER PROTECTION STRUCTURE AND FALLING OBJECT PROTECTIVE

STRUCTURE ASSEMBLY (TYPICAL)

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-26
LeTourneau Technologies™ L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GENERATION2

EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN SWITCHES

A palm operated, (push to actuate, twist to release), pushbutton type emergency shutdown switch is provided
on the operator console in standard applications. Refer to illustration “EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN SWITCH”
below.
Four ground-level emergency shutdown switches are provided on the machine. These switches are palm
operated (push to actuate, pull to release), pushbutton type switches. Two are mounted on each side of the
machine (right and left rear). One is located at the bottom of the hydraulic reservoir on the right of the machine,
and one is located at the bottom of the high voltage cabinet. Refer to illustration “EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN
SWITCHES - TYPICAL LOCATIONS” for the typical mounting locations on the machine. Number and mounting
locations for the switches may vary depending on machine model, configuration, or options.

Additional/fewer switches may be provided to meet customer requirements. Locations may vary
depending on model. Check the machine and note of all switch locations before operating machine.

MOUNTED ON HIGH VOLTAGE CABINET CONSOLE MOUNTED (INSIDE CAB)

MOUNTED ON LEFT SIDE, NEAR REAR OF MACHINE MOUNTED ON LEFT SIDE, NEAR REAR OF MACHINE

MOUNTED ON RIGHT SIDE, ON HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR MOUNTED ON RIGHT SIDE, NEAR REAR OF MACHINE

Figure 19. EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN SWITCHES

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-27
L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

1. RIGHT REAR, RIGHT SIDE OF REAR FRAME

2. HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR
3. OPERATOR’S CAB (ON CONSOLE)
4. BOTTOM OF HIGH VOLTAGE CABINET
5. LEFT REAR, LEFT SIDE OF REAR FRAME

Any time the emergency shutdown function

has been activated, the engine must be
inspected by a qualified and experienced
technician before placing the machine back in
service.

Figure 20. EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN SWITCHES - TYPICAL LOCATIONS

OPERATION OF SWITCHES
When pressed, these switches remove engine ignition electrical power, which in turn kills the engine. Most DC
control voltages are deactivated when the emergency shutdown circuit is actuated. The park brake is
immediately set.
After an emergency stop has been pushed, normal startup procedures must be followed to start the machine,
including a complete reboot of the LINCS II system.
When the emergency shutdown or fire suppression systems are actuated, the automatic air release valve,
located on top of the hydraulic reservoir, will automatically release air pressure from the hydraulic reservoir.
Once tripped, the valve must be manually reset by pushing the button IN to the closed position. Refer to
illustration “HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR AIR RELEASE VALVE” below.

1. RESET BUTTON
2. MANUAL AIR RELEASE VALVE
3. AUTOMATIC AIR RELEASE VALVE

Figure 21. HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR AIR RELEASE VALVE

Bring machine to a complete stop before pressing emergency shutdown switches. The parking brake
will be immediately applied. Stopping action will be immediate and positive.

Use emergency shutdown switches only in an emergency. Stopping action will be immediate and
positive.

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-28
LeTourneau Technologies™ L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GENERATION2

REARVIEW MIRRORS
SIDE REARVIEW MIRRORS
Side rearview mirrors are mounted on each side of the operator’s cab to provide a rectangular view of each side
of the machine. The operator can use the rearview mirrors to check most blind areas when BACKING UP or
MOVING SLOWLY, to see if people, equipment, or other obstacles are in a dangerous position for operation of
the machine.

The side rearview mirrors do not eliminate all potential blind spots behind and to the side of the
machine. The operator must be continually aware of other personnel, vehicles, and objects within the
work area. Advise support personnel to ALWAYS maintain a safe distance and visual contact with the
operator when in the area of machine operation. If unsure of location of personnel or vehicles in the
work area, exit the cab and look!
ADJUSTMENTS FOR VIEWING
The view scene includes the top edge of the rear frame and rear tire ground contact area. The angles of view
are approximately 70º vertical and 48º horizontal (refer to illustration ”RECOMMENDED SIDE REARVIEW
MIRROR ADJUSTMENT AND APPROXIMATE FIELD OF VISION”).
The mirrors are convex with a spherical radius of 30” and are rectangular 20” long by 12” wide. The support and
mounting system provides protection from most contact with solid objects. The mirrors also have a protective
top cover that will readily swing aside if pushed by another object.
The mirror’s sub assemblies, consisting of hold down plates, clamps, friction rings, and fasteners are designed
to perform two functions (refer to “SIDE REARVIEW MIRROR INSTALLATION”):
 The first function is to allow easily and accurately adjusted angle positioning of the tubular support, with the
fasteners tightened sufficiently to hold the arm in trial positions.
 The second function is to prevent damage to the mirrors by destructive forces such as caused by the
mirror’s encounter with an obstruction. This requires additional tightening of the fasteners as described
below. The U-bolt fasteners that attach the mirrors to the support arm are not intended to slip during use.
They are loosened only during adjustment.
PAN, TILT, AND REACH ADJUSTMENTS
To make mirror adjustments the operator should be seated in his normal position and operating posture. An
additional person should be positioned on the platform outside the cab to adjust the mirrors as directed by the
operator. Refer to illustration “SIDE REARVIEW MIRROR INSTALLATION” for component locations described
in the following instructions.
a. Loosen the post clamps and U-bolts enough for easy movement but tight enough to prevent undesired
position change during adjustment.
b. Move the mirror up and down (rotate around support arm) for vertical tilt angle adjustment.
c. Slide the mirror housing inboard and outboard on the support arm for reach adjustment.
d. Swing the support post for horizontal pan angle adjustment.

The best possible mirror adjustment will produce a view scene including the top rear of the rear frame
and the bottom of the rear tire, and without losing too much of the side of the rear frame and tire, and as
large an area as possible to each side of the machine. This must be accomplished with the reach
adjustment locating the mirror as near to the machine as possible.
e. After the mirror is moved to the desired position, fully tighten the pipe clamps.
f. Tighten the four fasteners on the top friction assembly so that when pressing at the outboard end of the
support arm pipe, maximum possible thumb-only pressure will swing the arm. Loosen these four fasteners
exactly two turns.
g. Repeat Step ”f” with the bottom friction assembly, except in this case, after thumb pressure test, leave as
adjusted and retighten the top friction assembly exactly two turns of each fastener.
COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-29
L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

h. Check final adjustment with two thumbs.

i. If support arm extends more than two inches outboard from the mirror, cut off the excess.
MAINTENANCE
a. Replace damaged parts when necessary. Refer to the PARTS CATALOG for ordering replacement parts
j. Keep mirror glass clean by using window washing solution and wiping with paper towel.
k. If paint touch up is required, use RUSTOLEUM® #659.

Figure 22. RECOMMENDED SIDE REARVIEW MIRROR ADJUSTMENT AND APPROXIMATE

FIELD OF VISION

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-30
LeTourneau Technologies™ L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GENERATION2

A) Visibility provided by mirrors

1. Visible
2. blind

Illustration NOT to scale

Figure 23. TYPICAL “BLIND" AREAS ON LETOURNEAU EQUIPMENT (NOT MODEL SPECIFIC)

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-31
L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Typical cab light/bar light installation shown. Actual machine installation and light model may vary.

1. MIRROR ASSEMBLY AND 7. CLAMP HALF, SUPPORT 13. LOCKWASHER

MOUNTING GROUP POST 14. CLAMP, U-BOLT
2. MOUNTING HARDWARE 8. FLATWASHER 15. LOCKWASHER
KIT 9. LOCKWASHER 16. BOLT
3. BOLT, 1/4"-20 X 2-3/4" 10. NUT 17. BOLT
4. PLATE, HOLD DOWN 11. MIRROR ASSEMBLY, 18. MIRROR, CONVEX
5. RING, FRICTION - CONVEX 19. PIPE STRUCTURE,
POLYETHYLENE 12. NUT MIRROR
6. RING, FRICTION - STEEL

Figure 24. SIDE REARVIEW MIRROR INSTALLATION

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-32
LeTourneau Technologies™ L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GENERATION2

SEAT BELT OPERATION AND ADJUSTMENT

The machine is equipped with an adjustable four point seat belt harness to accommodate various requirements
of operators. The seat belts are mounted to the operator’s seat.

The operator’s seat must be properly adjusted for safe operation of all controls and the seat belt
fastened before starting the engine to operate the machine. Failure to do so could result in serious
injury.
Always check the condition of the operator seat belts and mounting hardware before operating the
machine. Failure to do so could result in serious injury.

A) TO FASTEN BELTS, INSERT TONGUE INTO BUCKLE.

LISTEN FOR “CLICK”. TUG ON BOTH SIDES TO ENSURE
BELTS ARE PROPERLY FASTENED.
B) TO UNFASTEN BELTS, PRESS BUTTON IN TOP OF
BUCKLE. REMOVE TONGUE.
1. MOUNT BRACKET
2. BELT
3. LOCK BAR
4. TONGUE
OPERATOR SEAT BELT ADJUSTMENT POINTS 5. BUCKET

Figure 25. SEAT BELT COMPONENTS AND FASTENING/UNFASTENING PROCEDURES (TYPICAL)

FASTENING THE BELT

Insert the tongue into the buckle. Listen for the “click” that indicates the belts are fastened. Tug on the belt to be
sure it is securely fastened. Adjust the vertical straps until the entire seat harness is properly adjusted.
UNFASTENING THE BELT
Press the release button in the buckle and pull the tongue from the buckle.
ADJUSTMENTS
The belt should be tight but comfortable. The vertical straps and horizontal belt have adjustment points that can
be tightened or loosened.
LENGTHENING THE BELT
With the belt unfastened, move the lock bar slide toward the buckle.
Pull on the buckle until the slack is removed from the outer belt loop.
Readjust the belt if it does not fit snugly.
SHORTENING THE BELT
With the belt fastened, pull on the outer loop to tighten the belt.
INSPECTION
a. Inspect for worn or frayed webbing.
b. Check for worn or damaged buckle or lock bar. Replace the entire assembly if worn or damaged.

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-33
L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

c. Inspect the belt and harness mounting hardware. Replace any damaged or worn hardware. Keep the
mounting bolts tight.

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-34
LeTourneau Technologies™ L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GENERATION2

FIRE PREVENTION AND CONTROL

In the event of a fire, the machine is optionally equipped with either a manually operated hand held fire
extinguisher or a manually activated fire suppression system.
FIRE PREVENTION
Proper machine inspection and maintenance is CRITICALLY IMPORTANT to prevent a disastrous fire. The
following guidelines should be followed to reduce the chances of a fire:
a. Daily inspection and preventive maintenance at points where fires are most likely to start - engine block,
electrical system, turbochargers, exhaust manifolds, brake system and hydraulic gearbox/pump area is
critically important.
b. Regular cleaning of all areas where flammable materials such as fuel, oil, grease, hydraulic fluid, and
combustible debris may collect is also critically important.

Refer to Section 02 in the Service Manual for tips on cleaning your machine
c. NEVER smoke while checking fuel level or refueling. Unguarded trouble lights, flames or spark-producing
devices should be kept at a safe distance while refueling. ALWAYS stop the engine before refueling the
machine.
d. Keep all fuel and lubricants stored in properly marked containers and away from unauthorized persons.
e. Store oily rags or other flammable material in a protective container, in a safe place.
f. Make sure all clamps, guards and heat shields are installed correctly to prevent vibration, rubbing or
chaffing against other parts and creating excessive heat during operation.
g. DO NOT weld or cut on pipes, tubes or reservoirs that contain flammable liquids or gases.
MANUAL FIRE EXTINGUISHER
Inspect the machine’s manual hand-held fire extinguisher regularly, and read and understand its operation. This
fire extinguisher is capable of putting out fires in the following materials: wood, paper, cloth, electrical, gasoline,
and oil.
a. If the extinguisher is equipped with a gauge, ensure the needle is in the green portion of the gauge.
b. Ensure the pin is installed and the seal has not been broken.
c. Have the fire extinguisher inspected and serviced by licensed personnel at the required interval or
immediately if it has been discharged.
d. Read and understand your employer’s policy in regards to extinguishing fires before attempting to manually
extinguish any fire.

FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM - AFEX OR ANSUL SYSTEMS (OPTIONAL)

The machine is equipped with either a manual or automatic discharge fire suppression system. Operator safety
is greatly enhanced; however, the operator’s cab is not protected. It is the responsibility of the equipment owner
to ensure operators and service technicians read and understand the manufacturer’s owner’s manual.

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-35
L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

(BOTTLES MOUNTED BOTH SIDES OF REAR FRAME)

Figure 26. FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM BOTTLES - AFEX SYSTEM SHOWN

The fire system provided on the machine is a suppression system only and is not designed or intended
to extinguish all fires, particularly when unusual amounts of combustible materials and an ample
oxygen supply are present. It is extremely important that alternative firefighting equipment be available
in case the system does not totally extinguish a fire.
Use extreme care to prevent the accumulation of debris, combustible materials, and fluids that could
intensify the fire or cause it to spread to areas where there was no previous potential for fire.
If modifications are made to the machine, or if the fire suppression system is disconnected for any
reason, make sure the fire equipment is immediately inspected and tested by an authorized distributor
for the system’s manufacturer.

The fire suppression system’s dry chemical dispersion nozzles are strategically located inside the front
and rear frames. The operator’s cab is NOT protected. The fire suppression system will NOT suppress
fires outside the machine or in the operator’s cab. The hand-held portable fire extinguisher is
recommended and is useful if re-ignition occurs or when fires originate independently of the machine or
outside the protected areas.

The discharge of the dry chemical fire suppression agent may create personnel hazards such as
obscured vision or temporary breathing difficulties.

Bring machine to a complete stop and shut down engine before deploying. System actuation will result
in immediate discharge, which may obscure vision.

The fire suppression system is a MANUALLY OR AUTOMATICALLY DISCHARGED system. Fire

detection is optionally provided, but the fire suppression system WILL NOT automatically discharge
unless it is equipped with the automatic fire detection activation system.
FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM CIRCUIT MONITOR PANEL - ANSUL SYSTEM (OPTIONAL)
The fire detection system circuit monitor panel (optional) is mounted on the rear inside cab wall (refer to
illustration “FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM ACTUATOR SWITCHES - AFEX AND ANSUL SYSTEMS”). The

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-36
LeTourneau Technologies™ L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GENERATION2

circuit monitor’s function is to monitor the fire suppression system’s electrical detection and manual actuation
circuits and provide the operator with both visual and audible warnings of a fire.
Visual indicators:
The circuit monitor panel provides LED indicators for battery, alarm, detection, release, and power to the panel.
In the event of fire detection, an audible alarm accompanies the LED Alarm indicator.
Controls:
The front panel contains a “DELAY” and “RESET” button. The DELAY button is functional when automatic
discharge is used.
The RESET button is used to reinitialize the control panel when depressed; it provides an indication that all
LEDs and the audible alarm are functional.
Sequence of Operation:
Upon receiving an input signal indicating a fire, the alarm LED will flash and the audible alarm will pulse at the
rate of two times per second. Refer to “MANUAL ACTUATION - AFEX AND ANSUL SYSTEMS”, located below.

AFEX ANSUL
Figure 27. CIRCUIT MONITOR PANELS

CIRCUIT MONITOR PANEL - AFEX SYSTEM

A circuit monitor panel is mounted on the rear inside cab wall. Refer to “FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM
ACTUATOR SWITCHES - AFEX AND ANSUL SYSTEMS” and “CIRCUIT MONITOR PANEL”. The circuit
monitor’s function is to monitor the fire suppression system’s electrical detection and actuation circuits,
including the power source, squib (compressed charge which actuates the discharge of the fire suppression
agent), and continuity of the detection wiring.

The AFEX fire suppression system retains its manual discharge capabilities should the circuit monitor
panel or any of its internal circuitry fail. If the circuit monitor panel must be removed for any reason, the
fire suppression system can be wired to retain its manual actuation feature. Refer to the manufacturer’s
owner’s manual through their respective website.
The circuit monitor panel provides audible and visual indicators of alarm conditions. The operator can monitor
detection and release circuits and power supply. A system reset button and restart time delay is also provided.
VISUAL INDICATORS:
 Green LED - Power to circuit monitor panel
 Red LED - Alarm
 Amber LED - Alarm silence activated - Trouble with squib - Trouble with detection circuit
CONTROLS:
 Alarm Silence
 Push to test
 System reset
 Push-on, Push-off operation (flush mounted behind panel cover)
COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-37
L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

MANUAL ACTUATION - AFEX AND ANSUL SYSTEMS

The machine is equipped with three manual firing mechanisms. One mechanism is located in the operator’s cab
(refer to illustration “FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM ACTUATOR SWITCHES - AFEX AND ANSUL
SYSTEMS”). The other two mechanisms are located at ground level, one mounted on the high voltage cabinet
on the left side of the machine and the other mounted on the hydraulic reservoir on the right side of the machine
(refer to illustration “LOCATIONS OF FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM ACTUATION SWITCHES (TYPICAL
LOCATIONS - STANDARD INSTALLATION)”). Check and note locations before operating machine. If the
operator notices or is alerted to a fire, the following actions should be taken:
1. Quickly bring the machine to a complete stop and shut down the engine.
2. Manually actuate the fire suppression system by pulling the safety pin from the neck of the cab or
remote firing mechanism and strike down HARD on the push knob/lever (as applicable).
3. Quickly exit the machine and move to a safe distance away from the machine.
4. Call fire department or mine safety personnel to extinguish the fire.

1) PULL PIN PULL PIN AND STRIKE BUTTON TO ACTIVATE

2) STRIKE BUTTON TO ACTUATE FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM

AFEX CAB MOUNTED FIRING MECHANISM WITH CIRCUIT AFEX GROUND LEVEL MANUAL FIRING MECHANISM (TYPICAL
MONITORING PANEL (TYPICAL) LOCATION)
(MOUNTED AT REAR, LEFT SIDE OF REAR FRAME –
(CHARGE BOTTLE NOT SHOWN) ADDITIONAL MECHANISM MOUNTED ON HYDRAULIC
RESERVOIR RIGHT SIDE)

1. PULL PIN 2. FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM-PULL PIN & STRIKE BUTTON

2. STRIKE BUTTON TO ACTUATE FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM TO ACTUATE

ANSUL CAB MOUNTED ANSUL GROUND LEVEL MANUAL

DISCHARGE MECHANISM FIRING MECHANISM
(BOTH SIDES OF MACHINE)

Figure 28. FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM ACTUATOR SWITCHES - AFEX AND ANSUL SYSTEMS

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-38
LeTourneau Technologies™ L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GENERATION2

When the fire suppression system is manually discharged, the hydraulic reservoir automatic air release
will be tripped. This will release the air pressure in the hydraulic reservoir and in the rest of the
hydraulic system. Before restarting the machine, the automatic air release valve must be manually reset
by pushing the knob IN to the closed position (refer to “HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR AIR RELEASE
VALVE”).

1. RESET BUTTON
2. MANUAL AIR RELEASE VALVE
3. AUTOMATIC AIR RELEASE VALVE

Figure 29. HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR AIR RELEASE VALVE

FIRE DETECTION ENGINE SHUTDOWN OPTION

The LINCS II vehicle control system is equipped with an engine shutdown feature that will stop the machine and
shut down the engine when the fire suppressant is discharged.

Fire systems, installed at the LeTourneau Technologies factory, are either manual or automatic
discharge systems. The LINCS II computer system or a LeTourneau Technologies factory-installed fire
system WILL NOT automatically discharge the fire suppressant in the event of a fire. An electronic fire
detection option that will audibly and visually alert the operator of a fire is available through fire system
manufacturers. However, the discharge of fire suppressant and actuation of the Fire Detection Engine
Shutdown Option may be actuated by discharging the fire suppressant with any of the actuator
switches. All operators of the machine should be trained in the operation and capabilities of the fire
suppressant system on the machine before operation.
The following sequence of events will occur following discharge of the fire suppressant:
1. Propulsion is disabled.
2. The engine will shut down and park brakes set once vehicle is slowed.
3. The automatic air release valve will release hydraulic reservoir pressure.
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING
The fire suppression system requires regular inspection and maintenance. The manufacturer’s recommended
maintenance schedules are also located in the owner’s manual, which may be obtained from the
manufacturer’s website. System troubleshooting and wiring information is also provided in the manufacturer’s
owner’s manual appended to this publication.

Only personnel trained by the system’s manufacturer should service the system. Certain components
of the system contain a high pressure nitrogen charge that can cause serious personal injury if not
handled properly. Electronic components of the system can also be damaged if not handled in the
proper manner.

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-39
L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Before performing welding operations or jumpstarting the machine, the circuit monitor panel’s in-line
fuse must be removed. Failure to do so may cause the system to actuate and/or damage the solid-state
components of the system. Replace the in-line fuse after the machine has been started or welding
operations have been completed.

1. REAR CAB WALL

2. LEFT REAR OF MACHINE
3. HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR

Additional/Fewer actuation switches

may/may not be provided at other locations,
to meet customer requirements. Check your
machine and make note of all switch
locations before operating machine.

Figure 30. LOCATIONS OF FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM ACTUATION SWITCHES (TYPICAL

LOCATIONS - STANDARD INSTALLATION)

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-40
LeTourneau Technologies™ L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS GENERATION2

TIRES
One advantage of a LeTourneau loader versus a track machine is mobility. A LeTourneau loader can easily
travel, or tram, from one location in the mine to another as necessary. However, utilization of this advantage
necessitates that tramming limitations of the tires are not exceeded.

Speed, distance, and weight load (as well as other factors), can affect tire reliability, safety and possibly
warranty. Refer to tire manufacturer tramming guidelines before operating the machine outside of truck
loading cycles.
MACHINE OPERATION: NORMAL, TRAMMING AND LOAD/CARRY:
The tires for a loader application are designed for low speed loading and will typically heat up rapidly when
exposed to load and carry operation or continuous high speeds.
 Normal operation: Loading a truck from a bank with a short distance between bank and truck. Tires
supplied and specified by LeTourneau have been designed for this application.
 Load and carry: driving loader with a loaded bucket more than 100 feet before dumping. This cycle
requires special attention to maximum speeds in both the empty and loaded runs to assure critical tire
temperatures are not exceeded.
 Tramming: (driving machine at continuous speed over a distance) requires special attention to
maximum speeds and time to assure critical tire temperatures are not exceeded.

There are many types of tires available for each machine and each tire manufacturer sets the limits
for tramming and load and carry applications considering many factors such as the tire type, tire
size, tire construction, ambient temperatures, type of material, loading conditions, use of chains,
etc.

Speed restrictions should be determined in consultation with the tire and chain application engineering
groups. Failure to consult with the tire manufacturer regarding your specific tire and application can
result in severe tire damage or tire failure.

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-41
L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-02.DOC r00
1-2-42
LeTourneau Technologies™ L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/6/2011
 GO TO TOP OF DOCUMENT

GENERAL INFORMATION
SECTION 01-03

LeTourneau Technologies has made every effort to make this manual as accurate as possible based on the
information available at the time of publication and printing. Continuous improvement and advancement of
product design may cause changes to machines, which may not have been included in this publication.
LeTourneau Technologies reserves the right to make changes and improvements at any time. To ensure the
most current information, please contact your dealer representative.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SCOPE OF THIS PUBLICATION ..........................................................................................................................3
CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES AND WARRANTY ADVISORIES ..................................................................3
SAFETY .................................................................................................................................................................3
WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS...............................................................................................................................4
ROLL OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (ROPS) .........................................................................................4
TIRES ................................................................................................................................................................4
LUBRICANTS ....................................................................................................................................................4
WELDING ..........................................................................................................................................................4
PLANETARY DRIVE .........................................................................................................................................4
ENGINE .............................................................................................................................................................4
CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES AND WARRANTY ADVISORIES ..................................................................4
BREAK-IN PERIOD SERVICE PROCEDURES................................................................................................4
GENERATOR ....................................................................................................................................................4
PLANETARY DRIVES, HYDRAULIC SYSTEM, AND PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX: ...........................................4
LINCS COMPUTER SYSTEM DATA DOWNLOADS .......................................................................................5
ENGINE MAINTENANCE ..................................................................................................................................5
OPERATOR AND SUPPORT PERSONNEL TRAINING ..................................................................................5
GENERAL MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS.............................................................................................................7
24V DC SYSTEM...............................................................................................................................................7
CAB ....................................................................................................................................................................7
STANDARD DIGITAL INDICATORS .................................................................................................................7
STANDARD INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE ALARMS ...........................................................................7
COOLING AIR SYSTEM ...................................................................................................................................7
L1150 SPECIFICATIONS ......................................................................................................................................9
POWER MODULE .............................................................................................................................................9
AIR FILTRATION ...............................................................................................................................................9
CONTROL SYSTEM – LINCSII .........................................................................................................................9
PROPULSION SYSTEM ...................................................................................................................................9
BRAKING SYSTEM ...........................................................................................................................................9
STEERING AND HOISTING SYSTEM..............................................................................................................9
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM ......................................................................................................................................10
STRUCTURAL ...................................................................................................................................................10
STANDARD FEATURES ...................................................................................................................................10
OPTIONAL FEATURES ....................................................................................................................................10
BUCKETS ..........................................................................................................................................................10
BUCKET HARDWARE ......................................................................................................................................10
OPERATING CAPACITIES, WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS ............................................................................11
FLUID CAPACITIES ..........................................................................................................................................11
OPERATING DIMENSIONS ..............................................................................................................................11
APPROXIMATE COMPONENT WEIGHTS-L950/L1150 ..................................................................................12
COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-03.DOC r03
1-3-1
L-1150/1350/1850/2350
12/12/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 GENERAL INFORMATION

L1350 SPECIFICATIONS ......................................................................................................................................13

POWER MODULE .............................................................................................................................................13
AIR FILTRATION ...............................................................................................................................................13
CONTROL SYSTEM – LINCSII .........................................................................................................................13
PROPULSION SYSTEM ...................................................................................................................................13
BRAKING SYSTEM ...........................................................................................................................................13
STEERING AND HOISTING SYSTEM..............................................................................................................13
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM ......................................................................................................................................14
STRUCTURAL ...................................................................................................................................................14
STANDARD FEATURES ...................................................................................................................................14
OPTIONAL FEATURES ....................................................................................................................................14
BUCKETS ..........................................................................................................................................................14
BUCKET HARDWARE ......................................................................................................................................14
OPERATING CAPACITIES, WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS ............................................................................15
FLUID CAPACITIES ..........................................................................................................................................15
OPERATING DIMENSIONS ..............................................................................................................................15
APPROXIMATE COMPONENT WEIGHTS-L1350 ...........................................................................................16
L1850 SPECIFICATIONS ......................................................................................................................................17
POWER MODULE .............................................................................................................................................17
AIR FILTRATION ...............................................................................................................................................17
CONTROL SYSTEM – LINCSII .........................................................................................................................17
PROPULSION SYSTEM ...................................................................................................................................17
BRAKING SYSTEM ...........................................................................................................................................17
STEERING AND HOISTING SYSTEM..............................................................................................................17
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM ......................................................................................................................................18
STRUCTURAL ...................................................................................................................................................18
STANDARD FEATURES ...................................................................................................................................18
OPTIONAL FEATURES ....................................................................................................................................18
BUCKETS ..........................................................................................................................................................18
BUCKET HARDWARE ......................................................................................................................................18
OPERATING CAPACITIES, WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS ............................................................................19
FLUID CAPACITIES ..........................................................................................................................................19
OPERATING DIMENSIONS ..............................................................................................................................19
L2350 SPECIFICATIONS ......................................................................................................................................21
POWER MODULE .............................................................................................................................................21
AIR FILTRATION ...............................................................................................................................................21
CONTROL SYSTEM – LINCSII .........................................................................................................................21
PROPULSION SYSTEM ...................................................................................................................................21
BRAKING SYSTEM ...........................................................................................................................................21
STEERING AND HOISTING SYSTEM..............................................................................................................21
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM ......................................................................................................................................22
STRUCTURAL ...................................................................................................................................................22
STANDARD FEATURES ...................................................................................................................................22
OPTIONAL FEATURES ....................................................................................................................................22
BUCKETS ..........................................................................................................................................................22
BUCKET HARDWARE ......................................................................................................................................22
OPERATING CAPACITIES, WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS ............................................................................23
FLUID CAPACITIES ..........................................................................................................................................23
OPERATING DIMENSIONS ..............................................................................................................................23
CAPSCREW AND BOLT-NUT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS ..............................................................................25
GRADE 8 FASTENERS ................................................................................................................................25
SPECIAL TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................................................26
SPECIFICATIONS SHEET ....................................................................................................................................29
COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-03.DOC r03
1-3-2
LeTourneau Technologies™ L-1150/1350/1850/2350
12/12/2011
GENERAL INFORMATION GENERATION 2 MACHINES

SCOPE OF THIS PUBLICATION

GENERAL INFORMATION contains ESSENTIAL information for owners, maintenance personnel, and
operators, about warranty requirements, operator training, machine dimensions, and operating clearances. It
is ESSENTIAL for all personnel associated with the machine to become familiar with this information and the
instructions contained in the other publications in this manual, BEFORE operating the machine.
CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES AND WARRANTY ADVISORIES
LeTourneau Technologies loaders are warranted in accordance with the warranty policy provided with the
machine. The recommended operating and maintenance procedures set forth shall be followed to ensure
warranty coverage is not jeopardized. Failure to comply with recommended operating and maintenance
procedures may void machine warranty.
Any questions or problems relating to warranty policy or administration should be directed to LeTourneau
Technologies, P.O. Box 2307, Longview, Texas 75601, Attention: Warranty Manager. Include the model and
serial number, in-service date of the machine, and hour meter reading. We especially draw your attention to
the following advisories.

SAFETY
This publication contains special instructions that pertain to safety, operation, maintenance, and repair of the
machine. Listed below are the signal words and symbols that precede these instructions and their meanings:

 The danger label indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or
serious injury.

 The warning label indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or
serious injury.

 The caution label, used with the safety alert symbol indicates a hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury (includes the safety alert symbol ).

 The caution label (without safety alert symbol) is used to address practices not related to
personal injury – only equipment damage.

 The NOTE graphic is to indicate areas of importance to the reader that are not related to personal
injury or machine damage.

SECTION 01-03.DOC r03

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 COPYRIGHT 2011
12/12/2011 1-3-3
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 GENERAL INFORMATION

WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS

ROLL OVER PROTECTIVE STRUCTURE (ROPS)

 Modifications to, cutting, drilling or welding on the roll over protective structure (ROPS) can
reduce its effectiveness in a roll over situation and may void its certification. Contact your
authorized LeTourneau Technologies distributor before performing any of the above operations to
the ROPS.
TIRES
 Always consult the tire manufacturer when determining tramming speeds for the machine. Refer
to Section 03-08 TIRE & RIM” for more information about tires.

LUBRICANTS
 The use of non-recommended lubricants or the mixing of incompatible lubricants may damage
components and void the warranty. Refer to Section 02 of the Service Manual for recommended
lubricants.
WELDING
 Welding procedures can damage the solid-state electronic controls for the engine, machine, and
fire suppression system (optional), and also the bearings in mechanical components unless pre-
cautions are taken. Before conducting any welding repair, refer to Section 03 “FIELD WELDING”
in the Service Manual and contact your authorized LeTourneau Technologies distributor for
assistance.
PLANETARY DRIVE
 Under no circumstances should the owner attempt to disassemble a planetary drive past the
instructions contained in this Service Manual. Unauthorized disassembly of components may
void the warranty.
 All planetary drive, traction motor, and generator repairs are to be made by a LeTourneau
Technologies authorized repair facility. Unauthorized disassembly or repair may void the
warranty.
ENGINE
 Use of ether injection for any reason is NOT recommended by LeTourneau Technologies.
 Use of ether will cause serious damage to the engine. DO NOT use ether injection.
 NEVER spray ether-starting aid into the intake of the KLENZ air filtration system intake. Serious
component damage could result.
CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES AND WARRANTY ADVISORIES
BREAK-IN PERIOD SERVICE PROCEDURES
Break-in period service procedures, as outlined in SERVICE UPON RECEIPT PROCEDURES located in
Section 02 of the Service Manual must be performed and a record of these services must be maintained. In
Section 02 of the Service Manual, a BREAK-IN PERIOD CHECKLIST is provided for this documentation.
GENERATOR
The generator must be maintained in accordance with the instructions that are located in Section 06 of the
Service Manual.
PLANETARY DRIVES, HYDRAULIC SYSTEM, AND PUMP DRIVE GEARBOX:
The planetary drives, hydraulic system, and pump drive gearbox must be maintained in accordance with the
following instructions that are located in Section 02, 03, and 04 in the Service Manual.
a. DRIVER MAINTENANCE AND ROTATION
b. BREAK-IN SERVICE PROCEDURES
c. MODULAR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES – POST BREAK-IN PERIOD

SECTION 01-03.DOC r03

COPYRIGHT 2011 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
1-3-4 12/12/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERAL INFORMATION GENERATION2

An on-going oil analysis program for these components, with samples collected every
500 hours, is mandatory to meet LeTourneau Technologies warranty requirements.
Refer to Section 02 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE in the Service Manual.
LINCS COMPUTER SYSTEM DATA DOWNLOADS
Monthly downloads of LINCS computer system production, and load weight data must be submitted to the
LeTourneau Technologies Product Support Department. Failure to deliver these monthly reports may
adversely affect warranty disposition. Contact your authorized LeTourneau Technologies distributor for
assistance in this matter.
ENGINE MAINTENANCE
The Service Manual contains only general service information for the machine’s engine, such as oil and filter
changes, fuel filter changes, cooling system maintenance etc. Engine manufacturers have extensive
guidelines for engine maintenance requirements and parts replacement that are critically important to
perform, such as valve adjustment, fuel injector maintenance etc. Complete maintenance schedules are
located in the engine manufacturer’s manuals. LeTourneau Technologies provides these manuals with this
Service Manual when they are made available to LeTourneau Technologies by the engine manufacturer. It is
the customer’s responsibility to ensure that the engine manufacturer’s recommended preventive maintenance
and parts replacement guidelines are followed to ensure long and economical engine life. Contact the
Letourneau distributor and applicable engine manufacturer’s local authorized dealer for additional information.
OPERATOR AND SUPPORT PERSONNEL TRAINING
It is ESSENTIAL the operator(s) read the Operator’s Manual and be trained in the safe and effective
operation of the machine BEFORE operating the machine.
If after reading this manual you have questions or do not understand any portions of the instructions, contact
LeTourneau Technologies or your distributor.

SECTION 01-03.DOC r03

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 COPYRIGHT 2011
12/12/2011 1-3-5
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 GENERAL INFORMATION

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SECTION 01-03.DOC r03

COPYRIGHT 2011 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
1-3-6 12/12/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERAL INFORMATION GENERATION2

GENERAL MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS

LeTourneau Technologies has made every effort to make these specifications as accurate as possible at the
time of printing. However, we reserve the right to make changes and improvements at any time, without
notice, in equipment, materials, and specifications. To ensure the most current information, please contact
your distributor representative. Data herein is applicable to model L/D 950 / L-1350 / L-1850 / L-2350 unless
specified individually.

24V DC SYSTEM
Batteries Four (4) 12 volt (1 & 2 wired in series, 3 & 4 wired in series, those 2 sets of series are wired in parallel)

Starter(s) Two (2) Delco-Remy Series 50 MT Type 400 / Remote Prelube Starter (Cummins)

L-1350 Alternator Detroit Diesel Tier I & II: 220-amp, 24 volt Cummins Tier I: 140 amp, 24 volt
Cummins Tier II: 260 amp, 24 volt
L1850/L2350 Alternator 175 amps. With voltage regulator, 24 volt

CAB
Spacious, ergonomically designed operator’s cab is mounted directly over the center articulation point,
providing excellent visibility. The cab is independently rubber mounted separate from the ROPS structure to
minimize vibration and sound transmission. The environmental control system introduces only filtered air into
the pressurized cab. Climate control vents are strategically located throughout the cab. The bucket seat has
adjustable air suspension along with seat belts. Other standard features include joystick steering, tinted
glass, sun visor, and full insulation for thermal and sound dampening.

STANDARD DIGITAL INDICATORS

Engine Coolant Temperature Monitoring
Engine Lube-Oil Pressure Monitoring
Fuel Level Monitoring
Hour meter
Speedometer
System Air Pressure Monitoring

STANDARD INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE ALARMS

Warning lights and an audible alarm advise the operator of the condition of the engine, hydraulic, electrical,
and electronic systems of the loader. The operator is additionally informed of a potential problem by text
messages on a computer display.
The computer display also provides repair technicians with operational and history data in the event of a
loader malfunction.

COOLING AIR SYSTEM

Function Filtered Inlet Air Cools Generator and Traction Motors
Blower Backward Inclined Blade Fan
Drive Hydraulic Motor
Filters Self-cleaning, with KLENZ™ System

SECTION 01-03.DOC r03

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 COPYRIGHT 2011
12/12/2011 1-3-7
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 GENERAL INFORMATION

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SECTION 01-03.DOC r03

COPYRIGHT 2011 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
1-3-8 12/12/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERAL INFORMATION GENERATION2

L1150 SPECIFICATIONS
LeTourneau Technologies has made every effort to make these specifications as accurate as possible at the
time of printing. However, we reserve the right to make changes and improvements at any time. If any
questions arise, please get the current specifications sheet from your dealer or from the online LeTrak
system.

POWER MODULE
AIR FILTRATION
CONTROL SYSTEM – LINCSII
PROPULSION SYSTEM
BRAKING SYSTEM
STEERING AND HOISTING SYSTEM

SECTION 01-03.DOC r03

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 COPYRIGHT 2011
12/12/2011 1-3-9
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 GENERAL INFORMATION

LeTourneau Technologies has made every effort to make these specifications as accurate as possible at the
time of printing. However, we reserve the right to make changes and improvements at any time. If any
questions arise, please get the current specifications sheet from your dealer or from the online LeTrak
system.

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
STRUCTURAL
STANDARD FEATURES
OPTIONAL FEATURES
BUCKETS
BUCKET HARDWARE

SECTION 01-03.DOC r03

COPYRIGHT 2011 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
1-3-10 12/12/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERAL INFORMATION GENERATION2

LeTourneau Technologies has made every effort to make these specifications as accurate as possible at the
time of printing. However, we reserve the right to make changes and improvements at any time. If any
questions arise, please get the current specifications sheet from your dealer or from the online LeTrak
system.

OPERATING CAPACITIES, WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS

FLUID CAPACITIES
OPERATING DIMENSIONS

Dimensions shown are subject to change and vary in actual use due to tire deflection. The
simplified drawing is intended only for reference. If exact dimensions are needed for the
machine, field inspections and measurements should be taken as required.
OPERATING DIMENSIONS

SECTION 01-03.DOC r03

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 COPYRIGHT 2011
12/12/2011 1-3-11
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 GENERAL INFORMATION

APPROXIMATE COMPONENT WEIGHTS-L950/L1150

NOTE: These weights are only approximate as a guide for determining proper lifting procedures and
equipment. These weights do not include liquids or external hardware in or on the components.
L950 L1150
ITEM/EQUIPMENT
LBS. KGS. LBS. KGS.

ENGINE, CUMMINS 7,337 3,500 9,039 4,100

ENGINE, DETROIT DIESEL 9,799 4,445 6,984 3,168
POWER UNIT (ENGINE/GENERATOR) CUMMINS 11,800 5,352 13,000 5,897
POWER UNIT (ENGINE/GENERATOR) DETROIT DIESEL 14,100 6,396 15,000 6,803
BUCKET/BLADE (STANDARD) 25,000 11,340 25,000 11,340
LIFT ARM ASSEMBLY 32,000 12159 26,807 12159
BELLCRANK 3,278 1,497 3,300 1,497
LEVEL LINK 625 284 625 284
MAINFRAME CONNECTED (FULLY ASSEMBLED) 125,000 56,699 126,500 57,380
FRONT FRAMES 42,000 19,051 42,000 19,051
REAR FRAMES 83,000 37,648 84,500 38,329
HOIST CYLINDER (EACH) 2,158 1,542 3,400 1,542
BUCKET CYLINDER (EACH) 3,200 1,043 2,300 1,043
TILT CYLINDER (EACH)
N/A N/A
PITCH CYLINDER (EACH)
STEERING CYLINDER (EACH) 600 273 600 273
TIRE AND RIM (EACH) 8,600 3,901 8,600 3,901
DRIVER 2,976 3,117 6,871 3,117
MOTOR WITH BRAKE 4,000 1,815 4,000 1,815
MOTOR, DRIVER, BRAKE 6,976 3,165 10,900 3,165
GENERATOR 3,500 2,223 4,900 2,223
HYDRAULIC TANK (empty) 2,000 907 2,000 907
HOOD STRUCTURE 1,701 772 3,000 1,361
REAR COWL 2,317 1,051 2,550 1,157
RADIATOR, OIL COOLER ASSEMBLY 2,800 1,271 2,800 1,271
REAR AXLE 7,070 2,631 5,500 2,495
HYDRAULIC PUMP GEARBOX (PUMPS NOT INCLUDED) 1,408 639 1,408 639
HOIST AND BUCKET PUMPS 287 131 287 131
HUSCO VALVE 300 136 300 136
BLOWER/AIR CLEANER ASSEMBLY 2,200 998 2,200 998
MUFFLER 400 181 400 181
ELECTRICAL CONVERTER CABINET 3,488 1,583 3,488 1,583
ROLL BAR 5,650 2,563 5,750 2,608
CAB 2,000 907 2,000 907
GRID STRUCTURE W/GRIDS 800 363 800 363
BATTERIES 150 68 150 68

SECTION 01-03.DOC r03

COPYRIGHT 2011 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
1-3-12 12/12/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERAL INFORMATION GENERATION2

L1350 SPECIFICATIONS
LeTourneau Technologies has made every effort to make these specifications as accurate as possible at the
time of printing. However, we reserve the right to make changes and improvements at any time. If any
questions arise, please get the current specifications sheet from your dealer or from the online LeTrak
system.

POWER MODULE
AIR FILTRATION
CONTROL SYSTEM – LINCSII
PROPULSION SYSTEM
BRAKING SYSTEM
STEERING AND HOISTING SYSTEM

SECTION 01-03.DOC r03

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 COPYRIGHT 2011
12/12/2011 1-3-13
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 GENERAL INFORMATION

LeTourneau Technologies has made every effort to make these specifications as accurate as possible at the
time of printing. However, we reserve the right to make changes and improvements at any time. If any
questions arise, please get the current specifications sheet from your dealer or from the online LeTrak
system.

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
STRUCTURAL
STANDARD FEATURES
OPTIONAL FEATURES
BUCKETS
BUCKET HARDWARE

SECTION 01-03.DOC r03

COPYRIGHT 2011 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
1-3-14 12/12/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERAL INFORMATION GENERATION2

LeTourneau Technologies has made every effort to make these specifications as accurate as possible at the
time of printing. However, we reserve the right to make changes and improvements at any time. If any
questions arise, please get the current specifications sheet from your dealer or from the online LeTrak
system.

OPERATING CAPACITIES, WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS

FLUID CAPACITIES
OPERATING DIMENSIONS

Dimensions shown are subject to change and vary in actual use due to tire deflection. The
simplified drawing is intended only for reference. If exact dimensions are needed for the
machine, field inspections and measurements should be taken as required.
OPERATING DIMENSIONS

SECTION 01-03.DOC r03

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 COPYRIGHT 2011
12/12/2011 1-3-15
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 GENERAL INFORMATION

APPROXIMATE COMPONENT WEIGHTS-L1350

NOTE: These weights are only approximate as a guide for determining proper lifting procedures and
equipment. These weights do not include liquids or external hardware in or on the components.

ITEM/EQUIPMENT LBS. KGS.

ENGINE, CUMMINS 12,291 5575
ENGINE, DETROIT DIESEL 13,290 6028
POWER UNIT (ENGINE/GENERATOR) CUMMINS 21,491 9,748
POWER UNIT (ENGINE/GENERATOR) DETROIT DIESEL 24,500 11,113
BUCKET, WITH TEETH AND PINS 34,000 15,422
LIFT ARM STRUCTURE 42,000 19,051
BELLCRANK 3,850 1,746
LEVEL LINK 1,000 454
FRONT FRAME W/HOIST CYLINDER 65,000 29,484
REAR FRAME W/ENGINE/GENERATOR/REAR AXLE 102,200 45,449
HOIST CYLINDER 2,725 1,236
BUCKET CYLINDER 3,100 1,406
STEERING CYLINDER 940 426
TIRE AND RIM ASSEMBLY, 50/80 - 57 (each) 16,100 7,303
TIRE 9,100 4,128
RIM 7,000 3,175
DRIVER 9,100 4,128
MOTOR WITH BRAKE B-40 4,600 2,087
MOTOR, DRIVER, BRAKE B-40 13,600 6,169
GENERATOR 9,200 4,173
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR 2,000 907
HOOD STRUCTURE 4,000 1,814
REAR COWL 1,800 817
RADIATOR, OIL COOLER ASSEMBLY 4,000 1,814
REAR AXLE 10,000 4,536
HYDRAULIC PUMP GEARBOX 4,000 1,815
HUSCO VALVE 300 136
BLOWER/AIR CLEANER ASSEMBLY 2,200 998
MUFFLER 400 181
ELECTRICAL CONVERTER CABINET 4,000 1,814
ROLL BAR STRUCTURE 8,000 3,629
CAB 2,000 907
GRID STRUCTURE W/GRIDS 800 363
BATTERIES 150 68

SECTION 01-03.DOC r03

COPYRIGHT 2011 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
1-3-16 12/12/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERAL INFORMATION GENERATION2

L1850 SPECIFICATIONS
LeTourneau Technologies has made every effort to make these specifications as accurate as possible at the
time of printing. However, we reserve the right to make changes and improvements at any time. If any
questions arise, please get the current specifications sheet from your dealer or from the online LeTrak
system.

POWER MODULE
AIR FILTRATION
CONTROL SYSTEM – LINCSII
PROPULSION SYSTEM
BRAKING SYSTEM
STEERING AND HOISTING SYSTEM

SECTION 01-03.DOC r03

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 COPYRIGHT 2011
12/12/2011 1-3-17
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 GENERAL INFORMATION

LeTourneau Technologies has made every effort to make these specifications as accurate as possible at the
time of printing. However, we reserve the right to make changes and improvements at any time. If any
questions arise, please get the current specifications sheet from your dealer or from the online LeTrak
system.

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
STRUCTURAL
STANDARD FEATURES
OPTIONAL FEATURES
BUCKETS
BUCKET HARDWARE

SECTION 01-03.DOC r03

COPYRIGHT 2011 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
1-3-18 12/12/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERAL INFORMATION GENERATION2

LeTourneau Technologies has made every effort to make these specifications as accurate as possible at the
time of printing. However, we reserve the right to make changes and improvements at any time. If any
questions arise, please get the current specifications sheet from your dealer or from the online LeTrak
system.

OPERATING CAPACITIES, WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS

FLUID CAPACITIES
OPERATING DIMENSIONS

Dimensions shown are subject to change and vary in actual use due to tire deflection. The
simplified drawing is intended only for reference. If exact dimensions are needed for the
machine, field inspections and measurements should be taken as required.
OPERATING DIMENSIONS

SECTION 01-03.DOC r03

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 COPYRIGHT 2011
12/12/2011 1-3-19
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 GENERAL INFORMATION

L-1850 COMPONENT APPROXIMATE WEIGHTS

NOTE: These weights are only approximate as a guide for determining proper lifting procedures and
equipment. These weights do not include liquids or external hardware in or on the components. Always allow
a safety margin above these weights.

ITEM/EQUIPMENT LBS. KGS.

POWER UNIT, CUMMINS/DD 24,500 11,113
ENGINE, CUMMINS & DD - DRY 20,210 9,162
21-YD. BUCKET, W/TEETH AND PINS 45,000 20,412
28-YD. BUCKET, W/TEETH AND PINS 55,000 24,954
36-YD. BUCKET, W/TEETH AND PINS 56,700 25,719
LIFT ARM ASSEMBLY 67,000 30,391
BELLCRANK 6,800 3,084
LEVEL LINK 800 363
FRONT FRAME W/HOIST CYLINDER 74,000 33,566
REAR FRAME W/ENGINE/GENERATOR/REAR AXLE 151,000 68,493
HOIST CYLINDER 5,300 2,404
BUCKET CYLINDER 2,700 1,225
STEERING CYLINDER 940 426
TIRE AND RIM ASSEMBLY, 53.5 X 57 (each) 17,000 7,711
TIRE, 50/80 - 57 9,500 4,309
RIM, 34 X 57 OR 45 X 51 3,200 1,452
RIM, 44 X 57 5,000 2,268
DRIVER 13,000 5,897
MOTOR, W/BRAKE 5,800 2,630
MOTOR, DRIVER, BRAKE 21,000 9,526
GENERATOR 9,200 4,173
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR 3,000 1,361
FUEL RESERVOIR 3,000 1,361
HOOD STRUCTURE 4,000 1,814
REAR COWL 1,800 817
RADIATOR, OIL COOLER ASSEMBLY 3,000 1,361
REAR AXLE 9,200 4,173
GEARBOX 4,500 2,042
HOIST AND BUCKET CONTROL VALVE 200 91
BLOWER 400 181
MUFFLER 400 181
ELECTRICAL CONVERTER CABINET 4,000 1,814
ROLL BAR STRUCTURE 7,800 3,538
CAB 2,000 907
GRID STRUCTURE W/GRIDS 800 363
BATTERIES 150 68

SECTION 01-03.DOC r03

COPYRIGHT 2011 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
1-3-20 12/12/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERAL INFORMATION GENERATION2

L2350 SPECIFICATIONS
LeTourneau Technologies has made every effort to make these specifications as accurate as possible at the
time of printing. However, we reserve the right to make changes and improvements at any time. If any
questions arise, please get the current specifications sheet from your dealer or from the online LeTrak
system.

POWER MODULE
AIR FILTRATION
CONTROL SYSTEM – LINCSII
PROPULSION SYSTEM
BRAKING SYSTEM
STEERING AND HOISTING SYSTEM

SECTION 01-03.DOC r03

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 COPYRIGHT 2011
12/12/2011 1-3-21
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 GENERAL INFORMATION

LeTourneau Technologies has made every effort to make these specifications as accurate as possible at the
time of printing. However, we reserve the right to make changes and improvements at any time. If any
questions arise, please get the current specifications sheet from your dealer or from the online LeTrak
system.

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
STRUCTURAL
STANDARD FEATURES
OPTIONAL FEATURES
BUCKETS
BUCKET HARDWARE

SECTION 01-03.DOC r03

COPYRIGHT 2011 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
1-3-22 12/12/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERAL INFORMATION GENERATION2

LeTourneau Technologies has made every effort to make these specifications as accurate as possible at the
time of printing. However, we reserve the right to make changes and improvements at any time. If any
questions arise, please get the current specifications sheet from your dealer or from the online LeTrak
system.

OPERATING CAPACITIES, WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS

FLUID CAPACITIES
OPERATING DIMENSIONS

Dimensions shown are subject to change and vary in actual use due to tire deflection. The
simplified drawing is intended only for reference. If exact dimensions are needed for the
machine, field inspections and measurements should be taken as required.
OPERATING DIMENSIONS

SECTION 01-03.DOC r03

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 COPYRIGHT 2011
12/12/2011 1-3-23
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 GENERAL INFORMATION

L-2350 COMPONENT APPROXIMATE WEIGHTS

NOTE: These weights are only approximate as a guide for determining proper lifting procedures and
equipment. These weights do not include liquids or external hardware in or on the components.

STANDARD LIFT
ITEM/EQUIPMENT LBS. KGS.
ENGINE, CUMMINS 17,550 7,961
ENGINE, DETROIT DIESEL 16,000 7,257
POWER UNIT (ENGINE/GENERATOR) CUMMINS 27,450 12,451
POWER UNIT (ENGINE/GENERATOR) Detroit Diesel 25,900 11,748
BUCKET, WITH TEETH AND PINS 53-CU. YD. 70,250 31,865
LIFT ARM STRUCTURE 63,500 28,803
BELLCRANK 7,200 3,266
LEVEL LINK 850 386
FRONT FRAME W/HOIST CYLINDER 82,000 37,195
REAR FRAME W/ENGINE/GENERATOR/REAR AXLE 165,000 74,843
HOIST CYLINDER 5,560 2,522
BUCKET CYLINDER 3,000 1,361
STEERING CYLINDER 940 426
TIRE AND RIM ASSEMBLY (each) 22,000 9,979
TIRE 70/70-57 15,300 6,940
RIM 60 X 57 6,700 3,039
DRIVER 13,000 5,897
MOTOR WITH BRAKE 5,800 2,630
MOTOR, DRIVER, BRAKE 18,800 8,527
GENERATOR 9,900 4,491
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR 2,000 907
HOOD STRUCTURE 2,000 907
REAR COWL 2,250 998
RADIATOR, OIL COOLER ASSEMBLY 4,000 1,814
REAR AXLE 11,000 4,989
HYDRAULIC PUMP GEARBOX (WITHOUT PUMPS) 2,300 1,361
HYDRAULIC PUMP GEARBOX (WITH PUMPS) 5,000 2,268
HUSCO VALVE 300 136
BLOWER/AIR CLEANER ASSEMBLY 2,615 1,186
MUFFLER 400 181
ELECTRICAL CONVERTER CABINET 4,000 1,814
ROLL BAR STRUCTURE 9,000 4,083
CAB 3,000 1,361
GRID STRUCTURE W/GRIDS 800 363
BATTERIES 150 68

SECTION 01-03.DOC r03

COPYRIGHT 2011 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
1-3-24 12/12/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERAL INFORMATION GENERATION2

CAPSCREW AND BOLT-NUT TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS

STANDARD SAE G8 AND ALLOY STEEL AND HEX SOCKET CAPSCREWS
GRADE 8 Fasteners Alloy Steel 12PT and Hex Socket
Capscrews
SIZE THREAD USA UNITS METRIC UNITS USA UNITS METRIC UNITS
lb-ft N-m lb-ft N-m
**LUBED **LUBED **LUBED **LUBED
20 UNC 9 13 12 16
1/4 (0.25)
28 UNF 10 14 14 19
18 UNC 18 25 24 33
5/16 (0.3125)
24 UNF 20 27 27 37
3/8 (0.375) 16 UNC 33 45 45 61
24 UNF 37 50 50 68
7/16 (0.4375) 14 UNC 52 71 70 95
(* See Note below) 20 UNF 58 79 79 107
13 UNC 80 109 108 146
1/2 (0.5)
20 UNF 90 122 122 165
11 UNC 159 216 203 275
5/8 (0.625)
18 UNF 180 244 230 312
10 UNC 282 383 361 490
3/4 (0.75)
16 UNF 315 427 403 546
1 (1.0) 8 UNC 682 925 872 1182
(*** See Note below) 14 UNS 764 1,036 977 1325
1-1/4 (1.25) 7 UNC 1,363 1,848 1744 2365
(**** See Note below) 12 UNF 1,509 2,046 1930 2617
6 UNC 2,371 3,215 3033 4113
1-1/2 (1.5)
12 UNF 2,668 3,618 3413 4628
* See Special Torque Specifications on page 2 for ROPS super nut.
** See page 3 for specifications for “LUBED” – engine oil on threads and shoulder.
*** See Special Torque Specifications on page 2 for 950/1150 steering pins.
**** See Special Torque Specifications on page 2 for loader lift arms and 1350/1850/2350 steering pins.

STANDARD METRIC BOLTS AND GRADES (SAE J1701M)

SIZE PITCH
(mm) (mm) PROPERTY CLASS 8.8 PROPERTY CLASS 10.9 PROPERTY CLASS 12.9
USA UNITS METRIC UNITS USA UNITS METRIC UNITS USA UNITS METRIC UNITS
lb-ft N-m lb-ft N-m lb-ft N-m
** LUBED ** LUBED ** LUBED ** LUBED ** LUBED ** LUBED
6 1.00 6 8 8 11 10 13
7 1.00 10 13 14 19 16 22
8 1.25 14 19 20 27 24 32
10 1.50 28 38 40 54 47 63
12 1.75 49 66 70 94 81 110
14 2.00 77 105 111 150 130 176
16 2.00 121 164 173 235 202 274
18 2.50 167 226 239 324 279 378
20 2.50 244 331 337 458 394 535
24 3.00 422 572 584 791 682 925

SECTION 01-03.DOC r03

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 COPYRIGHT 2011
12/12/2011 1-3-25
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 GENERAL INFORMATION

SPECIAL TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS

ALLOY STEEL 12 PT CAPSCREW FOR LOADER LIFT ARM BALLCAPS, STEERING PINS, AND ROPS SUPER NUT
USA UNITS (lb-ft) METRIC UNITS (N-m)
SIZE TYPE THREAD APPLICATION
**LUBED **LUBED
1-1/4 12pt capscrew L-1350,1400,1800,1850,2350
7 UNC 1900 2577
(1.250) F-C ON HEAD (Lift arms ball caps only)
1-1/4 12pt capscrew L-1000-L-1100
12 UNF 1320 1790
(1.250) B-7 ON HEAD (Lift arm ball caps only)
1-1/4 Bolt L-1350, L-1850, L-2350
7UNC 850 1152
(1.250) (drilled center) (Steering Pins)
Bolt L-950, D-950, L-1150
1 (1.0) 8UNC 425 576
(drilled center) (Steering Pins)
7/16 Super Nut ROPS Pin Super Nut
20 UNF 114 155
(0.4375) tightening bolts (socket, hex or 12pt)
Super Nut Hydraulic Cylinder Piston
5/8 (0.625) 11 UNC 74 100
tightening bolts Retainer Nut

ALUMINUM 12 PT CAPSCREWS USED FOR MOTOR PINION BALANCING

SIZE TYPE THREAD USA UNITS METRIC UNITS
lb-ft N-m
DRY **LUBED DRY **LUBED
¾ (0.75) ALUMINUM 16 UNF 114 86 155 117
ALUMINUM
¾ (0.75) 16 UNF 150 113 203 153
2024-T4
¾ (0.75) ALUMINUM 12 NF 217 63 294 85
ALUMINUM 12 NF
15/16 (.9375) 285 214 387 290
2024-T4 (2 START)

2-THREAD (2-START) STEEL 12 PT. CAPSCREWS

USA UNITS METRIC UNITS
SIZE TYPE THREAD lb-ft N-m
**LUBED **LUBED
3/8 (.3750) 12 pt 24 NF 25 34
9/16 (.5625) 12 pt 18 NF 87 119
15/16 (.9375) 12 pt 14 NF 428 584
1-5/16 (1.325) 12 pt 12 NF 1216 1660

BOLT AND CAPSCREW MARKINGS ON HEAD

TYPICAL MARKINGS ON ALLOY CAPSCREW HEADS

SECTION 01-03.DOC r03

COPYRIGHT 2011 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
1-3-26 12/12/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERAL INFORMATION GENERATION2

TYPICAL B-7 , 2-START and SUPER NUT

Key Items:
 “LUBED” is defined as having the threads and under the head lubricated with engine oil. Engine oil is defined as SAE 30 or 40
weight oil, including multi viscosity grades 5W-30 through 15W-40. No other lubricant (such as anti seize, MolyKote, copper
coat, grease, etc.) is permitted unless specifically called out in a LTI procedure.
**LUBED = LUBRICATED WITH ENGINE OIL ON THREADS AND UNDER HEAD
(SAE 30 or 40 weight oil, including multi viscosity grades 5W-30 through 15W-40)

NOTE: No other lubricant (such as anti seize, never seize, MolyKote, copper coat, grease, etc.)
is permitted unless specifically called out in a LTI procedure.

 All capscrews and bolts should be started by hand until a minimum of three (3) threads are engaged prior to any air impact
equipment being used.
 If a procedure in a LeTourneau publication calls for the use of Loctite® threadlocker on the threads, the torque specification for
“lubed” should be used. The threads on both the fastener and mating part should be thoroughly cleaned with a proper quick dry
solvent that does not leave an oily film prior to use of Loctite®. The Loctite® thread threadlocker should only be used on the
threads - not the head.
 Certain applications in components such as drivers or lift arm ball caps may specify a FERRY brand of capscrew. Use only
FERRY brand capscrews in these applications.
 LeTourneau Technologies recommends that any old 12pt LeTourneau-fabricated (fabrication was stopped many years ago)
capscrew (refer to illustration under BOLT AND CAPSCREW MARKINGS ON HEAD) be replaced at the time of repair with
alloy capscrews. If new capscrews are not available, then the LeTourneau-fabricated capscrews should only be torqued to
Grade 5 specifications (70% of Grade 8 value - lubed).
 The torque specifications on the charts on page 1 only apply to Grade 8 bolts, metric bolts and 12pt black-colored alloy steel
capscrews. Capscrews with gold-colored zinc chromate plating are excluded from these specifications and these capscrews
should not be used on loaders or dozers except for driver covers.

Grade 8 Bolt  12p Alloy Capscrew  Does not apply X

 CLEANING: It is mandatory to remove all paint, rust and debris from all mating surfaces, surfaces under the head of the bolt or
capscrew and threads prior to installation and torquing of all bolts and capscrews.

ARROW INDICATES LOCATION TO BE CLEANED CLEANING PAINT AND RUST PRIOR TO TORQUING

SECTION 01-03.DOC r03

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 COPYRIGHT 2011
12/12/2011 1-3-27
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION 2 MACHINES GENERAL INFORMATION

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

SECTION 01-03.DOC r03

COPYRIGHT 2011 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
1-3-28 12/12/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
 Generation 2 Hydraulic Settings Version 6

Procedure
All pressures with Engine at paragraph
High Throttle number L-950 L-1150 L-1350 L-1850 L-2350

Governor System Air Pressure A 130psi +5 /-0 130psi +5 /-0 130psi +5 /-0 130psi +5 /-0 140psi +5 /-0

KLENZ KLENZ Regulator Air Pressure B 90 PSI 90 PSI 90 PSI 90 PSI 90 PSI

Hyd Res Air Hydraulic Reservoir Air Pressure C 4 to 6 PSI 4 to 6 PSI 4 to 6 PSI 4 to 6 PSI 4 to 6 PSI

Fan Pump (Stand by) - Idle D 450 ± 50 (Stand-by) 450 ± 50 (Stand-by) 450 ± 50 (Stand-by) 450 ± 50 (Stand-by) 450 ± 50 (Stand-by)

Engine Fan Circuit Fan Pump (Compensator) - High D 950 RPM 1150 RPM 820 RPM @ 1900 Eng RPM 820 RPM @ 1900 Eng RPM 820 RPM @ 1900 Eng RPM

Fan Remote Relief - High D 850 RPM 950 RPM 800 RPM (Max) @ 1900 Eng RPM 800 RPM (Max) @ 1900 Eng RPM 800 RPM (Max) @ 1900 Eng RPM

Blower Pump (Stand by) E 450 ± 50 (Stand-by) 450 ± 50 (Stand-by) 450 ± 50 (Stand-by) 450 ± 50 (Stand-by) 450 ± 50 (Stand-by)

Blower Circuit Blower Pump (Compensator) E 3400 RPM @ Eng 1900 3400 RPM @ Eng 1900 3400 RPM @ Eng 1900 3400 RPM @ Eng 1900 3400 RPM @ Eng 1900

Blower Remote Relief E 3100 RPM @ 1900 Eng RPM 3100 RPM @ 1900 Eng RPM 3100 RPM @ 1900 Eng RPM 3100 RPM @ 1900 Eng RPM 3100 RPM @ 1900 Eng RPM

Accessory Pump Accessory Pump Compensator F 2500psi ± 20 2500psi ± 20 2500psi ± 20 2500psi ± 20 2500psi ± 20

Pilot Circuit Pilot Pressure relief valve G 450 psi ±10 450 psi ±10 450 psi ±10 450 psi ±10 450 psi ±10

Driver Filtration Sequence Valve H N/A N/A 2200psi ± 20 2200psi ± 20 2200psi ± 20

Main Valve Relief I 4000 psi +50 -0 4500 psi +50 -0 4500 psi +50 -0 4500 psi +50 -0 4500 psi +50 -0

Hoist Base Circuit Relief I 4000 psi +50 -0 4500 psi ± 50 4500 psi ± 50 4500 psi ± 50 4500 psi ± 50

Hoist Rod Circuit Relief I 2000 psi ± 50 2000 psi ± 50 2000 psi ± 50 2000 psi ± 50 2000 psi ± 50
Hoist / Bucket
Bucket Base Circuit Relief I 4000 psi +50 -0 4500 psi ± 50 4500 psi ± 50 4500 psi ± 50 4500 psi ± 50
Circuit
Bucket Rod Circuit Relief I 2000 psi ± 50 2000 psi ± 50 2000 psi ± 50 2000 psi ± 50 2000 psi ± 50

Hoist & Bucket Pump Compensators J 3700 psi +100 / -0 4000 psi +100 / -0 4000 psi +100 / -0 4000 psi +100 / -0 4000 psi +100 / -0

Secondary Dump Relief K 800 psi ± 50 800 psi ± 50 800 psi ± 50 800 psi ± 50 800 psi ± 50

Steering Main Relief (Flow Amp) L Turn in Full Turn in Full Turn in Full Turn in Full Turn in Full

Steering Remote Relief (L950/1150) L 2500 psi ± 50 2500 psi ± 50 N/A N/A N/A

Steering Pump (Stand By) M N/A 250psi (Reference Only) N/A 250psi (Reference Only) 450 ± 50 (Stand-by) 450 ± 50 (Stand-by) 450 ± 50 (Stand-by)

Steering Pump (Compensator) M N/A N/A 3400 psi ± 50 3400 psi ± 50 4000 psi ± 50

Steering Remote Relief (L1350~2350) M N/A N/A 4500 psi ± 50 4500 psi ± 50 4500 psi ± 50

Steer Circuit Shock and Suction (Flow Amp) N 4500 psi ± 50 4500 psi ± 50 4500 psi ± 50 4500 psi ± 50 4500 psi ± 50

Relief (PVG) O 4500 psi ± 50 4500 psi ± 50 N/A N/A N/A

Aux. Steering Relief (L950/1150) P 1600 psi +50 -0 1600 psi +50 -0 N/A N/A N/A

Aux. Steering Relief (L1350~2350 Q N/A N/A 2000 psi +50 -0 2000 psi +50 -0 2000 psi +50 -0
 Procedure
All pressures with Engine at paragraph
High Throttle number L-950 L-1150 L-1350 L-1850 L-2350

Aux oil cooler relief (L950/1150) R 1600 RPM 1200 HZ 1600 RPM 1200 HZ N/A N/A N/A

Aux Oil Pump (Stand by) (Idle) S N/A N/A 300 psi 300 psi 300 psi
Aux Oil Cooler
Aux Oil Pump (Compensator) S N/A N/A 1400 rpm 1050 HZ 1400 rpm 1050 HZ 1400 rpm 1050 HZ
Circuit
Aux Oil Remote Relief (High) S N/A N/A 1300rpm 975 HZ 1300rpm 975 HZ 1300rpm 975 HZ

Gear Box Circuit Gearbox Reference 50 to 125 psi at High Throttle 50 to 125 psi at High Throttle 50 to 125 psi at High Throttle 50 to 125 psi at High Throttle 50 to 125 psi at High Throttle

3500 psi (Grease Pressure) NON 3500 psi (Grease Pressure) NON 3500 psi (Grease Pressure) NON 3500 psi (Grease Pressure) NON 3500 psi (Grease Pressure) NON
Pressure Reducing Valve Reference
Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable
Grease System
1.5 to 2 strokes per second NON 1.5 to 2 strokes per second NON 1.5 to 2 strokes per second NON 1.5 to 2 strokes per second NON 1.5 to 2 strokes per second NON
Flow Control Reference
Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable

Hoist Up 11 Sec 13 Sec 15 Sec 16 Sec 17 Sec

Hoist Down 9-11 Sec 9-11 Sec 9-11 Sec 9-11 Sec 12-14 Sec

Float 5 Sec 5 Sec 5 Sec 6 Sec 6 Sec

Cycle Times
Bucket Rollback 3-5 Sec 4-6 Sec 3-5 Sec 3-5 Sec 3-5 Sec

Bucket Dump 3 Sec 3 Sec 3 Sec 4 Sec 3 Sec

Steer Lock to Lock 6 Sec 7 Sec 6 Sec 6 Sec 6 Sec

Notes
 GO TO TOP OF DOCUMENT

CONTROLS AND OPERATION

GENERATION 2 MACHINES
SECTION 01-04

LeTourneau Technologies has made every effort to make this manual as accurate as possible based on the
information available at the time of publication and printing. Continuous improvement and advancement of
product design may cause changes to machines which may not have been included in this publication.
LeTourneau Technologies reserves the right to make changes and improvements at any time. To ensure the
most current information, please contact your dealer representative.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SCOPE OF THIS PUBLICATION ....................................................................................................................... 7
CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES AND WARRANTY ADVISORIES ............................................................... 8
SAFETY .............................................................................................................................................................. 8
SAFETY WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS ............................................................................................................ 8
OVERVIEW OF OPERATIONAL CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS ............................................................ 11
LEFT-HAND JOYSTICK CONTROL - DIRECTIONAL CONTROL .............................................................. 12
STEER LEFT/RIGHT ................................................................................................................................ 12
CRUISE SPEED ADJUSTMENT.............................................................................................................. 12
TURN SIGNAL SWITCHES ..................................................................................................................... 12
DIRECTIONAL CONTROL SWITCH........................................................................................................ 13
ACKNOWLEDGE BUTTON ..................................................................................................................... 13
RIGHT-HAND JOYSTICK CONTROL - HOIST AND BUCKET CONTROL................................................. 14
HOIST AND BUCKET CONTROL USING RIGHT JOYSTICK .................................................................... 14
JOYSTICK CONTROL SWITCHES AND ROLLER ..................................................................................... 14
HOIST DETENT SWITCH ........................................................................................................................ 14
RETURN TO DIG CONTROL SWITCH ................................................................................................... 15
BACKDRAG/KICKBACK SWITCH ........................................................................................................... 15
BACKDRAG SWITCH: ............................................................................................................................. 15
KICKBACK SWITCH: ............................................................................................................................... 15
HORN BUTTON ....................................................................................................................................... 15
SIMULTANEOUS RIGHT JOYSTICK, SWITCH, OR ROLLER COMMAND FUNCTIONS ......................... 17
CAB CONTROL CONSOLE ............................................................................................................................. 29
OPERATOR’S CONSOLE ............................................................................................................................ 29
LINCS II TOUCH SCREEN (#1 ILLUSTRATION ON CAB CONTROL CONSOLE) .................................... 29
LOG ON ........................................................................................................................................................ 30
USING THE USER ACCESS KEY ............................................................................................................... 31
PASSWORD ENTRY SCREEN.................................................................................................................... 31
ALARM, WARNING, and NOTICE SCREENS ................................................................................................ 33
RED ALARMS............................................................................................................................................... 33
YELLOW WARNINGS .................................................................................................................................. 33
BLUE NOTICES............................................................................................................................................ 33
“STACKED” ALARMS, WARNINGS, AND NOTICES .................................................................................. 34
“STACKED” COUNTER NUMBER (ALARMS, WARNINGS, OR NOTICES) .............................................. 34
MAIN OPERATOR SCREEN ............................................................................................................................ 35
LEFT AND RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATORS........................................................................................ 35
BUCKET AND LIFT ARM DATA................................................................................................................... 36
LOAD WEIGHT......................................................................................................................................... 37
LOADING CYCLE TIMER ............................................................................................................................ 37
LOAD CYCLE TIMES ............................................................................................................................... 37
SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011
L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-1
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

SHIFT PRODUCTION DATA ........................................................................................................................ 38

MACHINE STATUS INDICATOR ICONS AND MENU NAVIGATION BUTTONS ....................................... 39
MAIN MENU BUTTON ................................................................................................................................. 39
GAUGES....................................................................................................................................................... 40
SYSTEM AIR PRESSURE GAUGE ......................................................................................................... 40
COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE ...................................................................................................... 40
OIL PRESSURE GAUGE ......................................................................................................................... 40
FUEL GAUGE........................................................................................................................................... 40
SPEEDOMETER .......................................................................................................................................... 41
MAIN MENU BUTTON ................................................................................................................................. 41
MENU SELECTIONS ............................................................................................................................... 41
MAIN MENU SUB-SELECTION ................................................................................................................... 41
USER PREFERENCES SCREEN .................................................................................................................... 42
LANGUAGE .................................................................................................................................................. 43
UNIT SYSTEM .............................................................................................................................................. 43
TRUCK CAPACITY....................................................................................................................................... 43
IDEAL CYCLE TIME ..................................................................................................................................... 43
DISPLAY TROUBLESHOOTING NOTICES ................................................................................................ 43
LAMP TEST .................................................................................................................................................. 43
ZERO TOOTH TO GROUND ....................................................................................................................... 43
RESET SHIFT PRODUCTION ..................................................................................................................... 43
AUXILIARY STEERING TEST ..................................................................................................................... 43
BRAKES TEST ............................................................................................................................................. 43
INHIBIT PARK BRAKES RELEASE MODE ................................................................................................. 44
ALTERNATE SPEED ................................................................................................................................... 44
ALTERNATE PROPEL TORQUE................................................................................................................. 44
DATA LOGGING MENU ................................................................................................................................... 44
CHANNEL SELECTION SCREEN ............................................................................................................... 45
CHARTING SCREEN ................................................................................................................................... 46
1) CHANNEL NAME .............................................................................................................................. 47
2) CHANNEL VALUE ............................................................................................................................ 47
3) TIME ZOOM SCROLL BAR .............................................................................................................. 47
4) SELECTION LIST SCROLL BAR ..................................................................................................... 47
5) LIVE/HISTORY DATA BUTTON ....................................................................................................... 47
6) CHART LAYOUT BUTTONS ............................................................................................................ 47
7) CHANNEL PLOT ............................................................................................................................... 47
8) EVENT MARKERS............................................................................................................................ 47
9) CURSOR POSITION BARS .............................................................................................................. 47
10) CURSOR TIMESTAMPS .............................................................................................................. 47
11) DOWNLOAD BUTTON ................................................................................................................. 47
12) THE CURSOR DELTA TIME (ΔT) ................................................................................................ 47
13) DATA SELECTION BUTTONS ..................................................................................................... 48
14) MEASUREMENT TYPE BUTTON ................................................................................................ 48
EVENT LOGGING SCREEN (DETAILED) ................................................................................................... 49
1) SELECT ALARMS BUTTON ............................................................................................................. 49
2) SELECT WARNINGS BUTTON ........................................................................................................ 49
3) SELECT ALERTS BUTTON.............................................................................................................. 49
4) SELECT EVENTS BUTTON ............................................................................................................. 49
5) SELECT PRODUCTION DATA BUTTON......................................................................................... 49
6) DATE RANGE BUTTON ................................................................................................................... 49
7) PAGE BUTTON ................................................................................................................................. 50
8) SCROLL BUTTONS .......................................................................................................................... 50
9) CHART SELECT BUTTON ............................................................................................................... 50

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-2 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

10) DATE AND TIME STAMP ............................................................................................................. 50

11) DETAILED/SUMMARY VIEW BUTTON ....................................................................................... 50
12) EVENT GROUP (TOTAL EVENTS) .............................................................................................. 50
13) DOWNLOAD BUTTON ................................................................................................................. 50
14) EVENT SELECT BOX ................................................................................................................... 50
15) SET EVENT INDICATOR.............................................................................................................. 50
16) CLEARED EVENT INDICATOR ................................................................................................... 50
17) FILTER BUTTON .......................................................................................................................... 51
EVENT LOGGING SCREEN (SUMMARY) .................................................................................................. 51
DOWNLOAD DIALOG .................................................................................................................................. 52
1) INCLUDE CHANNEL LOG BUTTON ................................................................................................ 52
2) DOWNLOAD ESTIMATES ................................................................................................................ 52
3) DRIVE SELECTION .......................................................................................................................... 52
4) DOWNLOAD FILENAME .................................................................................................................. 52
5) CANCEL BUTTON ............................................................................................................................ 52
6) DOWNLOAD LOG BUTTON ............................................................................................................. 52
PRODUCTION REPORTS ........................................................................................................................... 53
1) LOADS .............................................................................................................................................. 53
2) PROFILE ........................................................................................................................................... 53
3) TONS PER LOAD ............................................................................................................................. 54
4) CYCLE TIMES .................................................................................................................................. 54
5) CYCLE TIME/LOAD SWEET SPOT ................................................................................................. 55
PRODUCTION REPORTS SETUP .......................................................................................................... 55
MACHINE SUMMARY ...................................................................................................................................... 56
MACHINE SUMMARY SCREEN .................................................................................................................. 56
1) MACHINE ID ..................................................................................................................................... 56
2) ENGINE TYPE .................................................................................................................................. 56
3) LANGUAGE ...................................................................................................................................... 56
4) UNIT SYSTEM .................................................................................................................................. 56
5) CLOCK FORMAT .............................................................................................................................. 56
6) TIME ZONE ....................................................................................................................................... 56
7) TIME ZONE LOCALE........................................................................................................................ 56
8) LIFT ARM .......................................................................................................................................... 56
9) AUXILIARY STEERING .................................................................................................................... 56
10) DRIVER FILTRATION ................................................................................................................... 56
11) BUCKET ........................................................................................................................................ 56
12) ISOLATION MONITOR ................................................................................................................. 56
13) SOFTWARE VERSION ................................................................................................................. 56
14) DATA SOURCE VERSION ........................................................................................................... 56
CLEAN SCREEN .............................................................................................................................................. 57
CLEANING PROCEDURE ........................................................................................................................... 57
PARK BRAKE SWITCH (#2 ON ILLUSTRATION CAB CONTROL CONSOLE) ......................................... 58
YELLOW WARNING LIGHT (#3 ON ILLUSTRATION CAB CONTROL CONSOLE) .................................. 58
MONITOR DISPLAY DIMMER/RESET SWITCH (#4 ON ILLUSTRATION CAB CONTROL CONSOLE) .. 58
(5) NOT USED .................................................................................................................................................. 59
KEY SWITCH/CRANK SWITCH (#6 ON ILLUSTRATION CAB CONTROL CONSOLE) ............................ 59
USER ACCESS KEY AND READER (#7 ON ILLUSTRATION CAB CONTROL CONSOLE) .................... 60
RED ALARM LIGHT (#8 ON ILLUSTRATION CAB CONTROL CONSOLE)............................................... 60
CAB EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH (#9 ON ILLUSTRATION CAB CONTROL CONSOLE) ..................... 60
SPEED CONTROL PEDAL .......................................................................................................................... 61
SERVICE BRAKE PEDAL (11) ........................................................................................................................ 62
12V POWER-PORTS, USB and ETHERNET TERMINALS (12)..................................................................... 62
CLIMATE CONTROL SWITCHES ................................................................................................................... 63

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-3
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

SPECIAL KEY FUNCTIONS ........................................................................................................................ 64

OVERHEAD KEYPAD ...................................................................................................................................... 65
ALTERNATE HEIGHT SWITCH (1) ............................................................................................................. 66
AUTO LEVEL SWITCH (2) ........................................................................................................................... 67
DRIVE SYSTEM ENABLE/DISABLE SWITCH (3) ....................................................................................... 67
HAZARD SWITCH (4) .................................................................................................................................. 67
THROTTLE SWITCH (5) .............................................................................................................................. 68
FRONT WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCH (6) ................................................................................................ 68
REAR WINDOW WIPER SWITCH (7).......................................................................................................... 68
WINDSHIELD AND REAR WINDOW WASHER SWITCHES (8 & 9) .......................................................... 69
NOT USED (10) ............................................................................................................................................ 69
ALTERNATE SPEED SWITCH (11) ............................................................................................................. 69
AUTO LUBE SWITCH (12) .......................................................................................................................... 69
AUXILIARY TORQUE SWITCH (13) ............................................................................................................ 70
CRUISE SWITCH (14) .................................................................................................................................. 70
BEACON LIGHT SWITCH (15) .................................................................................................................... 70
POLE WORK LIGHTS SWITCH (16) ........................................................................................................... 71
CAB LIGHT BAR LIGHTS SWITCH (16) ...................................................................................................... 71
REAR COWL LIGHTS SWITCH (16) ........................................................................................................... 71
CAB INTERIOR LIGHTS (DOME) .................................................................................................................... 73
CAB INTERIOR LIGHTS MANUAL SWITCH (DOME)................................................................................. 73
OPERATOR’S CAB .......................................................................................................................................... 74
OPERATOR’S SEAT ........................................................................................................................................ 76
AUTOMATIC AND MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENTS AND CONTROLS .................................................... 76
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................................................ 77
SEAT BELT OPERATION AND ADJUSTMENT .......................................................................................... 77
FASTENING AND UNFASTENING THE BELT ....................................................................................... 78
FASTENING THE BELT ...................................................................................................................... 78
UNFASTENING THE BELT ................................................................................................................. 78
ADJUSTMENTS ........................................................................................................................................... 78
LENGTHENING THE BELT ..................................................................................................................... 78
TO SHORTENING THE BELT ................................................................................................................. 78
INSPECTION ................................................................................................................................................ 78
SERVICE SWITCHES....................................................................................................................................... 79
ISOLATION AND CONTROL SWITCHES ASSEMBLY ............................................................................... 79
AUTO LUBE SWITCH: (1) ....................................................................................................................... 80
KLENZ ENABLE SWITCH: (2) ................................................................................................................. 81
LADDER LIGHTS SWITCH: (3) ............................................................................................................... 81
MAINTENANCE LIGHTS SWITCH: - MAY ALSO BE LABELED “WORK LIGHTS” (4) .......................... 81
JUMP START SOCKET (5) ...................................................................................................................... 82
STARTER ISOLATOR INDICATION LIGHT (6) ....................................................................................... 82
STARTER ISOLATION SWITCH (7) ........................................................................................................ 82
BATTERY ISOLATION SWITCH (8) ........................................................................................................ 82
BATTERY ISOLATOR INDICATION LIGHT (9) ....................................................................................... 82
CENTRAL SERVICE SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) ............................................................................................... 84
COMPONENT HEATER CONNECTIONS (OPTIONAL) ............................................................................. 84
MOUNTING AND DISMOUNTING THE MACHINE ......................................................................................... 86
LADDER MOUNTED ON HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR ................................................................................. 86
POWERED ACCESS LADDER "POWER STEP MODEL RL1001 & RL1002".............................................. 87
NORMAL OPERATION ................................................................................................................................ 87
GROUND LEVEL LADDER OPERATION .................................................................................................... 88
ELEVATED LEVEL LADDER OPERATION ................................................................................................. 88

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-4 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

OPERATING THE LADDER WITHOUT ELECTRICAL POWER ................................................................. 89

SERVICE, INSPECTION AND LUBRICATION ............................................................................................ 90
POWERED ACCESS LADDER HEDWELD MODEL “C” ............................................................................... 91
NORMAL OPERATION ................................................................................................................................ 91
TYPICAL OPERATION AT GROUND OR ELEVATED LEVELS ................................................................. 91
OPERATING THE LADDER WITHOUT ELECTRICAL POWER ................................................................. 93
MANUAL RELEASE ..................................................................................................................................... 93
SERVICE, INSPECTION AND LUBRICATION ............................................................................................ 93
POWERED ACCESS LADDER “LETOURNEAU MODEL” ............................................................................ 95
TYPICAL OPERATION ................................................................................................................................. 95
NORMAL OPERATION AT GROUND OR ELEVATED LEVELS ................................................................ 95
SERVICE, INSPECTION AND LUBRICATION ............................................................................................ 96
MACHINE MECHANICAL OPERATING CONCERNS .................................................................................... 97
COMPUTER MONITOR ............................................................................................................................... 97
AUXILIARY STEERING SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) .......................................................................................... 97
DIESEL ENGINE OPERATIONAL CONCERNS .......................................................................................... 98
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM MONITORING AND OPERATIONAL CONCERNS................................................ 99
GRADE STABILITY .................................................................................................................................... 101
EMPTY BUCKET IN CARRY POSITION ............................................................................................... 101
EMPTY BUCKET IN RAISED POSITION .............................................................................................. 101
OVERSPEED PREVENTION RECOMMENDATIONS .............................................................................. 101
WALK-AROUND INSPECTION .................................................................................................................. 102
DYNAMIC BRAKING .................................................................................................................................. 102
BUCKET ROLLBACK STOP BLOCKS AND BELL CRANK STOP BLOCKS ............................................ 103
BASIC MACHINE OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS NON-MATERIAL HANDLING OPERATIONS ............... 104
PRE-STARTING PROCEDURES............................................................................................................... 104
STARTING THE ENGINE........................................................................................................................... 105
STARTING DETROIT DIESEL EQUIPPED MACHINES ....................................................................... 105
STARTING CUMMINS ENGINE-EQUIPPED MACHINES .................................................................... 105
AFTER STARTING THE ENGINE.......................................................................................................... 106
OPERATING THE MACHINE (NON-MATERIAL HANDLING OPERATIONS).......................................... 106
CHANGING DIRECTIONS (FORWARD AND REVERSE) ........................................................................ 107
NORMAL SHUTDOWN PROCEDURES .................................................................................................... 107
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN ...................................................................................................................... 108
BASIC MACHINE OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS MATERIAL HANDLING OPERATIONS ........................ 109
GENERAL MATERIAL HANDLING OPERATIONS AND PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 109
LOADER OPERATION ............................................................................................................................... 110
SAFETY .................................................................................................................................................. 110
TRUCK PLACEMENT ............................................................................................................................ 110
CONTROLLING TRAFFIC ..................................................................................................................... 111
DIGGING THEORIES ............................................................................................................................. 113
OPERATION........................................................................................................................................... 114
DIGGING ................................................................................................................................................ 114
HOISTING AND TRAVELING TO THE TRUCK .................................................................................... 115
DUMPING THE BUCKET ....................................................................................................................... 115
LOWERING THE BUCKET AND TRAVELING TO THE DIG FACE ...................................................... 115
PIT FLOOR MAINTENANCE ................................................................................................................. 115
BUCKET OVERLOAD SITUATIONS ..................................................................................................... 116
DOS and DON’TS........................................................................................................................................... 118

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-5
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
Figure 1. JOYSTICK OPERATION LABELS ................................................................................................ 11
Figure 2. CAB CONTROL CONSOLE .......................................................................................................... 27
Figure 3. USER ACCESS KEY AND READER ............................................................................................ 30
Figure 4. COUNTDOWN NUMBER ON SCREEN (ALARMS, WARNINGS, NOTICES) ............................. 34
Figure 5. MAIN OPERATOR SCREEN ........................................................................................................ 35
Figure 6. USER PREFERENCES SCREEN ................................................................................................ 42
Figure 7. CHANNEL SELECTION SCREEN ................................................................................................ 45
Figure 8. EVENT LOGGING SCREEN......................................................................................................... 49
Figure 9. CLEAN SCREEN .......................................................................................................................... 57
Figure 10. HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR AIR RELEASE VALVES ............................................................... 61
Figure 11. 12V POWER-PORTS, USB AND ETHERNET CONNECTIONS ............................................. 62
Figure 12. CLIMATE CONTROL SWITCHES ............................................................................................ 63
Figure 13. OVERHEAD KEYPAD............................................................................................................... 65
Figure 14. REAR LIGHTS .......................................................................................................................... 72
Figure 15. CAB DOME LIGHT SWITCH .................................................................................................... 73
Figure 16. OPERATOR’S CAB – RIGHT SIDE VIEW THROUGH CAB TO LEFT SIDE .......................... 74
Figure 17. OPERATOR’S CAB – RIGHT SIDE .......................................................................................... 74
Figure 18. OPERATOR’S CAB – LEFT SIDE DOOR ................................................................................ 74
Figure 19. GRAB BAR ................................................................................................................................ 75
Figure 20. SQUEEZE-HANDLE TO-OPEN DOOR .................................................................................... 75
Figure 21. PANORAMIC VIEW FROM CAB .............................................................................................. 75
Figure 22. OPERATOR’S SEAT (TYPICAL) .............................................................................................. 77
Figure 23. SEAT BELT COMPONENTS AND FASTENING/UNFASTENING PROCEDURES (TYPICAL) .... 78
Figure 24. ISOLATION AND CONTROL SWITCHES ASSEMBLY ........................................................... 79
Figure 25. AUTO LUBE SWITCH LOCATIONS ......................................................................................... 80
Figure 26. UPPER LADDER LIGHT SWITCH ........................................................................................... 81
Figure 27. MAINTENANCE LIGHTS (MAINTENANCE WORK LIGHTS) .................................................. 82
Figure 28. SERVICE SWITCH LOCATIONS.............................................................................................. 83
Figure 29. CENTRAL SERVICE SYSTEM (OPTIONAL) ........................................................................... 84
Figure 30. HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR AIR RELEASE VALVES ............................................................... 84
Figure 31. COMPONENT HEATER CONNECTIONS................................................................................ 85
Figure 32. GROUND LEVEL LADDER CONTROLS ................................................................................. 88
Figure 33. ELEVATED LEVEL LADDER CONTROLS............................................................................... 88
Figure 34. MECHANICAL SAFETY LATCH CABLE (GROUND LOCATION) ........................................... 89
Figure 35. BACK-UP BLEED DOWN VALVE (GROUND LOCATION ACCESS)...................................... 89
Figure 36. BACK-UP BLEED DOWN VALVE CABLE(ELEVATED LOCATION ACCESS) ....................... 90
Figure 37. UPPER LADDER SWITCH ....................................................................................................... 92
Figure 38. POWERED ACCESS LADDER ................................................................................................ 92
Figure 39. LADDER MANUAL RELEASE .................................................................................................. 93
Figure 40. POWERED REAR ACCESS LADDER SWITCH ...................................................................... 96
Figure 41. RADIATOR CAP ....................................................................................................................... 98
Figure 42. JUMP START SOCKET ............................................................................................................ 99
Figure 43. TYPICAL GRADE/SPEED CHART ......................................................................................... 101
Figure 44. BUCKET ROLLBACK AND BELL CRANK STOP BLOCK INSPECTION .............................. 103
Figure 45. TRUCK PLACEMENT ............................................................................................................. 110
Figure 46. TRUCK FLOW (RIGHT HAND TRUCK) ................................................................................. 111
Figure 47. TRUCK FLOW (LEFT HAND TRUCK) .................................................................................... 112
Figure 48. SQUARE DIG FACE ............................................................................................................... 113
Figure 49. CIRCULAR DIG FACE ............................................................................................................ 114
Figure 50. BUCKET LOADING ....................................................................................................................... 114
Figure 51. PIT FLOOR MAINTENANCE ................................................................................................. 116

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-6 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

SCOPE OF THIS PUBLICATION

CONTROLS AND OPERATION contains the identification and function of the controls, instruments and
indicators on the instrument panel. This publication also contains basic instructions for non-material and
material handling operations. It is essential that the operator(s) receive the following instructions and training
before operating the machine in material handling operations:
It is essential that the operator(s) read and understand the information contained in this manual before
operating the machine.
The operator(s) must acquire a thorough knowledge of the function of each control and each indicator light
described herein before operating the machine.
The operator(s) must also be trained in the complete operation of the machine and any special requirements
of the particular job site where the machine will be operated before operating the machine in material
handling operations.
The operator(s) must read and understand any special starting, operating and maintenance instructions
contained in the engine manufacturer operator’s manual.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-7
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES AND WARRANTY ADVISORIES

LeTourneau Technologies loaders are warranted in accordance with the warranty policy provided with the
machine. The recommended operating and maintenance procedures set forth shall be followed to ensure
warranty coverage is not jeopardized. Failure to comply with recommended operating and maintenance
procedures may void machine warranty.
Any questions or problems relating to warranty policy or administration should be directed to LeTourneau
Technologies, P.O. Box 2307, Longview, Texas 75601, Attention: Warranty Manager. Include the model and
serial number, in-service date of the machine, and hour meter reading. We especially draw your attention
to the following advisories:

SAFETY
This publication contains special instructions that pertain to safety, operation, maintenance, and repair of the
machine. Listed below are the signal words and symbols that precede these instructions and their meanings:

 The danger label indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or
serious injury.

 The warning label indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or
serious injury.

 The caution label, used with the safety alert symbol indicates a hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury (includes the safety alert symbol ).

 The caution label (without safety alert symbol) is used to address practices not related to
personal injury – only equipment damage.

The NOTE graphic is to indicate areas of importance to the reader that are not related to personal
injury or machine damage.

SAFETY WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS

UNCONTROLLED MOVEMENT
 DO NOT set or change any settings during an actual loading operation or cycle. Before entering
any information, or making/changing any settings on any screen in the LINCS system, ensure the
machine is in an area clear of ALL hazards and personnel. Failure to do so could result in serious
injury or death to personnel.
 The operator should never leave the cab with the park brakes released. Leaving the cab without
setting the park brakes could result in unplanned and uncontrolled movement of the machine.
This could cause loss of life, serious injury or property damage.
 Do not use the park brakes to stop the machine unless in an EMERGENCY situation. Setting the
park brakes will immediately set the brakes and stop the machine suddenly.
 Adjust the seat for proper access to all controls and fasten seat belts before operating the
machine.
 The operator’s seat must be properly adjusted for safe operation of all controls and the seat belt
fastened before starting the engine to operate the machine. Failure to do so could result in
serious injury.
 Always check the condition of the operator seat belts and mounting hardware before operating
the machine. Failure to do so could result in serious injury.
COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01
1-4-8 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

 The operator should never leave the cab with the parking brakes released. Leaving the cab
without setting the Park Brakes could result in unplanned and uncontrolled movement of the
machine. This could cause loss of life, serious injury or property damage.
LEAD
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead components.
ELECTRICAL HAZARD
 BE SURE the engine is not running and the electrical system is locked out before servicing any
lights.

COLD TEMPERATURE
 If the machine is to sit outside when not working with the ambient temperature below -20˚ C:
 The engine must be running at high idle.
o With Drive system de-energized.
o With Park Brake set.
 Or all heaters must be operational and plugged in to a power supply external to the machine if
the engine is not running.
 Failure to comply with these instructions could result in serious damage to the engine.
 NEVER wet clean the screen unless the display is OFF.
FALLING HAZARD
 While climbing the hydraulic reservoir ladder the KLENZ air filtration system could emit a loud
“boom” and eject dust from the hopper unless the KLENZ Enable Switch is turned OFF. This
could cause a person on the ladder to be startled and lose their grip resulting in an accident. Also
dust ejected from the hopper could be a hazard to anyone on the ladder or standing nearby. DO
NOT stand under the KLENZ system discharge or climb the hydraulic reservoir ladder on an
operational machine unless the KLENZ Enable Switch is in the OFF position.
 Always turn the KLENZ Enable Switch to the OFF position before performing any service work to
the machine. Bleed air pressure to zero psig before performing any service or repair work to the
KLENZ system or other components powered by the compressed air system.
PRESSURE RELEASE
 When using the Central Service system, be sure to relieve pressure in the hydraulic reservoir and
in the radiator by opening the manual air release valve provided for each component before
attaching hose to the quick couplings (refer to illustration “HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR AIR
RELEASE VALVES”).
 Before servicing or repairing anything pertaining to the hydraulic system, the pressure should
always be relieved from the hoist and bucket hydraulic circuits. Relieve pressure by using the
“MANUAL BLEED VALVE ASSEMBLY” (Refer to Section 04 in the Service Manual). The machine
must NOT be running when using the manual bleed valve assembly.
 Allow the system to cool before removing the radiator cap. Do not remove radiator cap while
pressure remains in the system.
UNCONTROLLED MOVEMENT
 Always depress and release the speed control pedal slowly and smoothly. Abrupt movement of
the speed control pedal will result in a sudden response from the loader’s drive motors. Sudden
and complete release of the speed control pedal will apply full dynamic braking. When the loader
is on a grade, it will not come to a full stop until the Service Brake pedal is applied.
 Auxiliary steering is ONLY a backup system. If something occurs in the normal steering system,
auxiliary steering should only be used to steer the machine to a stopped position. It should
NEVER be used in material handling operations.
 To prevent damage to the DDEC and Cummins electronic control system, disconnect the
following BEFORE welding: battery power and ground cables and the power connector at the
DDEC or Cummins Electronic Control Module (ECM). Failure to isolate the DDEC or Cummins
system from high current (possible occurrence as a result of welding) can result in severe ECM
damage.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-9
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

 If the machine will be moved following starting the engine, BE SURE the safety link has been
removed and secured before starting the engine. Moving the machine with the safety link in the
locked position could cause serious machine damage.
STRUCK BY/STRUCK AGAINST
 ALWAYS sound the horn for 2-3 seconds prior to starting the engine to alert personnel on the
machine or in close proximity to it that the engine is about to start. Allow at least 30 seconds for
them to clear the area before starting the engine. Check wing mirrors and all sides of machine
from your seat. If the horn is inoperable (see the following NOTE), dismount the machine, and
walk around it to be sure no one is on the machine or in close proximity to it before starting the
engine. Always use all local startup procedures before starting the machine.
 When the operator seat backrest upholstery has been removed for cleaning or maintenance, the
backrest frame must be supported, for example held in place, before the backrest adjuster is
operated. If this is not done, there is a danger that the backrest frame may jerk forward and cause
injury.

ENGINE COMPONENT DAMAGE

 To prevent serious damage to the starter, if the engine does not start, DO NOT turn the Key
Switch/Crank Switch to the START position again while the starter motor is still running.
 Observe the oil pressure gauge immediately after starting the engine. If there is no oil pressure
indicated within 10 to 15 seconds, stop the engine and check the lubricating system.
 The idle timer can be bypassed by pressing and holding the acknowledge button for 2 seconds
during the idle timer process. This will immediately shut down the engine and LINCS II Computer
System. Bypassing the idle timer can cause damage to the turbochargers. Shutting the engine
down immediately should only be done in emergency situations.
 Use the emergency stop switches only in an emergency. Immediate machine shutdown could
result in damage to the engine turbochargers.
 Cummins engines utilize a pre-lube system, which builds up the engine oil pressure prior to
starting the engine. The Key Switch/Crank Switch must be held in the START position while the
pre-lube system is in operation. Cummins engines WILL NOT start immediately when the Key
Switch/Crank Switch is turned to the START position.
BUCKET/LIFT ARM DAMAGE
 Do not corner load the bucket. Damage to the lift arms could occur. In all bucket-loading cycles,
approach the face or stockpile with the bucket square and the loader straight (not articulated).
The bucket should always be loaded close to the ground.
TIRE/PLANETARY DRIVE/MOTOR DAMAGE
 As the loader bucket enters or exits the pile, do not spin or bounce the tires. Spinning the tires
could cause serious damage to the drivers and traction motors.
 NEVER enter the pile at full speed. This can cause serious damage to the traction motors, drivers,
lift arms and bucket.
OVERLOAD
 Should an overload cause the machine to tip forward while hoisting or transporting a load, DO
NOT PANIC! Lower the bucket to the ground and the machine will stabilize.
CHEMICALS
 NEVER use any cleaners with Ammonia. Using unapproved cleaners can cause component
damage. Excessive moisture of any type can damage components. Do not allow liquids to run
down to the bottom of the screen at any time.
CAPS & PINS DAMAGE
 Never, under any circumstances, operate the loader with the automatic lubrication system
inoperable. Serious component damage will occur.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-10 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

OVERVIEW OF OPERATIONAL CONTROLS AND INSTRUMENTS

The following provides a brief overview of the operator’s controls and instruments of the Loader:
The Loader is equipped with joystick controls for hoist, bucket, steering functions and cruise speed
adjustment as well as others (see below). The joystick controls are mounted on support structures, attached
to the operator’s seat. The following pages of instructions explain the functions of each joystick as shown in
“JOYSTICK OPERATION LABELS” below. The respective left/right label is located beside each joystick.

Figure 1. JOYSTICK OPERATION LABELS

Ground speed and dynamic braking are controlled by the foot-operated Speed Control Pedal. The speed
control pedal is pressed to move the machine and released to actuate dynamic braking. The Service Brake
Pedal is provided for holding the machine on grades or when in close proximity to a transport vehicle.
Switches for controlling various lights, accessories and other service functions of the loader are mounted on
the operator’s console and an overhead panel (see below for more information).
A touch screen panel provides pertinent information such as ground speed, hourmeter, various gauge
readings, fuel level, compressed air system pressure, etc.
The operator is alerted to a potential problem that might require the shutdown of the machine or the call for
repair by warning lights, an audible alarm or text messages on a computer monitor. The computer monitor
provides repair technicians with some operational data and fault messages in the event of a pneumatic,
mechanical, electrical, or hydraulic malfunction.
The operator’s cab is pressurized and has an automatic climate control system.

When operating in cold climates, the oil pressure indications will be higher after starting, during
engine warm-up, and when HI throttle is selected. It will take longer for the oil to warm-up and for the
oil pressure to reach normal operating temperature.

 If the machine is to sit outside when not working with the ambient temperature below -20˚ C:
 The engine must be running at high idle.
o With Drive system de-energized.
o With Park Brake set.
 Or all heaters must be operational and plugged in to a power supply external to the machine if the
engine is not running.
 Failure to comply with these instructions could result in serious damage to the engine.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-11
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

LEFT-HAND JOYSTICK CONTROL - DIRECTIONAL CONTROL

(Refer to illustration “JOYSTICK OPERATION LABELS”)
 The dual-axis Directional Control Joystick has:
 Steer Left/Right
 Turn Signals
 Directional Control Switch
 Acknowledge Button
 Cruise Speed Adjustment

The left and right sides of the loader are determined when standing behind it or sitting in the
operator’s seat. Engine left and right bank is determined by viewing the engine from the flywheel end.

STEER LEFT/RIGHT
Moving the left directional joystick
from side to side controls the left
and right directional articulation of
the machine
 Moving the directional joystick control to the left from center steers the machine to the left.
 Moving the directional joystick control to the right from center steers the machine to the right.
 The speed of steering is proportional to the distance the joystick is moved from center.
 The directional joystick control automatically returns to center when released; however, only the speed of
steering will stop and the machine will not automatically steer back to a straight articulation.
CRUISE SPEED ADJUSTMENT
After setting the cruise speed, moving the joystick
forward INCREASES the cruise speed and moving the
joystick backward DECREASES the cruise speed.

The cruise button is located on the overhead keypad.

TURN SIGNAL SWITCHES

Two pushbutton switches to actuate the turn signal
lights on the front and rear of the machine, are located
on top of the left joystick. These switches have yellow
covers.
 Pressing the left button actuates the left turn signal light on the rear of the machine, the left turn signal
light on the front of the machine and the left arrow indicator on the computer touch screen.
 Pressing the right button actuates the right turn signal light on the rear of the machine, the right turn
signal light on the front of the machine and the right arrow indicator on the computer touch screen.
 Pressing either button a second time will cancel the turn signal. When the machine approaches straight
articulation, the turn signal will also cancel. If the machine is articulated to the right, the left turn signal
cannot be activated until the degree of turn reaches close to straight. When articulated to the left, the right
signal cannot be turned on until reaching near straight articulation.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-12 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

DIRECTIONAL CONTROL SWITCH

The directional control switch is a three-position maintained rocker-type
switch mounted on the steering joystick control. It is used to select
forward neutral, or reverse direction of machine movement.
 Moving the switch to the front position selects FORWARD machine movement.
 Moving the switch to the back position selects REVERSE machine movement.
 Moving the switch to the center position selects NEUTRAL machine movement.
When the directional switch is moved to the reverse position, the back up alarm will sound and the back up
lights will come on. They will remain on until the switch is moved to the neutral or forward position.
The machine’s direction, FORWARD or REVERSE, can be selected without releasing the speed control
pedal. Once the directional control switch is moved to the opposite direction, the machine’s control system
automatically applies dynamic braking, slows the machine to a complete stop, and then changes the
machine’s direction. While this change of direction is being processed by the control system, the speed
control pedal can remain fully depressed. This will ensure that cycle times are maximized and there is no
wasted time selecting direction.
The center position is the neutral position. The directional switch must be in the center position to start the
engine. When the switch is in the center position, the loader will not be powered in either direction if the
speed control pedal is pressed.
ACKNOWLEDGE BUTTON
 The Acknowledge button is located on the side of the directional
control (left) joystick. Pressing the button acknowledges the
WARNING, ALERT or NOTICE screens on the main monitor.
 Pressing and holding the acknowledge button for two (2) seconds
will bypass the engine shutdown timer.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-13
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

RIGHT-HAND JOYSTICK CONTROL - HOIST AND BUCKET CONTROL

(Refer to illustration “JOYSTICK OPERATION LABELS”)
The dual-axis Hoist/Bucket control joystick has the following command functions:
 Forward and backward positions for raising and lowering the lift arms
o Lowering the lift arms also controlled by using buttons
 Hoist Detent
 Return To Dig
 Side-to-side (left or right) positions for bucket rollback and dumping.
o Also controlled by Bucket Control Roller Potentiometer on top of the joystick.
 Return To Dig Switch: Lowers the liftarms to a preset distance from the ground and positions the bucket
to a preset position.
 Backdrag/Kickback Switch: Lowers the lift arms to a preset distance from the ground, above a certain
height, the button rolls the bucket back to a pre-set position.
 Hoist Detent Switch: raises the lift arms to full height or alternative height if “alt height” is active.
 Horn Switch: actuates the horn solenoid while held.

HOIST AND BUCKET CONTROL USING RIGHT JOYSTICK

Speed of lift arm and bucket movement is proportional to the distance the
joystick is moved from neutral (center). The further the joystick is moved
from center the faster the lift arms or bucket move in the commanded
direction.
 Moving the hoist control joystick backward from neutral (center) causes
the lift arms to RISE (power up).
 Moving the hoist control joystick forward from neutral (center) causes
the lift arms to LOWER (power down).
The center position is the neutral position. Moving the hoist control joystick toward the center position, from
either position (forward or backward), causes the lift arms motion to slow. When the joystick reaches center,
the lift arms motion will stop. The hoist/bucket control joystick automatically returns to center when released.
 Moving the joystick to the left moves the bucket toward rollback position (until the joystick is released).
o The rollback position is used to load the bucket and to transport the load.
 Moving the joystick to the right causes the bucket to dump.
o Moving the joystick to a quadrant between those described above causes both actions to occur
simultaneously (bucket function takes priority). See “SIMULTANEOUS RIGHT JOYSTICK, SWITCH,
OR ROLLER COMMAND FUNCTIONS” for examples.
JOYSTICK CONTROL SWITCHES AND ROLLER
Hoist and bucket movements can also be controlled by using the three pushbutton switches or the roller
switch on the joystick control.

Joystick commands override pushbutton switch commands.

Bucket Control Roller overrides joystick commands.

HOIST DETENT SWITCH

The hoist detent switch is a pushbutton switch that causes the lift arms to rise to the
height determined by the bucket height switch or to full height if the bucket height switch
is in the OFF position. The lift arms rise at full speed. The switch resets if it is pressed a
second time. Resetting the switch causes the lift arms to stop movement and hold at the
current position. Pressing the switch again, enables the Hoist Detent function again.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-14 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

RETURN TO DIG CONTROL SWITCH

The Return to Dig control switch is a pushbutton switch. Pressing this switch with auto
leveling enabled, causes the bucket to descend or rise to the set position. The bucket
will not free fall under this condition but will descend as rapidly as fluid being expelled
from the lift cylinders will allow. The switch resets if it is pressed a second time.
Resetting the switch causes the liftarms to stop movement and hold at the current
position. Pressing the switch again, enables the Return To Dig function again.

BACKDRAG/KICKBACK SWITCH
BACKDRAG SWITCH:
If the bucket is close to the ground and the Backdrag switch is pressed, the liftarms will
transition from a hydraulically held position to a sequence of “power down” then float
position. The float position hydraulically connects the hoist cylinder base and rod ports
together. This allows the bucket to rest on the ground with the bucket floating across
the pit floor. The bucket can still be operated as normal in either a held position,
dumped forward (teeth down), or be rolled back (loading). This float function allows for
pit floor cleanup or the ability to cut grades or follow material seams.
The switch resets if it is pressed a second time. Resetting the switch causes the bucket
to stop movement and hold at the current position. Pressing the switch again, enables
the Backdrag/Kickback function again. The float command is cancelled if a power down
or hoist up command is given by the joystick.
KICKBACK SWITCH:
When the bucket is higher than the normal loading range (higher than about 6 feet) the kickback function will
function when the switch is pressed. Above this level, this switch, when depressed will roll the bucket back
(only if the bucket is in a dumped / teeth down position) until the floor of the bucket is parallel to the ground.
This allows the operator to roll the bucket back to a level position with the press of a button. Typically this
function is used when dumping into a truck that has taller side boards than the maximum dumped bucket lift
height of the loader. By “kicking back” the bucket lip to parallel to the ground, contact to the side of a truck
body should be avoided while reversing the machine.
The switch resets if it is pressed a second time. Resetting the switch causes the bucket to stop movement
and hold at the current position. Pressing the switch again, enables the Backdrag/Kickback function again.

HORN BUTTON
The air horn sounds until the button is released or air pressure drops to a level that
will no longer cause the horn to actually make sound. The horn is actuated by a
solenoid mounted on top of the cab, close to the actual horn.

BUCKET CONTROL ROLLER

The spring-centered roller controls bucket rollback and dump
movements. Rolling the roller back from center rotates the mouth of
the bucket upward (roll back). Rolling the roller forward from center
rotates the mouth of the bucket downward (dump). Bucket rollback and
dump movement speed is proportional to how far the roller is rolled
forward or backward from neutral (center). Releasing the roller causes
it to return to the neutral (center) position. Bucket movement will stop
and hold at the position where the roller is released.

To move the bucket in the opposite direction, the roller must be rolled either forward or backward, as
required. If the return to dig switch is pressed, the bucket will automatically return to the pre-set location (if the
autolevel switch is ON – LED is illuminated).
The Bucket Control Roller controls the speed and direction of bucket movement. Once initiated, the bucket

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-15
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

motion will continue until reaching full position, until the roller is released or until another command is initiated
by the roller (past center into opposite direction). Greater (distance) roller movement affects the speed of the
bucket dump or rollback, not the distance it travels (unless the roller is released).
The Bucket Control Roller controls movement of the bucket in both directions and over-rides an opposing
joystick command. See “SIMULTANEOUS RIGHT JOYSTICK, SWITCH, OR ROLLER COMMAND
FUNCTIONS” below for examples.

The following RIGHT JOYSTICK commands will continue until the joystick is moved to another position or
until the final liftarm or bucket position is reached.
RIGHT JOYSTICK LOCATION CAUSES THIS MOVEMENT

The lift arms lower and the bucket moves toward dump
position.

The lift arms rise slowly and the bucket moves toward
dump position.

The lift arms rise slowly and the bucket moves toward
rollback position.

The lift arms lower and the bucket moves toward rollback
position.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-16 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

SIMULTANEOUS RIGHT JOYSTICK, SWITCH, OR ROLLER COMMAND FUNCTIONS

The following examples describe what movement occurs when the joystick is used to demand various lift arm
or bucket movements, then a joystick switch is pressed.
JOYSTICK POWER DOWN (LOWER) IS ACTUATED AND HELD:
WHILE THESE CONDITIONS EXIST:
The lift arms are slightly above “centerline-level”.
Bucket Auto Level is ON.
o Bucket is level
Joystick Power Down command is demanded (Joystick moved forward).
o Lift arms begin movement downward toward ground elevation.
THEN A COMMAND SWITCH IS PRESSED
SWITCH PRESSED THIS MOVEMENT OCCURS

Power Down continues as lift arms lower

Bucket lip moves upward to level position.

Backdrag/Kickback
Hoist Detent command has no effect.
Lift arms continue to lower.

Hoist Detent
Return To Dig command has no effect
Power Down continues as lift arms lower
o Lift arms lower as long as joystick is held in Power Down command
position.

Return To Dig
OR THE ROLLER IS
THIS MOVEMENT OCCURS
ACTUATED

Lift arms travel downward

Bucket lip travels downward toward Dump position
o As long as the roller is held (command is demanded by
potentiometer).
o Until full bucket dump position is reached.

Dump
Lift arms travel downward
Bucket travels upward toward Rollback position
o As long as roller is held (command is demanded by potentiometer).
o Until full roll back position is reached.

Rollback

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-17
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

JOYSTICK POWER UP (RAISE) IS ACTUATED AND HELD:

WHILE THESE CONDITIONS EXIST:
The lift arms are at ground level”
Bucket Auto Level is ON.
o Bucket is level
Joystick Power Up command is demanded (Joystick moved fully
backward)
o Lift arms begin movement upward toward fully raised position.
THEN A COMMAND SWITCH IS PRESSED
SWITCH PRESSED THIS MOVEMENT OCCURS

Power up continues and lift arms rise

Backdrag/Kickback
Power up continues and lift arms rise

Hoist Detent
Power up continues and lift arms rise

Return To Dig
OR THE ROLLER IS
THIS MOVEMENT OCCURS
ACTUATED

Power up continues and lift arms rise

Bucket travels to Dump position as lift arms rise
o As long as roller is held (command is demanded by roller).
o Until full position is reached

Dump
Power up continues and lift arms rise
Bucket travels to Rollback position as lift arms rise
o As long as roller is held (command is demanded by potentiometer).
o Until full position is reached

Rollback

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-18 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

JOYSTICK DUMP IS ACTUATED AND HELD:

WHILE THESE CONDITIONS EXIST:
The lift arms are slightly above “centerline-level”
Bucket Auto Level is ON.
o Bucket is level
Joystick Dump command is demanded (Joystick moved fully right)
Bucket begins moving lip downward toward dump position.
THEN A COMMAND SWITCH IS PRESSED
SWITCH PRESSED THIS MOVEMENT OCCURS

Bucket Dump continues.

Backdrag/Kickback
Bucket Dump continues.
Lift arms begin to rise at a reduced rate of speed.

Hoist Detent
Bucket Dump continues.

Return To Dig
OR THE ROLLER IS
THIS MOVEMENT OCCURS
ACTUATED

Roller is moved forward toward dump position.

Bucket Dump continues.
o Distance of Potentiometer movement controls speed of bucket
movement.

Dump
Roller is moved forward toward rollback position.
Bucket Dump stops.
Bucket roll back begins.
o Distance of Potentiometer movement controls speed of bucket
movement.

Rollback

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-19
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

JOYSTICK ROLLBACK IS ACTUATED AND HELD:

WHILE THESE CONDITIONS EXIST:
The lift arms are above “ground level”
Bucket Auto Level is ON.
o Bucket is level
Joystick Rollback command is demanded (Joystick moved fully left)
Bucket lip begins movement upward toward rollback position.
THEN A COMMAND SWITCH IS PRESSED
SWITCH PRESSED THIS MOVEMENT OCCURS

Bucket Rollback continues.

Backdrag/Kickback
Bucket Rollback continues.

Hoist Detent
Bucket Rollback continues.

Return To Dig
OR THE ROLLER IS
THIS MOVEMENT OCCURS
ACTUATED

Bucket rollback stops

Bucket Dump begins.

Dump
Bucket Rollback continues.

Rollback
There is no operational value for simultaneously depressing any combination of Backdrag/Kickback,
Hoist Detent or “Return To Dig” buttons. Those combinations are not discussed herein.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-20 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

The following examples describe what movement occurs when A joystick switch is pressed to
demand various liftarm or bucket movements, then the joystick is used to command liftarm or bucket
movement.

BACKDRAG FUNCTION
BACKDRAG/KICKBACK SWITCH IS PRESSED:
WHILE THESE CONDITIONS EXIST:
The lift arms are slightly above “ground level”
BACKDRAG Bucket Auto Level is ON.
o Bucket is level
The Backdrag/Kickback command is demanded (Button selected)
Lift arms begin movement downward

Depressing the “Backdrag/Kickback” button again, after the liftarms begin

movement, cancels the command.
The liftarms stop moving and hold at the current position.

THEN A COMMAND IS INITIATED BY RIGHT JOYSTICK MOVEMENT

100% COMMAND THIS MOVEMENT OCCURS

Backdrag/Kickback command is cancelled.

Lift arms move downward as long as joystick is held in Lower command
position.
Bucket remains in last position before Backdrag/Kickback was
cancelled.
Lower
Backdrag/Kickback command is cancelled.
Lift arms move upward as long as joystick is held in Raise command
position.
Bucket remains in last position before Backdrag/Kickback was
cancelled.
Raise
Lift arms stop downward movement
Bucket lip moves downward toward dump position.

Dump
Lift arms stop downward movement
Bucket lip moves upward toward rollback position as long as joystick is
held in rollback command position.

Rollback

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-21
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

KICKBACK FUNCTION
BACKDRAG/KICKBACK SWITCH IS PRESSED:
WHILE THESE CONDITIONS EXIST:
The lift arms are above approximately 6 feet elevation.”
KICKBACK Bucket Auto Level is ON.
o Bucket is level
The Backdrag/Kickback command is demanded (Button selected)

Depressing the “Backdrag/Kickback” button again, after the liftarms begin

movement, cancels the command.
The liftarms stop moving and hold at the current position.

THEN A COMMAND IS INITIATED BY RIGHT JOYSTICK MOVEMENT

100% COMMAND THIS MOVEMENT OCCURS

Lift arms move downward as long as joystick is held in Lower command

position.
Bucket remains in last position before Backdrag/Kickback was
cancelled.

Lower
Lift arms move upward as long as joystick is held in Raise command
position.
Bucket remains in last position before Backdrag/Kickback was
cancelled.

Raise
Backdrag/Kickback command is cancelled.
Lift arms stop downward movement
Bucket lip moves downward toward dump position.

Dump
Backdrag/Kickback command is cancelled.
Lift arms stop downward movement
Bucket lip moves upward toward rollback position as long as joystick is
held in rollback command position.

Rollback

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-22 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

HOIST DETENT SWITCH IS PRESSED:

WHILE THESE CONDITIONS EXIST:
The lift arms are slightly above ground elevation
Bucket Auto Level is ON.
o Bucket is level
Hoist Detent The Hoist Detent command is demanded (Button selected)
Lift arms begin movement upward.

Depressing the “Hoist Detent” button again, after the liftarms begin
movement, cancels the command.
The liftarms stop moving and hold at the current position.

THEN A COMMAND IS INITIATED BY RIGHT JOYSTICK MOVEMENT

100% COMMAND THIS MOVEMENT OCCURS

Detent command is cancelled.

Lift arms stop movement upward and immediately begin moving down.

Lower
Detent command is cancelled.
Lift arms rise as long as joystick is held in “raise” command position.

Raise
Lift arms rise at a reduced rate of speed.
Bucket lip moves downward toward dump position as long as joystick is
held in dump command position.

Dump
Lift arms rise at a reduced rate of speed.
Bucket lip moves upward toward rollback position as long as the joystick
is held in rollback command position.

Rollback

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-23
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

RETURN TO DIG SWITCH IS PRESSED:

WHILE THESE CONDITIONS EXIST:
The lift arms are not at “return to dig” set point.
Bucket Auto Level is ON.
o Bucket is level
Return To Dig The Return To Dig command is demanded (Button selected)
Lift arms begin movement.

Depressing the “Return To Dig” button again, after the liftarms begin
movement, cancels the command.
The liftarms stop moving and hold at the current position.

THEN A COMMAND IS INITIATED BY RIGHT JOYSTICK MOVEMENT

100% COMMAND THIS MOVEMENT OCCURS

Return To Dig command is cancelled.

Lift arms move downward as long as joystick is held in Lower command
position.
Bucket remains in last position before Backdrag/Kickback was cancelled.

)
Lower
Return To Dig command is cancelled.
Lift arms move upward as long as joystick is held in Raise command
position.
Bucket remains in last position before Backdrag/Kickback was cancelled.

Raise
Return To Dig command is cancelled.
Lift arms stop movement.
Bucket moves toward dump position.

Dump
Return To Dig command is cancelled.
Lift arms stop movement.
Bucket moves toward rollback position.

Rollback

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-24 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

DUMP IS ACTUATED AND HELD:

WHILE THESE CONDITIONS EXIST:
The lift arms are above “ground level”
Bucket Auto Level is ON.
o Bucket is level
The Dump command is demanded (Roller moved forward and held)
Bucket lip begins movement downward

Dump
THEN A COMMAND IS INITIATED BY RIGHT JOYSTICK MOVEMENT
100% COMMAND THIS MOVEMENT OCCURS

Bucket lip moves downward to dump

Lift arms lower

Lower
Bucket lip moves downward to dump
Lift arms rise

Raise
Bucket lip moves downward toward dump position.

Dump
Bucket lip continues movement toward dump.

Rollback

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-25
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

ROLLBACK IS ACTUATED AND HELD:

WHILE THESE CONDITIONS EXIST::
The lift arms are above “ground level”
Bucket Auto Level is ON.
o Bucket is level
The Rollback command is demanded (Roller moved backward and held)
Bucket lip begins movement upward
Rollback
THEN A COMMAND IS INITIATED BY RIGHT JOYSTICK MOVEMENT
100% COMMAND THIS MOVEMENT OCCURS

Lift arms move downward

Bucket lip moves upward to full rollback

Lower
Lift arms move upward
Bucket lip moves upward to full rollback

Raise
Bucket lip continues movement toward rollback position.

Dump
Bucket lip moves upward to full rollback

Rollback

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-26 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

1) LINCS II TOUCH SCREEN 8) RED ALARM LIGHT

2) PARK BRAKE SWITCH 9) CAB EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH
3) YELLOW WARNING LIGHT 10) SPEED CONTROL PEDAL
4) MONITOR DISPLAY DIMMER/RESET SWITCHES 11) SERVICE BRAKE
5) NOT USED 12) 12V POWER-PORTS, USB AND ETHERNET TERMINALS
6) KEY SWITCH/CRANK SWITCH 13) CAB ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS
7) USER ACCESS KEY READER 14) PORT LOCATION (EARLIER MODELS)
Figure 2. CAB CONTROL CONSOLE

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-27
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01
1-4-28 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

CAB CONTROL CONSOLE

(Refer to illustration CAB CONTROL CONSOLE”
OPERATOR’S CONSOLE
The Operator’s Console contains the following:
1. LINCS II TOUCH SCREEN
2. PARK BRAKE SWITCH
3. YELLOW WARNING LIGHT
4. MONITOR DISPLAY DIMMER/RESET SWITCHES
5. NOT USED
6. KEY SWITCH/CRANK SWITCH“
7. I BUTTON READER
8. RED ALARM LIGHT
9. EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH
10. SPEED CONTROL PEDAL
11. SERVICE BRAKE
12. 12V POWER-PORTS, USB AND ETHERNET TERMINALS
13. CAB ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS
LINCS II TOUCH SCREEN (#1 ILLUSTRATION ON CAB CONTROL CONSOLE)

The LINCS II screen is a touch screen unit. Touching the various icons with a finger or stylus operates the
system’s various functions and navigation from screen to screen.
The monitor uses a type of grid technology to sense a broken beam, side to side and top to bottom, external
of the screen surface. Any object on the screen breaks the beam and can cause unexpected interaction
within the menu system. For example an insect crawling across the screen could activate menus as it moves
across the screen. For this reason, do not put items such as pictures or stickers on the screen. It should be
kept clean and free of all items.
Clean the monitor’s touch screen periodically to keep the display image bright and sharp, and to keep the
touch screen functions working properly. First, attempt to clean the screen with a dry soft cloth.
When cleaning the screen, a “clean screen” feature is built-in to allow for dry dusting of the screen. This
feature deactivates the “touch” feature of the screen for a few seconds. Refer to “CLEAN SCREEN” for
information about activating this feature before cleaning.
If the screen is too dirty to dust clean, a wet cleaner can be used. ALWAYS turn the monitor off before wet
cleaning it. Wet cleaning is normally performed prior to shift startup. Use of approved cleaners such as mild
glass or window cleaner (ammonia free) with a soft cloth is recommended. If optimum cleaners are not
available, use a soft cloth with water and mild detergent. Never spray the monitor with a cleaner. Lightly
moisten the soft cloth and gently wipe the screen clean.

NEVER use any cleaners with Ammonia. Using unapproved cleaners can cause component damage.
Excessive moisture of any type can damage components. Do not allow liquids to run down to the
bottom of the screen at any time.

The LINCS II screen illustrations herein are typical examples. Due to software updates, actual screens
may be different than those shown in the following text.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-29
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

If the touch screen is not functional, the vehicle can still be fully operated.
LOG ON
Log On is the way a user can apply their individual preferences in LINCS-II. Log On is done with the User
Access Key. The User Access Key contains information about the user preferences and security level. The
machine can be operated without a User Access Key. However, without it, the user preferences must be
manually entered into the machine.
When a machine is turned on, it operates with a set of default preferences until they are changed. (Default
preferences are set by a Factory Representative.). User preferences can be changed at any time by using a
User Access Key or by accessing the User Preferences Screen. Changed preferences are active until LINCS-
II is restarted or until a new User Access Key is used. When a User Access Key is used, an event is stored in
the Event Log with the User Name and time.

The following are the user preferences stored in the User Access Key:
1) Language
2) Unit System
3) Clock Format
4) Access Level

The different User Access Levels (i.e. Operator, Maintenance, etc.) allow access to different menus and
different LINCS II functions.

User Access Key User Access Key Reader

Figure 3. USER ACCESS KEY AND READER

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-30 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

USING THE USER ACCESS KEY

To use a User Access Key, press and hold the key into the reader. The Password Entry Screen should
appear within three seconds. If the Password Entry Screen does not appear, remove the key and try again. If
an older generation key (LINCS I-Button) or a blank key is used, a notice will appear on the screen.

PASSWORD ENTRY SCREEN

The Password Entry Screen appears after the User Access Key is pressed in the reader. It is used to select
the User Access Level and the User Preferences. Each User Access Level allows that user access to various
levels of machine component function. The onscreen menu is used to type in the password, by touching
numbers. After entering the password, touch the Accept Button (green check box).

DO NOT set or change any settings during an actual loading operation or cycle. Before entering any
information, or making/changing any settings on any screen in the LINCS system, ensure the machine
is in an area clear of ALL hazards and personnel. Failure to do so could result in serious injury or
death to personnel.

1. Displays the name stored in the User Access Key.

2. Displays a masked password entered from the onscreen keypad.
3. The Backspace Button is used to backspace a character when entering the password.
4. The Cancel Button is used to exit the screen and reset the User Access Level to Operator.
5. The Accept Button is used after the password is entered.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-31
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-32 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

ALARM, WARNING, AND NOTICE SCREENS

LINCS-II notifies the operator with a message on the display when significant events occur.
RED ALARMS
An ALARM is a serious event that means immediate danger to equipment or personnel. The red light on the
console turns on, the beeper sounds, and an ALARM message is displayed. The machine should be safely
shut down immediately.
Alarms may result in automatic functions to assist the operator in shutting down the machine. When some
alarms occur, the Engine automatically goes to low throttle. Typically, a timer appears at the top of the display
that gives the minutes until the engine is stopped and the Park Brakes are set. The timer can be manually
cleared (and the Engine stopped) by pushing in the Park Brake switch.
The operator can acknowledge the Alarm by pressing the Acknowledge Switch on the left joystick.
Pressing and holding the acknowledge button for two (2) seconds will bypass the engine shutdown timer.

YELLOW WARNINGS
A Yellow WARNING means the equipment has experienced a fault that affects the standard operation and
requires an immediate shut down. The yellow light on the console turns on, the beeper sounds, and a
WARNING message is displayed. The machine should be safely moved to a safe location and then shut
down.
Some Warnings result in automatic changes in machine operation. As examples, over-temperature conditions
in the Traction Drive System may result in reduced Motor Torque.

BLUE NOTICES
A NOTICE provides information to the operator as an aid to normal operation. The Notice message will
automatically clear after a few seconds. The operator can clear the display early by pressing the
Acknowledge Switch on the left joystick.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-33
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

“STACKED” ALARMS, WARNINGS, AND NOTICES

It is possible to have multiple Red Alarm, Yellow Warning, or Blue Notice screens stacked on top of each
other.
“STACKED” COUNTER NUMBER (ALARMS, WARNINGS, OR NOTICES)
When multiple screens are stacked on top of each other, there is a number in the lower right hand bottom of
the screen, that counts the total number of screens stacked.
 Each screen must be acknowledged.
 As each screen is acknowledged, the counter number counts downward until all the screens are
acknowledged.

In the following example, a Red Alarm was artifically generated and acknowledged.
 Acknowledging the Red Alarm leaves a red “banner” at the top of the screen.
 This particular Red Alarm has a 15 minute countdown as shown by the numbers in the middle of the
banner.
 When the counter reaches 00, a sequence of actions occurs as designated by the software and the
engine shuts down.
 Pressing and holding the acknowledge button for two (2) seconds will bypass the engine shutdown timer.
In the following example illlustration screen, a combination of 33 Warnings and Notices were artificially
created to demonstrate the displayed number (33).
 As the acknowledge button is pressed, the number counts downward until all screens are acknowledged.

The touch screen is deactivated to touch when a Yellow Warning is being displayed on the screen.
ALL Red Alarms, Yellow Warnings or Blue Notices must be acknowledged, by using the Acknowledge
Button, before the screen becomes active to touch again.
Blue Notices will eventually remove themselves from the monitor screen. They have a timed delay
before automatic removal. They can also be manually removed by using the Acknowledge Button.

Figure 4. COUNTDOWN NUMBER ON SCREEN (ALARMS, WARNINGS, NOTICES)

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-34 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

MAIN OPERATOR SCREEN

When LINCS II is started the Main Operator Screen is displayed at the Operator level. Operator, Maintenance
or Service personnel can log onto the system with the use of their personalized User Access Key. A User
Access Key is not required to operate the machine. While LINCS II is initializing, various information screens
will appear.

1. Left and Right Turn Signal Indicators

2. Bucket and Lift arm Data
3. Loading Cycle Timer
4. Production Detail
5. Machine Status Indicator Icons and Menu Navigation Buttons
6. Gauges
7. Speedometer
Figure 5. MAIN OPERATOR SCREEN

LEFT AND RIGHT TURN SIGNAL INDICATORS

The left and right turn signal indicators blink when the turn signal is active. The turn signal buttons are located
at the top of the left joystick. The turn signal will cancel when the machine is steered straight.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-35
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

BUCKET AND LIFT ARM DATA

Provides current bucket angle, lift arm angle, and weight in the bucket.
The bucket and lift arms are shown in an image that mimics the actual machine angles. The image changes
continually as the machine angles change. The indicator moves up and down to indicate the up and down
movement and angle of the machine bucket and lift arms.
The bucket image is calibrated with the Zero Tooth to Ground button located on the User Preferences
Screen.

UNDERLOADED NORMAL LOAD OVERLOADED CRITICAL OVERLOAD

The bucket picture changes with the amount of weight loaded. Increasing quantity is represented by an
enlarging representation of the loaded material. The material color changes according to weight. Black
representes an UNDERLOADED machine. Green is a NORMAL LOAD. Yellow means the machine is
OVERLOADED. Red indicates a CRITICAL OVERLOAD. The CRITICAL OVERLOAD material flashes from
light to dark red color.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-36 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

 A Lift arm Angle measurement indicates the angle of the lift arms as compared to the machine frame.
The Lift arm Angle is zero ( 0.0°) when the lift arms are horizontal. A positive angle (+°) is shown when the lift
arms are above the zero position and a negative angle (-°) is shown when the lift arms are below the zero
position.

 The Bucket Angle measurement shows angle of the bucket as compared to the machine frame.
 The Bucket Angle is usually near zero (0.0°) when the bucket is flat and level with the ground. But the
actual “zero” of the Bucket Angle can be changed by the operator. So Bucket Angle measurement may
show zero even when the bucket is not horizontal.
 The Bucket Angle zero (0.0°) is set with the “ZERO TOOTH TO GROUND” setting located on the User
Preferences Screen.
 A positive angle (+°) is shown when the bucket teeth are above the zero position and a negative angle (-°)
is shown when the bucket teeth are below the zero position.
Refer to “ZERO TOOTH TO GROUND” for more information.

 The Weight measurement shows the current material weight in the bucket. The data can also be displayed
in metric units by navigating to the User Preferences Screen and selecting metric units.
 The Weight measurement resets when the bucket is dumped after a completed dump cycle.
LOAD WEIGHT
 A load weight will be registered during a load cycle if the following parameters are met:
o The lift arms are below horizontal.
o The lift arm height and bucket angle meet predetermined height and angle requirements.
o The bucket contains at least the minimum load needed to register a load weight.
o No commanded movement (by the right joystick) to the lift arms or bucket.
 A load weight will also be registered if the lift arms are hoisted above horizontal and a previous load
weight has not been registered during this load cycle.
LOADING CYCLE TIMER

The Loading Cycle Timer indicates the length of a loading cycle. A loading cycle is the time recorded between
two bucket dumps. A bucket dump is defined as a loaded bucket being rolled forward past 10 degrees down
of the machine frame angle.
LOAD CYCLE TIMES
 The current and average cycle times are displayed on an analog and digital gauge, which resembles a
stop watch.
 The Loading Cycle Timer provides, in analog format (1. gauge needle), data for the current load cycle.
 The timer provides, in digital format (2. Avg:), the average time based on previous load cycles.
 The Ideal Cycle Time (3) is located at the top center of the analog gauge. This value can be changed by
selecting Ideal Cycle Time on the User Preferences Screen.
SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011
L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-37
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

 Current cycle times can be quickly identified as adequate or inadequate because the gauge has a colored
indicator bar for; fast (green), adequate (yellow) and slow loading cycle time (red).
Average cycle times are based on previous cycle times. This average can be reset by selecting the Reset
Shift Production button on the User Preferences Screen.

1. ANALOG FORMAT CURRENT CYCLE TIMES

2. DIGITAL FORMAT AVERAGE CYCLE TIMES
3. IDEAL LOADING CYCLE TIME

SHIFT PRODUCTION DATA

Provides information about the operator’s and loader’s productivity.
The Shift Production Data is displayed in four indicators:

 Shift – displays the weight of the material loaded during the shift (tons).
 Productivity – displays the number of tons loaded per hour during the shift.
 Trucks Filled – indicates the number of trucks loaded during the shift.
 Truck – displays current weight of truck being loaded (tons). This value is reset by pressing the horn
button on the right joystick.
 The size of the truck is set on the User Preferences Screen by selecting Truck Capacity.
 The unit system (Imperial or Metric) for indicating weight is set on the User Preferences Screen by
selecting Unit System.

Selecting Reset Production Data on the User Preference screen will set the Shift Production Data to
zero. The size of the truck selected will not be changed.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-38 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

MACHINE STATUS INDICATOR ICONS AND MENU NAVIGATION BUTTONS

Some of these icons only appear if the machine is operating in an abnormal mode.

MAIN MENU BUTTON

Provides access to various options.
1) Operator/User Preferences
2) Data Logging
3) Machine Summary
4) Main Operator
For more information refer to text “MAIN MENU BUTTON” below.

Backward and Forward Buttons

Moves the user selection forward or backward one screen to the Next or Previous
screen.

Drive System Abnormal Icon

The presence of this icon Indicates that some part of the traction system in an abnormal
state.

Drive Programming Icon

The presence of this icon Indicates that the Drive Computers are being programmed.

Alarm Icon
The red Alarm Icon appears on the screen when an Alarm occurs and the Alarm
Message is displayed. The Red Lamp on the dash is illuminated at the same time.
Touching the Alarm Icon will select the Event Screen and display the list of the most
recent alarms. The Alarm Icon remains on the screen after the Alarm Message is
acknowledged until the condition that caused the alarm is corrected

Warning Icon
The yellow Warning Icon appears on the screen when a Warning occurs and the
Warning Message is displayed. The Yellow Lamp on the dash is illuminated at the same
time. Touching the Warning Icon will select the Event Screen and display the list of the
most recent warnings. The Warning Icon remains on the screen after the Warning
Message is acknowledged until the condition that caused the warning is corrected.

Channel Forced Icon

The presence of the Forced Channel Icon indicates that at least one of the LINCS-II
channels has been manually changed.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-39
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

Limits Bypassed Icon

The Limits Bypassed Icon appears on the screen when any limits are bypassed such as
the Hoist Up Limit. Touching the Limits Bypassed Icon will display the Machine Settings
Screen if the user has adequate access.

Load Bank Icon

The Load Bank Icon appears on the screen when the machine has been placed in the
Load Bank testing mode.

User-Defined Event Button

This button generates a User Defined Event that is recorded in the History Log.

GAUGES
SYSTEM AIR PRESSURE GAUGE
 The System Air Pressure Gauge provides an analog and digital display of the compressed air
system pressure. The System Air is used for operation of the Service Brakes, KLENZ, Air
Horn, etc.
 The digital display’s unit system (Imperial or Metric) is set on the User Preferences Screen by
selecting Unit System.

COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE

 The Coolant Temperature Gauge provides analog and digital display of the engine’s coolant
fluid.
The digital display’s unit system (Imperial or Metric) is set on the User Preferences Screen by
selecting Unit System.

OIL PRESSURE GAUGE

 The Oil Pressure Gauge provides analog and digital display of the engine’s oil pressure.
 The digital display’s unit system (Imperial or Metric) is set on the User Preferences Screen by
selecting Unit System.

When operating in cold climates, the oil pressure indicator will be higher after starting
during engine warm-up. In cold climates, it takes longer for the oil to warm-up and for the
oil pressure to reach normal operating range.

FUEL GAUGE
 The Fuel Gauge provides analog and digital display of the amount of fuel in the fuel reservoir.
 The digital display indicates the percent (%) full. For example, if the reservoir can hold 500
gallons of fuel, 50% indicates that the reservoir contains 250 gallons of fuel.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-40 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

SPEEDOMETER

 The Speedometer provides analog and digital display of the machine speed.
 The Speedometer indicates the speed in both forward and reverse directions.
 The display’s unit system (Imperial or Metric) is set on the User Preferences Screen by selecting Unit
System

MAIN MENU BUTTON

 The Main Menu Button is located in the lower left corner of the screen and is labeled LINCSII.
MENU SELECTIONS
 Touching the Main Menu Button displays the Main Menu Selections. Touch a Main Menu item to
select the screen or function. The list of menu items varies depending on the security level of the
User Access Key. Menu items containing a red arrow have sub-selections. Touch the menu item to
display the submenu.

MAIN MENU SUB-SELECTION

Touch the Main Menu Button to display the Main Menu. The top item in the list contains the name of the user
who is currently logged on. Touching the user’s name displays the submenu where the user can select either
the User Preferences Screen or Log Off. Selecting Log Off will set the User Access to the default Operator
level.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-41
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

USER PREFERENCES SCREEN

The User Preferences Screen allows the user to change LINCS-II screens are displayed, test machine
functions and adjust the Alternate Speed and Torque settings.

Figure 6. USER PREFERENCES SCREEN

User Preferences Screen Items

1) Language
2) Unit System
3) Truck Capacity
4) Ideal Cycle Time
5) Display Troubleshooting Notice
6) Lamp Test
7) Zero Tooth to Ground
8) Reset Shift Production
9) Auxiliary Steering Test
10) Brakes Test
11) Inhibit Park Brakes Release Mode
12) Alternate Speed
13) Alternate Propel Torque

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-42 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

For numbers in parenthesis, refer to illustration “User Preferences screen”, above.

LANGUAGE
 Touch the arrows (14) to select the Language used for displaying information on the LINCS-II screens.

UNIT SYSTEM
 Touch the arrows (14) to select the Unit System used for displaying values (Metric, Imperial, or Broadcast).
 Broadcast units are a mixture of unit systems that is preferred by the factory.

TRUCK CAPACITY
 Touch the arrows (14) to decrease or increase the Truck Capacity as displayed on the Main Operator
Screen.

IDEAL CYCLE TIME

 Touch the arrows (14) to change the Ideal Cycle Time which is used as the center value of the Loading
Cycle Timer displayed on the Main Operator Screen.
 Touch the arrows (14) to decrease or increase the time value.

DISPLAY TROUBLESHOOTING NOTICES

 Touch the box to place a checkmark and select Display Troubleshooting Notices.
 This activates notices not normally displayed such as when the machine stops moving
because it has reached a limit.

LAMP TEST
 Touching the Lamp Test button will turn on the dash Red Alarm light, Yellow Warning lights, and the Cab
Audible Alarm.
 The screen button is momentary so the lights and alarm stay on as long as the button is touched.

ZERO TOOTH TO GROUND

 Touch the Zero Tooth to Ground button to set the bucket-to-ground angle to zero (0.0°).
 Typically the bucket is set flat on the ground before setting the angle.
 Set the bucket to the desired angle and press the button to set the angle.

RESET SHIFT PRODUCTION

 Resets the Shift Production Data to zeros on the Main Operator Screen.

AUXILIARY STEERING TEST

 Touch the Auxiliary Steering Test Enable button to engage the Auxiliary Steering System test mode.
 When left or right steering is commanded, the electric motors that power the steering hydraulics will turn on.
 The motors only operate while the Left Joystick is being used to steer left or right.
 Touch the Disable button to return the Auxiliary Steering System to normal operation.

BRAKES TEST
 Touch the Brakes Test button to allow the wheel motors to run with the brakes set.
 Forward direction must be selected with the Engine running and the Drive System enabled.
 The Traction System will engage and the vehicle may move even though the Service and/or Park brakes
remain set.
 Touch the Disable button to return the Traction System to normal operation.
 Brakes Test is cancelled if the user selects Neutral, selects Reverse, or exceeds low machine speed.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-43
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

INHIBIT PARK BRAKES RELEASE MODE

 Touch the Inhibit Park Brakes Release Mode Enable button to allow the Park Brakes Switch to be out
without actually releasing the park brakes.
 If the Park Brake Switch is pulled the Park Brake Switch Light will flash and hydraulic operations are allowed
(steering, etc.).
 Propel is inhibited since the Park Brakes do not release.
 Touch the Disable button to return the Park Brake Switch to normal operation.

ALTERNATE SPEED
 Touch the arrows (14) to set the machine Alternate Speed.
 The Alternate Speed is the speed limit used when the Alternate Speed function is engaged.
 Use the overhead control console “Alternate Machine Speed” button to engage the Alternate Speed function

ALTERNATE PROPEL TORQUE

 Touch the arrows (14) to set the machine Alternate Propel Torque percent.
 The Alternate Propel Torque is the wheel motor torque percent limit used when the Alternate Torque
function is engaged.
 Use the overhead control console “Alternate Propel Torque” button to engage the Alternate Torque function.
 Alternate Torque is used to help prevent the wheels from slipping when operating on a slick surface.
 This feature only reduces propel torque. Full braking torque is unchanged.

DATA LOGGING MENU

Provides access to the Logging/Monitoring and Production Reports screens.

1) Logging/Monitoring

The Logging/Monitoring menu selection provides access to the Charting Screen and the Event
Logging Screen.

2) Production Reports

The Production Reports menu selection provides access to the production reports such as Loads,
Cycle Times, Loader Activity, etc.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-44 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

CHANNEL SELECTION SCREEN

The Channel Selection Screen provides a means to select data channels for viewing on charts.

Figure 7. CHANNEL SELECTION SCREEN

1) Touch a scroll button to move the group list.

2) Drag the scroll button to scan the group list.
3) Touch a group name to expand the group and show the channels. Touch the group name again to
collapse the list. Drag the group name to the right side of the screen to select all the channels in the
group. Drag a single channel name to select just one channel. To remove a channel from the
selection list, drag the name out of the selected channels box.

The selected channel list can be rearranged by dragging the channel name to a new location.

Channel Types
1) Calculated (derived from other data) shown as a calculator.
2) Input (Analog, Digital, or CAN) shown by a green “in” arrow.

3) Touch the Channel Selection Screen Button to display this screen.

4) Touch the Channel Charting Screen Button to display the selected channels in a chart or plot format.
5) Touch the Event Logging Screen Button to display a list of event records.
6) Touch the Remove All Channels Button to clear the list of selected channels.
7) Touch the Filtering Button to select the amount of noise filtering to be applied to the channel values
on the Channel Selection Screen. Selecting “Rabbit” gives light filtering that removes a minimal
amount of noise. Selecting “Turtle” gives heavy filtering so the values are more stable.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-45
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

Logging/Monitoring

CHARTING SCREEN
The Charting Screen provides a way to view channel data in a plot or strip chart form. Multiple channels can
be displayed showing data “live” (as it occurs) or “history” (from previous time).

LIVE DATA

HISTORY DATA

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-46 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

1) Channel Name
The Channel Name is displayed at the top left of a trace.

2) Channel Value
The Channel Value is displayed at the top right of a trace. For live data the number shows the most
recent data. For history data, the number shows the value of the channel measurement. The vertical
scale of the charts is automatically set to fit the selected data.

3) Time Zoom Scroll Bar

The amount of time shown on the display can be changed by dragging the zoom slider button. Drag
the button left to zoom out and display more time. Drag the button right to display less time.

4) Selection List Scroll Bar

The list of selected channels can exceed the number that is displayed on the screen. Drag the scroll
button to sweep through the entire list of selected channels. Touch the arrows at the ends of the
scroll bar to move the channel traces one row at a time.

5) Live/History Data Button

Touch the Live/History Data Button to change the display between live (real-tme) data and history
(recorded) data. Live data is shown as soon as it happens. As time progresses, the trace will advance
so that the most recent data is always shown. History data shows a selection of past time.

6) Chart Layout Buttons

The charts can be displayed in a variety of layouts. A single channel can fill the entire view area (1x1)
or as many as 16 channels can be displayed at the same time (4x4).

7) Channel Plot
The channel is displayed as a curve plot that varies in height proportionally to the data value. The
channels are shown in the same order as listed on the Channel Selection Screen.

8) Event Markers
Events are indicated at the bottom of a trace. The event type is indicated by the color of the marker
(i.e. Red – Alarm, Yellow – Warning). A circle indicates when the event was set (i.e. when the Alarm
occurred). A solid dot indicates that the event cleared.

9) Cursor Position Bars

The Cursor Position Bars allow adjustment of the two cursors. The left bar is used for the orange
cursor and the right bar is used for the blue cursor. Touch the arrows to adjust the cursors in small
steps. Drag the cursor button to pan the time setting.

10) Cursor Timestamps

The Timestamps show the time and date of the two cursors.

11) Download Button

Touch the Download Log Button to display the Download Dialog. (See DOWNLOAD DIALOG.)

12) The Cursor Delta Time (Δt)

The Delta Time is the amount of time between the two cursors.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-47
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

13) Data Selection Buttons

When the user is viewing history data, they can change the displayed section of data. Touching the
left arrow moves the selection to show data earlier in time. Touching the right arrow shows data later
in time.

The time selection can also be changed by dragging a trace to the left or the right.

14) Measurement Type Button

Touch the Measurement Type Button to select the type of measurement used for the history data.
The value of the measurement is shown as the channel value and by a yellow line on the chart.

a. Cursor 1 is the value of the data at the point where the orange cursor crosses the plot.
b. Cursor 2 is the value of the data at the point where the blue cursor crosses the plot.
c. Average is the average of the values between the two cursors.
d. Maximum is peak value of the data between the two cursors.
e. Minimum is the valley value of the data between the two cursors.
f. RMS is the root-mean-squared value of the data between the two cursors.
g. dy/dt is the slope of a line between the two data points that are marked by the two cursors.
The slope is a measure of the change in amplitude of the data divided by the time between
the two points.
h. Area Under Plot is the sum of all the data values between the two cursors times the time
(the integral). It could be used to determine the total fuel used in a load cycle by measuring
Engine: Fuel Rate.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-48 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

EVENT LOGGING SCREEN (DETAILED)

Event logging provides a method for viewing events such as Alarms, Warnings, and Alerts.

Figure 8. EVENT LOGGING SCREEN

1) Select Alarms Button

Touch the Alarms Button to show Alarms in the list. The button will be bright red when Alarms are
displayed and faded grey when alarms are not included. The five Select buttons can be applied
separately or together.

2) Select Warnings Button

Touch the Warnings Button to show Warnings in the list. The button will be bright yellow when
Warnings are displayed and faded grey when they are not included.

3) Select Alerts Button

Touch the Alerts Button to show Alerts in the list. The button will be bright blue when Alerts are
displayed and faded grey when they are not included.

4) Select Events Button

Touch the Events Button to show Events in the list. The button will be bright grey when Events are
displayed and faded when they are not included.

5) Select Production Data Button

Touch the Production Data Button to show Production Data in the list. The button will be bright green
when Production Data is displayed and faded grey when not.

6) Date Range Button

Touch the Date Range Button to change the date range used for the event list. The range is
selectable by day, month, and year.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-49
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

7) Page Button
The Page Buttons allow the user to jump through sections of 100 events at a time. Touch the bottom
Page Button to display the next page of older events, going back in time. Touch the top Page Button
return to the next page of more recent events.

8) Scroll Buttons
Use the Scroll Buttons to navigate the event list.

9) Chart Select Button

Touch the Chart Select Button to select the event and jump to the Charting Screen. The selected
event will be centered in the chart. Events that do not have associated charting data are shown with a
grey Chart Select Button.

10) Date and Time Stamp

The Date and Time Stamp show when the event happens. If multiple events have the same time
stamp, they are logged in the order they occurred.

11) Detailed/Summary View Button

Touch the Detailed/Summery View Button to switch between the detailed and summary views. The
Detailed View shows the occurrence each event with the Date and Time Stamp.

12) Event Group (Total Events)

The Event Group is the event numbers that are currently available with the scroll buttons. The Total
Events (in parentheses) is the total events available for viewing.

13) Download Button

Touch the Download Log Button to display the Download Dialog. (See DOWNLOAD DIALOG.)

14) Event Select Box

Touch the Event Select Box to select event types for focused viewing. The event list becomes
reduced to only the selected events when the Filter Button is touched.

15) Set Event Indicator

A white up arrow on the event type image shows that this is a Set Event. The Set Event time is when
the event occurred.

16) Cleared Event Indicator

A black down arrow on the event type image shows that this is a Cleared Event. The Cleared Event
occurs when the triggering condition is resolved. For example, this happens when a fault is corrected.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-50 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

17) Filter Button

Touch the Filter Button to limit the list of events to the event types that have been selected. All other
events are filtered out of the list.

EVENT LOGGING SCREEN (SUMMARY)

The Summary View shows a summary that gives the total occurrences of each event type in the history log.
The numbers indicate only the amount of events that occurred within the selected Date Range. The Summary
View is sorted with the most frequent event listed at the top.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-51
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

DOWNLOAD DIALOG

History logs can be downloaded (copied) to a USB memory device plugged into the USB port in the cab.
The log will contain a copy of all of the events currently recorded by LINCS-II. The log can optionally
contain a section of channel data recorded.

1) Include Channel Log Button

Touch the Include Channel Log button to include the channel data in the log. The time span of the
channel data will be the time previously viewed on the Channel Charting Screen. A zoomed-in chart
(less time) will result in a smaller log file.
2) Download Estimates
This gives the approximate size of the download and the approximate time it will take to send the file
to the USB device.
3) Drive Selection
Touch the Drive Selection arrows to pick the target USB device. LINCS-II automatically recognizes
USB devices when they are plugged into the USB port in the cab. The bar shows the USB device’s
name and the amount of empty space.
4) Download Filename
The path and filename are automatically provided.
5) Cancel Button
Touch the Cancel Button to close the dialog box and cancel the download.
6) Download Log Button
Touch the Download Log Button to start the download. A progress bar will appear on the screen. Do
not disturb the USB memory device while the download is in process.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-52 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

PRODUCTION REPORTS
1) Loads
The Loads report shows the value and time of each load. The left scroll bar selects the time width of the
display window. The bottom scroll bar selects the window position in time.

2) Profile
The Profile report provides a summary of loader activity. The left scroll bar selects the time width of the
display window. The bottom scroll bar selects the window position in time.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-53
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

3) Tons Per Load

The Tons Per Load report provides a bar chart that shows the number of loads by the load weight
value. The data range is selected by touching the Setup Button.

4) Cycle Times
The Cycle Times report provides a bar chart that shows the number of cycles by the cycle time value.
The data range is selected by touching the Setup Button.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-54 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

5) Cycle Time/Load Sweet Spot

The Cycle Time/Load Sweet Spot report provides a 3D bar chart that combines the load and cycle time
values. The color chart indicates the number of occurrences for each combination. The data range is selected
by touching the Setup Button.

PRODUCTION REPORTS SETUP

The Production Reports Setup screen allows filtering of the production data to remove spurious values. For
example, the Load Weight Minimum can be set to a value that allows the reports to ignore weights recorded
when the loader is cleaning up the work site. The Date Range for the reports can be selected by touching the
Date Range Button.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-55
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

MACHINE SUMMARY
Touch Machine Summary to display a list of general information about the machine. This list includes the
Machine Serial Number and the installed options.

MACHINE SUMMARY SCREEN

The Machine Summary Screen gives a list of machine settings and options. This screen is for information
only. The list contains the following:
1) Machine ID
Example: (L-1150 - 2001)
2) Engine Type
(Cummins, Detroit, etc.)
3) Language
(English, Spanish, etc.)
4) Unit System
(Imperial, Metric, or Broadcast)
5) Clock Format
(12 Hour or 24 Hour)
6) Time Zone
(local Time Zone offset from
GMT)
7) Time Zone Locale
(Time Zone location such as
Central Time – US)
12) Isolation Monitor
8) Lift Arm
(External or Internal)
(Standard Lift or High Lift)
13) Software Version
9) Auxiliary Steering
(LINCS-II Software Version)
(Installed or Not Installed)
14) Data Source Version
10) Driver Filtration
(Data version)
(Installed or Not Installed)
11) Bucket
(Standard or Clamshell)

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-56 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

CLEAN SCREEN
The LINCS-II screen is a touch screen and must be periodically cleaned.
 Clean Screen prevents LINCS-II from responding to a display touch so that the screen can be cleaned.
 Clean Screen should be selected before attempting to physically wipe the screen.
 Once Clean Screen has been selected, a countdown displays showing the number of seconds remaining
before the screen returns to normal operation.
The Acknowledge Button on the Left Joystick cancels the countdown.

Figure 9. CLEAN SCREEN

CLEANING PROCEDURE
Clean the screen with a clean, dry, soft cloth. If this does not clean the screen adequately, use water or a mild
glass cleaner. Do not use a cleaner that contains ammonia. Apply the cleaner to a clean soft cloth and not to
the screen. Never use an abrasive cleaner or cloth.

NEVER wet clean the screen unless the display is OFF.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-57
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

PARK BRAKE SWITCH (#2 ON ILLUSTRATION CAB CONTROL CONSOLE)

The park brake switch is a push-pull type switch that has a built-in light. The park brakes are spring/air
operated.
Pushing the control IN sets the park brake by releasing air pressure from the brake actuator. The Park
Brake Switch light glows when the park brakes are set. When the control is pushed IN, the Park brakes are
set and propel is inhibited.
Pulling the park brake switch OUT releases the parking brakes and enables propel. The light flashes until
the park brakes release (air pressure releases the brakes). Once the brakes release, the light goes out.
The park brake switch must be IN before LINCS II allows the engine to be cranked.
Hydraulics will not function unless the park brake switch is OUT.

If the park brake is released with the ladder in the DOWN position, an alarm is posted on the operator
interface screen. Tractive power is inhibited until the operator raises the ladder to the full UP and
LOCKED position. The park brake must be set again and re-released before the park brakes will
release.

The operator should never leave the cab with the park brakes released. Leaving the cab without
setting the park brakes could result in unplanned and uncontrolled movement of the machine. This
could cause loss of life, serious injury or property damage.

Do not use the park brakes to stop the machine unless in an EMERGENCY situation. Setting the park
brakes will immediately set the brakes and stop the machine suddenly.
YELLOW WARNING LIGHT (#3 ON ILLUSTRATION CAB CONTROL CONSOLE)

The Yellow Warning light, Yellow Warning light and audible alarm indicate a problem that may not require
immediate shut down of the engine but MUST BE INVESTIGATED and addressed immediately.
MONITOR DISPLAY DIMMER/RESET SWITCH (#4 ON ILLUSTRATION CAB CONTROL
CONSOLE)

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-58 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

The computer monitor dimmer switch is a two-position momentary switch. Pressing the upper end (+) of the
switch brightens the screen display and pressing the lower end (-) of the switch dims the screen display.
Touching and holding both, resets the touch screen.
(5) NOT USED
KEY SWITCH/CRANK SWITCH (#6 ON ILLUSTRATION CAB CONTROL CONSOLE)

The Key Switch/Crank Switch has three positions: OFF, ON and START.
The ON position turns on the electrical power to the instrument panel circuits, LINCS II computer system
and electronic engine ECM, allowing fuel flow to the injectors.
The START position is a momentary position.
To start the engine:
1. Set the park brakes.
Move the directional switch to the center (neutral) position,
Wait for the LINCS II system to boot up and the Park Brake switch light to illuminate.
Turn the Key Switch/Crank Switch clockwise, to START. Once the engine starts release the switch.
The switch returns to the ON position.

Cummins engines will NOT start immediately when the Key Switch/Crank Switch is turned to the
START position.
To stop the engine under normal conditions:
Stop the motion of the machine.
Lower the bucket/blade to ground level (for safety reasons).
Set the park brakes.
Select LO engine idle.
Turn the Key Switch/Crank Switch to the OFF position.
 Turning the Key Switch/Crank Switch to the OFF position activates the idle timer if needed.
 The idle timer allows the engine to run at low throttle for up to a TOTAL of five minutes, to cool the
turbochargers.

If the machine has already been running at low throttle for the five previous minutes prior to turning
the Crank switch OFF, the engine will shut down immediately. The engine must run a total of five
minutes at low throttle before the engine will stop.
 The LINCS II computer system remains booted up.
 When the idle timer is activated, the computer monitor provides a screen indicating the idle timer is
operating.
 After five minutes, the engine fuel flow to the injectors stops, which stops the engine.
 The LINCS II computer system remains booted up for an additional 15 seconds. During this 15-second
interval, the Key Switch/Crank Switch can be switched back to the ON position and the LINCS II computer
system remains booted up. This function saves waiting the normal boot-up time to complete service work,
data transmission, etc.
 If the Key Switch/Crank Switch is not switched back to the ON position during the 15-second interval, the
LINCS II computer system switches off and the power to the instrument panel is cut.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-59
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

USER ACCESS KEY AND READER (#7 ON ILLUSTRATION CAB CONTROL

CONSOLE)

The User Access Key Reader is an access port which allows the LINCS system to read an identification
pendant (User Access Key). The User Access Key provides the LINCS II system the ability to identify “access
level” when it is touched to the reader. The level of LINCS II access, personnel identity, and other information
which affects the menu selection is programmed into the LINCS II system. The system defaults to “operator”
level upon startup (without use of the User Access Key).
RED ALARM LIGHT (#8 ON ILLUSTRATION CAB CONTROL CONSOLE)

If a Red Alarm screen appears on the computer monitor, the red indicator light illuminates and an audible
alarm sounds when a monitored component falls outside normal operating parameters.
The alarm screen includes a brief text message to alert the operator to the nature of the problem. The
operator can silence the audible alarm and remove the text message from the screen by pressing the
acknowledge switch on the left joystick. The alarm screen will no longer appear but the light will continue to
illuminate.
CAB EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH (#9 ON ILLUSTRATION CAB CONTROL
CONSOLE)

The Emergency Stop Switch mounted inside the cab, is a palm operated (push-in, pull-out), pushbutton type
emergency stop switch. One switch is mounted on the console panel. The Cab Emergency Stop Switch
removes control from the computer, which kills the engine, disables the drive system, and shuts off the
generator. When the switch is pressed, the park brakes will immediately set. Ground-level emergency stop
switches are also provided. Refer to Section 01-02 in the Service Manual for additional information and other
locations.

Use the emergency stop switches only in an emergency. Immediate machine shutdown could result in
damage to the engine turbochargers.

When the emergency shutdown circuit is actuated, the hydraulic reservoir automatic air release valve
(HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR AIR RELEASE VALVES) is tripped, releasing pressure in the hydraulic
reservoir. This valve must be manually reset by pushing the reset button IN to the closed position.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-60 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

(MOUNTED ON TOP OF HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR)

1. RESET BUTTON
2. MANUAL RELIEF VALVE
3. AUTOMATIC AIR RELEASE VALVE
Figure 10. HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR AIR RELEASE VALVES

SPEED CONTROL PEDAL

(Numbers in parenthesis refer to illustration “CAB CONTROL CONSOLE”)

The right pedal is the speed control pedal. The speed control pedal controls speed of the machine. The
speed is proportional to the distance that the speed control is depressed. Conversely, as the speed control is
released, the speed of the machine decreases and dynamic braking occurs, which brings the machine to a
complete stop on flat ground. If stopping on a grade, the machine may have a tendency to creep. Should this
occur, depress the Service Brake pedal with the left foot, and the machine will come to a complete stop.

The speed control pedal does not have to be released to change direction of travel (FORWARD or
REVERSE). Refer to “DIRECTIONAL CONTROL SWITCH”.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-61
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

SERVICE BRAKE PEDAL (11)

(Numbers in parenthesis refer to illustration “CAB CONTROL CONSOLE”)

The left pedal controls the service brake.
Depressing the pedal activates the disc brakes on all four wheels.
The primary auxiliary/service brake function should be for EMERGENCY STOPS. However, when required,
the auxiliary/service brakes could be used to prevent machine movement or to hold the machine on a grade.

The service brake should NOT be routinely used to stop the machine during normal operation. The
machine should be stopped by releasing the speed control pedal and utilizing the dynamic braking
system. Use of the service brake to routinely stop the machine during material handling operations
will result in accelerated wear of the disc pads and rotors.

12V POWER-PORTS, USB AND ETHERNET TERMINALS (12)

(Numbers in parenthesis refer to illustration “CAB CONTROL CONSOLE”)
Two 12V Power-Ports, are provided for connecting laptop computers used to troubleshoot various machine
component systems or other auxiliary equipment. A USB Port and an Ethernet Port are provided to connect to
and communicate with various computer controlled systems. Refer to “” below for locations.

1. ETHERNET CONNECTION
2. USB CONNECTION
3. POWER-PORTS

Figure 11. 12V POWER-PORTS, USB AND ETHERNET CONNECTIONS

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-62 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

CLIMATE CONTROL SWITCHES

Numbers in parentheses refer to “CLIMATE CONTROL SWITCHES”. Refer to Vendor Literature for more
information.

1) FAN UP/DOWN 2) LED DISPLAY 3) NOT USED 4) TEMPERATURE UP/DOWN 5) DEFROST

6) AUTO 7) ON 8) OFF

Figure 12. CLIMATE CONTROL SWITCHES

FAN UP/DOWN (1) – Overrides the automatic fan speed control feature. Increments fan speed up or down in
eleven (11) steps. The digital display indicates the fan speed setting as a percentage or “HI” when maximum
fan speed is reached or “LO” when minimum fan speed is reached then returns to normal display five (5)
seconds after either key is depressed. The set point fan speed is maintained until it is changed or if the AUTO
key is depressed.
LED DISPLAY (2) – Displays error codes and other pertinent information.
NOT USED (3)
TEMPERATURE UP/DOWN (4) – Increments the set point temperature up or down. The system will control
the electronic water valve and/or the A/C compressor clutch to hold the cab temperature as closely as
possible to the set point temperature.
DEF (5) (Defrost icon) – Energizes the A/C system to allow for rapid de-humidification of the cab. The A/C will

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-63
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

be enabled even if the set point temperature requires heat. A panel indicator light indicates when this mode is
active.
AUTO (6) – Places the system in a fully automatic temperature control mode including fan speed. A panel
indicator light indicates when this mode is active. The system will adjust the blower fan speed to the lowest
setting necessary to maintain the cab temperature at the displayed set point temperature.
ON/OFF (7) (8) – Powers vehicle HVAC control system on or off. The LED numeric display is illuminated
when the unit is turned on. The display will show the current set point temperature.
SPECIAL KEY FUNCTIONS
To display diagnostics, depress the ON key three (3) times. The digital display will then display any active
fault codes. See Troubleshooting section of the vendor literature for fault code explanations.
To change the display from Fahrenheit to Celsius or back, depress the TEMPERATURE UP/DOWN (+, - )
keys simultaneously.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-64 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

OVERHEAD KEYPAD

1. ALTERNATE HEIGHT SWITCH 9. REAR WINDOW WASHER SWITCH

2. BUCKET AUTO LEVEL SWITCH 10. NOT USED
3. DRIVE ENABLE SWITCH 11. ALTERNATE SPEED SWITCH
4. HAZARD SWITCH 12. AUTO LUBE SWITCH
5. THROTTLE SWITCH 13. AUXILIARY TORQUE SWITCH
6. FRONT WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCH 14. CRUISE SWITCH
7. REAR WINDOW WIPER SWITCH 15. BEACON SWITCH
8. FRONT WINDSHIELD WASHER SWITCH 16. LIGHT SWITCH
Figure 13. OVERHEAD KEYPAD

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-65
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

ALTERNATE HEIGHT SWITCH (1)

(Refer to illustration “OVERHEAD KEYPAD”
The Alternate Height Switch is a two position momentary pushbutton switch. A rotary
transducer is provided on the loader that can be preset to stop the flow of hydraulic fluid to
the bucket cylinders when the bucket reaches the predetermined height. The switch is set to
stop the bucket at the same height during each lifting cycle when the loader is being used to
load a fleet of vehicles of uniform height.
 When the switch is pressed, the alternate height limit function is enabled and the bucket
will stop at the selected height each time. The LED will illuminate.
 To set the alternate height limit, hoist the bucket to the desired position and press and
hold the Bucket Height Switch for a minimum of 2 seconds. If the lift arms are above 25˚
the height will be recorded in the loader’s computer and the lift arms will automatically
stop at this height whether using the hoist detent switch or joystick to perform hoisting
operations.
 The lift arms can be raised to full height without resetting the alternate height limit by
returning the right joystick to the neutral (center) position and then pulling back on the
joystick. If the alternate height limit function is enabled while the lift arms are below 25˚ ,
the last programmed limit when hoisting, whether using the joystick of the hoist detent
switch will become the alternate height limit.
 When the adjustable height limit function is enabled, after dumping the bucket, the
operator must push the joystick forward or press the return to dig switch to lower and
geometrically level the bucket.
 Pressing the switch a second time will turn OFF the adjustable height limit function and
the LED will go OFF. When the adjustable height limit functions is turned OFF, the preset
limit switch is bypassed, and the bucket will rise to the maximum height attainable after
the hoist joystick control is moved to the full back position or the hoist detent switch is
pressed. The Alternate Height Switch should also be turned OFF when a fleet of vehicles
of varying heights is loaded.

If the bucket is loaded to 120% of rated capacity hoisting action is inhibited, the yellow light will
illuminate, the audible alarm will sound and the text screen indicating bucket overload will appear on
the computer monitor. The audible alarm can be silenced and the text message removed from the
screen by touching a key on the computer screen keypad. However, the yellow light will continue to
illuminate.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-66 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

AUTO LEVEL SWITCH (2)

(Refer to illustration “OVERHEAD KEYPAD”
The Auto Level Switch is a two-position momentary pushbutton switch. This switch enables
or disables the auto-leveling feature of the bucket.
 When the switch is pressed, the auto-leveling feature is enabled. The left LED will
illuminate.
 Pressing the switch a second time will disable the auto-level feature and the LED will go
out.
 If the auto-leveling feature is switched from disabled to enabled, and the button is
pressed and held for a minimum of 2 seconds, while the bucket is with +/- 10˚ of level to
the ground, the current angle of the bucket will be recorded as the bucket angle to which
to auto level.
 If the auto-leveling feature is switched from disabled to enabled while the bucket is within
39 inches (1 meter) of the ground, the current height of the bucket will be recorded as the
height to float to when the float control is engaged.

DRIVE SYSTEM ENABLE/DISABLE SWITCH (3)

(Refer to illustration “OVERHEAD KEYPAD”
 Enables and disables the drive system.
 Drive may be enabled at low throttle for moving in out of the shop area.

HAZARD SWITCH (4)

(Refer to illustration “OVERHEAD KEYPAD”
The Hazard Switch is a two position momentary pushbutton switch.
 When the switch is pressed the yellow hazard lights on the front and rear of the loader
are turned ON and will flash.
 The LED will illuminate.
 When the switch is pressed a second time the hazard lights are turned OFF and the LED
will go out.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-67
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

THROTTLE SWITCH (5)

(Refer to illustration “OVERHEAD KEYPAD”
The Throttle Switch is a four-position momentary pushbutton switch.
 The Throttle Switch has three LED lights at the top of the switch.
 If the machine is equipped with a Cummins engine, when the engine is started the left
LED will flash until the operating temperature has reached a point where the Cummins
electronic control module will allow control of all engine functions by the LINCS II
computer system. It will then stay on without flashing.
 If the machine is equipped with a Detroit Diesel engine the left LED will flash until the
LINCS II computer system is in control of the engine functions and it will then stay on
without flashing.
 When the LINCS II computer system gains control, the engine will run at LO throttle
position (800 RPM).
 When the switch is pressed one time the engine will go to HI throttle. The left and right
LEDs will illuminate without flashing. The center LED will go out.
 When the switch is pressed a second time the engine will go to L2 speed (1100 RPM)
and both the center and left LEDs will illuminate without flashing.
 When the switch is pressed a fourth time the engine returns to LO throttle (800 RPM) and
only the left LED will illuminate.
 Operate the loader only in HI throttle when performing material handling operations.

FRONT WINDSHIELD WIPER SWITCH (6)

(Refer to illustration “OVERHEAD KEYPAD”
The Front Windshield Wiper Switch is a four position momentary pushbutton switch.
 When the switch is pressed the front windshield wiper will come on with intermittent or
delayed operation. The left LED will illuminate.
 When the switch is pressed a second time, the front windshield wiper will come on at
SLOW speed. The center LED will illuminate and the left LED will go out.
 When the switch is pressed a third time, the front windshield wiper will come on at HI
speed. The right LED will illuminate and the center and left LEDs will go out.
 When the switch is pressed a fourth time, the front windshield wiper is turned OFF and all
LEDs are turned OFF.

REAR WINDOW WIPER SWITCH (7)

(Refer to illustration “OVERHEAD KEYPAD”
The Rear Window Wiper Switch is a four position momentary pushbutton switch.
 When the switch is pressed the rear window wiper will come on at LOW speed. The left
LED will illuminate.
 When the switch is pressed a second time, the rear window wiper will come on a
MEDIUM speed. The center LED will illuminate and the left LED will go out.
 When the switch is pressed a third time, the rear window wiper will come on at HI speed.
The right LED will illuminate and the center and left LEDs will go out.
 When the switch is pressed a fourth time, the rear window wiper is turned OFF and all
LEDs are turned OFF.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-68 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

WINDSHIELD AND REAR WINDOW WASHER SWITCHES (8 & 9)

(Refer to illustration “OVERHEAD KEYPAD”
The Windshield and Rear Window Washer Switches are two position momentary switches.
 When the switch is pressed, the washer sprays a jet of window cleaning solvent on either
the windshield or rear window (as selected) and the applicable wiper will come on to
clean the glass.
 When the switch is released it returns to the OFF position. The solvent spray will stop
and the wiper will stop.

NOT USED (10)

(Refer to illustration “OVERHEAD KEYPAD”
Some buttons are not assigned a function on some machine models. They do not have an
icon.

ALTERNATE SPEED SWITCH (11)

(Refer to illustration “OVERHEAD KEYPAD”
The Alternate Speed Switch is a two position momentary switch.
 When the Alternate Speed Switch is pressed once, the loader’s top speed is limited to a
preset speed limit. The LED light will illuminate.
 Refer to “USER PREFERENCES” screen settings in Section “ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS”,
VEHICLE CONTROL SYSTEM (LINCS) in the Service Manual.
 When the switch is pressed a second time, the Alternate Speed function is turned OFF
and the loader’s top speed is returned to normal. The LED light will go out.

AUTO LUBE SWITCH (12)

(Refer to illustration “OVERHEAD KEYPAD”
The AUTO LUBE Switch is a two-position momentary switch that starts the automatic
lubrication pump. The engine must be running for the AUTO LUBE Switch to operate.
Drive disabled:
 Pressing the AUTO LUBE Switch activates the lubrication pump. The LED illuminates.
 Releasing the switch turns the lubrication pump OFF. LED goes OFF.
Drive enabled:
 Pressing the AUTO LUBE Switch activates the lubrication pump. The pump cycles
through the set cycle time. The LED illuminates until the pump turns OFF.
 Should there be a problem with the lubrication system, either a Yellow Warning Light or a
Red Alarm Light, and an audible alarm comes on and a message appears on the
computer screen.

Two other switches labeled Lubrication Cycle are also provided. One is located in the Control Switch
Box mounted at the left rear of the machine. The other is mounted inside the front frame, above the
auto lube pump. These switches perform the same function as the Lube Switch on the Overhead
Switch Panel.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-69
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

Never, under any circumstances, operate the loader with the automatic lubrication system inoperable.
Serious component damage will occur.

AUXILIARY TORQUE SWITCH (13)

(Refer to illustration “OVERHEAD KEYPAD”
 The Auxiliary Torque Switch is a pushbutton switch and has one LED.
 The switch is programmable with the LINCS II computer system.
 Refer to “USER PREFERENCES” screen settings in Section “ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS”,
VEHICLE CONTROL SYSTEM (LINCS) in the Service Manual.

CRUISE SWITCH (14)

(Refer to illustration “OVERHEAD KEYPAD”
The Cruise Switch is a three state momentary pushbutton switch and has two LEDs.
 Cruise control allows the machine to travel at the speed commanded by the speed control
pedal at time cruise control is activated. Cruise control speed can be increased or
decreased by pushing the joystick forward to increase or pulling the joystick back to
decrease speed. The following actions will disable cruise (once it is set).
 Pressing the Cruise Control switch again.
 Actuating the Service brakes.
 Actuating the Park brake.
 Placing the Direction switch to Reverse or Neutral.
 Depressing the Speed control pedal.
 Machine speed <1 mph.

BEACON LIGHT SWITCH (15)

(Refer to illustration “OVERHEAD KEYPAD”
The Beacon Light Switch is a two-position momentary pushbutton switch that operates the
flashing beacon mounted on top of the operator’s cab.
 When the switch is pressed once, the beacon light is turned ON.
 When the switch is pressed a second time, the beacon light is turned OFF.

Turn the beacon light on ANYTIME the loader is operating.

When requested, the beacon light switch with associated wiring is furnished to accommodate a
customer installed beacon light.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-70 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

POLE WORK LIGHTS SWITCH (16)

CAB LIGHT BAR LIGHTS SWITCH (16)
REAR COWL LIGHTS SWITCH (16)
(Refer to illustration “OVERHEAD KEYPAD”
The Lights Switch is a four-position momentary pushbutton switch.
The machine is equipped with 24-VDC, 35-watt, lights that are mounted on each side of the
cab, on the light bar (Cab Light Bar Lights), on poles below the light bar (Work Lights) and
on each side of the rear of the machine, above the radiator (Rear Cowl Lights-facing the
rear of the machine). The lights are provided for nighttime material handling operations and
for travel.
Each press of the button, within 2 seconds, turns ON or OFF a different set of lights as
described below.
Times Button is POLE WORK CAB LIGHT BAR REAR COWL
Pressed within 2 LIGHTS AND LIGHTS AND LIGHTS AND
seconds* ST
(1 LED ON (2ND LED ON (3RD LED ON
SWITCH) SWITCH) SWITCH)
LIGHTS AND INDICATOR LED ILLUMINATED
1 YES YES YES
2 YES YES NO
3 NO NO YES
4 YES YES YES
5 NO NO NO
*Pressing the button after 2 seconds turns all lights OFF.

The above table is explained in text as follows:

 Switch is pressed once all three sets of lights illuminate. (All three LED’s illuminate).
 Switch is pressed a second time, the Rear Cowl Lights go OFF. (First two LED’s
illuminate).
 Switch is pressed a third time, Cab Light Bar lights and Pole Work Lights go OFF and the
Rear Cowl Lights illuminate. (First and Second LED’s go OFF and Third LED illuminates).
 Switch is pressed a fourth time all lights illuminate. (All three LED’s illuminate).
 Switch is pressed a fifth time, all lights go OFF. (All LED’s off).

Turning ON any of these lights also changes the screens being displayed on the computer monitor.
The screens slightly change color to accommodate for the expected lower ambient light encountered
in a darker environment. The red and yellow lights on the console dim also.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-71
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

FRONT LIGHT LOCATIONS (CAB LIGHT BAR LIGHTS)

(MOUNTED EACH SIDE OF CAB) (LIGHT TYPE MAY VARY)
1, 3, 4, 5. FRONT LIGHTS
2. TURN SIGNALS

1. REAR COWL LIGHTS

2. TURN SIGNAL LIGHTS-YELLOW
3. STOP, TAIL LIGHTS-RED
4. BACK-UP LIGHTS-WHITE
REAR LIGHT LOCATIONS
Figure 14. REAR LIGHTS

BE SURE the engine is not running and the electrical system is locked out before servicing any lights.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-72 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

CAB INTERIOR LIGHTS (DOME)

Two dome lights are flush-mounted in the cab ceiling. They have LEDs for lighting and are controlled by a
switch on each access door and a manual switch mounted on the overhead console. Opening either access
door actuates the lights.
CAB INTERIOR LIGHTS MANUAL SWITCH (DOME)
The Cab Interior Lights Switch is a two position rocker switch mounted to the right of the Overhead Switch
Panel.
Moving the switch up turns the cab interior lights ON.
Moving the switch down turns the cab interior lights OFF.

Figure 15. CAB DOME LIGHT SWITCH

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-73
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

OPERATOR’S CAB
The Operator’s Cab has doors on each side to allow entry or exit as is convenient for the operator or should
egress be required from either side due to an emergency situation. A catwalk extends around the front of the
cab to allow the operator to walk around the front of the cab. Refer to “OPERATOR’S CAB – RIGHT SIDE
VIEW THROUGH CAB TO LEFT SIDE”, “OPERATOR’S CAB – RIGHT SIDE” and “OPERATOR’S CAB –
LEFT SIDE DOOR”.

Figure 16. OPERATOR’S CAB – RIGHT SIDE VIEW THROUGH CAB TO LEFT SIDE

Figure 17. OPERATOR’S CAB – RIGHT SIDE

Using the right side door for machine access or egress requires the use of the ladder attached to the
hydraulic reservoir. Therefore, it is recommended that the stairs on the left side of the machine be
used for normal entry and exit.

Figure 18. OPERATOR’S CAB – LEFT SIDE DOOR

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-74 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

While climbing the hydraulic reservoir ladder the KLENZ air filtration system could emit a loud
“boom” and eject dust from the hopper unless the KLENZ Enable Switch is turned OFF. This could
cause a person on the ladder to be startled and lose their grip resulting in an accident. Also dust
ejected from the hopper could be a hazard to anyone on the ladder or standing nearby. DO NOT stand
under the KLENZ system discharge or climb the hydraulic reservoir ladder on an operational machine
unless the KLENZ Enable Switch is in the OFF position, except in an emergency situation.
A grab bar for pulling the doors closed or pushing them open is provided across the inside of each door. The
bars have an integral squeeze-to-open handle. Refer to “GRAB BAR” and “SQUEEZE-HANDLE TO-OPEN ”.

1.BAR
2.SQUEEZE-TO-OPEN HANDLE
Figure 19. GRAB BAR

Figure 20. SQUEEZE-HANDLE TO-OPEN DOOR

Ample glass is provided in the windshield and wing panels to provide the operator a panoramic view of the
work location. Refer to “PANORAMIC VIEW FROM CAB”.

Figure 21. PANORAMIC VIEW FROM CAB

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-75
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

OPERATOR’S SEAT
The machine is equipped with a fully adjustable air-suspension operator’s seat. The joystick controls for hoist
and bucket or blade (applicable) and steering are mounted on either side of the seat. The operation of the
joystick controls is provided in LEFT-HAND JOYSTICK CONTROL and RIGHT-HAND JOYSTICK
CONTROL, located within this section of the Service Manual.

Adjust the seat for proper access to all controls and fasten seat belts before operating the machine.
AUTOMATIC AND MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENTS AND CONTROLS
(Refer to “OPERATOR’S SEAT”)
The operator’s seat has the following adjustments:
(1) WEIGHT ADJUSTMENT - The seat should be adjusted for the operator's weight by briefly pulling the
actuator lever of the automatic weight and height adjuster (arrow) with the vehicle at a standstill and the
operator sitting on the seat. The operator must sit absolutely still during adjustment. The setting for the
operator's weight must be checked and adjusted as necessary before the machine is driven.
(2) HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT - The seat height can be pneumatically and is infinitely adjustable. The seat
height can be altered by pulling or pressing the actuator lever fully out or in (arrow). If the adjustment reaches
the top or bottom end stop, the height is adjusted automatically in order to guarantee a minimum of spring
travel. In order to avoid damage, do not operate the compressor more than one minute.
(3) SEAT PAN ANGLE ADJUSTMENT - The angle of the seat pan can be individually adjusted. To adjust the
angle of the seat pan, lift the left-hand handle (arrow). By exerting pressure on or off, the seat pan can be
moved to the desired position.
(4) SEAT DEPTH ADJUSTMENT - The depth of the seat pan can be individually adjusted. To adjust the
depth of the seat cushion, lift the right-hand handle (arrow). By moving the seat cushion backwards and
forwards, the desired seating position can be reached.
(5) ABSORBER - The absorber adjustment setting of the seat can be varied to suit the on- and off-road
driving conditions. The cushioning effect can be individually adjusted for this purpose. Turn the lever to the
desired position and release for either hard or soft.
(6) ARMREST ADJUSTMENT - The inclination of the armrests can be modified by turning the adjustment
knob (arrow).
(7) ARMREST HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT - The armrests can be folded up if desired and height individually
adjusted. To adjust the armrests for height, separate the round cap (arrow) from the cover, loosen the
hexagon nut (13mm) and adjust the armrest to the desired height and tighten the nut again.
(8) HEADREST - The headrest can be individually adjusted for height by pulling it upward over the various
increments up and the end stop. By pushing forward or backward, the angle of the headrest can be adjusted
individually. To remove the headrest, pull it over the end stop.
(9) LUMBAR SUPPORT - The curve of the backrest cushion can be individually adjusted by turning the knob
on the back of the seat.
(10) BACKREST ADJUSTMENT - The backrest is adjusted using the locking lever (arrow). The locking lever
must latch into the desired position. It should not be possible to move the backrest into another position when
it is locked.
(11) FORE/AFT ISOLATOR - Under certain driving conditions, it is useful to activate the fore/aft isolator. This
means that shock impacts in the driving direction can be better absorbed by the seat. Position 1 = fore/aft
isolator on, Position 2 = fore/aft isolator off.
(12) FORE/AFT ADJUSTMENT - The fore/aft adjustment is released by lifting the locking lever. The locking
lever must latch into the desired position. It should not be possible to move the seat into another position
when it is locked.
OPERATOR ENTRY AND EXIT - The seat will not swivel. Either armrest will pivot upward to aid in operator
entry and exit.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-76 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

Figure 22. OPERATOR’S SEAT (TYPICAL)

MAINTENANCE
Dirt can impair the function of the seat. It is essential to make sure the seat is kept clean. Upholstery can be
quickly and simply removed from the seat frame for easy cleaning or replacement. During cleaning, the
upholstery should not be soaked through. Use a commercially available, standard upholstery cleaning agent
when cleaning the seat. Test first for compatibility on a small, concealed area and follow manufacturer
recommendations.

When the operator seat backrest upholstery has been removed for cleaning or maintenance, the
backrest frame must be supported, for example held in place, before the backrest adjuster is
operated. If this is not done, there is a danger that the backrest frame may jerk forward and cause
injury.
SEAT BELT OPERATION AND ADJUSTMENT
The machine is equipped with an adjustable 4 point seat belt harness to accommodate various requirements
of operators. The seat belts are mounted to the operator’s seat.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-77
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

The operator’s seat must be properly adjusted for safe operation of all controls and the seat belt
fastened before starting the engine to operate the machine. Failure to do so could result in serious
injury.
Always check the condition of the operator seat belts and mounting hardware before operating the
machine. Failure to do so could result in serious injury.

A) TO FASTEN BELTS, INSERT TONGUE INTO BUCKLE. LISTEN FOR “CLICK”.

TUG ON BOTH SIDES TO ENSURE BELTS ARE PROPERLY FASTENED.
B) TO UNFASTEN BELTS, PRESS BUTTON IN TOP OF BUCKLE. REMOVE
TONGUE.
1. MOUNT BRACKET
2. BELT
3. LOCK BAR
4. TONGUE
5. BUCKET
OPERATOR SEAT BELT
ADJUSTMENT POINTS

Figure 23. SEAT BELT COMPONENTS AND FASTENING/UNFASTENING PROCEDURES (TYPICAL)

FASTENING AND UNFASTENING THE BELT

FASTENING THE BELT
Insert the tongue into the buckle. Listen for the “click” that indicates the belts are fastened. Tug on the belt to
be sure it is securely fastened. Adjust the vertical straps until the entire seat harness is properly adjusted.
UNFASTENING THE BELT
Press the release button in the buckle and pull the tongue from the buckle.
ADJUSTMENTS
The belt should be tight but comfortable. The vertical straps and horizontal belt have adjustment points that
can be tightened or loosened.
LENGTHENING THE BELT
With the belt unfastened, move the lock bar slide toward the buckle.
Pull on the buckle until the slack is removed from the outer belt loop.
Readjust the belt if it does not fit snugly.
TO SHORTENING THE BELT
With the belt fastened, pull on the outer loop to tighten the belt.
INSPECTION
a. Inspect for worn or frayed webbing.
b. Check for worn or damaged buckle or lock bar. Replace the entire assembly if worn or damaged.
c. Inspect the belt and harness mounting hardware. Replace any damaged or worn hardware. Keep the
mounting bolts tight.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-78 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

SERVICE SWITCHES
ISOLATION AND CONTROL SWITCHES ASSEMBLY
The Isolation and Service Switches Assembly contains components useful to maintain safety during machine
maintenance. It is located at the left rear of the machine. Numbers in parenthesis (at the end of the following
subject titles) refer to illustration “ISOLATION AND CONTROL SWITCHES ASSEMBLY”.

1. LUBE CYCLE SWITCH 6. STARTER ISOLATION 24 V INDICATION LIGHT

2. KLENZ ENABLE SWITCH 7. STARTER ISOLATION SWITCH
3. LADDER LIGHTS SWITCH 8. BATTERY ISOLATION 24 V INDICATION LIGHT
4. MAINTENANCE LIGHTS SWITCH 9. BATTERY ISOLATION SWITCH
5. JUMP START SOCKET
Figure 24. ISOLATION AND CONTROL SWITCHES ASSEMBLY

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-79
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

AUTO LUBE SWITCH: (1)

NUMBER IN PARENTHESIS REFERS TO ILLUSTRATION “ISOLATION AND CONTROL SWITCHES ASSEMBLY”.
Because the automatic lubrication system is hydraulically powered, the engine must be running for the AUTO
LUBE Switch to actuate the AUTO LUBE pump motor. When the drive is not enabled and any AUTO LUBE
Switch is pressed to the ON position, the automatic lubrication system will run as long as the button is held
down. When the drive is enabled and any AUTO LUBE Switch is pressed to the ON position, the automatic
lubrication system will cycle once. The switch on the keypad on the overhead panel has a built in led that
illuminates during any AUTO LUBE system cycle/actuation (manual or timed).
There are three AUTO LUBE Switches (refer to illustration “AUTO LUBE SWITCH LOCATIONS”).. They are
located:
 Inside the Isolation and Control Switch Box on the left rear of the machine.
 On the overhead keypad in the operator’s cab.
 Inside the front frame, above the grease reservoir on the right-front frame wall.

AUTO LUBE SWITCH IN FRONT FRAME

AUTO LUBE SWITCH ON OVERHEAD PANEL IN LOCATED ON FRAME WALL, ABOVE GREASE RESERVOIR
OPERATOR CAB

AUTO LUBE SWITCH INSIDE ISOLATION AND CONTROL SWITCHES ASSEMBLY, LOCATED ON LEFT
REAR OF MACHINE

Figure 25. AUTO LUBE SWITCH LOCATIONS

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-80 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

KLENZ ENABLE SWITCH: (2)

NUMBER IN PARENTHESIS REFERS TO ILLUSTRATION “ISOLATION AND CONTROL SWITCHES ASSEMBLY”.
The KLENZ Enable Switch is a two-position maintained toggle switch, located inside the Isolation And Control
Switches Assembly. The Switch turns OFF the purge cycle of the LeTourneau Technologies Cartridge
Filtration System (KLENZ system). Unless turned OFF, the purge cycle will continue as long as there is
adequate pressure in the air system. When the purge occurs, the filter will emit a loud “boom” and dirt will be
blown from the hopper. The noise can be startling and dirt blowing from the hopper can present a hazard to
persons climbing the ladder adjacent to the KLENZ system or standing under the hopper.

Always turn the KLENZ Enable Switch to the OFF position before performing any service work to the
machine. Bleed air pressure to zero psig before performing any service or repair work to the KLENZ
system or other components powered by the compressed air system. Personal injury is possible.

When the KLENZ Enable Switch is turned OFF, a notice screen, with a text message appears on the
LINCS II touch screen in the operator’s cab. BE SURE to turn the KLENZ Enable Switch to the ON
position and close the manual air release valve before returning the machine to service.
LADDER LIGHTS SWITCH: (3)
NUMBER IN PARENTHESIS REFERS TO ILLUSTRATION “ISOLATION AND CONTROL SWITCHES ASSEMBLY”.
The machine is equipped with 24-VDC lights for illuminating the access ladder, staircase and work service
areas. The ladder and staircase lights are mounted on top of the rear frame and on top of the operator’s cab.
Two, 2-position switches are provided to turn the lights on and off. The upper switch is mounted behind the
cab (refer to illustration “UPPER LADDER LIGHT SWITCH ”). The lower switch is located in the Control
Switch Box. The switches are labeled “Ladder Lights”.

(MOUNTED BEHIND THE CAB)

Figure 26. UPPER LADDER LIGHT SWITCH

MAINTENANCE LIGHTS SWITCH: - MAY ALSO BE LABELED “WORK LIGHTS” (4)

NUMBER IN PARENTHESIS REFERS TO ILLUSTRATION “ISOLATION AND CONTROL SWITCHES ASSEMBLY”.
The Maintenance Lights Switch (Work Light Switch) is a two-position maintained toggle switch that controls
the 24V DC service maintenance lights mounted on each side of the radiator, mid-engine, near the generator
and in the front frame. The Key Switch/Crank Switch on the operator’s console does not have to be in the ON
position to operate the lights, but the Battery Isolation Switch must be in the ON position.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-81
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

REAR FRAME BESIDE RADIATOR FRONT FRAME - ONE EACH SIDE

TYPICAL MOUNTING LOCATIONS(OTHER LOCATIONS NOT SHOWN - ABOVE GEARBOX, BESIDE GENERATOR)
Figure 27. MAINTENANCE LIGHTS (MAINTENANCE WORK LIGHTS)

JUMP START SOCKET (5)

NUMBERS IN PARENTHESIS REFERS TO ILLUSTRATION “ISOLATION AND CONTROL SWITCHES ASSEMBLY”.
It is possible to damage the electronic controls of the machine and engine if jumper cables are connected
improperly or arching occurs. Therefore, LeTourneau recommends that the machine only be jump started or
used to jumpstart another vehicle with the optional jumpstart socket.

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead components, chemicals known
to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm.
STARTER ISOLATOR INDICATION LIGHT (6)
NUMBER IN PARENTHESIS REFER TO ILLUSTRATION “ISOLATION AND CONTROL SWITCHES ASSEMBLY”.
The YELLOW light is illuminated when the engine cranking function is enabled.
STARTER ISOLATION SWITCH (7)
NUMBER IN PARENTHESIS REFERS TO ILLUSTRATION “ISOLATION AND CONTROL SWITCHES ASSEMBLY”.
For maintenance where 24 volts is required (for 24 volt circuit testing or for repairs at night) the YELLOW
Starter Isolation Switch can be turned to the OFF position. When the YELLOW Starter Isolation Switch is
turned OFF, there will be 24 volt power available for all machine functions, except engine cranking. The
switch can be locked in the OFF position if desired. When the Starter Isolation Switch is turned to the ON
position, the engine cranking function is enabled.
BATTERY ISOLATION SWITCH (8)
NUMBER IN PARENTHESIS REFERS TO ILLUSTRATION “ISOLATION AND CONTROL SWITCHES ASSEMBLY”.
If necessary to leave the machine unattended or if necessary to eliminate all electrical energy sources, turn
the RED Battery Isolation Switch to the OFF position. This switch can be locked in the OFF position if desired.
BATTERY ISOLATOR INDICATION LIGHT (9)
NUMBER IN PARENTHESIS REFERS TO ILLUSTRATION “ISOLATION AND CONTROL SWITCHES ASSEMBLY”.
The RED light is illuminated when the switch is in the ON position, (24V battery power is enabled).

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-82 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

1. ISOLATION AND CONTROL SWITCH BOX ASSEMBLY 3. UPPER LADDER LIGHT SWITCH-BESIDE CAB
(TYPICAL LOCATION).
2. AUTO LUBE SWITCH (INSIDE FRONT FRAME – ABOVE
GREASE RESERVOIR

Figure 28. SERVICE SWITCH LOCATIONS

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-83
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

CENTRAL SERVICE SYSTEM (OPTIONAL)

(Refer to illustration “CENTRAL SERVICE SYSTEM (OPTIONAL)”)
The optional central service system is housed inside a protective box and mounted at the left rear of the
machine. The central service system provides quick-coupling connections for refilling the fuel reservoir,
engine crankcase, hydraulic reservoir, and engine coolant. Different quick couplers are provided for each
component to ensure accuracy in filling.

When using the Central Service system, be sure to relieve pressure in the hydraulic reservoir and in
the radiator by opening the manual air release valve provided for each component before attaching a
hose to the quick couplings (refer to illustration “HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR AIR RELEASE VALVES”).

Figure 29. CENTRAL SERVICE SYSTEM (OPTIONAL)

1. RADIATOR CAP
2. MANUAL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
3. SIGHT GLASS

Figure 30. HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR AIR RELEASE VALVES

COMPONENT HEATER CONNECTIONS (OPTIONAL)

(Refer to “COMPONENT HEATER CONNECTIONS”)
220-volt receptacles are optionally provided for connecting the optional hydraulic reservoir, battery, grease
reservoir, and fuel reservoir heaters. Power plug-in cords are provided for supplying power to the optional
engine coolant and oil heaters. These connections are located on the rear frame, inside the pivot area, on the
left side of the machine. Connections are accessible from ground level. For more information, refer to Section
02.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-84 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

1) RECEPTACLE #1: HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR, BATTERY HEATER, GREASE RESERVOIR

2) RECEPTACLE #2: ENGINE: OIL PREHEATER, COOLANT PREHEATER CONNECTIONS

Figure 31. COMPONENT HEATER CONNECTIONS

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-85
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

MOUNTING AND DISMOUNTING THE MACHINE

These guidelines should be followed when mounting and dismounting the machine:

There are no provisions on any LeTourneau Technologies built machine to accommodate the
transportation of any persons other than the operator alone, unless a training seat in the cab is
optionally provided. Ladders and catwalks attached to the machine are designed for servicing of the
machine while the machine is stopped only. They are NOT designed for transporting riders at any
time. Serious injury or death could result while riding on any location of the machine other than the
cab Operator’s seat or training seat (if so equipped).
a. Always use “three-point support” with the machine, and face the ladder while you enter or leave it. “Three
point support” means that three out of four arms and legs are in contact with the machine at all times
during mount and dismount.

Before dismounting, ensure the ground conditions are such that slipping or falling does not occur
when stepping off the ladder. Always ensure firm ground before releasing the ladder.

b. Clean shoes and wipe hands before attempting to climb on the machine.
c. Look for icy conditions that could make use of a ladder or stairway treacherous. Follow all local work rules
used during icy conditions.
d. Use handholds, ladders, or steps (as provided) when mounting and dismounting.
e. NEVER attempt to mount or dismount a moving machine.
f. NEVER jump off the machine.
g. NEVER try to climb on or off the machine when carrying tools or supplies. Use a hand line to pull
equipment up onto the platform.
h. Observe proper shutdown procedures before dismounting.

LADDER MOUNTED ON HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR

A ladder is mounted on the hydraulic reservoir. When using this ladder, refer to instructions in “MOUNTING
AND DISMOUNTING THE MACHINE” as previously explained in above text.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-86 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

POWERED ACCESS LADDER "POWER STEP MODEL RL1001 & RL1002"

Some LeTourneau loaders are optionally equipped with a powered access "Power Step Model RL1001"
ladder mounted on the left rear of the rear frame.
Safe operation of the ladder depends on adherence to the safety warnings and cautions, and all safety rules
required in the users area of operation. Periodic inspection and service must also be performed to the ladder
to ensure safe and trouble-free operation.

Before lowering or raising the ladder, make sure all personnel are clear of the area. The ladder lowers
and raises rapidly when engaged. Personal injury or loss of life is possible if personnel are in the
travel area of the ladder when it is being lowered or raised.
When lowering or raising the ladder, be certain all personnel are a safe distance from the ladder.
Lowering the ladder without power by activating the "Back-up Bleed Down Valve" causes the ladder
to RAPIDLY lower NON-STOP until reaching ground level. Releasing the "Back-up bleed Down Valve"
knob or cable will NOT stop the ladders' rapid decent to ground level.

NEVER ride the ladder up or down. Serious personal injury or death could result. Component damage
could also result. Riding the ladder will void the manufacturer’s warranty.

Place the ladder in the "DOWN" position and lockout the ladder switch prior to performing any
service operations to the ladder. Failure to do so could cause loss of life, serious injury or property
damage.

Before raising or lowering the ladder, set the machine park brake. When lowering or raising the
ladder, be certain all personnel are a safe distance from the ladder. Lowering the ladder without
power by activating the "Back-up Bleed Down Valve" causes the ladder to RAPIDLY lower NON-STOP
until reaching ground level. Releasing the "Back-up bleed Down Valve" knob or cable will NOT stop
the ladders' rapid decent to ground level.

Personal injury and damage to the ladder is possible if the ladder is not in the full DOWN and
LOCKED position before entering or exiting the machine.

Major pinch points are identified by warning placards, however, other pinch points exist. STAND
CLEAR of all moving parts and travel of the ladder when operating.

To avoid personal injury and component damage it is essential that all personnel using the ladder be
familiar with its operation and all indicators and alarms.
NORMAL OPERATION
Two switches are provided to raise and lower the ladder. One switch operates the ladder at ground level, the
other operates the ladder from an elevated level. A ground-level switch is mounted to the left of the ladder.
The elevated-level switch is mounted at the ladder dismount area.. Both locations have access to the
mechanical safety latch that must be disengaged before raising or lowering the ladder. Access to a "Back-up
Bleed Down Valve" used to lower the ladder without power is provided at both ground and elevated levels.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-87
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

GROUND LEVEL LADDER OPERATION

To raise the ladder from ground location: Move the electrical toggle switch to the UP position and hold it
until the ladder reaches the UP position. Refer to illustration GROUND LEVEL LADDER CONTROLS. The
ladder will rise and lock in the UP position. DO NOT attempt to operate the machine unless you are
certain the ladder is LOCKED in the UP position.

1. MECHANICAL SAFETY LATCH CABLE

2. GROUND LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH

Figure 32. GROUND LEVEL LADDER CONTROLS

Before lowering or raising the ladder, make sure all personnel are clear of the area. The ladder lowers
and raises rapidly when engaged. Personal injury or loss of life is possible if personnel are in the
travel area of the ladder when it is being lowered or raised.
To lower the ladder from the ground location: Pull the hanging cable (Refer to illustration GROUND
LEVEL LADDER CONTROLS to disengage the mechanical safety latch, then move the electrical switch to
the DOWN position and hold it until the ladder reaches the DOWN position. The mechanical latch cable can
be released once the ladder clears the mechanical latch. The ladder will lower and lock in the DOWN
position.
ELEVATED LEVEL LADDER OPERATION
To raise the ladder from elevated location: Move the electrical toggle switch to the UP position and hold it
until the ladder reaches the UP position. Refer to illustration ELEVATED LEVEL LADDER CONTROLS. The
ladder will rise and lock in the UP position. DO NOT attempt to operate the machine unless you are
certain the ladder is in the UP position.

1. ELEVATED LEVEL TOGGLE

SWITCH (TYPICAL LOCATION)
2. MECHANICAL SAFETY LATCH
LEVER
3. BACK-UP BLEED DOWN VALVE
CABLE

Figure 33. ELEVATED LEVEL LADDER CONTROLS

To lower the ladder from the elevated location: Step on the "Mechanical Latch Activation Lever" to
disengage the mechanical safety latch, then move the electrical switch to the DOWN position and hold it until
the ladder reaches the DOWN position. Refer to illustration ELEVATED LEVEL LADDER CONTROLS. The
Mechanical Latch Activation Lever can be released once the ladder clears the mechanical latch. The ladder
will lower and lock in the DOWN position.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-88 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

OPERATING THE LADDER WITHOUT ELECTRICAL POWER

If loss of electrical power to the ladder occurs, a "Back-up bleed Down Valve" is provided to allow hydraulic
fluid release within the system, allowing the ladder to be lowered. The ability to actuate the "Back-up bleed
Down Valve" is provided at the ground location (by direct access to the valve) and elevated location (by use
of a cable attached to the valve).

When lowering or raising the ladder, be certain all personnel are a safe distance from the ladder.
Lowering the ladder without power, by activating the "Back-up Bleed Down Valve", causes the ladder
to RAPIDLY lower NON-STOP until reaching ground level. Releasing the "Back-up bleed Down Valve"
knob or cable will NOT stop the ladder’s rapid decent to ground level.
To lower the ladder from the ground location without electrical power: Pull the hanging Mechanical
Safety Latch Cable to disengage the mechanical safety latch , then pull out the Back-up bleed Down Valve
knob. The mechanical latch cable can be released once the ladder clears the mechanical latch. The ladder
will lower and lock in the down position. Refer to illustrations “MECHANICAL SAFETY LATCH CABLE
(GROUND LOCATION) and BACK-UP BLEED DOWN VALVE (GROUND LOCATION ACCESS)” for details.

1. MECHANICAL SAFETY LATCH CABLE

2. GROUND LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH

Figure 34. MECHANICAL SAFETY LATCH CABLE (GROUND LOCATION)

1. BACK-UP BLEED DOWN VALVE

Figure 35. BACK-UP BLEED DOWN VALVE (GROUND LOCATION ACCESS)

To lower the ladder from the elevated location without electrical power: Step on the Mechanical Safety
Latch Lever to disengage the mechanical safety latch, then pull the Back-up Bleed Down Valve cable (refer
BACK-UP BLEED DOWN VALVE CABLE(ELEVATED LOCATION ACCESS). The Mechanical Latch
Activation Lever can be released once the ladder clears the mechanical latch. The ladder will lower and lock
in the DOWN position.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-89
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

1. ELEVATED LEVEL TOGGLE SWITCH

2. MECHANICAL SAFETY LATCH LEVER
3. BACK-UP BLEED DOWN VALVE CABLE

Figure 36. BACK-UP BLEED DOWN VALVE CABLE(ELEVATED LOCATION ACCESS)

Before operating the ladder in normal mode, once power is restored, the "Back-up bleed Down Valve"
must be reset by pushing it in until it reaches its' original position.

The operator should NEVER leave the cab with the park brake released! Leaving the cab without
setting the Park Brake could result in unplanned and uncontrolled movement of the machine. This
could cause loss of life, serious injury or property damage.
SERVICE, INSPECTION AND LUBRICATION
Please refer to the vendor in Section 03 of the Service Manual.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-90 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

POWERED ACCESS LADDER HEDWELD MODEL “C”

Some machines are optionally equipped with a “Hedweld” model, powered access ladder mounted on the left
rear of the rear frame.
Safe operation of the ladder depends on adherence to all safety warnings and cautions, and all safety rules
required in the users area of operation. Periodic inspection and service must also be performed to the ladder
to ensure safe and trouble-free operation.

The operator should NEVER leave the cab with the park brake released! Leaving the cab without
setting the Park Brake could result in unplanned and uncontrolled movement of the machine. This
could cause loss of life, serious injury or property damage.

Place the ladder in the "DOWN" position and lockout the ladder switch prior to performing any
service operations to the ladder. Failure to do so could cause loss of life, serious injury or property
damage.

Before raising or lowering the ladder, set the machine park brake.

Personal injury and damage to the ladder is possible if the ladder is not in the full DOWN and
LOCKED position before entering or exiting the machine.

NEVER ride the ladder up or down. Serious personal injury and component damage could result.
Riding the ladder will void the manufacturer’s warranty.

Major pinch points are identified by warning placards, however, other pinch points exist. STAND
CLEAR of all moving parts and travel of the ladder when operating.

To avoid personal injury and component damage it is essential that all personnel using the ladder be
familiar with its operation and all indicators and alarms as described herein.

When lowering or raising the ladder, be certain all personnel are a safe distance from the ladder.
Lowering the ladder without power by activating the "Back-up Bleed Down Valve" causes the ladder
to RAPIDLY lower NON-STOP until reaching ground level. Releasing the "Back-up bleed Down Valve"
knob or cable will NOT stop the ladders' rapid decent to ground level.
NORMAL OPERATION
Two box-mounted three-position momentary toggle switches are provided to raise and lower the ladder. One
switch operates the ladder at ground level, the other operates the ladder from an elevated level. A lower,
ground-level switch is mounted to the left of the ladder. The upper switch box is provided to allow operation
after climbing and dismounting the ladder. (Refer to illustration UPPER LADDER SWITCH).
TYPICAL OPERATION AT GROUND OR ELEVATED LEVELS
To raise the ladder: Push either switch to the UP position and release it. The ladder will rise to the UP
position. The switches have a green LED that flashes while the ladder is in the UP cycle. Once the ladder is in
the up position the green LED will remain illuminated without flashing. DO NOT attempt to operate the
machine unless you are certain the ladder is in the UP position.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-91
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

1) LED 2) Toggle Switch 3) Audible Alarm

Figure 37. UPPER LADDER SWITCH

To lower the ladder: Push either switch to the DOWN position and release it. The ladder will lower in the
DOWN position. The switches have a red LED that flashes while the ladder is in the DOWN cycle. Once the
ladder is in the down the red LED will remain illuminated without flashing.

If the park brake is released with the ladder in the DOWN position, an alarm is posted on the operator
interface screen. Tractive power is inhibited until the operator raises the ladder to the full UP and
LOCKED position. The park brake must be set again and re-released before the park brakes will
release.

The operator should NEVER leave the cab with the park brake released! Leaving the cab without
setting the Park Brake could result in unplanned and uncontrolled movement of the machine. This
could cause loss of life, serious injury or property damage.
Alarms: Prior to ladder operation, the green or red LED (as applicable to the ladder’s position) should be
illuminated and NOT flashing. A flashing red, green, or orange LED, prior to ladder operation, is an indication
of a problem and the ladder should not be operated until it is repaired. Problems occurring during ladder
operation result in an audible alarm accompanied by rapidly flashing, dim, or constantly on LEDs during the
ladder’s up/down cycles. Troubleshooting information for problems indicated by the various alarm codes is
provided in the manufacturer’s information, located in Section 03 of the Service Manual.

EXTENDED RETRACTED

Figure 38. POWERED ACCESS LADDER

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-92 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

OPERATING THE LADDER WITHOUT ELECTRICAL POWER

Should an emergency situation or mechanical problem occur, which results in loss of electrical power to the
ladder, the ladder can still be lowered.
Loss of power to the ladder is sensed by the ladder’s control system. When the up/down switches on either
box are moved to the DOWN position, the emergency down circuit is actuated. A charged 24 VDC capacitor
powers the ladder to the down position. The capacitor has power to lower the ladder only one time, it is
recharged by reapplying power to the ladder.
MANUAL RELEASE
The ladder can be manually raised or lowered by loosening the Allen-head screw on the ladder’s control
panel. Access the control panel is gained by raising the metal plate at the top of the ladder (Refer to
illustration LADDER MANUAL RELEASE).

1) MANUAL RELEASE

(LOCATED ON LADDER CONTROL PANEL AT TOP OF LADDER)

Figure 39. LADDER MANUAL RELEASE

SERVICE, INSPECTION AND LUBRICATION

Please refer to Section 03 of the Service Manual.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-93
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-94 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

POWERED ACCESS LADDER “LETOURNEAU MODEL”

Some machines are optionally equipped with a “Hedweld” model, powered access ladder mounted on the left
rear of the rear frame.
Safe operation of the ladder depends on adherence to all safety warnings and cautions, and all safety rules
required in the users area of operation. Periodic inspection and service must also be performed to the ladder
to ensure safe and trouble-free operation.

The operator should NEVER leave the cab with the park brake released! Leaving the cab without
setting the Park Brake could result in unplanned and uncontrolled movement of the machine. This
could cause loss of life, serious injury or property damage.

Place the ladder in the "DOWN" position and lockout the ladder switch prior to performing any
service operations to the ladder. Failure to do so could cause loss of life, serious injury or property
damage.

Before raising or lowering the ladder, set the machine park brake.

Personal injury and damage to the ladder is possible if the ladder is not in the full DOWN and
LOCKED position before entering or exiting the machine.

NEVER ride the ladder up or down. Serious personal injury and component damage could result.
Riding the ladder will void the manufacturer’s warranty.

Major pinch points are identified by warning placards, however, other pinch points exist. STAND
CLEAR of all moving parts and travel of the ladder when operating.

To avoid personal injury and component damage it is essential that all personnel using the ladder be
familiar with its operation and all indicators and alarms as described herein.

Before lowering or raising the ladder, make sure all personnel are clear of the area. The ladder can
lower and raise rapidly when engaged. Personal injury or loss of life is possible if personnel are in the
travel area of the ladder when it is being lowered or raised.
TYPICAL OPERATION
The ladder is powered by an air cylinder which receives pressure from the compressed air system.
Safe operation of the ladder depends on adherence to all safety warnings and cautions, and all safety rules
required in the users area of operation. Periodic inspection and service must also be performed to the ladder
to ensure safe and trouble-free operation.
NORMAL OPERATION AT GROUND OR ELEVATED LEVELS
The valve for raising and lowering the ladder is located just behind the cab, on the rear of the Low Voltage
Control Cabinet (LVCC). The switch is a lever-operated toggle valve which is pulled up to retract the ladder
and pushed down to lower the ladder.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-95
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

Refer to illustration POWERED REAR ACCESS LADDER SWITCH. DO NOT attempt to operate the machine
unless you are certain the ladder is in the UP position. Refer to Parts Catalog for air schematic.

Figure 40. POWERED REAR ACCESS LADDER SWITCH

SERVICE, INSPECTION AND LUBRICATION

Please refer to the vendor in Section 03 of the Service Manual.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-96 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

MACHINE MECHANICAL OPERATING CONCERNS

The operator should be continually aware of the indicator lights, gauges, audible alarm and monitor screen
messages. He/she should also be alert to any unusual noises, vibrations, smoke, fluid leaks or odors that
might signal problems with the loader or become a potential fire hazard. Prompt and correct action by the
operator in the event of trouble is often required to prevent costly repairs and downtime. It is also essential for
the operator to correctly operate the machine to prevent damage to various components. We especially draw
your attention to "OVERSPEED PREVENTION RECOMMENDATIONS", located within this section of the
Service Manual.

When operating in cold climates, the oil pressure indications will be higher after starting, during
engine warm-up, and when HI throttle is selected. It will take longer for the oil to warm-up and for the
oil pressure to reach normal operating temperature.
COMPUTER MONITOR
(Refer to CAB CONTROL CONSOLE)
The LeTourneau Technologies on-board computer control system computer monitors various functions of the
loader for problems and provides diagnostic data for maintenance personnel. Two lights – red and yellow --
are provided to alert the operator of problems with engine, electrical, hydraulic, pneumatic, and electronic
systems. An audible alarm accompanies the red and yellow lights.
The machine is equipped with either a Detroit Diesel or Cummins engine. The Detroit Diesel or Cummins (as
applicable) diagnostic and warning system is integrated into the overall machine alarm and monitoring system
functions. The red and yellow lights will activate upon receiving appropriate messages from the engine’s
diagnostics.
The Red Alarm light indicates a serious problem that requires immediate shutdown of the machine. Operation
should not be resumed until the problem has been corrected. An engine problem that causes the Red Alarm
light to glow will inhibit propel and the machine comes to a complete stop. A text message will appear on the
computer screen. The machine must be stopped and the engine must be shut down immediately by using the
normal engine shutdown procedure (key switch).
The yellow warning light indicates that a problem may not require immediate shutdown of the engine but
MUST BE INVESTIGATED and addressed. In the event an engine related problem results in the yellow light
glowing, a text message will appear on the computer screen. The engine should be operated to transport the
machine to the maintenance area for diagnosis of the problem only.
An audible alarm is activated when the red or yellow lights illuminate.
When red or yellow lights illuminate, a text fault message appears on the computer screen to advise the
operator of the nature of the fault which activated the light. The operator can remove the text message from
the screen and silence the audible alarm by pressing the Acknowledge Switch on the left joystick. The fault
text message leaves the screen but will remain in the system (in the log file) for access by repair technicians.
The light will continue to glow until the fault clears naturally or the system is accessed by repair technicians,
and the cause of the fault repaired.
AUXILIARY STEERING SYSTEM (OPTIONAL)
The auxiliary steering system employs the use of two 24-VDC, 9-horsepower motor-driven pumps with the
machine’s four batteries as the 24-VDC power source. The optional auxiliary steering system automatically
activates if the hydraulic steering system pressure drops below 30 psi during normal machine operation.
When the Auxiliary Steering system is activated, the LINCS II computer system activates the Red Alarm light,
an audible alarm sounds, and a Red Alarm message appears on the cab monitor. As with all Red Alarms, the
machine comes to a stop, propel is inhibited, a Red Alarm light illuminates and the audible alarm sounds. The
machine comes to an abrupt stop. Should this occur, SHUT THE ENGINE DOWN as soon as safely possible,
by using the normal engine shutdown (key switch) procedure.

Auxiliary steering is ONLY a backup system. If something occurs in the normal steering system,
auxiliary steering should only be used to steer the machine to a stopped position. It should NEVER be
SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011
L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-97
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

used in material handling operations.

DIESEL ENGINE OPERATIONAL CONCERNS

NORMAL ENGINE SHUTDOWN: It is critically important to allow the engine to run at the low throttle setting
for five minutes before shutting down the engine. When a turbocharged engine is stopped immediately, the
turbochargers continue to turn without an oil supply to the bearings. Allowing the engine to run at low throttle
for five minutes also cools the bearings and seals in the turbochargers. If the engine is stopped suddenly, the
turbocharger temperature may rise as much as 100ºF (38ºC) over normal safe operating temperature. The
results of the extreme heat may be seized bearings or loose oil seals.
An automatic idle timer is programmed into the LINCS II Computer System. The engine must run at low
throttle for five minutes before the computer system shuts it down (except in certain alarm conditions). When
the Key Switch/Crank Switch is turned to the OFF position to stop the engine, the computer system checks
the previous low throttle time prior to turning off the key, then adds enough time to the timer to total five
minutes before turning off the engine. The LINCS II Computer System will remain booted up. After a total of
five minutes at low throttle, the engine will stop but the LINCS II Computer System will remain booted up for
an additional 15 seconds. If the Key Switch/Crank Switch is turned back to the ON position during this 15-
second interval, the LINCS II Computer System will remain booted up until the Key Switch/Crank is once
again turned to the OFF position. It is NOT recommended to stop the engine immediately after it has been run
at hi throttle as damage to engine components is possible.
EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUTDOWN: Never use the emergency shutdown system except in an emergency.
Using the emergency shutdown system can cause serious damage to the engine components such as the
turbochargers. If the emergency shutdown system is activated, a qualified and experienced technician should
check the engine before the machine is returned to service.

Allow the engine cooling system to cool before removing the radiator cap. Do not remove radiator cap
while pressure remains in the system.

1. RADIATOR CAP

2. MANUAL PRESSURE RELEASE VALVE

Figure 41. RADIATOR CAP

EMERGENCY JUMP STARTING: It is possible to damage the solid-state electronic controls of the machine
and engine if jumper cables are connected improperly or arcing occurs. The possibility of serious personal
injury is also possible. Therefore, LeTourneau recommends that the machine is only jump started with the
jumpstart connections.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-98 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

LOCATED INSIDE THE “ISOLATION AND CONTROL SWITCHES ASSEMBLY”, LEFT REAR OF MACHINE, BESIDE LADDER/STEP
AREA.

Figure 42. JUMP START SOCKET

AVOID UNNECESSARY ENGINE IDLING: During long engine idling periods, the engine coolant temperature
will fall below the normal operating range. The incomplete combustion of fuel in a cold engine, causes
crankcase dilution, formation of lacquer or gummy deposits on the valves, pistons, and rings, and causes
rapid accumulation of sludge in the engine.
ENGINE PROBLEMS - EARLY WARNING SIGNS: Most engine problems give an early warning. Look and
listen for changes in performance, sound or engine appearance that can indicate service or engine repair is
needed. Some changes to look for are as follows:
 Engine misfires
 Unusual engine noises
 Excessive vibration
 Excessive smoke
 Fuel, oil or coolant leaks
 Sudden changes in engine operating temperature or pressure
 Loss of power
 An increase in the rate of fuel consumption
 An increase in the rate of oil consumption

To prevent damage to the DDEC and Cummins electronic control system, disconnect the following
BEFORE welding: battery power and ground cables and the power connector at the DDEC or
Cummins Electronic Control Module (ECM). Failure to isolate the DDEC or Cummins system from
high current (possible occurrence as a result of welding) can result in severe ECM damage.
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM MONITORING AND OPERATIONAL CONCERNS
If a warning light and its accompanying text message indicate a problem with the hydraulic system, perform
the following procedure:

The hydraulic system should always be de-pressured before servicing or repairing anything
pertaining to the hydraulic system. Relieve pressure by using the “MANUAL BLEED VALVE
ASSEMBLY” (Refer to Section 04 in the Service Manual). The machine must NOT be running when
using the manual bleed valve assembly.
 Stop the machine.
 Lower the bucket to the ground.
 Select low throttle.
 Set the park brakes.
 Immediately turn the Key Switch/Crank Switch to the OFF position.
SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011
L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-99
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

 Press and hold the Acknowledge Switch for 2 seconds to bypass the idle timer.

Normal shutdown procedures require that the engine be run in LO throttle for five minutes or more.
But in this case, an emergency, turn the Key Switch/Crank Switch to the OFF position immediately.
This will help to prevent cavitations in the hydraulic pumps.
 Get out of the machine and check the hydraulic reservoir sight gauge.
 If the hydraulic oil sight gauge shows that the quantity of hydraulic oil is at a safe level, call for a
maintenance check on the hydraulic oil cooling system.
 If the hydraulic level is low and the reservoir must be filled, observe the following warning.

Always release air pressure in the hydraulic reservoir before servicing or repairing anything requiring
removal of the reservoir filler cap. Release of the reservoir air pressure is done by turning the manual
air release valve to the OPEN position. The air pressure in the reservoir will be released, and at the
same time, the valve will lock in the air pressure in the rest of the system. After servicing, repairing or
inspecting the hydraulic oil reservoir, make certain to turn the manual air release valve (refer to
“HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR AIR RELEASE VALVES”) to the CLOSED position to pressurize the
reservoir.

Whenever there is a hydraulic leak (such as a leaking O-ring or hose) release the air pressure from
the hydraulic reservoir to prevent further loss of hydraulic fluid.

When the emergency stop or fire suppression systems are actuated, the automatic air release valve
(refer to “HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR AIR RELEASE VALVES”), located on top of the hydraulic
reservoir, will automatically release air pressure from the hydraulic reservoir. Once tripped, the valve
must be manually reset by pushing the button IN to the closed position.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-100 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

GRADE STABILITY

Exceeding the parameters shown in “Grade Stability” could result in rollover/ tip-over, which could
result in equipment damage, personal injury, and loss of life.

LeTourneau equipment is designed to operate safely when all operating parameters are maintained. DO NOT
exceed the following Allowable % Grade parameters when operating the machine.

EMPTY BUCKET IN CARRY POSITION

Machine Position Travel Speed Limit Allowable % Grade

Fully Articulated / Slope Side to Side Creep (less than 1 mph) 10%
No Articulation / Slope Side to Side 2.5 mph 14%
No Articulation / Fore and Aft 2.5 mph 20%

EMPTY BUCKET IN RAISED POSITION

Machine Position Travel Speed Limit Allowable % Grade

Fully Articulated / Slope Side to Side Creep (less than 1 mph) 10%
No Articulation / Slope Side to Side 2.5 mph 10%
No Articulation / Fore and Aft 2.5 mph 20%

OVERSPEED PREVENTION RECOMMENDATIONS

a. Observe actual grade conditions as compared to the grade/speed chart for both loaded and unloaded
conditions. The grade/speed chart is located inside the cab (refer to “TYPICAL GRADE/SPEED
CHART”).
b. Reduce speed PRIOR to descending a grade.
c. As a general rule, descend a grade no faster than what the machine will ascend the same grade with the
same load.
d. Promptly apply service brakes to slow the machine if an overspeed situation occurs.
e. Reduce speeds if operating on three motors. Never operate the machine on a grade with less than three
motors.

Due to variations in drive components, an example

grade/speed chart is shown here. Refer to the
grade/speed chart mounted in the operator’s cab for
accurate information.

Figure 43. TYPICAL GRADE/SPEED CHART

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-101
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

WALK-AROUND INSPECTION
It is essential for the operator to perform a walk-around inspection of the machine daily or pre-shift before
operating the machine in material handling operations. Anyone performing inspections or service to the
machine should read and understand the instructions in this Service Manual and the engine manufacturer’s
owner’s manual (available on engine manufacturer's website) before attempting to inspect or service the
machine.
Guidelines for performing the walk-around inspection are provided in the Section 02. The OPERATOR’S
DAILY OR PRE-SHIFT WALK-AROUND portion of the schedules should be used in the inspection of the
machine. An example check list is shown below. All scheduled lubrication and cleaning should be
incorporated into the walk-around inspection.

Service personnel should pay special attention to SAFETY IN MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS, located
in Section 02 and “SERVICE SWITCHES”, located in this section. All instructions provided in these
articles should be followed, as applicable.

DYNAMIC BRAKING
The service brakes and park brakes are back up systems for the dynamic braking system, which is the
machine’s primary braking system. Depressing the Service Brake Pedal activates the air-release service
brakes.
The primary function of the service brakes is to hold the machine while on grades or when in close proximity
to material hauling vehicles or for emergency stops. The service brakes are NOT intended to routinely stop
the machine during material handling operations. Use of the service brakes to routinely stop the machine
during material handling operations will result in rapid wear of the disc pads and rotors.

It is natural for operators to equate stopping the machine with stopping a highway vehicle, which
requires depressing the brake pedal to stop. Therefore, it is essential to train operators in the function
and capability of the machine’s dynamic braking system to avoid accelerated wear of the disc pads
and rotors.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-102 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

The function of the park brake is to hold the machine while parked. The park brake is applied with the
console-mounted switch. When the park brake or service brake is set, the propel is inhibited.

The operator should never leave the cab with the parking brakes released. Leaving the cab without
setting the Park Brakes could result in unplanned and uncontrolled movement of the machine. This
could cause loss of life, serious injury or property damage.
BUCKET ROLLBACK STOP BLOCKS AND BELL CRANK STOP BLOCKS
It is essential that the operator visually inspect the bucket rollback stop blocks and bell crank stop blocks as
part of the daily walk-around inspection. If the stop blocks are damaged, missing or excessively worn, they
must be replaced immediately or damage to the lift arms and other components could occur (refer to
“BUCKET ROLLBACK AND BELL CRANK STOP BLOCK INSPECTION” and bucket rollback and bell crank
stop block replacement procedures, located in Section 3, MECHANICAL, STRUCTURAL, of the Service
Manual).

A) BUCKET ROLLBACK STOP BLOCKS B) BELLCRANK STOP BLOCKS

1. SHIM 4. LOCKWASHER
2. SHIM 5. CAPSCREW
3. STOP BLOCK

Figure 44. BUCKET ROLLBACK AND BELL CRANK STOP BLOCK INSPECTION

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-103
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

BASIC MACHINE OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS NON-MATERIAL

HANDLING OPERATIONS
The following instructions are for the basic operations of the controls and engine start up and shut down (non-
material handling operation). It is ESSENTIAL for operators of the loader to read and understand all
instructions contained in this Service Manual pertaining to machine operation and safety before operating the
loader. We especially draw the reader’s attention to the information contained in Section 1. The engine
manufacturer’s owner’s manual(s) (available on the manufacturer’s website) should also be reviewed for any
special instructions pertaining to operation and maintenance of the engine. These instructions cover various
options that may or may not be found on your machine.
If there are ANY questions after reading the instructions contained in this Service Manual and the engine
manufacturer’s owners manual(s), call a LeTourneau Technologies distributor or the engine manufacturer’s
local authorized service center to have the problems resolved BEFORE operating the machine.

Before starting the engine, ensure the machine is in a place that is safe for operations. The machine
should be on a level area, and all personnel and equipment must be clear of the area. After the
starting procedures and observations have been made, and it is determined the loader is safe to
operate, it can be moved.

Use of the machine in material handling operations is covered within this section entitled “BASIC
MACHINE OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS MATERIAL HANDLING OPERATIONS”.
PRE-STARTING PROCEDURES
Perform the following procedures before starting the engine (refer to “CAB CONTROL CONSOLE”):

If the machine will be moved following starting the engine, BE SURE the safety link has been removed
and secured before starting the engine. Moving the machine with the safety link in the locked position
could cause serious machine damage.
a. Adjust the operator’s seat to a comfortable position to safely operate the controls. Make sure that the seat
is adjusted so that your right foot reaches the speed control pedal, whereby you can FULLY RELEASE
the pedal as well as press the pedal down.
b. Fasten and adjust the seat belt.
c. Place the directional switch in the neutral (center) position. The switch must be in the neutral position to
start the engine.
d. Check that the park brake is in the park (PRESSED IN) position.
e. Place the Throttle Switch in the LOW position.
f. Turn the Key Switch/Crank Switch to the ON position. If no faults are present which would inhibit the start
function, the engine is ready to be started. If a problem exists which will inhibit the start function, a
message indicating the nature of the problem appears on the screen (if it is booted up).

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-104 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

STARTING THE ENGINE

After the above measures are taken, the engine is ready to start.

ALWAYS sound the horn for 2-3 seconds prior to starting the engine to alert personnel on the
machine or in close proximity to it that the engine is about to start. Allow at least 30 seconds for them
to clear the area before starting the engine. Check wing mirrors and all sides of machine from your
seat. If the horn is inoperable (see the following NOTE), dismount the machine, and walk around it to
be sure no one is on the machine or in close proximity to it before starting the engine. Always use all
local startup procedures before starting the machine.

Compressed air system pressure powers the horn and the park brake. Air pressure may, on occasion,
bleed off after the loader has been parked overnight. This will result in the horn being inoperable until
the engine is started, which provides compressed air system pressure.
STARTING DETROIT DIESEL EQUIPPED MACHINES
Turn the Key Switch/Crank Switch firmly to the START position. If the engine fails to start within 20 seconds,
release the Key Switch/Crank Switch and allow the starting motor to cool at least two minutes before trying to
start again. If the engine fails to start after four attempts, an inspection should be made to determine the
cause. Refer to the two CAUTIONS listed below.
STARTING CUMMINS ENGINE-EQUIPPED MACHINES

Cummins engines utilize a pre-lube system, which builds up the engine oil pressure prior to starting
the engine. The Key Switch/Crank Switch must be held in the START position while the pre-lube
system is in operation. Cummins engines WILL NOT start immediately when the Key Switch/Crank
Switch is turned to the START position.
Turn the Key Switch/Crank Switch firmly to the START position. This will energize the pre-lube timer solenoid
that supplies 24 VDC to the lower starter motor. This supply rotates the starter motor without engaging the
Bendix. When the oil pressure reaches 4 psi, the pre-lube timer solenoid turns off the pre-lube starter motor
and after a three-second delay, will allow the normal start circuit to function.
If the engine fails to start within 20 seconds, release the Key Switch/Crank Switch and allow the starting
motor to cool at least two minutes before trying to start again. If the engine fails to start after four attempts, an
inspection should be made to determine the cause.

To prevent serious damage to the starter, if the engine does not start, DO NOT turn the Key
Switch/Crank Switch to the START position again while the starter motor is still running.

Observe the oil pressure gauge immediately after starting the engine. If there is no oil pressure
indicated within 10 to 15 seconds, stop the engine and check the lubricating system.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-105
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

AFTER STARTING THE ENGINE

a. Run the engine at the low throttle position with no load for approximately five minutes, allowing it to
warm up before applying a load.

During cold weather starts, the engine should be warmed up at least 10 minutes or until the engine
temperature gauge indicates at least +120ºF (49ºC). Normal operating engine coolant temperature is
+160ºF to +190ºF (71ºC to 88ºC).
b. Check all instruments and indicator lights. For operation of the motor and machine, the following must
be true:
1. Alarm/Warning lights should be off.
2. The water temperature gauge should read at least +120ºF (49ºC).
3. The oil pressure gauge should read at least 15 psi.
4. The air pressure gauge should read at least 110 psi.
c. Select hi throttle and recheck instruments and indicator lights.

During cold weather it may take more than 30 minutes operation for the hydraulic oil to reach its
normal operating temperature of 140ºF to 160ºF (60ºC to 71ºC).
OPERATING THE MACHINE (NON-MATERIAL HANDLING OPERATIONS)
After the starting procedures and observations above have been made, and it is determined the loader is safe
to operate, it can be moved.

The following instructions cover the basics of only moving and shutting down the machine. Use of
the machine in material handling operations is covered in detail in “BASIC MACHINE OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS MATERIAL HANDLING OPERATIONS”, located within this section.
a. Pull the hoist control joystick back to raise the bucket off the ground.
b. When the bucket rises to about three (3) feet high, return the hoist control joystick back to the center
position to stop movement of the lift arms.
c. Use the bucket control switch (roller switch) on the hoist joystick or pull the hoist joystick to the left to roll
back the bucket. Release the bucket control switch (roller switch) or move the joystick back to center
when the bucket reaches the full rollback position.

It is recommended that the bucket be three to four feet off the ground and rolled back when the
machine is traveling. Bucket angle can be verified by checking the bucket angle gauge on the
production data screen, on the computer monitor (refer to illustration "CAB CONTROL CONSOLE").
d. Release the park brakes by pulling the parking brake control OUT.

The park brakes cannot be released until compressed air system pressure has reached about 110 psi
on the air pressure gauge.
e. Move the directional control switch to the desired position.
f. SLOWLY press the speed control pedal and steer the loader slightly left and right to make sure the
steering system is operating normally.

The speed of the machine is proportional to the amount the speed control pedal is depressed.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-106 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

g. Immediately after traveling 10 to 15 feet, release the speed control pedal to determine that dynamic
braking is occurring. The machine should come to a complete stop on level ground.
h. Test the service brake pedal. Press the speed control to operate the machine to approximately 5 mph.
Slowly release the speed control.

Always depress and release the speed control pedal slowly and smoothly. Abrupt movement of the
speed control pedal will result in a sudden response from the loader’s drive motors. Sudden and
complete release of the speed control pedal will apply full dynamic braking. When the loader is on a
grade, it will not come to a full stop until the Service Brake pedal is applied.

The service brake pedal should NOT routinely be used to stop the loader during normal operation.
The loader should be stopped by releasing the speed control pedal and utilizing the dynamic braking
system. Use of the service brakes to routinely stop the loader during material handling operations will
result in accelerated wear of the disc pads and rotors.
However, when required, auxiliary/service brakes could be used to prevent movement of the loader
while in close proximity to a transport vehicle or to hold the loader on a grade.
CHANGING DIRECTIONS (FORWARD AND REVERSE)
The machine’s direction, FORWARD or REVERSE, can be selected without releasing the speed control
pedal. Once the directional control switch is moved to the opposite direction, the machine’s control system
automatically applies dynamic braking, slows the machine to a complete stop and then changes the
machine’s direction. While this change of direction is being processed by the control system, the speed
control pedal can remain fully depressed. This will ensure cycle times are maximized and there is no wasted
time selecting direction.
NORMAL SHUTDOWN PROCEDURES
After operation of the machine, or if the machine will be left unattended, the following procedures should be
followed for normal shutdown:
a. Move the machine to the desired location.
b. Position the bucket, level on the ground.
c. Push the parking brake switch IN to engage the park brake.
d. Move the directional control switch to the neutral (center) position.
e. Select low throttle.
f. Turn the Key Switch/Crank Switch to the OFF position.
g. Turn the Key Switch/Crank Switch to the OFF position.
 If the engine has been running for a set period of time, turning the Key Switch/Crank Switch to the
OFF position activates the idle timer,
 The idle timer allows the engine to run at low throttle for five minutes to cool various components
including the engine turbochargers.
 The LINCS II Computer System remains booted up during the idle timer shutdown process.
 When the idle timer is activated, the computer monitor provides a screen indicating the idle timer is
operating.
 After five minutes, the engine fuel flow to the injectors is stopped, which stops the engine.
 The LINCS II Computer System remains booted up for an additional 15 seconds. During this 15-
second interval, the Key Switch/Crank Switch can be switched back to the ON position and the
LINCS II Computer System will remain booted up.
 This function saves waiting the normal boot-up time to complete service work, data
transmission, etc.
 If the Key Switch/Crank Switch is not switched back to the ON position during the 15-second
interval, the LINCS II Computer System switches off and the monitor turns off.
 If the Key Switch/Crank Switch is turned back to the ON position to keep the LINCS II Computer

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-107
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

System booted up, turning it back to the OFF position immediately boots the computer system
down.

The idle timer can be bypassed by pressing and holding the acknowledge button for 2 seconds
during the idle timer process. This will immediately shut down the engine and LINCS II Computer
System. Bypassing the idle timer can cause damage to the turbochargers. Shutting the engine down
immediately should only be done in emergency situations.
EMERGENCY SHUTDOWN
The operator’s cab is equipped with an emergency stop button for use in emergency situations. Emergency
stop switches are also located at ground level on each side of the loader. These switches should NEVER be
used for routine shutdown of the engine as damage to components could occur. They should only be used in
emergency situations. Following their use, a complete inspection of the engine must be made by a qualified
technician to ensure no damage has occurred. When the emergency shut down system is actuated, air
pressure in the hydraulic reservoir is automatically released by the automatic air release valve, located on top
of the hydraulic reservoir. This valve must be manually reset by pushing the button on the switch IN to the
closed position.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-108 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

BASIC MACHINE OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS MATERIAL HANDLING

OPERATIONS
GENERAL MATERIAL HANDLING OPERATIONS AND PRECAUTIONS
The following instructions are for operating the loader in basic material handling operations. These
instructions are provided as a guide to safe and productive operations. Operating the loader under different
job situations may require additional measures than are described herein.
Before the loader is used in material handling operations, the operator(s) should have a good
understanding and demonstrated ability of the following:
a. All controls, warning and indicator lights, gauges, computer screen, and any special instructions
concerning engine start-up, operation and shutdown as provided in this manual and the engine
manufacturer’s owners manual.
b. Basic operation of the loader with regards to maneuvering, traveling, starting and stopping, changing
directions (forward/reverse) and hoist and bucket functions as described in “BASIC MACHINE
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS NON-MATERIAL HANDLING OPERATIONS”, located within this
section.
c. Operation of the loader to ensure mechanical components are operated and monitored in a manner that
will provide safe and cost effective material handling operations as described in “MECHANICAL
OPERATING CONCERNS”, located within this section of the manual.
d. The safety instructions contained within this Manual and knowledge of company safety policy in regards
to operating the loader in material handling operations.
e. Knowledge of the job site and terrain to ensure safe machine operation to avoid damage to the loader or
vehicles being loaded.
It is ESSENTIAL to observe the following operating practices and precautions to prevent damage to the
loader and vehicles being loaded:
Know the material to be loaded. Overloading the bucket can damage the lift arms, main frame, and hydraulic
equipment.
NEVER try to raise an overloaded bucket to additional height by bouncing it.
NEVER let any part of the loader touch any part of the truck or hopper being loaded.
NEVER use the loader as a dozer; it is not designed as a dozer.
NEVER jack the loader up by using the bucket and lift arms.
When traveling pit-to-pit, shop-to-pit, pit-to-shop, etc., the loader bucket should be carried three (3) to four (4)
feet off the ground in a full rollback position.

Do not corner load the bucket. Damage to the lift arms could occur. In all bucket-loading cycles,
approach the face or stockpile with the bucket square and the loader straight (not articulated). The
bucket should always be loaded close to the ground.

As the loader bucket enters or exits the pile, do not spin or bounce the tires. Spinning the tires could
cause serious damage to the drivers and traction motors.

NEVER enter the pile at full speed. This can cause serious damage to the traction motors, drivers, lift
arms and bucket.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-109
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

LOADER OPERATION
SAFETY
The safe operation of LeTourneau equipment is always the number one priority. The operator must be
familiar with machine controls and comfortable operating the machine. A competent operator is an operator
who has received proper training and can safely AND efficiently operate the machine. All operators must be
able to focus on the task to be completed. The Operator must be familiar with all emergency features and
procedures of the LeTourneau machines. Safety is a behavior, not an excuse.
TRUCK PLACEMENT

Figure 45. TRUCK PLACEMENT

In years past, spotting trucks at a 45 degree angle was common practice. It was designed to allow operators
of steering wheel equipped loaders to change directions (or change gears) at key locations during the loading
cycle. With LeTourneau’s advanced dual joystick design, this is no longer an issue due to the fact the
operator never loses contact with any of the machines controls. This benefits operators of LeTourneau 50-
Series by greatly decreasing the amount of travel to and from the dig face to the truck.
Ideally, trucks should be spotted at 70 to 90 degrees to the dig face. This will ensure the loader doesn’t dig

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-110 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

behind the truck and promotes keeping the machine straight while digging.
CONTROLLING TRAFFIC
Pit traffic should enter the loader’s work area on the left side. However, there are special occasions where
this is not always applicable. The loader operator should spot trucks on the loader’s left side. By always
loading to the left side of the loader, traffic has a set pattern and traffic flow remains optimum. When a loader
operator continually switches from right-side loading to left-side loading, traffic becomes confused and
disorientated and time delays will occur between trucks. Consistency is the key factor in controlling traffic. As
the loaded truck leaves the loader, the next truck waiting should follow the loaded truck to begin placement of
the truck. When timed correctly, the truck spotting to get loaded, should be backing under the loaders bucket
just as the loader reaches his spotting target. Loader operators should ALWAYS be aware of environmental
surroundings. Keeping an eye on the walls and slopes and applying caution where needed is absolutely
necessary. Common sense should play a vital role in every operator’s day to day job performance. Never put
yourself or others into an unsafe situation.

Figure 46. TRUCK FLOW (RIGHT HAND TRUCK)

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-111
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

Figure 47. TRUCK FLOW (LEFT HAND TRUCK)

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-112 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

DIGGING THEORIES
There are many digging theories that have been utilized and institutionalized into protocol. The simple fact is,
every operator will develop their own style for different scenarios. Too many variables are encountered
throughout a day such that there is no perfect theory. However, some have advantages over others. The
most common is the practice of keeping a square dig face. One inherent problem with this theory is that while
digging on the left side and right side, uneven stress to the lift arms is added due to the resistance of the dig
face as well as the wall.
This theory of digging also leads to off side loading of trucks and breaks any consistency or rhythm the pit
traffic had. It also puts operators directly under the high wall or spoil pile that could have catastrophic results
in the event of a wall collapse or slough.

Figure 48. SQUARE DIG FACE

Circular digging addresses all of these issues and allows the pit traffic to remain constant and keeps
operators from paralleling high walls and spoil piles. Circular digging also allows machines to work in small
work areas by spreading the dig face into a more user friendly arc.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-113
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

Figure 49. CIRCULAR DIG FACE

OPERATION
Loading trucks is essentially repeating six steps;
1. Digging (filling the bucket)
2. Hoisting the bucket
3. Traveling to Destination (Truck, Hopper, etc.)
4. Dumping the Bucket
5. Lowering the Bucket (Float)
6. Travel back to Dig Face
Operators new to LeTourneau equipment should focus on completing each step flawlessly and then start to
blend step one with step two, step to with step three and so on. Form and smoothness should be the goals as
speed will follow. The Loader should never stop; thus becoming one flowing movement without jerkiness and
bouncing.
DIGGING
When approaching the bank, the bucket should be approximately 1” off the ground, and the loader ground
speed should be about 4 MPH. As the bucket engages the bank, begin to curl and lift the bucket. This
simultaneous action not only utilizes the hydraulic strength of the lift and curl cylinders, but also takes
advantage of the forward motion of the loader. The bucket section of the hydraulic system has priority over
the hoist so when the bucket is curled, the hoist will stop or slow noticeably. Use the speed control pedal to
provide sufficient power for proper penetration, but DO NOT allow the tires to spin. The bucket should always
be filled low in the bank. The bucket should be full, not over-full. The spill guard on the back of the bucket is to
protect from spillage off the back of the bucket while in forward motion. If this area is already full, material has
no place to go except over the back of the bucket, possibly damaging the machine or causing severe injury or
death to the operator.

1. HEAPED MATERIAL
2. SPILL GUARD CORRECT
3. END OF BUCKET SHEET
A. WRONG
B. CORRECT
Figure 50. BUCKET LOADING

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-114 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

HOISTING AND TRAVELING TO THE TRUCK

These two “steps” occur simultaneously in efficient loader operation. Once the bucket is full, begin to back
away from the loading face. As soon as the bucket is no longer engaged in the material, begin hoisting while
continuing to back out. Once backed out far enough, the machine should be brought to a smooth stop, shifted
to forward and forward motion resumed while the hoisting motion continues. Approach the truck slowly,
making sure the bucket is high enough to prevent contact of any kind between the loader bucket or arms and
the side rails on the truck. With the loader hoisting from the time the full bucket is obtained, the operator
should be in place at the truck and ready to dump as the bucket reaches the proper height. This requires
coordination and practice to achieve man and machine performing as one fluid movement.
DUMPING THE BUCKET
Once the bucket is over the truck bed, begin to dump the load. Dump the first load into the truck slowly to
prevent damage to the truck beds liners. This first bucket will act as bedding for the following buckets.
Depending on the Loader to Truck match, it may be necessary to level the bucket before pulling away from
the truck to ensure the bucket will not “rake” the bed rails of the truck. Do not allow any metal to metal contact
between the loader and the truck.
LOWERING THE BUCKET AND TRAVELING TO THE DIG FACE
Once the loader has backed away from the truck, begin lowering the bucket by selecting “back to dig”. This
allows the bucket to lower rapidly, but not in a free fall. The auto level feature will automatically level the
bucket for the operator. When timed properly, the loader bucket should be close enough to the ground that
hoist is ready to be applied. This takes practice and should not be expected with new operators. Note, if
spillage occurs, take the time to clean it while preparing to get the next bucket. Do not run over spillage as tire
damage will occur.
PIT FLOOR MAINTENANCE
Seasoned loader operators pride themselves on the floor they keep. It is easy to judge a loader operators skill
simply by looking at the floor they keep.
A simple way to keep a floor on grade and free of debris is to start on one side of the work area and utilize a
sweeping motion with the loader bucket. This will keep windrows to the outside of the arc. While the inside of
the bucket will follow the grade of the previous pass, the outside edge of the bucket will cut and fill as needed.
It may take several passes to fix a bad floor and with practice, can be accomplished while still loading trucks.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-115
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

Figure 51. PIT FLOOR MAINTENANCE

BUCKET OVERLOAD SITUATIONS

The operator should watch the hoisting of the day’s first bucket load as he/she approaches the truck to be
loaded. If the bucket stops before it reaches the normal top (refer to HOISTING THE LOAD, below) or stops
before rising past the required dump height of the sides of the truck, the bucket is overloaded. Overloading is
harmful to the loader.

If the bucket is loaded to 120% of rated capacity hoisting action is inhibited, the yellow light will
illuminate, the audible alarm will sound and the text screen indicating bucket overload will appear on
the computer monitor. The audible alarm can be silenced and the text message removed from the
screen by pressing the Acknowledge button. However, the yellow light will continue to illuminate.
If overloading occurs and the bucket stops, the operator must push the Hoist Joystick forward to lower the lift
arms and use the Bucket Control Switch or move the Hoist Joystick to the right to dump the bucket.
On the next cycle, the operator must not load as much material into the bucket as was in the previous load. If
this loaded bucket goes to the normal top without stopping, it is not critically overloaded. Properly loaded
buckets (not overloaded) reflect good work practice by the operator and results in reliable machine
performance.
The amount of material in the bucket can be monitored by checking the production data screen on the
computer monitor.

Should an overload cause the machine to tip forward while hoisting or transporting a load, DO NOT
PANIC! Lower the bucket to the ground and the machine will stabilize.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-116 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

The bucket for the loader is rated as follows.

These ratings are based on ISO standards.
DO NOT load material onto the spill guard as the bucket will be overloaded and this could damage the loader
and result in injury to the operator. The bucket should be loaded only to the bottom of the spill guard. Refer to
text titled “DIGGINGDIGGING” as described previously in this section.
MACHINE STANDARD LIFT LBS. HIGH LIFT LBS.

L-950 54,000 lbs. (24,494 kgs.) 48,000 lbs. (21,773 kgs.)

L-1150 76,000 lbs. (34,473 kgs.) 70,000 lbs. (31,751 kgs.)

L-1350 90,000 lbs. (40,823 kgs.) 84,000 lbs. (38,102 kgs.)

L-1850 120,000 lbs. (54,431 kgs.) 110,000 lbs. (49,895 kgs.)

L-2350 160,000 lbs. (72,574 kgs.) 150,000 lbs. (68,039 kgs.)

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-117
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

DOS and DON’TS

This section contains some specific DOs and DON’Ts that apply to the operation of the loader. Compliance
with the DOs and DON’Ts will be conducive to a longer operating life of the loader. Non-compliance could
cause damage to the loader and also endanger the operator. These DOs and DON’Ts do not cover all
possibilities but include those rules that are most frequently overlooked or violated.

DOS
DO - walk completely around the loader, making sure everything is clear, before starting to work.
DO – follow all local rules for starting the machine.
DO - warm up engine with Throttle Switch in the low position until the water temperature gauge indicates that
the engine coolant is at least +120ºF (49ºC) before pushing the Throttle Switch to hi throttle. This will increase
engine life (refer to engine manual).
DO - push the Throttle Switch to the low throttle, and let the engine run for several minutes before shutting
down. This will equalize engine temperature and increase engine life (refer to engine manual).
DO - depress speed control pedal slowly and smoothly to increase traction and travel speed. Release speed
control pedal slowly and smoothly to stop wheel spin, reduce traction, or stop the loader. Quick release will
apply full dynamic braking.
DO - enter pile slowly with speed control pedal almost completely released. Push down on pedal a little at a
time to maintain proper penetration into pile.
DO - use joystick controls slowly and smoothly to actuate bucket and hoist.
DO - release speed control pedal when digging in pile and hoist does not rise. Failure to rise indicates you
have applied too much traction.
DO - use turn signals when appropriate.
DO - move steering joystick smoothly when articulating the machine (turning). Jerking the joystick causes the
loader to jerk and spill its load.
DO - report any deficiencies or malfunctions to your foreman.
DO - watch out for other personnel and vehicles in the area.
DO - replace broken or lost bucket teeth immediately to prevent ruining the adapters.
DO - fill the fuel reservoir at the end of each shift. This will prevent condensation from contaminating the fuel.
An adequate fuel supply will prevent possible engine damage caused by erratic engine rpm when running low
on fuel.
DO - operate the loader from the operator’s seat only.
DO - wear seat belt.
DO - avoid sudden stops with a load.
DO - have defects repaired immediately.
DO - make sure mirrors are properly adjusted and clean.

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-118 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
CONTROLS AND OPERATION GENERATION2

DON’TS
DON’T - use service brakes when changing direction or for normal stopping. All normal braking must be done
by releasing the speed control pedal. The service brake may be used to hold the loader stationary, after
stopping with the speed control pedal. Only in emergency should the service brakes be used to stop the
loader.
DON’T - ram into pile. Ramming causes unnecessary shock to machine structures.
DON’T - use the bucket control switch from ROLLBACK to DUMP in an attempt to load the bucket. This
accomplishes very little except unnecessary wear and tear.
DON’T - hit truck hubs with the tires or truck beds with the lift arms or bucket.
DON’T - store fuel in a galvanized reservoir. Fuel oil reacts with the zinc coating to form powdery flakes,
which quickly clog fuel filters and strainers and damage fuel filters, strainers, fuel pumps and injectors.
DON’T - lift front wheels off the ground when lowering the bucket for parking. The park brakes lock the
wheels.
DON’T - allow riders while operating the loader, unless the cab is equipped with a training seat (only a single
rider allowed inside the cab with operator if so equipped).
DON’T - attempt to lift or transport loads in excess of rated capacity (refer to Section 01 of the Service
Manual for information on capacity).
DON’T - walk, stand, or work under an elevated load or empty bucket.
DON’T - ever leave the loader cab with the engine running. Follow complete machine shutdown procedures
before leaving the cab.
DON’T - leave the loader with the bucket elevated.
DON’T - transport a load with the bucket in a position that obstructs the operator’s vision.
DON’T - operate the loader within 10 feet of live power lines.
DON’T - service the fuel reservoir while the engine is hot or running.
DON’T - smoke while servicing the fuel reservoir.
DON’T - remove the hydraulic reservoir cap without first bleeding the air pressure from the reservoir.
DON’T - remove the engine radiator cap without first bleeding the air pressure from the system.
DON’T - jack the machine up with the bucket and lift arms.

SECTION 01-04.DOC r01 COPYRIGHT 2011

L-1150/1350/1850/2350 1-4-119
10/6/2011 LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION2 CONTROLS AND OPERATION

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

COPYRIGHT 2011 SECTION 01-04.DOC r01

1-4-120 L-1150/1350/1850/2350
LeTourneau Technologies™ 10/6/2011
 GO TO TOP OF DOCUMENT

QUICK REFERENCE DATA

SECTION 01-05

LeTourneau Technologies has made every effort to make this manual as accurate as possible based on the
information available at the time of publication and printing. Continuous improvement and advancement of
product design may cause changes to machines which may not have been included in this publication.
LeTourneau Technologies reserves the right to make changes and improvements at any time. To ensure the
most current information, please contact your dealer representative.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIFICATION SHEET

SCHEMATICS

BOLT TORQUE CHART LOCATED IN SECTION TITLED ”GENERAL INFORMATION”

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-05 r00.
1-5-1
L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/11/2011
LeTourneau Technologies™
GENERATION 2 QUICK REFERENCE DATA

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

COPYRIGHT 2011
SECTION 01-05 r00.
1-5-2
LeTourneau Technologies™ L-1150/1350/1850/2350
10/11/2011
RETURN TO SERVICE MANUAL TOC RETURN TO STARTUP PAGE

GO TO QUICK REFERENCE DATA

SCHEMATICS,
DIAGRAMS & SPECIFICATIONS

L-1850 #220

Table of Contents
 Electrical Schematic
 Cab Wiring Diagram LINCS II
 HV Cabinet Schematic
 Front Frame Harness Group
 Rear Frame Harness Group
 Brake Controls Diagram
 Auto Lube
 Fluid Power Diagram
 Auxiliary Steering Diagram
 Auxiliary Hydraulic Oil Cooler
 Specifications
 GO TO SCHEMATICS TOC

MACHINE ELECTRICAL
SCHEMATICS
 NOTES

NOTE: If you have printed a page from the LEPS-LeTourneau Electronic Publication System-The page may not include all relevant data,
such as specifications, Warnings, Cautions or Notes that may be found elsewhere in the complete document or in other applicable service
information documents. Make sure you have read and understood all associated information before performing any maintenance on the
machine. It is the responsibility of the mechanic, repairman or inspector to understand the current instructions of the manufacturer and the
manuals, for the specific operation concerned.
LeTourneau Technologies © 2007 All Rights Reserved
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-1011 6-02 FL BAS BS
H H

Title Sheet
Table of Contents, Notes……………… 1
24V Electrics LEGEND NOTES:
Battery…………………………………... 2 1) COLOR CODE
Emergency Stop……………………..… 2 C6-1
DO29 / DIGOUT3-8
PCP1-02 J4-2
SOL HU
J4-1 PCP1-08/12
BLUE: WIRE CODE
HIGH SIDE HOIST RAISE PILOT SOLENOID RED: CONNECTION PIN
Keyswitch……………………………..… 2 1 2
417-4782 (E5) MAGENTA: MODEL SPECIFIC

G Park Brake………………………….…… 2 G
Human Machine Interface (HMI) / 2) CROSS REFERENCE

VCU Interface / Touch Screen…..……… 3 (01239)

VCU / IO CARD CONNECTOR BREAKOUT BOX 3 PIN CONNECTIONS
Speed Control Pedal……………….…. 3 SEE PAGE 21 FOR FURTHER DETAILS J1-J8 SHEET NO. LINE NO.
Wipers……………………………..…… 3 COLUMN
VCU CONNECTOR PIN NUMBER BREAKOUT BOX 3 PIN CONNECTIONS PIN #
Cooling Pumps……………………..…… 3 PIN 1 - GND
3) GROUND SYMBOLS
Lights and Alarms………………..…..… 4 PIN 2 - SIGNAL
PIN 3 - 24V
INDICATES LED ON CHANNEL
Power Distribution……………..………. 5 SEE PAGE 22 FOR FURTHER DETAILS
GROUND IN LVCC
HARNESS NAME / WIRE CODE
F
Dealer Options…………………….…… 6 CAB --- CAB FRAME GROUND F
I/O CHANNEL NAME AND NUMBER
Position Sensors……………………...… 6 LLC ---- LADDER LIGHT CONTROL
PCP --- PILOT CONTROL PANEL
Speed Sensors……………………..….. 6 I/O TYPE
FFR ---- FRONT FRAME
FPL ---- FRONT POLE LIGHT
4)
* SEE NOTE(S) AT
BOTTOM OF PAGE
Drive System Interface ………………… 6 SEE PAGE 21 FOR FURTHER DETAILS
MBR --- MIRROR BAR
KLZ ---- KLENZ
EST ---- EMERGENCY STOP 5) POWER FLOWS LEFT TO RIGHT
Spare I/O………………………..……..… 7 INTERFACE CARD CONNECTOR RFF ---- REAR FRAME FRONT - OUTPUTS ON LEFT
RFM --- REAR FRAME MIDDLE - INPUTS ON RIGHT
Blank Page…………………………….… 8 DIG: DIGITAL INTERFACE (425-9228)
ALG: ANALOG INTERFACE (425-9224)
EIC ---- ENGINE INTERFACE CABINET
RAX --- REAR AXLE
CAN ESD: ESTOP INTERFACE (425-9226)
IN: INPUT
DCP --- DRIVE COOLING PUMP 6) MACHINE STATE:
- BATTERIES ISOLATED
RCL --- REAR COWL
Keypad, Joysticks……………………… 9 OUT: OUTPUT
PWR: POWER
CSP --- CONTROL SWITCH PANEL - STARTER ISOLATED
SRC --- SR CABINET - E-STOP NOT PRESSED
Engine / Cooling Pump………………… 9 GND: GROUND
- PARK BRAKES ENGAGED
E HARNESS PINS / WIRE - ALL LIGHTS OFF E
Drive System…………………………… 9 CONNECTOR PIN NUMBER "/" INDICATES TWO PINS / WIRES ARE USED - LADDER DOWN
PINS 08/12 - GND - KEYSWITCHES OFF
Air PINS 10/11 - 24V - KLENZ ENABLE
- FLUIDS FULL
Switches………………………………..… 10 MAIN COMPONENT DETAIL - FUSES NOT BLOWN
Transducers…………………….……… 10 FUNCTION
- HV CABINET DOOR CLOSED
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Solenoids…………………………...….. 10 PART NUMBER FOR REFERENCE ONLY (SEE PARTS MANUAL FOR DETAILS)

Heaters………………………...……….. 10 PART LOCATION

Hydraulics SEE FRAME LOCATION MAP ON PAGE 19

Switches………………………..………. 11
D D
Transducers…………………………...… 11
Solenoids……………………………...… 11 EXAMPLE CIRCUIT
Steering.……..…………...………..…..… 11
Ladder………………………………….. 11 SEE CONNECTOR
COLOR CODES PAGE 23
SEE CONNECTOR COLOR CODES PAGE 23
12 PIN
Blank Page…………………………...… 12 3 PIN LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL CABINET (LVCC)
PCP1-08/12 (J4-1)
Engine SOL HU GRN GND
PCP1-02 (J4-2) LLC1 CAB5 CAB3 CAB1
PCP1-02
WHT/BLK DIGOUT3-8
DDEC IV & ADEC……………………… 13 2 1 BLK SIG
PCP1-10/11 (J4-3) ESTOP CAB6 CAB4 CAB2
DIGOUT1 1 DIGPWR 1 DIGOUT2 1

ESD2
Cummins QSK30 & QST38…………… 14 INTERFACE
5V
WHT 24V
DIGOUT3 1
DIGOUT5 1

CARD

DIGIN3
5V_FP
DIGOUT4 1

1
C C
Blank Page……………………………..… 15 J1 J2

1
ESD1
J3 J4
16

DIGIN2

DI LEDs
Climate Control…………………………. SEE BREAKOUT BOX PAGE 24 1 ESD3

1
J5 J6

1
Component Options CABLE PCP1 J4
MBR1 KLZ1 FPL1 FFR1 PCP1 DIGITAL INTERFACE

DIGIN1
J7 J8 CARD
P1

Auxiliary Steer………………………….. 17
DO LEDs
MBR2 EST1 FPL2 FFR2 PCP2

1
DIGCAN
Auxiliary Oil Cooler……………………… 17
15V CAN3
CAN2
CARD4 CARD5 CARD6 CAN1

1
Clamshell………………...……………… 17 C6-8
CAN0

CABLE PCP1
Rear Vision Camera………………...… 17 PCP1-10
V1

CONTROL UNIT
C

RAX1 EIC1 RFF5 RFF3 RFF1

24V
V2
C

BEHIND CABINET

VEHICLE
RED

(VCU)
VEHICLE CONTROL
Heaters (Cold Climate)………………... 17 DCP1 EIC3 RFM1 RFF4 RFF2 PCP1-11
WHT
UNIT (VCU)
B B
Blank Page………………………...…..… 18 CARD2 CARD3

Frame Location Map…………………… 19 PCP1-08

BLK/WHT
ANALOG INTERFACE
PCP1-12
Reference Information 0 SRC2 CSP1 RCL1
BLK 1 ALGIN1
1 ALGIN2 1 ALGIN3
1 ALGIN4 CARD

Wire Location Chart………….………..… 20 GND DCP2 SRC1 RCL2

1

ALG GND

Interface Cards / VCU……...…………… 21

Digital Interface Card Status LEDs.…… 22 1
LVCC Connectors………….………...… 23 SERIAL NO. L11502205 & UP THIS DRAWING AND ALL
DATA THEREIN IS THE
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:
• DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES & APPLY BEFORE
FIRST USED ON/CONTRACT NO
L1150, L1350, L1850 & L2350 LeTourneau Technologies™
PLATING OR FINISH COATINGS.

Common Cables……………………..… 23
PROPERTY OF LETOURNEAU DWN DATE

L13502202 & UP
• TOLERANCES ON: ANGLES ±1°
TECHNOLOGIES. IT IS flovett 5-27-2011
CONFIDENTIAL AND MUST FRACTIONS ±1/16
NOT BE COPIED. IT IS CHK
.XX DECIMAL ±.03 BAS
Connector Color Codes………………… 23
6-02-2011
A LOANED SUBJECT TO
ELECTRIC SCHEMATIC LINCS II A
L18502201 & UP
.XXX DECIMAL ±.015
RETURN UPON DEMAND ENGR
AND IS NOT TO BE USED • MACHINED CORNERS 1/64 X 45°
IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL • WELD PROPERTIES SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM

Breakout Boxes.……….……………..… 24
PROD ENGR

L23502201 & UP
TO OUR INTEREST. REQUIREMENTS OF THE BASE MATERIAL. BS 6-02-2010
SIZE DWG NO. REV

+ 4266282
INTERPRET DIM & TOL PROJ APPROVAL
00
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
PER LETOURNEAU DO NOT SCALE
SPEC 1650.00. MATL
SCALE NONE EST WT SHEET 1 OF 24

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS

24V ELECTRICS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-1011 6-02 FL BAS BS
H H

BATTERY KEYSWITCH
02101 02201

02102 02202

DO3 / DIGOUT1-10 DO3 TB 1

02103 BATTERY CHARGING SOCKET 02203 C5-7
HIGH SIDE IGNITION KEEP ALIVE OUTPUT
416-3355 (D1)
TB 1
02104 02204
BATT 1 BATT 2 TB 1 CR KS
3B GND KEYSWITCH RELAY
02105 BATTERY 1 & 2 02205 426-0950 (D4)
85 86
(02223)
02106 02206
BATT 3 BATT 4
02107 BATTERY 3 & 4 02207 KEYSWITCH
G SW KS 423-2229 (B4) G
DI7 DI7 / DIGIN1-7
02108 02208 (04203) CAB2-01 CAB2-04
STANDARD C4-7 KEYSWITCH IGNITION
BATTERY ISOLATION SWITCH 1 2
SW BI 426-7269 (D1) 423-2223 (B4)
02109 LT BI 02209

0 FU 201 2 FU 201 425-9237 (E2) 3 DI6 / DIGIN1-6 KEYSWITCH CRANK SWITCH

02110 LT BI 424-0049 (D1) 02210 CAB2-05
STANDARD C4-6 423-2243 (B4)
150A + 4

02111 02211
STARTER ISOLATION SWITCH (02160)
SW SI
426-7268 (D1)
02112 LT SI 02212
TB 1
S-GND
02113 (13144) (13244) (14134) (14234) LT SI 424-0048 (D1) 02213
+ CR KA
2S FU 02 0B DO2 DO2 / DIGOUT1-11
0
02114 (13143) (13243) (14136) (14236) 02214 LOW SIDE C5-6 VCU / HMI KEEP ALIVE
85 86
10A 426-0950 (D4)
2 FU 202 (02220)
ALT
02115 (13157) (13257) (14157) (14257) FU 202 425-9237 (E2) 02215 TB 2
150A
F 02116
2
(11255) (13116) (13216) (14120) (14240) (17114) 02216 12K VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT F
(VCU)
0BA GND
02117 02217 V1 C VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT (VCU)
(D4)
02118 EMERGENCY STOP ESTOP INTFC CARD
(425-9226)
02218 (03101)
(03148)

TB 1
02119 02219
FU 01 CR KA CR HD
0 0A ESD3-1 0B 0BA GND
02120 02220 HMI DISPLAY POWER RELAY
10A 24V 30 87 85 86
426-0950 (D4)
(02214) (03103)
02121 TB 2 02221
D3 413-5968 (D4)
D3 TB 1
12K 0A ESD3-2
02122 02222
24V
CR KS TB 1 CR MP
0B 0BB1 0BC GND
02123 02223 MASTER POWER RELAY
30 87 85 86
426-0950 (D4)
SW ES1 DI23 / DIGIN2-11 (02205) (02226)
0A ESD1-1 ESD2-1 DI23
02124 EST1-10 J5-3 J5-2 EST1-03
STANDARD C4-26 CAB E-STOP SWITCH 02224
E 1 2 ESTOP1 ESTOP1-READ 426-5219 (B5) E
TB 1
02125 02225
CR MP CR K1
0A SW ES2 ESD1-2 ESD2-2 DI24 DI24 / DIGIN2-12 0B 0BD 0BD GND
02126 EST1-11 J3-3 J3-2 EST1-09
STANDARD C4-27 HV CABINET E-STOP SWITCH 02226 KEYSWITCH POWER RELAY 1
1 2 ESTOP2 ESTOP2-READ 425-7631 (C4) 30 87 85 86
411-9992 (D4)
(02223) (06118)
02127 02227
CR K2
SW ES3 ESD1-3 ESD2-3 DI25 DI25 / DIGIN3-1 0BD GND
02128 J4-3 J4-2 EST1-02
STANDARD C4-30 HYD RESERVOIR E-STOP SWITCH 02228 KEYWSITCH POWER RELAY 2
1 2 ESTOP3 ESTOP3-READ 425-7631 (F4)
85 86
411-9992 (D4)
(05203)
02129 02229
CR K3
SW ES4 ESD1-4 ESD2-4 DI27 DI27 / DIGIN3-3 0BD GND
02130 J1-3 J1-2 EST1-07
STANDARD C4-32 RIGHT REAR E-STOP SWITCH 02230 KEYWSITCH POWER RELAY 3
1 2 ESTOP4 ESTOP4-READ 425-7631 (E1)
85 86
411-9992 (D4)
(05228)
02131 02231
CR K5
SW ES5 ESD1-5 ESD2-5 DI26 DI26 / DIGIN3-2 0BD GND
02132 J2-3 J2-2 EST1-01
STANDARD C4-31 LEFT REAR E-STOP SWITCH 02232 KEYWSITCH POWER RELAY 5
1 2 ESTOP5 ESTOP5-READ 425-7631 (D1)
85 86
411-9992 (D4)
(05247)
D 02133 02233
D
TB 1
0A ESD1-6 ESD2-6
02134 02234
ESTOP6 ESTOP6-READ
CR K4
0BD DO24 DO24 / DIGOUT2-1 DRIVE SWITCH POWER OUTPUT
02135 02235 LOW SIDE C5-33 KEYSWITCH POWER RELAY 4
85 86
(06215) (06217) 426-0950 (D4)
0A ESD1-7 ESD2-7
02136 02236
ESTOP7 ESTOP7-READ
02137 02237

0A ESD1-8 ESD2-8 0BD

02138 02238 (05123) 24V CAN
ESTOP8 ESTOP8-READ
02139 02239
PS FS DI31 / DIGIN3-7 TB 1
ESD1-9 ESD2-9 DI31
02140 EST1-08/12 J6-1 J6-2 EST1-04
STANDARD C4-36 FIRE SYSTEM STATUS 02240
1 3 FIRE SYS FIRE SYS-READ (D4) CR ES CR DP
0B 0BB 0BB DO23 DO23 / DIGOUT2-3
02141 02241 LOW SIDE C5-32 DIGITAL OUTPUT POWER
C 30 87 85 86
411-9992 (D4) C
(02144) (05107)
02142 02242

0BB
02143 02243 (06221) 24V GENERATOR CONVERTERS
CR ES
0A 0AB ESD3-5 ESD2-10 E-STOP RELAY
02144 426-0950 (D4) 02244
85 86 ESTOP RLY ESTOP RLY-READ
(02241)
02145 02245

02146 02246 PARK BRAKE

02147 02247
CR HT
0A 0AA ESD3-6 ESD2-11 HYD TANK VENT VALVE RELAY
02148 426-0950 (D4) 02248
85 86 HYD RLY HYD RLY-READ
(02158) CR PI
DO8 / DIGOUT1-5 DO8 GND
02149 02249 C5-14
HIGH SIDE PARK BRAKE INTERLOCK OUTPUT
85 86
426-0950 (D4)
(02252)
B 02150
ESD1-10 GND
02250 B
GND
TB 1
02151 02251
PARK BRAKE SWITCH
SW PB CR PI CR PB
ESD2-12 DI8 13B GND 426-5193 (B4)
02152 02252 (04203) CAB2-01 CAB2-02 PARK BRAKE RELAY DRIVE
GND 1 2 30 87 85 86
426-0950 (D4)
(02249) (10226)
02153 02253

ESD3-3 GND
02154 02254
GND
DI8 DI8 / DIGIN1-8
02155 02255 STANDARD C4-8 PARK BRAKE SWITCH

ESD3-4
02156 02256
GND
02157 02257
CR HT SOL TD
0 FU 10 0H
02158 RFF1-01 J2-2 J2-1 RFF1-08/12 HYD TANK DUMP 02258
A
02159
10A 30 87
(02148)
1 2 426-1177 (E4)
02259
2 A
TB 2
ELECTRIC SCHEMATIC LINCS II SIZE DWG NO. REV

02160
(02211)
12K (10221) 02260
DRAWN flovett E DO NOT SCALE 4266282 00
ISSUED 5-27-2011 SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 2 OF 24

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS

24V ELECTRICS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-1011 6-02 FL BAS BS
H H

HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE (HMI) SPEED CONTROL PEDAL

03101 03201
(02218) (03109)

03102 CONVERTER DISPLAY 03202

SPD CTRL PEDAL
FU 06 CR HD FU 104 (426-8335) (426-5199)
0 0E1 0E1A 0E1B DIGPWR-1 AI1 / ALGIN1-1 SPD CONTROL PEDAL
03103 24+ 12+ CAB1-01 1 Backlight 2 CAB1-02 03203 +5V_FP CAB1-12 CAB1-11 C2-1 425-9998 (B4)
10A 30 87 5A C B 0-40V
(02220)
03104 TB 2 TB 2 24- 12- 6 Video Board 7 03204
(03115)
12K 12K A
03105 03205

HMI DIGPWR-2
03106 03206 CAB1-09 FOOT PEDAL
(427-0183) GND - FP
FU 105
03107 CAB1-05 24V GND CAB1-06 03207
G 5A G
(03121)
03108 TB 2 03208

12K ETHERNET SW 03209

AI2 / ALGIN1-2
03109 CAB1-10 C2-2 SPD CONTROL PEDAL SUPPLY
(03201) (426-5750) 0-40V
03110 VI + VI - 03210

(03133)
03111 03211

03112 03212

03113 CAB 03213

WIPERS
03114 DISPLAY 03214
(426-5199)
CR FH
DO17 / DIGOUT2-10 DO17 GND FRONT WIPER HIGH
03115 USB 03215 C5-24
HIGH SIDE 426-0950 (D4)
85 86
(03226) (03228)
F 03116 VGA 03216
F
CR FL
(03103) DO18 / DIGOUT2-9 DO18 FRONT WIPER LOW
03117 03217 C5-25
HIGH SIDE 426-0950 (D4)
85 86
(03228) (03230)
426-8346
426-8348

03118 03218
CR RL
DO19 / DIGOUT2-8 DO19 GND REAR WIPER LOW OUTPUT
03119 03219 C5-26
HIGH SIDE 426-0950 (D4)
85 86
(03232) (03234)
03120 HMI 03220
(427-0183) MTR WF
DO14 / DIGOUT2-13 FRONT WASHER PUMP
03121 DVI 03221 C5-21
HIGH SIDE RFF5-07 J1-2 J1-1 RFF5-08/12 425-5182 (A5)
USB SVC
03122 USB1 PORT 03222
MTR WR
DO15 / DIGOUT2-12 REAR WASHER PUMP
03123 USB2 03223 C5-22
HIGH SIDE RFF5-09 J3-2 J3-1 RFF5-08/12 425-5182 (A5)
426-8346

03124 03224
E E
03125 03225
COM PORT ADAPTER FU 22 CR FH
(423-9844) 0 0Z
03126 IBN1-04 03226 CAB3-10
10A 30 87
DATA 4 IBUTTON (03215)
03127 COM1 03227 TB 2
GND 3 (423-9848) MTR FW
IBN1-03 CR FH CR FL
12K 0ZA H GND
03128 03228 CAB3-11 L FRONT WIPER MOTOR
30 87a 30 87 P 426-8500 (B4)
(03215) (03217)
03129 03229
CR FL
0ZA
03130 03230 CAB3-12
30 87a
ETHERNET SW
(426-5750) (03217)
03131 03231
MTR RW
3 4 ETHERNET CR RL
SERVICE H GND
03132 03232 CAB3-01 L REAR WIPER MOTOR
30 87 P 426-8497 (A4)
(03219)
D 03133 LAN2 1 2 03233
D
230-8193 230-8192
CR RL
(03110)
03134 03234 CAB3-02
30 87a
(03219)
03135 03235

03136 03236

03137 LAN1 03237

(03107)
426-4192
COOLING PUMPS
03138 03238 PUMP 1
(4 PIN)
P1-4 P1-2
03139 03239 (05118) DCP1-02 4 ENABLE GND 2 COOLING PUMP 1
426-7796 (D2)
03140 03240

0 FU 221 P1-3 P1-1

03141 03241 3 POWER ADDRESS 1 NC
C 25A C
(09118)
03142 03242 TB 2
426-4195

03143 03243 12K PUMP 2

(4 PIN)
P2-4 P2-2
03144 03244 4 ENABLE GND 2 COOLING PUMP 2
426-7796 (D2)
03145 03245
FU 222
03146
LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL CABINET 03246
0 P2-3
3 POWER ADDRESS 1
P2-1
(LVCC) 25A
(09118)
03147 03247 TB 2
426-4193 12K
03148 03248 PUMP 3
(PIN 4)
VEHICLE CONTROLLER P3-4 P3-2
03149 03249 4 ENABLE GND 2 COOLING PUMP 3
426-7796 (D2)
B 03150 03250
L1850, L2350 ONLY B
V1 FU 223
C 0 P3-3 P3-1
03151 V2
03251 3 POWER ADDRESS 1
C 25A 10K
(09118)
03152 03252 TB 2

03153 03253 12K

(04201)
03154 03254

DI34 / DIGIN3-10 DRIVE COOL RESERVOIR LEVEL SWITCH

03155 03255 (05231) RFM1-10/11 J8-3 J8-2 RFM1-06
PULL-UP C5-2 411-7627 (E2)
RED BLU
BLK
03156 03256

03157 03257 J8-1 RFM1-08/12

(02217)
03158 03258
A
03159 03259
3 A

ELECTRIC SCHEMATIC LINCS II SIZE DWG NO. REV

03160 03260
DRAWN flovett E DO NOT SCALE 4266282 00
ISSUED 5-27-2011 SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 3 OF 24

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS

24V ELECTRICS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-1011 6-02 FL BAS BS
H H

LIGHTS & ALARMS LIGHTS & ALARMS (CONT.)

04101 04201
(03253)

04102 04202
CR L1A FU 25
DO4 / DIGOUT1-9 DO4 GND 0 0X
04103 C5-8
HIGH SIDE POLE WORK LIGHTS LEFT 04203 CAB2-01 (02208) (02252)
85 86
426-0950 (D4) 10A
(04234)
04104 04204 TB 2 LT CA1
CR L1B SW CA1 CAB INTERIOR LIGHTS
12K SWRTN GND 424-5974 (A5)
04105 POLE WORK LIGHTS RIGHT 04205 CAB3-09
85 86
426-0950 (D4) 3 1 2 3 SW CA1 427-0329 (A4)
(04238)
04106 04206 LT CA2 SW CA2
CR L2 CAB INTERIOR LIGHTS
DO5 / DIGOUT1-8 DO5 GND 424-5974 (A4)
04107 C5-11
HIGH SIDE CAB LIGHT BAR LIGHTS LEFT 04207
G 85 86
426-0950 (D4) 3 1 SW CA2 426-8357 (A5) G
(04242)
04108 04208
SW CA3
CR L3
GND
04109 CAB LIGHT BAR LIGHTS RIGHT 04209 SW CA3 426-8357 (B4)
85 86
426-0950 (D4)
(04248)
04110 04210
CR L4 TB1
DO7 / DIGOUT1-6 DO7 GND
04111 C5-13
HIGH SIDE REAR COWL LIGHTS 04211 LADDER LIGHT CONTROL RELAY
85 86 SW LL1 0JA SW LL2
426-0950 (D4) CSP1-08 LLC1-01 CR LL 426-0950 (D4)
(04255) FU13 SW LL1 405-9189 (D1)
0 1 2 1 GND
04112 04212 CSP1-09 LLC1-02 SW LL2 425-3960 (A5)
5A 2 0JB 85 86
CSP1-12 LLC1-03 (04217)
3 4 3
04113 04213 TB 2
TB1
04114 04214 12K
LT AL1
SW ML CR ML MAINTENANCE LIGHT RELAY
DO9 / DIGOUT1-4 GND 426-0950 (D4)
04115 C5-15
HIGH SIDE CAB2-07 CAB2-06 RED ALARM LIGHT 04215 CSP1-07
+ 424-0170 (B5) 3 2 85 86 SW ML 403-1378 (D1)
(04221)
F 04116 04216
F
LT AL2 LT LL1
FU 14 CR LL
DO10 / DIGOUT1-3 0 0K 0KA
04117 C5-16
HIGH SIDE CAB2-08 YELLOW WARNING LIGHT 04217 MBR1-11 MBR1-12 LADDER LIGHT FRONT
+ 424-0171 (B4) 10A 30 87 2 1 425-8790 (A5)
ALM AU (04212)
04118 04218 TB 2 LT LL2
DO11 / DIGOUT1-2 CAB AUDIBLE ALARM 12K
04119 C5-17
HIGH SIDE CAB2-03 409-4849 (B4) 04219 RCL2-02 RCL2-01 LADDER LIGHT REAR
+ 2 1 425-8790 (D1)
04120 LT PB1 04220 LT MT1
FU 15 CR ML FU 109
DO16 / DIGOUT2-11 PARK BRAKE SWITCH LIGHT 0 0L 0LA 0LB
04121 C5-23
HIGH SIDE CAB2-09 (B4) 04221 FFR1-09 J3-2 J3-1 FFR1-08/12 MAINTENANCE LIGHT LEFT FRONT
X1 X2 10A 30 87 5A 2 1 425-8790 (D5)
(04215)
04122 04222 TB 2 TB 2 LT MT2

04123 04223 12K 12K FFR2-01 J2-2 J2-1 FFR2-08/12 MAINTENANCE LIGHT RIGHT FRONT
2 1 425-8790 (E5)
04124 04224
E LT TL1 LT MT3 E
DO37 / DIGOUT4-12 DO37 0LA FU 110 0LC
04125 C6-11
HIGH SIDE MBR1-01 MBR1-02 LEFT TURN SIGNAL FRONT 04225 RFM1-09 J3-2 J3-1 RFM1-08/12 MAINTENANCE LIGHT MIDDLE LEFT
1 2 426-4984 (B5) 5A 2 1 425-8790 (D4)
04126 LT TL2 04226 TB 2 LT MT4
RCL1-05/06 12K
04127 RCL1-10 RCL1-05 LEFT TURN SIGNAL REAR 04227 RFF2-02 J4-2 J4-1 RFF2-08/12 MAINTENANCE LIGHT MIDDLE RIGHT
3 1 425-3924 (D1) 2 1 425-8790 (D4)
04128 04228 LT MT5
0LA FU 111
04129 LT TR1 RCL1-06 04229 RCL1-08 RCL1-09 MAINTENANCE LIGHT LEFT REAR
5A 2 1 425-8790 (D2)
DO38 / DIGOUT4-11 DO38 LT MT6
04130 C6-12
HIGH SIDE MBR2-01 MBR2-02 RIGHT TURN SIGNAL FRONT 04230 TB 2
1 2 426-4984 (B4) MAINTENANCE LIGHT RIGHT REAR
12K 2 1 425-8790 (E2)
04131 LT TR2 04231 LT MT7
RCL1-05/06
04132 RCL1-03 RIGHT TURN SIGNAL REAR 04232 MAINTENANCE LIGHT RIGHT HOOD
3 1 425-3924 (E1) 2 1 425-8790 (E2)
D 04133 04233
D
LT TA1 LT FP1
FU 16 CR L1A
DO27 / DIGOUT3-10 0 0M 0MA
04134 C5-36
HIGH SIDE RCL1-04 TAIL LIGHT STOP LEFT 04234 FPL1-01 FPL1-02 POLE WORK LT (FLOOD) LEFT
3 1 424-5975 (D1) 15A 30 87 1 2 427-0214 (C5)
(04103)
04135 LT TA2 04235 TB 2 LT FP2

04136 TAIL LIGHT STOP RIGHT 04236 12K FPL1-03 FPL1-04 POLE WORK LT (WIDE FLOOD) LEFT
3 1 424-5975 (E1) 1 2 426-8632 (C5)
04137 LT BU1 04237 LT FP3
FU 17 CR L1B
DO58 / DIGOUT5-3 DO58 RCL1-05/06 0 0N 0NA
04138 C6-35
HIGH SIDE RCL1-07 BACKUP LIGHT LEFT 04238 FPL2-01 FPL2-02 POLE WORK LT (FLOOD) RIGHT
3 1 424-5974 (D1) 15A 30 87 1 2 427-0214 (F5)
(04105)
04139 LT BU2 04239 TB 2 LT FP4

04140 (17156) BACKUP LIGHT RIGHT 04240 12K FPL2-03 FPL2-04 POLE WORK LT (WIDE FLOOD) RIGHT
3 1 424-5974 (E1) 1 2 426-8632 (F5)
04141 ALM BU 04241
C CR L2
LT MB1 C
HW 0 FU 18 0P 0PA
04142 BACKUP ALARM 04242 MBR1-03 MBR1-04 CAB LIGHT BAR LT (WIDE FLOOD) LEFT
405-6055 (D1) 25A 30 87 1 2 426-8632 (B5)
(04107)
04143 04243 TB 2 LT MB2
DO35 / DIGOUT3-2 12K
04144 C6-7
HIGH SIDE MBR2-09 MBR2-10 BEACON (B4) 04244 MBR1-05 MBR1-06 CAB LIGHT BAR LT (FLOOD) LEFT
(OPT) 1 2 427-0214 (B5)
04145 04245 LT MB3

04146 04246 MBR1-07 MBR1-08 CAB LIGHT BAR LT (TRAP) LEFT

1 2 426-8631 (B5)
04147 04247 LT MB4
FU 19 CR L3
0 0R 0RA
04148 04248 MBR2-03 MBR2-04 CAB LIGHT BAR LT (WIDE FLOOD) RIGHT
25A 30 87 1 2 426-8632 (B4)
(04109)
04149 04249 TB 2 LT MB5
B 04150 04250 12K MBR2-05 MBR2-06 CAB LIGHT BAR LT (FLOOD) RIGHT B
1 2 427-0214 (B4)
04151 04251 LT MB6

04152 04252 MBR2-07 MBR2-08 CAB LIGHT BAR LT ((TRAP) RIGHT

1 2 426-8631 (B4)
04153 04253

04154 04254 LT RC1

FU 20 CR L4
0S 0SA
04155 04255 RCL1-11 RCL1-12 REAR COWL LT (WIDE FLOOD) LEFT
15A 30 87 1 2 426-8632 (D1)
(04111)
04156 04256 TB 2 LT RC2

04157 04257 12K RCL1-01 RCL1-02 REAR COWL LT (WIDE FLOOD) RIGHT
1 2 426-8632 (E1)
04158 04258
A
04159 04259
(05101)
4 A

ELECTRIC SCHEMATIC LINCS II SIZE DWG NO. REV

04160 04260
DRAWN flovett E DO NOT SCALE 4266282 00
ISSUED 5-27-2011 SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 4 OF 24

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS

24V ELECTRICS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-1011 6-02 FL BAS BS
H H

POWER DISTRIBUTION POWER DISTRIBUTION (CONT.)

05101 05201
(04258) (05126)

05102 05202
FU 23 CR K2 FU 120
0 AI4 / ALGIN1-4 0 0V 0VA 0VB FFR1-10/11
05103 C2-4 BATTERY 05203 FFR1-10 (10126) 10128) (11108) FRONT FRAME 1
0-40V 30A 30 87 10A BREAKOUT BOX
(02228)
05104 05204 TB 2 TB 2 FFR1-11

05105 05205 12K 12K

0VA FU 121 0VC FFR2-10/11

05106 05206 FFR2-10 (06134) (06138) (11112) (17135) FRONT FRAME 2
CR DP 10A BREAKOUT BOX
FU 07
0 0F 0FA 0FA DIGPWR-8
05107 05207 TB 2 FFR2-11
G 25A 30 87 24V G
(02241)
05108 TB 2 05208 12K

FU 122
12K DIGPWR-9 0VA 0VD PCP1-10/11
05109 05209 PCP1-10 (11119) PILOT CONTROL PANEL 1
24V 10A BREAKOUT BOX
05110 05210 TB 2 PCP1-11
FU 08
0 0FA DIGPWR-10 12K
05111 05211
25A 24V
0VA FU 123 0VE PCP2-10/11
05112 TB 2 05212 PCP2-10 (11123) (11125) (11127) (11129) PILOT CONTROL PANEL 2
10A BREAKOUT BOX
12K DIGPWR-11
05113 05213 TB 2 PCP2-11
24V
05114 05214 12K

FU 124
0FA DIGPWR-12 0VA 0VF RFF1-10/11
05115 05215 RFF1-10 (06130) (10138) (10221) (11103) REAR FRAME FRONT 1
24V 10A (11149) BREAKOUT BOX
F 05116 05216 TB 2 RFF1-11
F

05117 05217 12K

0FA 0VA FU 125 0VG RFF2-10/11

05118 DCP1-02 (03239) COOLING PUMPS ENABLE 05218 RFF2-10 (10240) (11233) (17103) REAR FRAME FRONT 2
10A BREAKOUT BOX
05119 05219 TB 2 RFF2-11

05120 05220 12K

0 FU 09 FU 126
0G DIGPWR-6 0VA 0VH RFF3-10/11
05121 05221 RFF3-10 (11131) (11133) (11135) (11137) REAR FRAME FRONT 3
10A 24V_BATT 10A (11141) (11143) (11145) BREAKOUT BOX
05122 TB 2 05222 TB 2 RFF3-11

12K 0BD DIGPWR-7 12K

05123 (02238) 05223
24V CAN
0VA FU 127 0VJ RFF4-10/11
05124 05224 RFF4-10 (06150) (10130) (10132) (11139) REAR FRAME FRONT 4
E 10A (11147) (11157) (11159) BREAKOUT BOX E
DIGPWR-3 GND
05125 05225 TB 2 RFF4-11
GND
05126 05226 12K
(05201)
DIGPWR-4
05127 05227
GND
FU 24 CR K3 FU 128
0 0W 0WA 0WB RFF5-10/11
05128 05228 RFF5-10 (10140) REAR FRAME FRONT 5
30A 30 87 10A BREAKOUT BOX
DIGPWR-5 GND (02230)
05129 05229 TB 2 TB 2 RFF5-11
GND
05130 05230 12K 12K

0WA FU 129 0WC RFM1-10/11

05131 05231 RFM1-10 (03255) (06152) (06126) (10109) REAR FRAME MIDDLE
10A (11151) BREAKOUT BOX
05132 05232 TB 2 RFM1-11

D 05133
ALG GND-1 GND
05233 12K D
GND
0WA FU 130 0WD RAX1-10/11
05134 05234 RAX1-10 (10134) (10136) (11114) REAR AXLE
10A BREAKOUT BOX
ALG GND-2 GND
05135 05235 TB 2 RAX1-11
GND
05136 05236 12K

0WA FU 131 0WE

05137 05237 CSP1-03 (10103) (11110) CONTROL SWITCH PANEL
10A
05138 05238 TB 2 CSP1-11 (11250)

05139 05239 12K

0WA FU 132 0WF

05140 05240 KLZ1-10 (10124) KLENZ
10A
05141 05241 TB 2 KLZ1-11 (10236)
C C
05142 05242 12K

0WA FU 133
05143 05243 EIC1-11 (13105) (13205) (14105) (14205) ENGINE INTERFACE CABINET
10A
05144 05244 TB 2

05145 05245 12K

05146 05246
FU 21 CR K5
0 0T 0TA
05147 05247 CAB4-01 (16103) CLIMATE CONTROL
30A 30 87
(02232)
05148 05248 TB 2

05149 05249 12K CAB4-03 (16105)

B 05150 05250 B

05151 05251 CAB4-05 (16122)

05152 05252 (06101)

05153 05253

05154 05254

05155 05255

05156 05256

05157 05257

05158 05258
A
05159 05259
5 A

ELECTRIC SCHEMATIC LINCS II SIZE DWG NO. REV

05160 05260
DRAWN flovett E DO NOT SCALE 4266282 00
ISSUED 5-27-2011 SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 5 OF 24

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS

24V ELECTRICS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-1011 6-02 FL BAS BS
H H

DEALER OPTIONS DRIVE SYSTEM INTERFACE

06101 06201
(05252)

06102 06202
MTR SS
0 FU 04 0D GND DI12 / DIGIN1-12
0D
06103
25A
CAB3-03 SEAT SUSPENSION 06203 (DRIVE SYSTEM )
* SRC1-01
STANDARD C4-14 HV CABINET DOOR SWITCH

06104 TB 2 06204
O'HD CONSOLE GND
06105 12K CAB3-06 LOCAL OPTIONS OVERHEAD CONSOLE 06205

06106 06206
DASH GND AI3 / ALGIN1-3
G
06107 LOCAL OPTIONS DASH 06207 (DRIVE SYSTEM )
* SRC1-04
0-40V
C2-3 HV BUS ISOLATION
G
06108 06208

06109 06209

06110 06210 (06121)

CONVERTER
(427-0219)
06111 (6 PIN UNUSED) 06211
FU27 (4 PIN) FU 102 FU 11
0 03 12V1 12V2 12V2 GND 0
06112
25A
1 4
15A
CAB1-03 12V POWER POINT
410-0796 (B5)
06212
10A
SRC1-05 (DRIVE SYSTEM )
* 24V MOTOR CONVERTERS

06113 TB 2 2 3 NC TB 2 CAB1-04 06213 TB 2

12K 12K GND 12K

06114 CAB3-05 12V POWER POINT 06214
410-0796 (B5) CR K4
0 FU 26 0Y
06115 CAB3-08 06215
10A 87 30
SRC1-03 (DRIVE SYSTEM )
* DRIVE SWITCH POWER OUTPUT
(02235)
F 06116 LOCAL OPTIONS OVERHEAD CONSOLE 06216 TB 2
F
CR K4
06117 LOCAL OPTIONS DASH 06217 12K
87a 30
FU 05 CR K1 (02235)
0 0E 0EA 0EA
06118 CAB3-04 LOCAL OPTION OVERHEAD CONSOLE 06218
20A 30 87
(02226)
06119 TB 2 CAB3-07 LOCAL OPTION DASH 06219
(10201)

06120 12K (17150) 06220

0BB
06121 (06210) 06221 (02243) SRC1-06 (DRIVE SYSTEM )
* 24V GENERATOR CONVERTERS

06122 06222

06123 06223

POSITION SENSORS
E
06124 06224 (DRIVE SYSTEM )
* SRC1-10
E
06125 06225
XDR FL FUEL LEVEL
AI38 / ALGIN3-6 LOW TO FULL
06126 (05231) RFM1-10/11 J6-3
5 4
J6-2 RFM1-04
4-20mA
C3-6 L950, L1150 426-5195
L1350,
(D2) 06226 (DRIVE SYSTEM )
* SRC1-11

06127 FRM L1850, L2350 427-0064 06227

06128 J6-1 RFM1-08/12 06228 (DRIVE SYSTEM )

* SRC1-12

06129 06229
XDR SA
AI21 / ALGIN2-5 STEER POSITION
06130 (05215) RFF1-10/11 J6-3 J6-2 RFF1-04 C2-24 0-120° 06230
1
BRN GRN
2 4-20mA
425-7857 (E4)
06131 06231
DRIVE SYSTEM SCHEMATIC
06132
WHT/YEL
J6-1 RFF1-08/12 06232
* MODEL PART NUMBER
3
D 06133 06233 L950 TBD D
XDR LA L1150 426-5101
AI13 / ALGIN1-13 LIFT ARM POSITION
06134 (05206) FFR2-10/11 J1-3
BRN GRN
J1-2 FFR2-07
4-20mA
C2-25 0-120° 06234 L1350 TBD
1 2 425-7857 (E5)
L1850, L2350 TBD
06135 06235

WHT/YEL
06136 J1-1 FFR2-08/12 06236 DRIVE SYSTEM CAN (09136)
3
06137 06237
XDR BA
AI14 / ALGIN1-14 BELLCRANK TO LIFT ARM
06138 (05206) FFR2-10/11 J3-3 J3-2 FFR2-09 C2-16 0-120° 06238
1
BRN GRN
2 4-20mA
425-7857 (E7)
06139 06239

WHT/YEL
06140 J3-1 FFR2-08/12 06240
3
06141 06241
C C
06142 06242

06143 06243

06144 06244

06145 06245

06146 06246

06147 06247
SPEED SENSORS
06148 06248

06149 06249
BLOWER
B 06150 (05224) RFF4-10/11 J7-3 J7-2 RFF4-05
DI2 / DIGIN1-2
C4-2 45 PULSES PER ROTATION 06250 B
FREQUENCY 426-7540 (D4)
06151 06251

DI3 / DIGIN1-3 RADIATOR FAN

06152 (05231) RFM1-10/11 J1-3 J1-2 RFM1-07 C4-3 60 PULSES PER ROTATION 06252
FREQUENCY 698-0376 (D1)
06153 06253

06154 06254

06155 06255

06156 06256

06157 06257

06158 06258
A
06159 06259
6 A

ELECTRIC SCHEMATIC LINCS II SIZE DWG NO. REV

06160 06260
DRAWN flovett E DO NOT SCALE 4266282 00
ISSUED 5-27-2011 SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 6 OF 24

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS

24V ELECTRICS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-1011 6-02 FL BAS BS
H H

07101 07201 07301

07102 SPARE I/O - ANALOG INPUT 07202 SPARE I/O ANALOG INPUT (CONT.) 07302 SPARE I/O DIGITAL OUTPUT
07103 07203 07303

07104 07204 07304

AI5 / ALGIN1-5 AI60 / ALGIN4-12 DO1 / DIGOUT1-13

07105 C2-5 UNUSED 07205 C3-33 UNUSED 07305 C5-5 UNUSED
0-40V 4-20mA LOW SIDE

07106 07206 07306

AI6 / ALGIN1-6 AI61 / ALGIN4-13 DO6 / DIGOUT1-7

07107 C2-6 UNUSED 07207 C3-34 UNUSED 07307 C5-12 RFF4-06 J8-2
G 0-40V 4-20mA HIGH SIDE G
07108 07208 07308

AI7 / ALGIN1-7 AI62 / ALGIN4-14 DO12 / DIGOUT1-1

07109 C2-7 UNUSED 07209 C3-35 UNUSED 07309 C5-18 UNUSED
0-40V 4-20mA HIGH SIDE

07110 07210 07310

AI8 / ALGIN1-8 AI63 /ALGIN4-15 DO13 / DIGOUT2-14

07111 C2-8 UNUSED 07211 C3-36 UNUSED 07311 C5-20 HIGH SIDE UNUSED
0-40V 4-20mA
07112 07212 07312

AI9 / ALGIN1-9 AI64 / ALGIN4-16 DO20 / DIGOUT2-7

07113 C2-11 UNUSED 07213 C3-37 UNUSED 07313 C5-27 UNUSED
0-40V 4-20mA HIGH SIDE

07114 07214 07314

DO26 / DIGOUT3-11
07115 07215 07315 C5-35 HIGH SIDE UNUSED

F 07116 07216 07316

F
AI40 / ALGIN3-8 DO28 / DIGOUT3-9
07117 J4-2 FFR2-02 C3-8 UNUSED 07217 07317 C5-37 HIGH SIDE UNUSED
4-20mA
07118 07218 07318

AI42 / ALGIN3-10 DO46 / DIGOUT4-3

07119 J8-2 PCP1-06 C3-12 UNUSED 07219 07319 C6-21 HIGH SIDE UNUSED
4-20mA
07120 07220 07320

AI44 / ALGIN3-12 DO47 / DIGOUT4-2

07121 J4-2 RFF5-02 C3-14 UNUSED 07221 07321 C6-22 HIGH SIDE UNUSED
4-20mA
07122 07222 07322

AI45 / ALGIN3-13 DO49 / DIGOUT5-12

07123 J6-2 RFF5-04 C3-15 UNUSED 07223 07323 C6-24 HIGH SIDE UNUSED
4-20mA

E
07124 07224 SPARE I/O DIGITAL INPUT 07324
E
AI46 /ALGIN3-14 DO55 / DIGOUT5-6
07125 C3-16 UNUSED 07225 07325 C6-32 HIGH SIDE UNUSED
4-20mA
07126 07226 07326

AI47 / ALGIN3-15 DI1 / DIGIN1-1 DO59 / DIGOUT5-2

07127 C3-17 UNUSED 07227 C4-1 UNUSED 07327 C6-36 UNUSED
4-20mA HMI POWER HIGH SIDE

07128 07228 07328

AI48 / ALGIN3-16 DI4 / DIGIN1-4

07129 C3-18 UNUSED 07229 C4-4 07329
4-20mA FREQUENCY UNUSED

07130 07230 07330

AI49 / ALGIN4-1 DI5 / DIGIN1-5 DIGOUT1-12

07131 C3-20 UNUSED 07231 STANDARD C4-5 UNUSED 07331 UNUSED
4-20mA LOW PWR
07132 07232 07332

D 07133
AI50 / ALGIN4-2
C3-21 UNUSED 07233
DI9 / DIGIN1-9
C4-11 UNUSED 07333
DIGOUT1-14
UNUSED
D
4-20mA STANDARD LOW PWR
07134 07234 07334

AI51 /ALGIN4-3 DI13 / DIGIN2-1 DIGOUT2-2

07135 C3-22 UNUSED 07235 STANDARD C4-15 UNUSED 07335 UNUSED
4-20mA LOW PWR
07136 07236 07336

AI52 / ALGIN4-4 DI16 / DIGIN2-4 DIGOUT2-4

07137 C3-23 UNUSED 07237 STANDARD C4-18 07337 UNUSED
4-20mA UNUSED LOW PWR
07138 07238 07338

AI53 / ALGIN4-5 DI17 / DIGIN2-5

07139 C3-24 UNUSED 07239 STANDARD C4-20 UNUSED 07339
4-20mA
07140 07240 07340

AI54 / ALGIN4-6 DI18 / DIGIN2-6

07141 C3-25 UNUSED 07241 STANDARD C4-21 UNUSED 07341
C 4-20mA C
07142 07242 07342

AI55 / ALGIN4-7 DI28 / DIGIN3-4

07143 C3-26 UNUSED 07243 STANDARD C4-33 UNUSED 07343
4-20mA
07144 07244 07344

AI56 / ALGIN4-8 DI30 / DIGIN3-6

07145 C3-27 UNUSED 07245 STANDARD C4-35 UNUSED 07345
4-20mA
07146 07246 07346

AI57 / ALGIN4-9 DI32 / DIGIN3-8

07147 C3-30 UNUSED 07247 STANDARD C4-37 UNUSED 07347
4-20mA
07148 07248 07348

AI58 / ALGIN4-10
07149 C3-31 UNUSED 07249 07349
4-20mA
B 07150 07250 07350 B
AI59 / ALGIN4-11
07151 C3-32 UNUSED 07251 07351
4-20mA
07152 07252 07352

07153 07253 07353

07154 07254 07354

07155 07255 07355

07156 07256 07356

07157 07257 07357

07158 07258 07358

A
07159 07259 07359
7 A

ELECTRIC SCHEMATIC LINCS II SIZE DWG NO. REV

07160 07260 07360

DRAWN flovett E DO NOT SCALE 4266282 00
ISSUED 5-27-2011 SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 7 OF 24

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-1011 6-02 FL BAS BS
H H

G G

F F

E E

BLANK

D D

C C

B B

A 8 A

ELECTRIC SCHEMATIC LINCS II SIZE DWG NO. REV

DRAWN flovett E DO NOT SCALE 4266282 00

ISSUED 5-27-2011 SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 8 OF 24

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS

CAN
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-1011 6-02 FL BAS BS
H H

KEYPAD JOYSTICK LEFT JOYSTICK RIGHT

09101
(426-4118) (426-5191) (426-5192)
CAB
09102
CAN 0 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
09103

09104 C7CAN0-2 DIGCAN-1 CAB5-05

CAN LOW
09105 120 RESISTOR
426-6254 (A4)
09106 C7CAN0-7 DIGCAN-2 CAB5-04
CAN HIGH
09107
G G
09108 C7CAN0-3 DIGCAN-3 CAB5-01
GND
09109

09110 CAB5-03

09111 C7CAN0-6

DIGCAN-4
09112 CAB5-02
24V CAN
09113

09114

09115 C7CAN0-9
+15V
* COOLING PUMP 3
COOLING PUMP 1 COOLING PUMP 2 (6 PIN) F
F 09116 (6 PIN) (6 PIN) (03251)
(03239) (03246) L1850, L2350 ONLY
09117
1 2 6 1 2 6 1 2 6
09118
ENGINE / COOLING PUMP
09119
CAN 1
09120

09121 C7CAN1-2 DIGCAN-5 EIC3-05

CAN LOW
EIC3-05
09122 (13138) (13238) (14131) (14231) RESISTOR
120 426-6254 (D2)
09123 C7CAN1-7 DIGCAN-6 EIC3-04
CAN HIGH
EIC3-04
09124 (13139) (13239) (14132) (14232)
E E
09125 C7CAN1-3 DIGCAN-7 EIC3-01
GND
EIC3-01
09126 (13140) (13240) (14133) (14233)

C7CAN1-6 DIGCAN-8
09127
24V CAN
09128

*
09129
+15V
09130 C7CAN1-9

09131

09132

D
DRIVE SYSTEM D
09133
CAN 2
09134

09135 C8CAN0-2 DIGCAN-9 SRC2-05 DRIVE SYSTEM INTERFACE

CAN LOW
DRIVE SYSTEM SCHEMATIC
09136
MODEL PART NUMBER
DIGCAN-10
09137 C8CAN0-7
CAN HIGH
SRC2-04 DRIVE SYSTEM INTERFACE L950 TBD
L1150 426-5101
09138
L1350 TBD
09139 C8CAN0-3 DIGCAN-11 SRC2-01 DRIVE SYSTEM INTERFACE L1850, L2350 TBD
GND
09140

DIGCAN-12
09141 C8CAN0-6
C 24V CAN C
09142

*
09143
+15V
09144 C8CAN0-9

09145

09146

09147
SPARE CAN
09148
CAN 3
09149

B 09150 C8CAN1-2 DIGCAN-13 DCP2-05 B

CAN LOW
09151

09152 C8CAN1-7 DIGCAN-14 DCP2-04

CAN HIGH
09153

09154 C8CAN1-3 DIGCAN-15 DCP2-01

GND
09155

DIGCAN-16
09156 C8CAN1-6
24V CAN
09157

09158
A
09159 C8CAN1-9
+15V
* 9 A

09160 * +15V SUPPLIED FROM DIGITAL INTERFACE CARD ELECTRIC SCHEMATIC LINCS II
DRAWN flovett
SIZE

E DO NOT SCALE
DWG NO.

4266282 00
REV

ISSUED 5-27-2011 SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 9 OF 24

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS

AIR
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-1011 6-02 FL BAS BS
H H

SWITCHES SOLENOIDS
10101 10201
(06219)

10102 10201
SOL AH
SW KE DI20 / DIGIN2-8 DO36 / DIGOUT3-1
10103 (05237) CSP1-03 CSP1-05 C4-23 KLENZ ENABLE SWITCH 10203 C6-8 MBR1-09 MBR1-10 HORN SOL
3 2 STANDARD HIGH SIDE 1 2
403-1378 (D1) 426-1177 (A5)
10104 10204

10105 10205

10106 10206
SOL K1
DO39 / DIGOUT4-10
10107 10207 C6-13
HIGH SIDE KLZ1-01 KLZ1-12 KLENZ 1 SOL
G 1 2 425-5202 (E4) G
10108 10208
SOL K2
PS ES1 DI15 / DIGIN2-3 DO40 / DIGOUT4-9
10109 (05231) RFM1-10/11 J2-3 J2-2 RFM1-01 C4-17 ENGINE SAFETY FILTERS 10209 C6-14 KLZ1-02 KLENZ 2 SOL
STANDARD HIGH SIDE 1 2
423-5601 (D3) 425-5202 (E4)
10110 10210
SOL K3
PS ES2 DO41 / DIGOUT4-8
10111 423-5601 (D3) 10211 C6-15
HIGH SIDE KLZ1-03 KLENZ 3 SOL
1 2 425-5202 (E4)
10112 10212
SOL K4
PS ES3 DO42 / DIGOUT4-7
10113 423-5601 (D3) 10213 C6-16
HIGH SIDE KLZ1-04 KLENZ 4 SOL
L1850, L2350 ONLY 1 2 425-5202 (E4)
10114 10214
SOL K5
PS ES4 DO43 / DIGOUT4-6
10115 423-5601 (D3) 10215 C6-17
HIGH SIDE KLZ1-05 KLENZ 5 SOL
L1850, L2350 ONLY 1 2 425-5202 (E4)
F 10116 10216
F
SOL K6
KLENZ 6 SOL
DO44 / DIGOUT4-5 425-5202 (E4)
10117 10217 C6-18
HIGH SIDE KLZ1-06
1 2 L1350, L1850, L2350 ONLY

10118 10218
SOL K7
KLENZ 7 SOL
DO45 / DIGOUT4-4 425-5202 (E4)
10119 10219 C6-20
HIGH SIDE KLZ1-07
1 2 L1850, L2350 ONLY

10120 10220
SOL HA
10121 10221 (05215) RFF1-10/11 J2-3 (02160) HYD TANK AIR SOL
1 2
10122
TRANSDUCERS 10222
426-1177 (E4)

SOL KA
10123 10223 KLENZ AIR SOL
XDR KF 1 2 426-1177 (E3)
AI19 / ALGIN2-3 KLENZ FILTER DIFFERENTIAL
10124 (05240) KLZ1-10 KLZ1-09 C2-22 0-20 PSI IN H2O 10224
E 4-20mA
425-5418 (E4)
E
10125 10225
XDR SB1 CR PB SOL PB1
FRONT SERVICE BRAKES FU 03
AI11 / ALGIN1-11 0-200 PSI 0 0C 13 FRONT PARK BRAKES SOL
10126 (05203) FFR1-10/11 J4-3 J4-2 FFR1-02 C2-13 10226 FFR1-06 J8-2 J8-1 FFR1-08/12
4-20mA 425-5489 (E6) 30 87 1 2 426-1177 (D6)
1 3 10A
(02252)
10127 10227 TB 2
XDR PB1 SOL PB2
AI12 / ALGIN1-12 FRONT PARK BRAKES 12K REAR PARK BRAKES SOL
10128 (05203) FFR1-10/11 J6-3 J6-2 FFR1-04 C2-14 0-200 PSI 10228 RAX1-09 J3-2 J3-1 RAX1-08/12 426-1177 (D3)
1 3 4-20mA 1 2
425-5489 (D6)
10129 10229
XDR AS
SYSTEM AIR
(05224)
AI31 / ALGIN2-15 0-200 PSI
10130 RFF4-10/11 J1-3 J1-2 RFF4-07 C2-36 10230
1 3 4-20mA 425-5489 (D4)
10131 10231
XDR HA
AI34 / ALGIN3-2 HYD RESERVOIR
10132 (05224) RFF4-10/11 J6-3 J6-2 RFF4-04 C3-2 0-15 PSI 10232
1 3 4-20mA 426-5196 (D4)
D 10133 10233
D
XDR SB2
AI35 / ALGIN3-3 REAR SERVICE BRAKES HEATERS
10134 (05234) RAX1-10/11 J7-3 J7-2 RAX1-05 C3-3 0-200 PSI 10234
1 3 4-20mA 425-5489 (E3)
10135 10235
XDR PB2 HTR KH
REAR PARK BRAKES SW KH KLENZ HEATER
(05234)
AI36 / ALGIN3-4
10136 RAX1-10/11 J5-3 J5-2 RAX1-03 C3-4 0-200 PSI 10236 (05241) KLZ1-11 KLZ1-08 426-0507 (E3)
1 3 4-20mA 425-5489 (D3) SW KH 426-0508 (E3)
10137 10237
XDR KT
AI37 / ALGIN3-5 KLENZ RESERVOIR AIR
10138 (05215) RFF1-10/11 J1-3 J1-2 RFF1-07 C3-5 0-200 PSI 10238
1 3 4-20mA 425-5489 (E3)
10139 10239 HTR AD
XDR AT AIR DRYER HEATER
AI39 / ALGIN3-7 AMBIENT
10140 (05228) RFF5-10/11 J2-3 J2-2 RFF5-01 C3-7 -58° TO 185°F 10240 (05218) RFF2-10/11 J1-3 J1-1 RFF2-08/12 CLOSES AT 40°F
1 3 4-20mA 426-8390 (E3) OPENS AT 90°F
425-8484 (E3)
10141 10241
C C
10142 10242

10143 10243

10144 10244

10145 10245

10146 10246

10147 10247

10148 10248

10149 10249

B 10150 10250 B

10151 10251

10152 10252

10153 10253

10154 10254

10155 10255

10156 10256

10157 10257

10158 10258
A
10159 10259
10 A

ELECTRIC SCHEMATIC LINCS II SIZE DWG NO. REV

10160 10260
DRAWN flovett E DO NOT SCALE 4266282 00
ISSUED 5-27-2011 SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 10 OF 24

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS

HYDRAULICS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-1011 6-02 FL BAS BS
H H

SWITCHES SOLENOIDS
11101 11201

11102 11202
SOL HU
DI35 / DIGIN3-11 DO29 / DIGOUT3-8
11103 (05215) RFF1-10/11 J7-3 J7-2 RFF1-05 C5-3 HYD RESERVOIR LEVEL SWITCH 11203 C6-1
HIGH SIDE PCP1-02 J4-2 J4-1 PCP1-08/12 HOIST RAISE PILOT SOL
RED BLU PULL-UP 1 2
411-7627 (E4) 417-4782 (E5)
BLK
11104 11204
SOL HD
DO32 / DIGOUT3-5
11105 J7-1 RFF1-08/12 11205 C6-4
HIGH SIDE PCP1-01 J2-2 J2-1 PCP1-08/12 HOIST LOWER PILOT SOL
1 2 417-4782 (E5)
11106 11206
SOL RB
DO31 / DIGOUT3-6
11107 11207 C6-3
HIGH SIDE PCP1-07 J1-2 J1-1 PCP1-08/12 BUCKET ROLLBACK PILOT SOL
G SW AL1
AUTOLUBE SWITCHES
1 2 417-4782 (E5) G
DI10 DI10 / DIGIN1-10 SW AL1 423-4957 (E6)
11108 (05203) FFR1-10/11 J1-3 J1-2 FFR1-07
STANDARD C4-12 11208
SOL DB
DO30 / DIGOUT3-7
11109 11209 C6-2
HIGH SIDE PCP1-09 J3-2 J3-1 PCP1-08/12 BUCKET DUMP PILOT SOL
1 2 417-4782 (E5)
SW AL2
11110 (05237) CSP1-03 CSP1-04 SW AL2 403-1377 (D1) 11210
2 1 SOL SD
DO25 / DIGOUT3-12
11111 11211 C5-34
HIGH SIDE PCP2-04 J6-2 J6-1 PCP2-08/12 SECONDARY DUMP PRESSURE SOL
1 2 424-4836 (E5)
DI11 / DIGIN1-11 FRONT DRIVER LUBE FLOW SWITCHES
11112 (05206) FFR2-10/11 J7-3 J7-2 FFR2-05 STANDARD C4-13 L1350, L1850, L2350 ONLY 11212
427-0058 SOL FD
DO22 / DIGOUT2-5 FLOAT SOL
11113 11213 C5-31
HIGH SIDE PCP2-06 J8-2 J8-1 PCP2-08/12 424-4836 (E5)
1 2 L1350, L1850, L2350 ONLY
DI19 / DIGIN2-7 REAR DRIVER LUBE FLOW SWITCHES
11114 (05234) RAX1-10/11 J1-3 J1-2 RAX1-07 C4-22 11214
STANDARD L1350, L1850, L2350 ONLY
427-0058
11115 11215

F 11116 11216
F

11117
TRANSDUCERS 11217

11118 11218
XDR BR SOL OB
AI43 / ALGIN3-11 BUCKET CYL ROD DO50 / DIGOUT5-11
11119 (05209) PCP1-10/11 J6-3 J6-2 PCP1-04 C3-13 0-5000 PSI 11219 C6-25 RFF3-06 J8-2 J8-1 RFF3-08/12 OIL COOLER BYPASS SOL
4-20mA HIGH SIDE 1 2
1 3 425-5491 (E5) 424-4836 (E4)
11120 11220
SOL RF
DO52 / DIGOUT5-9
11121 11221 C6-27
HIGH SIDE RFF2-01 J2-2 J2-1 RFF2-08/12 RADIATOR FAN CONTROL SOL
1 2 424-4836 (E3)
11122 11222
XDR PS SOL BF
AI16 / ALGIN1-16 PILOT SUPPLY DO57 / DIGOUT5-4
11123 (05212) PCP2-10/11 J4-3 J4-2 PCP2-02 C2-18 0-1500 PSI 11223 C6-34 RFF5-05 J7-2 J7-1 RFF5-08/12 BLOWER CONTROL SOL
4-20mA HIGH SIDE 1 2
1 3 425-5490 (E5) 424-4836 (D3)
11124 11224
E XDR PP SOL AL E
AI17 / ALGIN2-1 GREATEST PILOT CMD DO21 / DIGOUT2-6
11125 (05212) PCP2-10/11 J1-3 J1-2 PCP2-07 C2-20 0-1500 PSI 11225 C5-30 FFR1-03 J5-2 J5-1 FFR1-08/12 AUTOLUBE SOL
4-20mA HIGH SIDE 1 2
1 3 425-5490 (E5) 425-5111 (E6)
11126 11226
XDR LW
AI18 / ALGIN2-2 HOIST CYL BASE
11127 (05212) PCP2-10/11 J3-3 J3-2 PCP2-09 C2-21 0-5000 PSI 11227
1 3 4-20mA
425-5491 (E5)
11128 11228
XDR HR
AI41 / ALGIN3-9 HOIST CYL ROD
11129 (05212) PCP2-10/11 J7-3 J7-2 PCP2-05 C3-11 0-5000 PSI 11229
1 3 4-20mA
425-5491 (E5)
11130 11230

11131 (05221) RFF3-10/11 J7-3

XDR FH
J7-2 RFF3-05
AI22 / ALGIN2-6
C2-25
FAST HOIST PUMP
0-5000 PSI 11231
STEERING
4-20mA STEERING INTFC CARD
1 3 425-5491 (E4) (426-8362)
11132 11232
XDR BH1
D 11133 (05221) RFF3-10/11 J5-3 J5-2 RFF3-03
AI23 / ALGIN2-7
C2-26
HOIST / BUCKET PUMP A
0-5000 PSI 11233 (05218) RFF2-10/11 J8-3
1 D
1 3 4-20mA 24V
425-5491 (E4)
11134 11234 J6-3
2
XDR BH2 24V STEER VALVE
AI24 / ALGIN2-8 HOIST / BUCKET PUMP B 3
11135 (05221) RFF3-10/11 J3-3 J3-2 RFF3-09 C2-27 0-5000 PSI 11235 STR1-03 STEER VALVE (E4)
1 3 4-20mA 425-5491 (E4) 24V 1 GDM
DO60 / DIGOUT5-1 4 2
11136 11236 C6-37
HIGH SIDE RFF2-04 J6-2 STEER LEFT OUTPUT
XDR BH3 STEER LEFT
AI25 / ALGIN2-9 HOIST / BUCKET PUMP C
11137 (05221) RFF3-10/11 J1-3 J1-2 RFF3-07 C2-30 0-5000 PSI 11237
1 3 4-20mA 425-5491
L1850, L2350 ONLY DO53 / DIGOUT5-8 5
11138 11238 C6-30
HIGH SIDE RFF2-06 J8-2 STEER RIGHT OUTPUT
XDR BP STEER RIGHT
AI26 / ALGIN2-10 BLOWER PUMP 9
11139 (05224) RFF4-10/11 J5-3 J5-2 RFF4-03 C2-31 0-5000 PSI 11239 STR1-02
1 3 4-20mA 425-5491 (D4)
STEER OUTPUT
11140 11240
8 STR1-01
XDR SP1 GND
AI27 / ALGIN2-11 STEER PUMP A 10
11141 (05221) RFF3-10/11 J4-3 J4-2 RFF3-02 C2-32 0-5000 PSI 11241
C 1 3 4-20mA
425-5491 (E4)
FEED BACK C
11142 11242
6 J8-1 RFF2-08/12
XDR SP2 GND
AI28 / ALGIN2-12 STEER PUMP B 7
11143 (05221) RFF3-10/11 J6-3 J6-2 RFF3-04 C2-33 0-5000 PSI 11243 J6-1
1 3 4-20mA GND
425-5491
L1350, L1850, L2350 ONLY
11144 11244
XDR AP
AI29 / ALGIN2-13 ACCESSORY PUMP
11145 (05221) RFF3-10/11 J2-3 J2-2 RFF3-01 C2-34 0-5000 PSI 11245
1 3 4-20mA
425-5491 (E4)
11146 11246
XDR FP
AI30 / ALGIN2-14 RADIATOR FAN PUMP
11147 (05224) RFF4-10/11 J3-3
1 3
J3-2 RFF4-09
4-20mA
C2-35 0-5000 PSI
425-5491 (D4)
11247
LADDER
11148 11248
XDR HT
AI20 / ALGIN2-4 HYD RESERVOIR OIL 02A
11149 (05215) RFF1-10/11 J5-3 J5-2 RFF1-03 C2-23 -13 TO 212°F 11249 CSP2-01
1 3 4-20mA 425-6107 (E4)
B 11150 11250 (05238) CSP1-11 CSP2-03 CSP2-02 CSP1-10
DI22 / DIGIN2-10
C4-25 LADDER RESISTOR B
STANDARD 098-9548 (D1)
XDR AL 10K
AI10 / ALGIN1-10 AUTOLUBE GREASE
11151 (05203) RFM1-10/11 J7-3 J7-2 RFM1-05 C2-12 0-5000 PSI 11251
1 3 4-20mA 425-5491 (E6)
02B SW LP
11152 11252 LADDER POSITION SWITCH
L1350, L1850, L2350 ONLY
11153 11253

11154 11254 LADDER

11155 11255 (02116) 24V GND

11156 11256
XDR GT
AI32 / ALGIN2-16 HPD GEARBOX
11157 (05224) RFF4-10/11 J2-3 J2-2 RFF4-01 C2-37 -13 TO 212°F 11257
1 3 4-20mA
425-6107 (D4)
11158 11258
A
11159 (05224) RFF4-10/11 J4-3
XDR GP
J4-2 RFF4-02
AI33 / ALGIN3-1
C3-1
HPD GEARBOX
11259
11 A
4-20mA 0-200 PSI
1 3 425-5489 (D4) ELECTRIC SCHEMATIC LINCS II SIZE DWG NO. REV

11160 11260
DRAWN flovett E DO NOT SCALE 4266282 00
ISSUED 5-27-2011 SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 11 OF 24

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-1011 6-02 FL BAS BS
H H

G G

F F

E E

BLANK

D D

C C

B B

A 12 A

ELECTRIC SCHEMATIC LINCS II SIZE DWG NO. REV

DRAWN flovett E DO NOT SCALE 4266282 00

ISSUED 5-27-2011 SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 12 OF 24

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS

H DDEC IV SERIES 2000

ENGINE ADEC
@54+ 8+<
00 RELEASE
*+9)8/6:/54 +)4
NL11-1011
*':+
6-02
).-
FL
).1
BAS
'66
BS
H

CR 211 CR 211
DO56 / DIGOUT5-5 ENGINE IGNITION DO56 / DIGOUT5-5 ENGINE IGNITION RELAY
13101 C6-33
HIGH SIDE EIC1-05 EIC1-12 STARTER RELAY 1 13201 C6-33
HIGH SIDE EIC1-05 EIC1-12 426-0950 (E3)
+ - 86 85
(13119) (13121) 422-8641 (E3) (13218)
13102 13202
CR 212 CR 212
DO54 / DIGOUT5-7 GND ENGINE START CMD DO54 / DIGOUT5-7 ENGINE START (PRELUBE) RELAY
13103 C6-31
HIGH SIDE EIC1-01 STARTER RELAY 2 13203 C6-31
HIGH SIDE EIC1-01 426-0950 (E3)
+ - 86 85
(13147) (13152) 422-8641 (E3) (13216)
13104 13204
CR 213
13105 (05243) EIC1-11 13205 (05243) EIC1-11 ENGINE POWER ENABLE RELAY
86 85 411-9992 (E3)
ECU HARNESS ECU HARNESS (13225)
13106 RESISTORS (2 EA) 13206
INTFC TB3 TB3 426-4993 (E3) INTFC TB3 TB3 RESISTORS (2 EA)
10k 10k 10K 10K 426-4993 (E3)
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
13107 13207
G (37 PIN) W001 G
D115M D509 DI36 / DIGIN3-12 DI36 / DIGIN3-12
13108 COOLANT A EIC2-02 c n EIC1-02
PULL-UP C5-4 ENGINE RED LAMP 13208 29 EIC1-02
PULL-UP C5-4 ENGINE RED LAMP
LEVEL SNSR
CONNECTOR B D953
13109 EIC2-03 G 13209 30

D419 DI33 / DIGIN3-9 DI33 / DIGIN3-9

13110 p EIC1-09
PULL-UP C5-1 ENGINE YELLOW LAMP 13210 31 EIC1-09
PULL-UP C5-1 ENGINE YELLOW LAMP
CR 214
D900 EG
13111 A H 13211 33 READY FOR CRANK RELAY
86 85 426-0950 (E3)
(13248)
13112 DIAGNOSTIC B
D901
P 13212
CONNECTOR
13113 (6 PIN DEUTSCH) C 13213 34 RESISTOR
121 S.A.M. (MTU) 426-8580 (E3)
GND EA
13114 E 13214 1 3 FIELD BUS 0

EB
13115 13215 2 2 FUSE 40A
CR 212 -X6 425-9995 (E3)
FU 217
F 13116 (02116)
2 2A
13216 (02116)
2 FU 211 2A FU 213 2AC 2ACA
9 3
EC
1
FUSE 6A F
87 30 425-9992 (E3)
5A 40A 6A
(13203)
13117 TB 2 13217 RESISTOR
CR 211 121 426-8580 (E3)
12K 2AC 2ACB ED
13118 13218 21 5 3 FIELD BUS 1
87 30
CR 211
FU 211 (13201) EE
2 2B D439
13119 A 13219 6 2
NO1 C1 -X7
10A
(13101) EF
13120 TB 2 13220 4 1
CR 211 POWER
12K CONNECTOR GND-E
13121 13221 10
NO2 C2 (16 PIN)
FU 212 (13101) D150M
2 D240M
13122 G A 13222 22
20A
D150M
13123 TB 2 B 13223
POWER
12K D150R CONNECTOR
13124 C 13224
E CR 213 W005 E
FU 213 D150R 2A FU 215 FU 214 2AAAA GND-E GND-E
2 D241M 2AA 2AAA
13125 H D 13225
87 30
1 10 4 FUSE 6A
20A 25A 6A 425-9992 (E3)
D151 (13205) GND-E
13126 TB 2 P 13226 TB 2 9 3

12K D953 12K

13127 R 13227 8
FU 214 D150R 2A FU 216 2AB GND-E FU 212
2 D240R
13128 J S 13228 6 7 FUSE 40A
20A 25A 40A 425-9995 (E3)
5
13129 TB 2 13229 TB 2 -X13
4
13130 12K 13230 12K 2AB
3
FU 215
2 D241R
13131 K 13231
20A
2AAAB
13132 TB 2 13232 2
FU 217
D 13133 12K 13233
2AAA 2AAAB 2AAAB
1
D
20A
FU 216
2 D440
13134 N 13234 TB 2
5A
12K 2AAAB
13135 TB 2 13235 5 -X19

13136 12K ECU 13236

ENGINE CAN
13137 13237
(6 PIN)
EIC3-05 EIC3-05
13138 (09122) E 13238 (09122) EIC3-05 1

EIC3-04 EIC3-04
13139 (09124) F 13239 (09124) EIC3-04 2
-X23
EIC3-01 EIC3-01
13140 (09126) D 13240 (09126) EIC3-01 3

13141 13241
C C
13142 13242

2S 2S DI21 / DIGIN2-9 2S 2S DI21 / DIGIN2-9

13143 (02114) EIC1-10
STANDARD C4-24 STARTER ISOLATION SWITCH 13243 (02114) EIC1-10
STANDARD C4-24 STARTER ISOLATION SWITCH

S-GND S-GND S-GND

13144 (02113) 13244 (02113)

13145 13245
SOL 211 ENGINE ENGINE
S-GND S-GND S-GND S-GND
13146 13246
CR 212
2S 2SA S-GND STARTER 1 STARTER 1
13147 13247
C1 NO1 SOL 213 SOL 213
CR 214
(13103) 4L S-GND 2S 4L S-GND
13148 13248
87 30
(13150) (13211) (13250)
13149 13249
MTR ST1 MTR ST1
SOL 213 SOL 213
B 13150
2S S-GND
13250
2S S-GND B
SOL 212
(13148) (13248)
13151 13254
CR 212 COMPONENTS COMPONENTS
2S 2SB S-GND STARTER 2 SUPPLIED WITH ENGINE STARTER 2 SUPPLIED WITH ENGINE
13152 13252
C2 NO2 SOL 214 SOL 214
(13103) 4R S-GND 4L S-GND
13153 13253
(13155) (13255)
13154 13254
MTR ST2 MTR ST2
SOL 214 SOL 214
2S S-GND 2S S-GND
13155 13255
(13153) (13253)
13156 13256
ALT ALT
ALT GND ALT GND
13157 (02115) + - 13257 (02115) + -
13158 13258
A
13159
13 A
13259
ELECTRIC SCHEMATIC LINCS II SIZE DWG NO. REV

13160 13260
DRAWN flovett E DO NOT SCALE 4266282 00
ISSUED 5-27-2011 SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 13 OF 24

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS

H CUMMINS QST30
ENGINE CUMMINS QSK38
@54+ 8+<
00 RELEASE
*+9)8/6:/54 +)4
NL11-1011
*':+
6-02
).-
FL
).1
BAS
'66
BS
H

CR 211 CR 211
DO56 / DIGOUT5-5 DO56 / DIGOUT5-5 ENGINE IGNITION
14101 C6-33
HIGH SIDE EIC1-05 EIC1-12 ENGINE IGNITION 14201 C6-33
HIGH SIDE EIC1-05 EIC1-12 STARTER RELAY 1
86 85 86 85
STARTER RELAY 1 411-9992 (E3)
(14124) (14224)
411-9992 (E3)
14102 14202
CR 212 CR 212
DO54 / DIGOUT5-7 GND DO54 / DIGOUT5-7 GND ENGINE START CMD
14103 C6-31
HIGH SIDE EIC1-01 ENGINE START CMD 14203 C6-31
HIGH SIDE EIC1-01 STARTER RELAY 2
+ - STARTER RELAY 2 + -
(14138) (14238) 422-8641 (E3)
422-8641 (E3)
14104 14204

14105 (05243) EIC1-11 14205 (05243) EIC1-11

ECU HARNESS ECU HARNESS RESISTORS (3 EA)

14106 TB3 TB3 TB3 TB3 14206 TB3 TB3 TB3 426-4993 (E3)
INTFC 10K 10K 10K 10K RESISTORS (4 EA) INTFC 10K 10K 10K
CONNECTOR 426-4993 (E3) CONNECTOR B
14107 14207
G (31 PIN) (31 PIN) G
460 DI36 / DIGIN3-12 460 DI36 / DIGIN3-12
14108 12 EIC1-02
PULL-UP C5-4 ENGINE RED LAMP 14208 16 EIC1-02
PULL-UP C5-4 ENGINE RED LAMP

14109 14209

461 DI33 / DIGIN3-9 461 DI33 / DIGIN3-9 ENGINE YELLOW LAMP

14110 13 EIC1-09
PULL-UP C5-1 ENGINE YELLOW LAMP 14210 17 EIC1-09
PULL-UP C5-1

14111 14211

462 DI29 / DIGIN3-5 462 DI29 / DIGIN3-5

14112 14 EIC1-03 STANDARD C4-34 ENGINE BLUE LAMP 14212 18 EIC1-03
STANDARD C4-34 ENGINE BLUE LAMP

14113 14213
INTFC
463 CONNECTOR A
14114 A 9 7 ENGINE WAIT TO START 14214
(31 PIN)
14115 COOLANT B 21 14215 COOLANT A J
LEVEL SNSR LEVEL SNSR
F 14116 CONNECTOR C 20 14216 CONNECTOR B W
F

14117 D 8 14217 X

14118 14218
POWER POWER
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
14119 (21 PIN) 14219
(16 PIN)
2 FU 211 F01 GND 2 FU 211 F01 GND
14120 (02116) D B FUSE 14220 (02116) A J FUSE
40A 425-9995 (E3) 40A 425-9995 (E3)
14121 14221 C K

F01 GND F01 GND

14122 G E 14222 D L

14123 14223 F
CR 211 CR 211
F01 R01 F01 R01
14124 A 14224 H
E 87 30 87 30 E
(14101) (14201)
14125 14225
FU 212 ALT-FLD FU 212 ALT-FLD
14126 (14158) 14226 (14258)
10A 10A
14127 TB 2 14227 TB 2

14128 12K 14228 12K

14129 14229
ECU ECU
14130 ENGINE CAN 14230 ENGINE CAN
(3 PIN) (3 PIN)
EIC3-05 EIC3-05
14131 (09122) B 14231 (09122) B
EIC3-04 EIC3-04
14132 (09124) A 14232 (09124) A

D 14133 (09126)
EIC3-01
C 14233 (09126)
EIC3-01
C
D
S-GND S-GND S-GND S-GND
14134 (02113) 14234 (02113)

14135 14235

2S DI21 / DIGIN2-9 2S DI21 / DIGIN2-9

14136 (02114) EIC1-10
STANDARD C4-24 STARTER ISOLATION SWITCH 14236 (02114) EIC1-10
STANDARD C4-24 STARTER ISOLATION SWITCH

14137 14237
CR 212 CR 213 CR 212 CR 213
2S 2SA 2SAB S-GND 2S 2SA 2SAB S-GND
14138 14238
NO1 C1 NO1 C1
(14103) (14141) (14145) (14203) (14241) ((14245)
14139 14239
SOL 211 SOL 211
S-GND PRELUBE S-GND PRELUBE
14140 14240
CR 213 CR 213
2SAC ENGINE 2SAC ENGINE
14141 14241
C MTR PL MTR PL C
2S FU (14138) S-GND 2S FU 14238) S-GND
2SB 2SB
14142 14242
300A 300A
14143 14243
SOL 212 SOL 212
14144 S-GND 14244 S-GND
CR 213 CR 213
2SAD STARTER 1 2SAD STARTER 1
14145 14245
SOL 213 SOL 213
(14138) 4L (14238) 4L
2SAD S-GND 2SAD S-GND
14146 14246
(14148) (14248)
14147 14247
MTR ST1 COMPONENTS MTR ST1 COMPONENTS
SOL 213 SOL 213
2S S-GND SUPPLIED WITH ENGINE 2S S-GND SUPPLIED WITH ENGINE
14148 14248
(14146) (14246)
14149 14249

B 14150
STARTER 2
14250
STARTER 2 B
SOL 214 SOL 214
4L S-GND 4L S-GND
14151 14251
(14153) (14253)
14152 14252
MTR ST2 MTR ST2
SOL 214 SOL 214
2S S-GND 2S S-GND
14153 14253
(14151) (14251)
14154 14254

14155 14255

ALT ALT
14156 14256

ALT GND ALT GND

14157 (02115) + - 14257 (02115) + -
ALT-FLD ALT-FLD
14158 (14126) 14258 (14226)
A
14159 14259
14 A

ELECTRIC SCHEMATIC LINCS II SIZE DWG NO. REV

14160 14260
DRAWN flovett E DO NOT SCALE 4266282 00
ISSUED 5-27-2011 SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 14 OF 24

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-1011 6-02 FL BAS BS
H H

G G

F F

E E

BLANK

D D

C C

B B

A 15 A

ELECTRIC SCHEMATIC LINCS II SIZE DWG NO. REV

DRAWN flovett E DO NOT SCALE 4266282 00

ISSUED 5-27-2011 SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 15 OF 24

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS

CLIMATE CONTROL
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-1011 6-02 FL BAS BS
H H

16101

16102
MTR AC1
CR AC1
0TA1 AC MOTOR 1
16103 (05247) CAB4-01 CAB9-01 A 426-8488 (A5)
RED 30 87 BLU
(16110)
16104
MTR AC2
CR AC2
0TA2 AC MOTOR 2
16105 (05249) CAB4-03 CAB9-03 B 426-8488 (A4)
RED 30 87 BLU
(16112)
16106
HVAC3
CAB4-04 CAB9-04 D
BLK
16107
G G
HVAC4
16108 CAB4-02 CAB9-02 C
BLK

16109
CR AC1
HVAC1 AC RELAY 1
16110 CAB9-05 A 426-8487 (A4)
LT GRN BLK/WHT 86 85
(16103)
16111
CR AC2
AC RELAY 2
16112
86 85 426-8487 (A4)
PS AC (16105)
16113 CAB9-06 B AC SWITCH
WHT 426-8486 (A4)
16114

HVAC2
16115 CAB9-07 C
BLU
F 16116
F
SOL AC

16117 CAB10-02 AC COMPRESSOR

1 2 424-4836 (E4)
16118 CAB10-01

16119

16120 CONTROL PANEL

220 (Control Panel w/o Touch Pad 426-8481)
16121 (Touch Pad 426-8482)

16122 (05251) CAB4-05 3

RED RED 220 RED

16123 1
ORG

16124 CAB4-06 2
E BLK BLK BLK E
16125

16126 ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT (ECU)

(426-8490)
16127

16128 22 4
BLU BLU

16129 24 21 6
LT GRN WHT WHT

16130

16131 CAB AIR

THERMISTOR
16132 (426-8489)
D 16133 4
D
RED

16134 2
BLK

16135 10 1
YEL YEL

16136 17 3
YEL YEL

16137

16138
THERMOSTAT
16139 (426-8491)

16140 11 A
BRN

16141 16 B
C BRN C
16142

16143 13
RED
WATER VALVE
16144 (426-8484)

16145 1
RED

16146 4
BLK

16147 32 2
GRN GRN

16148 8 3
LT BLU LT BLU

16149

B 16150 B
B
BLK

16151
MTR BL1

16152 A AC BLOWER MOTOR 1

BLK/WHT RED 426-8483 (A5)
16153
MTR BL2

16154 AC BLOWER MOTOR 2

426-8483 (A4)
16155

16156

16157

16158
A
16159
16 A

ELECTRIC SCHEMATIC LINCS II SIZE DWG NO. REV

16160
DRAWN flovett E DO NOT SCALE 4266282 00
ISSUED 5-27-2011 SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 16 OF 24

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS

COMPONENT OPTIONS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-1011 6-02 FL BAS BS
H H

AUXILIARY STEER HEATERS (COLD CLIMATE)

17101 17201

17102 17202
STEER SUPPLY PRESSURE SWITCH
PS AS DI14 / DIGIN2-2 RECP 1
17103 (05218) RFF2-10/11 J5-3 J5-2 RFF2-03 C4-16 CLOSED AT < 30 PSI 17203
STANDARD 422-4575 (E4)
X Y
9A 9B
17104 17204 RECEPTACLE
125/250V 50A
W HTR HT1 426-5178
17105 17205

9B FU 901 9BA 9AA HYDRAULIC TANK HEATER

17106 17206
25A SET AT 120°F
CR AS 403-8051
DO48 / DIGOUT4-1
17107 C6-23
HIGH SIDE RFF2-05 J7-2 J7-1 RFF2-08/12 AUX STEER ENABLE 17207
G +
(17114)
- 422-8641 (E4) G
9A FU 902 9AA 9AA
17108 17208 FUSE 25A (4 EACH)
25A 426-5172
17109 17209
AUX STEER DIODE
404-6417 (E4) HTR HT2
17110 17210
SOL AS1
9B FU 903 9BB 9AB HYDRAULIC TANK HEATER
17111 AUX STEER SOLENOID 1 17211 SET AT 120°F
NC2 C2 111-5519 (E4) 25A 403-8051
(17121) L1350, L1850, L2350 ONLY
17112 17212
AUX STEER DIODE
404-6417 (E4) 9A FU 904 9AB 9AB
17113 17213
CB AS SOL AS2 CR AS 25A
2 2C 2CA AUX STEER CIRCUIT BREAKER
17114 (02116) RFF2-08/12 J5-1 423-0771 (E4) 17214
NC2 C2 NO2 C2
12A AUX STEER SOLENOID 2
(17123) (17107)
17115 111-5519 (E4) 17215

F 17116 STR2-01 17216

9B FU 905 9BC 9BC
FUSE 8A (2 EACH)
F
8A 426-5173
17117 17217
SOL AS HTR BATT1 HTR BATT2
AUX STEER SOLENOID FU 906
424-4836 9A 9AC 9ACA 9BC
17118 STR2-02 17218 BATTERY HEATERS (4 EACH)
L1850, L2350 ONLY 8A 403-8052
17119 17219

17120 17220
MTR AS1 HTR BATT3 HTR BATT4
SOL AS1
2 2D GND 9AC 9ACB 9BC
17121 AUX STEER MOTOR 1 17221
(17111) 406-0275 (E4)
17122 17222
MTR AS2
SOL AS2
2 2F GND HTR GT
17123 AUX STEER MOTOR 2 17223
(17114) 406-0275 (E5)
9AC 9BC
17124 17224 GREASE TANK HEATER
E 423-4671 E
17125 17225

17126 17226
AUXILIARY OIL COOLER
17127 17227

RECP 2
17128 17228
SOL AF
DO51 / DIGOUT5-10 X Y
9C 9D
17129 C6-26
HIGH SIDE RFF1-06 J8-2 J8-1 RFF1-08/12 AUX FAN ENABLE SOL 17229 RECEPTACLE
1 2 426-4836 125/250V 50A
W 426-5178
17130 17230

9D FU 907 9DA 9DA

17131 17231 FUSE 25A (2 EACH)
25A 426-5172
17132 17232
TAS EH1 HTR ENG1 THERMOSTAT
058-3631 D
D 17133 CLAMSHELL 17233
9C FU 908
25A
9CA 9CAA 9DA
ENGINE COOLANT HEATER
085-3460
17134 17234
XDR CP
AI15 / ALGIN1-15
17135 (05206) FFR2-10/11 J5-3 J5-2 FFR2-03 C2-17 CLAMSHELL CYL EXT 17235
1 2 4-20mA HTR ENG1
9CAA 9DA ENGINE OIL HEATER LEFT
17136 17236 425-3381

17137 J5-1 FFR2-08/12 17237

3
17138 17238

17139 17239

9D FU 909 9DB 9DB

17140 17240 FUSE 25A (2 EACH)
SOL CO 25A 426-5172
DO33 / DIGOUT3-4
17141 C6-5
HIGH SIDE PCP2-01 J2-2 J2-1 PCP2-08/12 CLAMSHELL OPEN PILOT SOL 17241
C 1 2 TAS EH2 HTR ENG2 THERMOSTAT C
9C FU 910 9CB 9CBA 9DB 058-3631
17142 17242 ENGINE COOLANT HEATER
SOL CC 25A 085-3460
DO34 / DIGOUT3-3 L1150 CUMMINS
17143 C6-6
HIGH SIDE PCP2-03 J5-2 J5-1 PCP2-08/12 CLAMSHELL CLOSE PILOT SOL 17243 L1350, L1850, L2350 ONLY
1 2
17144 17244
HTR ENG2
ENGINE OIL HEATER RIGHT
9CBA 9DB 425-3381
17145 17245
L1350, L1850, L2350 ONLY

17146 17246

17147 17247

17148
REAR VISION CAMERA 17248
CONTROL BOX
(424-3458)
17149 17249
(424-3456) FUSE
FUSE 426-5099
B 17150 (06120) 12-24V CAM 1 CAMERA CABLE - 65 FT 17250 B
RED 425-0900
3A
17151 17251

17152 NC TRIGGER 2 CAM 2 17252

WHT

17153 GND 17253

BLK

17154 17254

17155 17255
(424-3457)

17156 (04140) CAB2-12 TRIGGER 1 MONITOR MONITOR 17256

GRN

17157 17257

17158 17258
A
17159 17259
17 A

ELECTRIC SCHEMATIC LINCS II SIZE DWG NO. REV

17160 17260
DRAWN flovett E DO NOT SCALE 4266282 00
ISSUED 5-27-2011 SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 17 OF 24

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-1011 6-02 FL BAS BS
H H

G G

F F

E E

BLANK

D D

C C

B B

A 18 A

ELECTRIC SCHEMATIC LINCS II SIZE DWG NO. REV

DRAWN flovett E DO NOT SCALE 4266282 00

ISSUED 5-27-2011 SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 18 OF 24

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-1011 6-02 FL BAS BS
H H

FRAME LOCATION MAP

G G

F F

E E

D D

C C

BREAKOUT BOX LOCATIONS

NAME LOCATION
PCP1 E5
CAB & LIGHT BAR LIGHTS PCP2 E5
B FFR1 D6 B
FFR2 E6
EST1 D4
RFF1 E4
RFF2 E4
RFF3 E4
RFF4 D4
RFF5 D4
RFM1 D4
LIGHT

HORN

RAX1 E3

A 19 A

ELECTRIC SCHEMATIC LINCS II SIZE DWG NO. REV

DRAWN flovett E DO NOT SCALE 4266282 00

ISSUED 5-27-2011 SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 19 OF 24

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS

REFERENCE INFORMATION
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-1011 6-02 FL BAS BS
H H

WIRE LOCATION CHART

WIRE CODE LINE NO. WIRE CODE LINE NO. WIRE CODE LINE NO. WIRE CODE LINE NO. WIRE CODE LINE NO. WIRE CODE LINE NO. WIRE CODE LINE NO.
0 02110 2B 13119 CAB4-01 05247 EA 13214 FPL1-01 04234 P1-1 03241 RFF3-09 11135
0A 02120 2C 17114 CAB4-02 16108 EB 13215 FPL1-02 04234 P1-2 03239 RFF3-10 05221,11131 TB1
0AA 02148 2CA 17114 CAB4-03 05249 EC 13216 FPL1-03 04236 P1-3 03241 RFF3-11 05222,11131 DIODE TERMINAL BLOCK
0AB 02144 2D 17121 CAB4-04 16106 ED 13218 FPL1-04 04236 P1-4 03239 RFF3-12 11219
0B 02214 2F 17123 CAB4-05 05251 EE 13219
(426-4181)
0BA 02217 2S 02114,13143, CAB4-06 16124 EF 13220 FPL2-01 04238 P2-1 03246 RFF4-01 11157
0BB 02241 13243,14136, EG 13211 FPL2-02 04238 P2-2 03244 RFF4-02 11159
0BB1 02223 14236 CAB5-01 09108 FPL2-03 04240 P2-3 03246 RFF4-03 11139
G 0BC 02223 CAB5-02 09112 FPL2-04 04240 P2-4 03244 RFF4-04 10132 G
0BD 02226 2SA 13147,14138, CAB5-03 09110 EIC1-01 13103,13203, RFF4-05 06150
0C 10226 14238 CAB5-04 09106 14103,14203 GND-E 13221,13225, P3-1 03251 RFF4-06 07307
0D 06103 2SAB 14138,14238 CAB5-05 09104 EIC1-02 13108,13208, 13228 P3-2 03249 RFF4-07 10130
0E 06118 2SAC 14141,14241 14108,14208 P3-3 03251 RFF4-09 11147
0E1 03103 2SAD 14145,14245 CAB9-01 16103 EIC1-03 14112,14212 HVAC1 16110 P3-4 03249 RFF4-10 05224,06150,
0E1A 03103 2SB 13152,14142, CAB9-02 16108 EIC1-05 13101,13201, HVAC2 16115 10130,11139
0E1B 03103 14242 CAB9-03 16105 14101,14201 HVAC3 16106 RFF4-11 05225,06150,
0EA 06118 CAB9-04 16106 EIC1-09 13110,13210, HVAC4 16108 R01 14124,14224 10130,11139
0F 05107 3B 02205 CAB9-05 16110 14110,14210
TB2
0FA 05107 4L 13148,13248, CAB9-06 16113 EIC1-10 13143,13243, ATC FUSE TERMINAL BLOCK
0G 05121 14146,14246 CAB9-07 16115 14136,14236 KLZ1-01 10207 RAX1-03 10136 (426-4182)
0H 02158 4R 13153 EIC1-11 05243,13105, KLZ1-02 10209 RAX1-05 10134 RFF5-01 10140
F F
0JA 04211 460 14108,14208 CAB10-01 16118 13205,14105, KLZ1-03 10211 RAX1-07 11114 RFF5-02 07121
0JB 04212 461 14110,14210 CAB10-02 16117 14205 KLZ1-04 10213 RAX1-08 10228 RFF5-04 07123
0K 04217 462 14112,14212 EIC1-12 13101,13201, KLZ1-05 10215 RAX1-09 10228 RFF5-05 11223
0KA 04217 463 14114 CSP1-03 05237,11110 14101,14201 KLZ1-06 10217 RAX1-10 05234,10134, RFF5-07 03221
12K
0L 04221 CSP1-04 11110 KLZ1-07 10219 11114 RFF5-08 03221,11223
0LA 04221 9A 17204,17218 CSP1-05 10103 EIC2-02 13108 KLZ1-08 10236 RAX1-11 05235,10134, RFF5-09 03223
0LB 04221 9AA 17208 CSP1-07 04215 EIC2-03 13109 KLZ1-09 10124 11114 RFF5-10 05228,10140
0LC 04225 9AB 17213 CSP1-08 04211 KLZ1-10 05240 RAX1-12 10228 RFF5-11 05229,10140
9AC 17218 CSP1-09 04212 EIC3-01 09125,13140, KLZ1-11 05241 RFF5-12 03221,11223
0M 04234 9ACA 17218 CSP1-10 11250 13240,14133, KLZ1-12 10207
0MA 04234 9ACB 17221 CSP1-11 05238,11250 14233 RCL1-01 04257 RFM1-01 10109 TB3
0N 04238 CSP1-12 04212 EIC3-04 09123,13139, RCL1-02 04257 RFM1-04 06126
RESISTOR TERMINAL BLOCK
E 0NA 04238 9B 17204,17216 13239,14132, LLC1-01 04211 RCL1-03 04132 RFM1-05 11151 E
0P 04242 9BA 17206 CSP2-01 11249 14232 LLC1-02 04212 RCL1-04 04134 RFM1-06 03255
0PA 04242 9BB 17211 CSP2-02 11250 EIC3-05 09121,13138, LLC1-03 04212 RCL1-05 04127 RFM1-07 06152
0R 04248 9BC 17216 CSP2-03 11250 13238,14131, RCL1-06 04129 RFM1-08 03257,04225
0RA 04248 9C 17229,17242 14231 RCL1-07 04138 RFM1-09 04225
0S 04255 9CA 17233 MBR1-01 04125 RCL1-08 04229 RFM1-10 03255,05231,
0SA 04255 9CAA 17233 D115M 13108 MBR1-02 04125 RCL1-09 04229 06126,10109,
0T 05247 9CB 17242 D150M 13122 EST1-01 02132 MBR1-03 04242 RCL1-10 04127 11151
0TA 05247 9CBA 17242 D150R 13124 EST1-02 02128 MBR1-04 04242 RCL1-11 04255 RFM1-11 03255,05231,
0TA1 16103 9D 17229,17240 D151 13126 EST1-03 02124 MBR1-05 04244 RCL1-12 04255 06126,10109,
0TA2 16105 9DA 17231 D240M 13122 EST1-04 02140 MBR1-06 04244 11151
0V 05203 9DB 17240 D240R 13128 EST1-07 02130 MBR1-07 04246 RCL2-01 04219 RFM1-12 03257,04225
0VA 05203 D241M 13125 EST1-08 02140 MBR1-08 04246 RCL2-02 04219
D 0VB 05203 ALT 02115,13157, D241R 13131 EST1-09 02126 MBR1-09 10203 D
0VC 05206 13257,14157, D419 13110 EST1-10 02124 MBR1-10 10203 RFF1-01 02158 SCR1-01 06203 FUSE LOCATION
0VD 05209 14257 D439 13119 EST1-11 02126 MBR1-11 04217 RFF1-03 11149 SCR1-03 06215 FUSE NUMBER LOCATION
0VE 05212 D440 13134 EST1-12 2140 MBR1-12 04217 RFF1-04 06130 SCR1-04 06207 1-199 (D4)
0VF 05215 ALT-FLD 14126,14226 D509 13108 RFF1-05 11103 SCR1-05 06212 200-210 (D1)
0VG 05218 D900 13111 F01 14120,14220 MBR2-01 04130 RFF1-06 17129 SCR1-06 06221 211-220 (E3)
0VH 05221 CAB1-01 03103 D901 13112 MBR2-02 04130 RFF1-07 10138 SCR1-10 06224 221-230 (D1)
0VJ 05224 CAB1-02 03103 D953 13109,13127 MBR2-03 04248 RFF1-08 02158,11105, SCR1-11 06226
0W 05228 CAB1-03 06112 FFR1-02 10126 MBR2-04 04248 17129 SCR1-12 06228 ATC FUSE P/N
0WA 05228 CAB1-04 06113 FFR1-03 11225 MBR2-05 04250 RFF1-10 05215,10138, (USED IN TB2)
0WB 05228 CAB1-05 03107 DCP1-02 03239 FFR1-04 10128 MBR2-06 04250 11149 SRC2-01 09139 CURRENT
0WC 05231 CAB1-06 03107 DCP2-01 09154 FFR1-06 10226 MBR2-07 04252 RFF1-11 05216,10138, SRC2-04 09137 RATING P/N
0WD 05234 CAB1-09 03206 DCP2-04 09152 FFR1-07 11108 MBR2-08 04252 11149 SRC2-05 09135 2A 426-7770
C 0WE 05237 CAB1-10 03209 DCP2-05 09150 FFR1-08 04221,10226, MBR2-09 04144 RFF1-12 02158,11105, 5A 426-5742 C
0WF 05240 CAB1-11 03203 11225 MBR2-10 04144 17129 S-GND 02113,13144, 10A 426-5743
15A 426-5744
0X 04203 CAB1-12 03203 FFR1-09 04221 13244,14134,
20A 426-5745
0Y 06215 DI7 02208 FFR1-10 05203,10126, RFF2-01 11221 14234
25A 426-5746
0Z 03226 CAB2-01 04203 DI8 02252 11108 PCP1-01 11205 RFF2-02 04227
30A 426-5747
0ZA 03228 CAB2-02 02252 DI10 11108 FFR1-11 05204,10126, PCP1-02 11203 RFF2-03 17103 STR1-01 11240
CAB2-03 04119 DI23 02124 11108 PCP1-04 11119 RFF2-04 11236 STR1-02 11239
02A 11249 CAB2-04 02208 DI24 02126 FFR1-12 04221,10226, PCP1-06 07119 RFF2-05 17107 STR1-03 11235
02B 11252 CAB2-05 02210 DI25 02128 11225 PCP1-07 11207 RFF2-06 11238
03 06112 CAB2-06 04115 DI26 02130 PCP1-08 11203 RFF2-08 04227,10240, STR2-01 17116
12V1 06112 CAB2-07 04115 DI27 02132 PCP1-09 11209 11221,17107 STR2-02 17118
12V2 06112 CAB2-08 04117 DI31 02140 FFR2-01 04223 PCP1-10 05209,11119 RFF2-10 05218,10240,
13 10226 CAB2-09 04121 FFR2-02 07117 PCP1-11 05210,11119 11233,17103 SWRTN 04205
B B
13B 02252 CAB2-12 17156 DO2 02214 FFR2-03 17135 PCP1-12 11203 RFF2-11 05219,10240,
DO3 02203 FFR2-05 11112 11233,17103
2 02110,13116, CAB3-01 03232 DO4 04103 FFR2-07 06134 PCP2-01 17141 RFF2-12 04227,10240,
13216,14120, CAB3-02 03234 DO5 04107 FFR2-08 04223,06136, PCP2-02 11123 11221,17107
14220,17114 CAB3-03 06103 DO7 04111 11155,17137 PCP2-03 17143
2A 13116,13216 CAB3-04 06118 DO8 02249 FFR2-09 06138 PCP2-04 11211
2AA 13225 CAB3-05 06114 DO17 03215 FFR2-10 05206,06134, PCP2-05 11129 RFF3-01 11145
2AAA 13225 CAB3-06 06105 DO18 03217 11112,11153, PCP2-06 11213 RFF3-02 11141
2AAAA 13225 CAB3-07 06119 DO19 03219 17135 PCP2-07 11125 RFF3-03 11133
2AAAB 13233 CAB3-08 06115 DO23 02241 FFR2-11 05207,06134, PCP2-08 11211,17141 RFF3-04 11143
2AB 13228 CAB3-09 04205 DO24 02235 11112,11153, PCP2-09 11127 RFF3-05 11131
2AC 13216 CAB3-10 03226 DO37 04125 17135 PCP2-10 05212,11123 RFF3-06 11219
2ACA 13216 CAB3-11 03228 DO38 04130 FFR2-12 04223,06136, PCP2-11 05213,11123 RFF3-07 11137
A
2ACB 13218 CAB3-12 03230 DO58 04138 11155,17137 PCP2-12 11211,17141 RFF3-08 11219 20 A

ELECTRIC SCHEMATIC LINCS II SIZE DWG NO. REV

DRAWN flovett E DO NOT SCALE 4266282 00

ISSUED 5-27-2011 SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 20 OF 24

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS

REFERENCE INFORMATION
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-1011 6-02 FL BAS BS
H INDICATES PIN 1
H
TYP

DIGOUT1 1 DIGPWR 1 DIGOUT2 1

5V VEHICLE CONTROL UNIT (VCU) COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION I/O EQUIVALENT CIRCUITS
DIGOUT3 1 DIGOUT5 1

DIGOUT4 1 5V_FP
DIGITAL OUTPUTS

DIGIN3
CONTROLLER C3 (ANALOG IN) C4 (DIGITAL I/O)
(426-8633) (425-8750) (425-8751) 24V (05107)

POWER CONNECTION C2 (ANALOG IN) C5 (DIGITAL I/O)

1
(425-8750) (425-8751) VCU
STATUS LEDS
C1 (BLANK) C6 (DIGITAL I/O) C7 (CAN) HIGH SIDE
G (426-0947) (425-8751) (425-8752) G

DI LEDs
DIGIN2

DIGITAL INTERFACE CARD C8 (CAN)

(425-8752)
(P/N: 425-9228)
1

24V_BATT (05121)
(LEDs STATUS - SEE PAGE 22 FOR DETAILS) ETHERNET V1
(UNUSED) C LOW PWR (UNUSED)
V2
C
ETHERNET
DIGIN1

C7CAN0 C8CAN0 LOW SIDE

VCU
DO LEDs
1

F DIP SWITCHES F
(ALL OFF)

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7CAN1 C8CAN1
DIGCAN

15V CAN3

CAN2 SERIAL PORT CHASIS

(425-8754)
USB PORT RESET BUTTON
CAN1
1

CARD4 CARD5 CARD6

CAN0 CABLE DB9
(426-0953) DIGITAL INPUTS
4 PLCS

STANDARD VCU

E E

V1
C
UNIT (VCU)

V2
CONTROL

C
VEHICLE

24V_CAN (05107)
C7CAN0 C8CAN0

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7CAN1 C8CAN1

PULL-UP VCU
D CABLE DB37 D
(426-0954)
5 PLCS

FREQUENCY
x100 VCU
CARD2 CARD3

ANALOG INTERFACE CARD

(P/N: 425-9224)
C C
ANALOG INPUTS
1 ALGIN1 1 ALGIN4
1 ALGIN2 1 ALGIN3
1 ALG GND 0-40V VCU
10K

1K
INDICATES PIN 1
TYP

STEERING INTERFACE CARD

ESD2

B B
(P/N: 426-8362) 4-20mA
400
VCU
[LOCATE IN STEERING INTERFACE J-BOX]
100

ESTOP CONN1
INTERFACE CARD 1
1

(P/N: 425-9226)
ESD1

A INDICATES PIN 1
21 A
1

1 ESD3 TYP
ELECTRIC SCHEMATIC LINCS II SIZE DWG NO. REV

DRAWN flovett E DO NOT SCALE 4266282 00

ISSUED 5-27-2011 SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 21 OF 24

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 F

B
E

C
D
H

A
DIGITAL INPUTS
DI5 - 32 DI33 - 36
LED OFF = 0 VDC INPUT LED OFF = 24 VDC INPUT
LED ON = 24 VDC INPUT LED ON = 0 VDC INPUT
8

8
8

5
6
7
9
30

20
29

27
32
33
36

15
18
22
28
35

16
17
19
25
31

23

10
11
12
14
26

13
21
24
34
DI
ENGINE RED LAMP

ENGINE BLUE LAMP

CAB E-STOP SWITCH

PARK BRAKE SWITCH

KEYSWITCH IGNITION
FIRE SYSTEM STATUS

UNUSED
UNUSED
UNUSED
UNUSED
UNUSED
UNUSED
UNUSED
UNUSED
UNUSED

AUTOLUBE SWITCHES
ENGINE YELLOW LAMP

KLENZ ENABLE SWITCH

FUNCTION

ENGINE SAFETY FILTERS

LADDER POSITION SWITCH
HYD RESERVOIR LEVEL SW

HV CABINET DOOR SWITCH

LEFT REAR E-STOP SWITCH

KEYSWITCH CRANK SWITCH

HYD RESERVOIR E-STOP SW

HV CABINET E-STOP SWITCH

RIGHT REAR E-STOP SWITCH

STARTER ISOLATION SWITCH

REAR DRIVER LUBE FLOW SWITCH

STEER SUPPLY PRESSURE SWITCH

DRIVE COOL RESERVOIR LEVEL SW

FRONT DRIVER LUBE FLOW SWITCH

7

7
-----
-----
-----
-----

-----
-----
-----
-----
-----

02210
02208
02255
11108
11112
06203
11114
10103
02128
02132
02130
02140
03255
11103

17103
10109
11250
02124
02126
LINE #

DO FUNCTION LINE #
14112, 14212

1 UNUSED -----
13110, 13210, 14110,14210
13108, 13208, 14108,14208

13143, 13243, 14136,14236

2 VCU / HMI KEEP ALIVE 02214

3 IGNITION KEEP ALIVE OUTPUT 02203
4 POLE WORK LIGHTS 04103
5 CAB LIGHT BAR LIGHTS 04107
6 UNUSED -----
6

6
7 REAR COWL LIGHTS 04111
8 PARK BRAKE INTERLOCK OUTPUT 02249
9 RED ALARM LIGHT 04115
10 YELLOW WARNING LIGHT 04117
11 CAB AUDIBLE ALARM 04119
12 UNUSED -----
5V CARD SUPPLY

25 SECONDARY DUMP PRESS SOL 11211

26 UNUSED -----
27 TAIL LIGHTS 04134
1 DIGCAN 1 DIGIN1 1 DIGIN2 1 DIGIN3
5V

28 UNUSED -----
5

5
29 HOIST RAISE PILOT SOL 11203
30 BUCKET DUMP PILOT SOL 11209 DI LEDs
31 BUCKET ROLL BACK PILOT SOL 11207
32 HOIST LOWER PILOT SOL 11205
CARD4
DIGOUT1

33 CLAMSHELL OPEN PILOT SOL 17141

DIGOUT3

34 CLAMSHELL CLOSE PILOT SOL 17143

35 BEACON 04144
36 HORN SOL 10203
1
1

37 LEFT TURN SIGNAL 04125

38 RIGHT TURN SIGNAL 04130
4

4
39 KLENZ 1 SOL 10207
CARD5

40 KLENZ 2 SOL 10209

41 KLENZ 3 SOL 10211
DIGPWR

42 KLENZ 4 SOL 10213

DIGOUT4

43 KLENZ 5 SOL 10215

DO LEDs

44 KLENZ 6 SOL 10217

(P/N: 425-9228)

45 KLENZ 7 SOL 10219

1

DIGITAL OUTPUTS

UNUSED -----
LED ON = >0% DUTY CYCLE
46
LED OFF = 0% DUTY CYCLE
DIGITAL INTERFACE CARD

47 UNUSED -----
(BRIGHTNESS VARIES WITH DUTY CYCLE)

48 AUX STEER ENABLE 17107

CARD6
3

3
DIGOUT2

49 UNUSED -----
15V

50 OIL COOLER BYPASS SOL 11219

AUX FAN ENABLE SOL 17129
DIGOUT5

51
52 RADIATOR FAN CONTROL SOL 11221
53 STEER RIGHT OUTPUT 11238
DIGITAL INTERFACE CARD STATUS LEDs

54 ENGINE START CMD 13103, 13203, 14103, 14203

1

5V_FP

55 UNUSED -----
ENGINE IGNITION 13101, 13201, 14101, 14201
CAN0
CAN2
CAN3

CAN1

56
57 BLOWER CONTROL SOL 11223
58 BACKUP LIGHTS & ALARM 04138
@54+
8+<

59 UNUSED -----
2

60 STEER LEFT OUTPUT 11236

ISSUED
DRAWN
00 RELEASE

flovett
5-27-2011

13 UNUSED -----
14 FRONT WASHER PUMP 03221
REAR WASHER PUMP 03223
*+9)8/6:/54

15
ELECTRIC SCHEMATIC LINCS II

PARK BRAKE SWITCH LIGHT 04121

SIZE
15V CARD SUPPLY

16
SCALE
1/1

17 FRONT WIPER HIGH 03215

FRONT WIPER LOW 03217
REVISIONS

18
EST WT
E DO NOT SCALE

19 REAR WIPER LOW OUTPUT 03219

DWG NO.

UNUSED -----
+)4

20
5V SPEED CONTROL PEDAL SUPPLY
NL11-1011

21 AUTOLUBE SOL 11225

1

FLOAT SOL 11213

*':+

22
6-02

SHEET
4266282

23 DIGITAL OUTPUT POWER 02241

).-
FL

24 DRIVE SW POWER OUTPUT 02235

).1
BAS

22 OF 24
22
REV

00
'66
BS

A
F

B
C
D
H

G
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS

REFERENCE INFORMATION
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-1011 6-02 FL BAS BS
H H

CONNECTOR INDENTIFICATION
BACK PANEL CONNECTOR COMMON CABLES
LOW VOLT CONTROL CABINET (LVCC) (425-8773)
CABLE 3 PIN - M12x1 (GRAY)
5-PIN RCPT (426-5234)
(426-4189)
M12x1 FOR ADDITIONAL CABLES SEE:
3 PIN M12x1
PIN-1 PIN-2
ASSY CAB WITH ELECTRICS 425-8779
CAB1 CAB3 CAB5 LLC1 24V 3 1 GP HARNESS FRONT FRAME MACHINE SPECIFIC
G SIGNAL 2 2 GP HARNESS REAR FRAME MACHINE SPECIFIC G
PIN-3
3-PIN RCPT GND 1 3
CAB (426-5238) PIN-4
CAB2 CAB4 CAB6 4

8-PIN RCPT
(426-4193)
CABLE 3 PIN - M12x1 3 CONDUCTOR (YELLOW)
(426-7338)

PCP1 FFR1 FPL1 KLZ1 MBR1 WIRING DIAGRAM M12x1

3 PIN M12x1
PIN-1 PIN-2
24V 3 1
12-PIN RCPT (25 PLCS)
F (426-5239) SIGNAL 2 2
F
PCP2 FFR2 FPL2 EST1 MBR2 PIN-3
FRONT FRAME GND 1 3
PIN-4
4

CABLE 3 PIN - DIN (YELLOW)

RFF1 RFF3 RFF5 EIC1 RAX1
(426-5233)

WIRING DIAGRAM DIN

3 PIN DIN
RFF2 RFF4 RFM1 EIC3 DCP1 1
SIGNAL 2
E 5-PIN RCPT GDM E
(426-4189)
GND 1 2
2
3-PIN RCPT 24V 3 3
REAR FRAME (426-5238)
1
3
GDM
RCL1 CSP1 SRC2 0

RCL2 SRC1 DCP2 GND

CONNECTOR COLOR CODES
5 PIN FEMALE CAN RECEPTACLE
D D
PIN LEGEND
PIN-1 PIN-2 PIN COLOR
1 DRAIN
2 RED 24V
3 BLK GND
PIN-5 PIN-3 4 WHT (CAN_H)
5 BLU (CAN_L)
3-PIN RCPT 5-PIN RCPT
(426-5238) (426-4189) PIN-4

3 PIN FEMALE RECEPTACLE

PIN-1
C C
PIN LEGEND
PIN COLOR
1 GREEN
2 BLACK
3 WHITE
PIN-3 PIN-2

12 PIN FEMALE RECEPTACLE

PIN-9
B PIN-12 PIN-10
PIN LEGEND B
PIN COLOR
PIN-8 PIN-1 1 ORANGE
2 BLUE
3 WHITE/BLACK
4 RED/BLACK
PIN-7 PIN-2 5 GREEN/BLACK
6 ORANGE/BLACK
7 BLUE/BLACK
PIN-6 PIN-3 8 BLACK/WHITE
9 GREEN
PIN-5 PIN-4 10 RED
11 WHITE
PIN-11 12 BLACK

A 23 A

ELECTRIC SCHEMATIC LINCS II SIZE DWG NO. REV

DRAWN flovett E DO NOT SCALE 4266282 00

ISSUED 5-27-2011 SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 23 OF 24

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-1011 6-02 FL BAS BS
H H

BREAKOUT BOX
BREAKOUT BOXES I/O (426-5235)

FFR1 RFF4 GND J1-1 J2-1 GND

HARNESS SIGNAL PIN HARNESS SIGNAL PIN HARNESS SIGNAL PIN HARNESS SIGNAL PIN SIGNAL J1-2 J2-2 SIGNAL
DEVICE DESCRIPTION DEVICE DESCRIPTION DEVICE DESCRIPTION DEVICE DESCRIPTION
CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE
AUTO LUBE SYSTEM AIR PRESS HPD GEARBOX TEMP 24V J1-3 J2-3 24V
G FFR1-J1 FFR1-07
SWITCHES
FFR1-J2 FFR1-01 UNUSED RFF4-J1 RFF4-07
XDCR
RFF4-J2 RFF4-01
XDCR G
MAINTENANCE LIGHT FRONT SERVICE BRAKES RADIATOR FAN PUMP PRESS HPD GEARBOX PRESS
FFR1-J3 FFR1-09 FFR1-J4 FFR1-02 RFF4-J3 RFF4-09 RFF4-J4 RFF4-02
LEFT FRONT XDCR XDCR XDCR GND J3-1 J4-1 GND
AUTO LUBE FRONT PARK BRAKES BLOWER PUMP PRESS HYD RESERVOIR AIR PRESS
FFR1-J5 FFR1-03 FFR1-J6 FFR1-04 RFF4-J5 RFF4-03 RFF4-J6 RFF4-04
SOL XDCR XDCR XDCR SIGNAL J3-2 J4-2 SIGNAL
FRONT PARK BRAKES BLOWER SPEED
FFR1-J7 FFR1-05 UNUSED FFR1-J8 FFR1-06 RFF4-J7 RFF4-05 RFF4-J8 RFF4-06 UNUSED J3-3 J4-3 24V
SOL SENSOR 24V

GND J5-1 J6-1 GND

FFR2 RFF5
SIGNAL J5-2 J6-2 SIGNAL
HARNESS SIGNAL PIN HARNESS SIGNAL PIN HARNESS SIGNAL PIN HARNESS SIGNAL PIN
DEVICE DESCRIPTION DEVICE DESCRIPTION DEVICE DESCRIPTION DEVICE DESCRIPTION
CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE
24V J5-3 J6-3 24V
LIFT ARM POSITION MAINTENANCE LIGHT FRONT WASHER AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE
FFR2-J1 FFR2-07 FFR2-J2 FFR2-01 RFF5-J1 RFF5-07 RFF5-J2 RFF5-01
XDCR RIGHT FRONT PUMP XDCR
BELLCRANK TO LIFT ARM REAR WASHER L TO R ANGLE GND J7-1 J8-1 GND
F FFR2-J3 FFR2-09
XDCR
FFR2-J4 FFR2-02 UNUSED RFF5-J3 RFF5-09
PUMP
RFF5-J4 RFF5-02
(DOZER) F
CLAMSHELL CYL EXT F TO R ANGLE SIGNAL J7-2 J8-2 SIGNAL
FFR2-J5 FFR2-03 FFR2-J6 FFR2-04 UNUSED RFF5-J5 RFF5-03 UNUSED RFF5-J6 RFF5-04
XDCR (OPT) (DOZER)
FRONT DRIVER LUBE BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 24V J7-3 J8-3 24V
FFR2-J7 FFR2-05 FFR2-J8 FFR2-06 UNUSED RFF5-J7 RFF5-05 RFF5-J8 RFF5-06 UNUSED
FLOW SWITCHES SOL

PCP1 EST1
HARNESS SIGNAL PIN HARNESS SIGNAL PIN HARNESS SIGNAL PIN HARNESS SIGNAL PIN

XXXX-10

XXXX-11

XXXX-01

XXXX-02

XXXX-04

XXXX-06
XXXX-05

XXXX-03

XXXX-09

XXXX-07

XXXX-08
XXXX-12
DEVICE DESCRIPTION DEVICE DESCRIPTION DEVICE DESCRIPTION DEVICE DESCRIPTION
CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE
BUCKET ROLLBACK PILOT HOIST LOWER PILOT RIGHT REAR LEFT REAR
PCP1-J1 PCP1-07 PCP1-J2 PCP1-01 EST1-J1 EST1-07 EST1-J2 EST1-01
SOL SOL E-STOP SWITCH E-STOP SWITCH
BUCKET DUMP PILOT HOIST RAISE PILOT HV CABINET HYD RESERVOIR
PCP1-J3 PCP1-09 PCP1-J4 PCP1-02 EST1-J3 EST1-09 EST1-J4 EST1-02
SOL SOL E-STOP SWITCH E-STOP SWITCH

GND
GND

SIGNAL

SIGNAL

SIGNAL

SIGNAL
SIGNAL

SIGNAL

SIGNAL

SIGNAL

24V

24V
BUCKET CYL ROD CAB
E PCP1-J5 PCP1-03 UNUSED PCP1-J6 PCP1-04
XDCR
EST1-J5 EST1-03
E-STOP SWITCH
EST1-J6 EST1-04 FIRE SYSTEM STATUS E
PCP1-J7 PCP1-05 UNUSED PCP1-J8 PCP1-06 UNUSED EST1-J7 EST1-05 UNUSED EST1-J8 EST1-06 UNUSED

XXXX: HARNESS NAME / WIRE CODE

PCP2 RAX1
HARNESS SIGNAL PIN HARNESS SIGNAL PIN HARNESS SIGNAL PIN HARNESS SIGNAL PIN
DEVICE DESCRIPTION DEVICE DESCRIPTION DEVICE DESCRIPTION DEVICE DESCRIPTION
CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE
GREATEST PILOT CMD CLAMSHELL OPEN PILOT REAR DRIVER LUBE
PCP2-J1 PCP2-07 PCP2-J2 PCP2-01 RAX1-J1 RAX1-07 RAX1-J2 RAX1-01 UNUSED
XDCR SOL (OPT) FLOW SWITCHES
HOIST CYL BASE PILOT SUPPLY REAR PARK BRAKES J1 J2
PCP2-J3 PCP2-09 PCP2-J4 PCP2-02 RAX1-J3 RAX1-09 RAX1-J4 RAX1-02 UNUSED
XDCR XDCR SOL
CLAMSEHLL CLOSE PILOT DUMP PRESS REDUCING REAR PARK BRAKES
PCP2-J5 PCP2-03 PCP2-J6 PCP2-04 RAX1-J5 RAX1-03 RAX1-J6 RAX1-04 UNUSED
SOL (OPT) SOL XDCR
J3 J4
HOIST CYL ROD REAR SERVICE BRAKES
D PCP2-J7 PCP2-05
XDCR
PCP2-J8 PCP2-06 FLOAT SOL RAX1-J7 RAX1-05
XDCR
RAX1-J8 RAX1-06 UNUSED D

J5 J6

RFF1 RFM1
HARNESS SIGNAL PIN HARNESS SIGNAL PIN HARNESS SIGNAL PIN HARNESS SIGNAL PIN
DEVICE DESCRIPTION DEVICE DESCRIPTION DEVICE DESCRIPTION DEVICE DESCRIPTION
CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE J7 J8
KLENZ RESERVOIR AIR HYD TANK DUMP RADIATOR FAN SPEED ENGINE SAFETY FILTER
RFF1-J1 RFF1-07 RFF1-J2 RFF1-01 RFM1-J1 RFM1-07 RFM1-J2 RFM1-01 P1
XDCR SOL SENSOR RESTRICTION
MAINTENANCE LIGHT
RFF1-J3 RFF1-09 UNUSED RFF1-J4 RFF1-02 UNUSED RFM1-J3 RFM1-09 RFM1-J4 RFM1-02 UNUSED
MIDDLE LEFT
HYD RESERVOIR OIL TEMP STEER POSITION FUEL LEVEL
RFF1-J5 RFF1-03 RFF1-J6 RFF1-04 RFM1-J5 RFM1-03 UNUSED RFM1-J6 RFM1-04
XDCR XDCR XDCR
HYD RESERVOIR LEVEL AUX FAN ENABLE AUTO LUBE GREASE DRIVE COOL RESERVOIR
RFF1-J7 RFF1-05 RFF1-J8 RFF1-06 RFM1-J7 RFM1-05 RFM1-J8 RFM1-06
SWITCH SOL (OPT) XDCR LEVEL SWITCH

C C

RFF2
HARNESS SIGNAL PIN HARNESS SIGNAL PIN
DEVICE DESCRIPTION DEVICE DESCRIPTION
CODE CODE CODE CODE
RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
RFF2-J1 24V ONLY AIR DRYER HEATER RFF2-J2 RFF2-01
SOL
MAINTENANCE LIGHT
RFF2-J3 RFF2-09 UNUSED RFF2-J4 RFF2-02
MIDDLE RIGHT
* AUX STEER SUPPLY STEER LEFT
RFF2-J5 RFF2-03 RFF2-J6 RFF2-04
PRESS SWITCH (OPT) OUTPUT
* AUX STEER STEER RIGHT
RFF2-J7 RFF2-05 RFF2-J8 RFF2-06
ENABLE (OPT) OUTPUT

B RFF3 B
HARNESS SIGNAL PIN HARNESS SIGNAL PIN
DEVICE DESCRIPTION DEVICE DESCRIPTION
CODE CODE CODE CODE
HOIST/BUCKET PUMP C ACCESSORY PUMP
RFF3-J1 RFF3-07 RFF3-J2 RFF3-01
XDCR XDCR
HOIST/BUCKET PUMP B STEER PUMP A
RFF3-J3 RFF3-09 RFF3-J4 RFF3-02
XDCR XDCR
HOIST/BUCKET PUMP A STEER PUMP B
RFF1-J5 RFF3-03 RFF3-J6 RFF3-04
XDCR XDCR
FAST HOIST PUMP HYD OIL COOLER BYPASS
RFF3-J7 RFF3-05 RFF3-J8 RFF3-06
XDCR SOL

A 24 A

ELECTRIC SCHEMATIC LINCS II SIZE DWG NO. REV

DRAWN flovett E DO NOT SCALE 4266282 00

ISSUED 5-27-2011 SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 24 OF 24

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 GO TO SCHEMATICS TOC

Cab Wiring Diagram

LINCS II
 NOTES

NOTE: If you have printed a page from the LEPS-LeTourneau Electronic Publication System-The page may not include all relevant data,
such as specifications, Warnings, Cautions or Notes that may be found elsewhere in the complete document or in other applicable service
information documents. Make sure you have read and understood all associated information before performing any maintenance on the
machine. It is the responsibility of the mechanic, repairman or inspector to understand the current instructions of the manufacturer and the
manuals, for the specific operation concerned.
LeTourneau Technologies © 2007 All Rights Reserved
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
03 ITEM 29 WAS P/N 4265219; ITEM 73 WAS QTY 30;
71
H 03 ITEM 76 WAS QTY 12; ITEM 77 WAS QTY 4; H
03 ADDED ITEM 100,101,102,103,104,105 & 106 NL11-1811 9-30-11 JFM BS BS

65
71 106 4240201 1 WEDGE W3S DEUTSCH
105 4240200 3 SOCKET CONTACT, SIZE 16, GOLD PL
104 4240202 1 PLUG DT06-3S DEUTSCH
71 03 103 4240205 3 CONTACT PIN SIZE 16
102 4240206 1 WEDGE W3P DEUTSCH
101 4240204 1 RECEPTACLE DT04-3P DEUTSCH
71 100 4153882 2 SEALING PLUG #12-16 AWG
71
99 4274391 1 ASSY AIR BLOW GUN G2
1 98 4020763 1 90/ADPT 1/4MJX1/4MJ BULKHEAD
97 4274390 1 ASSY DUAL BRAKE VALVE
96 4116716 1 SUN VISOR ASSEMBLY 6 x 30
95 4012631 4 MSCR PH #10 .438 NF
G 94 0810880 4 WASHER FLAT .219 .50 .07 G
93 4270334 1 KIT WINDSHIELD WASHER 10 LITER
92 4266246 1 CABLE EXT CAN 0.5M
91 4270206 10 FERRULE INSUL 14AWG .315LG INSERT BLUE
90 4270205 85 FERRULE INSUL 16AWG .315LG INSERT BLK
89 4228722 1 MARKER DIN TERM BLOCK#221-230
REAR WIPER MOTOR
NOTE: 88 4228723 1 MARKER DIN TERM BLOCK#231-240
97 VERIFY THAT MOTOR IS 87 4228710 1 MARKER DIN TERM BLOCK#101-110
PROPERLY GROUNDED
86 4266258 1 CODE SHEET CAB LINCS 2
85 4228711 1 MARKER DIN TERM BLK #111-120
84 4228712 1 MARKER DIN TERM BLOCK#121-130
83 4228713 1 MARKER DIN TERM BLOCK#131-140
82 4228721 1 MARKER DIN TERM BLOCK#211-220
81 4228720 1 MARKER DIN TERM BLOCK#201-210
80 4266261 1 LABELS LINCS II CAB DASH
79 4228700 2 MARKER DIN TERMINAL BLOCK #1-10
F 78 4185765 1 WEDGE LOCK, RECEPTACLE F
03 77 4185764 2 SOCKET CONTACT SIZE 16
76 4185763 10 PIN CONTACT SIZE 16
75 4185761 1 RECEPTACLE 12 WAY
74 4212588 4 FT WIRE HOOKUP #18 AWG 1000V RED/WHT
03 73 4120401 34 FT CABLE #16 AWG EXANE DLO 600 VAC
72 4268381 1 HARNESS CAB LOWER
9 71 4268380 1 HARNESS CAB UPPER
70 2308182 1 CAT5e PATCH CABLE 3 FT
69 2308193 1 CAT5e PATCH CABLE 10 FT
68 4259325 15 FT CONDUIT SLIT LOOM 1/4 INCH
1 67 4265212 1 CABLE USB A MALE-A MALE 2M
66 4239844 1 COM PORT ADAPTER
10 65 4265838 2 CABLE EXT CAN 4.3M
64 4266253 1 CABLE TEE CAN 2 MALE-FEM
A/C AIR DUCTING
63 4267774 1 CABLE KEYPAD LINCS II
E 65 TO DASH VENTS E
62 4268538 1 CABLE RJ11 - OPEN 3M
65 60 4268348 1 CABLE VIDEO DVI-A M TO HD15 M 3m
72
59 4264192 1 RCPT E-NET MALE-RJ45/2M
71
58 4266255 2 RCPT CAN FEED THRU
57 4046896 7 CONDUIT SEAL RING .500
56 4265238 1 RCPT 3 PIN FEM/3M 1/2-14NPT

63 55 4265239 1 RCPT 12 PIN FEM/3M 1/2-14NPT

64
94 94 54 4265839 1 RECEPTACLE 3 PIN MALE 5M
50
K 52 95 95 53 4264983 4 RECP 12 PIN MALE/4M 1/2-14NPT

V 40 40 52 4270329 1 ROCKER SWITCH 15A 24V

51 4268321 4 NUT LOCK NYL INS M5
50 4264118 1 KEYPAD CAN LINCS II
G G 49 4265750 1 SWITCH NETWORK 4-PORT
48 4266266 19 BRIDGE FIXED PHOENIX FB10-6
47 4228656 12 PLATE SEPARATING PHOENIX TS-KK3
D 46 4264184 1 TERM BLK COVER PHOENIX 27 71 02 3 D
45 4265756 7 BRACKET END PHOENIX 08 00 88 6
44 4264180 29 TERM BLK GRAY PHOENIX 27 71 14 6
43 4228646 2 TERM BLOCK 2 TERM #24 - 10 AWG DIN GND
J J 42 4264183 3 TERM BLK GND PHOENIX 27 74 21 1
41 4227190 6 TERM BLOCK 1-2 TERM #10 AWG
96
40 4010907 10 WASHER LOCK SPR .190 .334 .047
39 4010283 6 MSCR PH #10 .500 NF
96 38 4238908 1 RAIL MOUNTING 6 INCH LG DIN
37 4268563 1 TERMINAL MARKERS CAB
36 4251863 2 RAIL MOUNTING 11.00 LONG DIN
35 4094849 1 ALARM, ELECTRONIC
31 4270330 1 KEY SWITCH ASSEMBLY
30 4265193 1 OPERATOR PUSH PULL AMBER NC
03 29 4274443 1 E-STOP SWITCH, 22MM

C D S 28
27
4240171
4240170
1
1
LIGHT ASSY YELLOW LED SURPERBRIGHT
LIGHT ASSY RED LED SUPERBRIGHT
C
26 4239848 1 READ HEAD-IBUTTON
25 0819904 4 WASH LK STL #8
24 4012415 4 MSCR PH #8-32 UNC X 1.00

S 1
23
22
4265199
4010905
1
8
SCREEN TOUCH LINCS II
WASHER LCK SPR #4
71 21 4245454 8 MSCR PH #4 .500 NC SS
20 4240483 2 NUT PLATE SHELL SIZE 18
REAR WIPER MOTOR
19 4265755 1 RCPT USB-A W/CAP
D 18 4265754 1 RCPT ETHERNET W/CAP
17 4100796 2 LIGHTER 12V
16 0814157 2 BOLT HX .250 1.000 NC G8
15 4259998 1 ACCELERATOR PEDAL 35° FIXED
K 13 4010922 3 WASHER FLAT .188 .44 .07
TOP VIEW OF CAB 12 0184949 3 WASHER STAR EXT #8

B V 98
WITHOUT SKIN AND GLASS SHOWN 11 0989217 3 SCREW PH #8-32 UNC-2A x 5/8LG B
SECTION J-J 10 0213584 9 WASHER LOCK SPR .25 .49 .06
TOP VIEW OF CAB 9 4009612 7 BOLT HX .250 1.250 NC G8
WITH SKIN AND CLASS SHOWN 8 4266271 1 MOUNT HMI UNO
7 4270183 1 HMI WITH SOFTWARE
6 0753123 4 WASHER LOCK SPR .375 .68 .09

99
20
U 4 X 21 21 4 X 5 0808221 4 WASHER FLAT .375 .81 .08
4 X 22 22 4 X 4 0812921 4 NUT HX 0.375 NC G8 PL
17
17 3 0808476 4 BOLT HX .375 1.250 NC G8
2 4267775 1 ASSY SEAT LINCS II

17 1 4264171 1 ASSEMBLY, CAB 50 SERIES LINCS II

CONNECT ITEM PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION
67
HERE UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:
FIRST USED ON/CONTRACT NO

17
THIS DRAWING AND ALL
DATA THEREIN IS THE
• DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES & APPLY BEFORE
PLATING OR FINISH COATINGS.
- LeTourneau Technologies™
CONNECT PROPERTY OF LETOURNEAU DWN DATE

HERE 70 18 19 TECHNOLOGIES. IT IS • TOLERANCES ON: ANGLES ±1°

J.MARTIN
U FRACTIONS ±1/16
1-3-11
CONFIDENTIAL AND MUST
NOT BE COPIED. IT IS CHK
.XX DECIMAL ±.03 B.SHAFER
GP CAB WITH ELECTRICS
1-3-11
A LOANED SUBJECT TO
RETURN UPON DEMAND
.XXX DECIMAL ±.015
ENGR A
SECTION S-S SECTION U-U AND IS NOT TO BE USED
IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL
• MACHINED CORNERS 1/64 X 45°
• WELD PROPERTIES SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM
PROD ENGR
B.SHAFER 1-3-11

B.SHAFER
1:2
TO OUR INTEREST. REQUIREMENTS OF THE BASE MATERIAL.
1:2
1-3-11
SECTION D-D SIZE DWG NO. REV

+ 4258779
INTERPRET DIM & TOL PROJ APPROVAL
03
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
PER LETOURNEAU DO NOT SCALE
SPEC 1650.00. MATL
SCALE 1/8 EST WT 2413.6 lbm SHEET 1 OF 5

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
03 NO CHG THIS SHEET; SEE SHEET 1,3,4 & 5 FOR CHG'S NL11-1811 9-30-11 JFM BS BS
H H
51 4 X

GND 71

52 50

SWRTN 71

SECTION R-R W R
1:2

G G
93

64

63
W
R

B
F F

O A O

86
BACK VIEW OF CAB
L
A 98

2
93

E CAB9 CAB10
E

55 56
57 57

Q
CAB1 CAB3 CAB5

86
L 58
COND COMP
35
CAB2 CAB4 CAB6 EST1-J5
Q 92

A 54 INLET OUTLET
D 15 4 X 53 57 D
58 4 X 57

F 59
86

F DETAIL A
1:2
X
10
9
97

60 72
DETAIL B
72 1:2
X
C C

16
10
SECTION V-V 7

1:4 15
FROM TOP VIEW ON SHEET 1

54 16
68 10
Y Z

62
60
62 59
B 67 B
72
TOUCH SCREEN
USB CABLE 7

72
Z TOUCH SCREEN USB CABLE
69 Y 67
(PROVIDED WITH TOUCH SCREEN)

3 4X 54
4 4X 68
5 4X
6 4X 72

59
SECTION F-F 71 65 65 72
A A
1:1
SECTION O-O GP CAB
WITH ELECTRICS SIZE DWG NO. REV

DRAWN J.MARTIN E DO NOT SCALE 4258779 03

ISSUED 1-3-11 SCALE 1/8 EST WT SHEET 2 OF 5

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
03 ADDED TWO NEW CONNECTORS AT SECT A-A;
H 03 ADDED ITEM 100 AT DT'L C; ADDED DT'L D NL11-1799 9-29-11 JFM BS BS H

24 4 X
25 4 X

CAB 2-01

CAB 2-09 29
CONNECTS
60 HERE
30
TOUCH SCREEN USB CABLE
CONNECTS HERE
G G
X1 NC1
22 41
03
X2 NC2 21 42 EST1-05
CAB 2-06
7 11
12
CAB 13
EST1-10 73
2-02
EST1-03 9
73 CONNECTS 67 10
HERE
28
27

CAB 2-08 SECTION Z-Z

1:1
F CAB 2-07 FROM SECTION V-V SHEET 2 F
CAB CAB 2-06
2-06

CONNECTS
59 HERE

CONNECTS
66 72 HERE

IBN1-03 74

CAB 2-01 7
CAB 2-01
31 WHITE
26 OUTER RING
TERMINAL

CONNECTS
HERE 62

E INNER RING E
TERMINAL
CAB 2-04

74
CAB 2-05 IBN1-04
RED CONNECTS
69 HERE
SECTION Y-Y
1:1
FROM SECTION V-V SHEET 2

61 72
60
D D

SECTION A-A
1:1
FROM SECTION V-V SHEET 2
DASH CENTER CONSOLE WIRING 29 23
REAR VIEW

80 30
10

C C

80

27 28

75
EST1-03
78

EST1-10

100 2X

CAB2-01 31
B
B
C
A
CAB2-02 B A EST1-05 26 B
IBN1-04 IBN1-03 C
CAB2-04 CAB2-09 101

D CAB2-05 CAB2-08
102

CAB2-06 CAB2-07
3X 103 SECTION L-L
C DETAIL D
RECEPTACLE 3 WAY
1:2
FROM SECTION V-V SHEET 2
76 DASH CENTER CONSOLE FRONT VIEW
03

DETAIL C
RECEPTACLE 12 WAY
03

A A
GP CAB
WITH ELECTRICS SIZE DWG NO. REV

DRAWN J.MARTIN E DO NOT SCALE 4258779 03

ISSUED 1-3-11 SCALE 1/8 EST WT SHEET 3 OF 5

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
C5 03 CHG'D 12 PIN DEUTSCH CONN DT'L & NOTES;
H E2 03 ADDED EST1-J5 CONNECTOR LEGEND NL11-1811 9-30-11 JFM BS BS H
SEE TERMINAL 37 44 29 X 19 X 48 46 45 2 X
47 12 X 37 SEE TERMINAL STRIP LAYOUT
STRIP LAYOUT

TURCK12 AND 3 PIN CONECTORS LOWER HARNESS UPPER HARNESS

CONNECTOR-PIN DESTINATION DESTINATION DESTINATION
WIRE CODE WIRE COLOR TERMINAL BLOCK WIRE CODE TERMINAL BLOCK WIRE CODE TERMINAL BLOCK
CAB1-01 ORN 101-L CAB1-01 101-R CAB3-01 201-R
CAB1-02 BLU 104-L CAB1-02 104-R CAB3-02 202-R
CAB1-03 WHT/BLK 208-L CAB1-05 102-R CAB3-09 212-R
CAB1-04 RED/BLK 209-L 103-R CAB3-09 213-R
CAB1-05 GRN/BLK 102-L CAB1-06 105-R 0D 204-R
CAB1-06 ORN/BLK 105-L 106-R 0EA 206-R
CAB1-07 BLU/BLK 107-L CAB1-07 107-R 12V2 211-R
CAB1-08 BLK/WHT 108-L CAB1-08 108-R GND 132-R
CAB1-09 GRN 109-L CAB1-09 109-R G
G
CAB1-10 RED 110-L CAB1-10 110-R
CAB1-11 WHT 111-L CAB1-11 111-R
CAB1-12 BLK 112-L CAB1-12 112-R
39 2 X
40 2 X CAB2-01 ORN 113-L CAB2-01 113-R
CAB2-02 BLU 114-L CAB2-02 114-R
CAB2-03 WHT/BLK 115-L CAB2-03 115-R
CAB2-04 RED/BLK 116-L CAB2-04 116-R
CAB2-05 GRN/BLK 117-L CAB2-05 117-R
CAB2-06 ORN/BLK 118-L CAB2-06 118-R
CAB2-07 BLU/BLK 119-L CAB2-07 119-R
CAB2-08 BLK/WHT 120-L CAB2-08 120-R
CAB2-09 GRN 121-L CAB2-09 121-R
CAB2-10 RED 122-L
CAB2-11 WHT 123-L CAB3-10 214-R
CAB2-12 BLK 124-L CAB3-11 215-R
201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 233 CAB3-12 216-R
F CAB3-01 ORN 201-L F
CAB3-02 BLU 202-L 0D 203-R
CAB3-03 WHT/BLK 203-L 0EA 205-R
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 CAB3-04 RED/BLK 205-L 12V2 208-R
81
36 CAB3-05 GRN/BLK 210-L 12V2 209-R
82 CAB3-06 ORN/BLK 204-L 12V2 210-R
89 CAB3-07 BLU/BLK 206-L GND 130-R
88 CAB3-08 BLK/WHT 211-L GND 131-R
CAB3-09 GRN 212-L
CAB3-10 RED 214-L
CAB3-11 WHT 215-L
87 CAB3-12 BLK 216-L
85 AC HARNESS
84 CAB4-01 ORN 217-L DESTINATION
83 CAB4-02 BLU 218-L WIRE COLOR TERMINAL BLOCK
CAB4-03 WHT/BLK 220-L RED 222-R
CAB4-04 RED/BLK 221-L BLK 223-R
CAB4-05 GRN/BLK 222-L LT GRN 128-L
E CAB4-06 ORN/BLK 223-L E
CAB4-07 BLU/BLK 224-L
CAB4-08 BLK/WHT 225-L
CAB4-09 GRN 226-L
SECTION X-X 42 3 X CAB4-10 RED 227-L EST1-J5 CONNECTOR *
2:1 CAB4-11 WHT 228-L DESTINATION
FROM SECTION V-V SHEET 2 CAB4-12 BLK 229-L CONNECTOR-PIN 3PIN CONNECTOR-
REAR DIN RAIL COMPONENTS WIRE CODE WIRE COLOR ITEMS 104,105 & 106
CAB9-01 ORN 217-R EST1-05 GRN PIN C
CAB9-02 BLU 218-R EST1-03 BLK PIN B
CAB9-03 WHT/BLK 220-R EST1-10 WHT PIN A
CAB9-04 RED/BLK 221-R
CAB9-05 GRN/BLK 128-R * CUT WIRES TO LENGTH NEEDED TO MATE
41 3 X 77 CAB9-06 ORN/BLK 129-R WITH 3 PIN CONNECTOR ITEM 101 FROM
CAB9-07 BLU/BLK 127-L THE E-STOP SWITCH.
CAB9-08 BLK/WHT NC
37 SEE TERMINAL STRIP LAYOUT
CAB9-09 GRN NC

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10
39 2 X 49
D 40 2 X 43
CAB9-10 RED NC D
CAB9-11 WHT NC 03
IBN1-04
GRN/WHT IBN1-03 CAB9-12 BLK NC
WHT/GRN
CAB10-1 GRN 219-L

11
CAB10-2 BLK 127-R
CAB10-3 WHT NC

12
35

1 2 3 4
03 LEGEND
45 3 X
36 79 TERMINAL STRIP LAYOUT
LOWER LEVEL UPPER LEVEL 205-R
CONNECTS
69 70
CONNECTS 12 PIN DEUTSCH CONNECTOR TERMINAL TERMINAL
HERE HERE
ON LOWER HARNESS BLOCK # LABEL BLOCK # LABEL
101 CAB1-01 201 CAB3-01
ň 102 CAB1-05 202 CAB3-02
C C
NOTES: Ŋ 103 CAB1-05 ň 203 0D
104 CAB1-02 Ŋ 204 0D
SECTION Q-Q 1) REMOVE WEDGE FROM 12 PIN DEUTSCH CONNECTOR ON LOWER HARNESS
ň 105 CAB1-06 ň 205 0EA TERMINAL BLOCK #
1's & 10's: SINGLE LEVE TERMINAL BLOCK
2) CRIMP PINS (ITEM 77) TO WIRES SHOWN ABOVE & LABEL APPROPRIATELY
1:1 Ŋ 106 CAB1-06
107 CAB1-07
Ō 206
Ŋ 207
0EA
0EA
100's: LOWER LEVEL TERMINAL BLOCK
3) REMOVE PLUGS FROM UNUSED HOLES 3 & 10 200's: UPPER LEVEL TERMINAL BLOCK
FROM SECTION V-V SHEET 2 108 CAB1-08 ň 208 12V2
DASH DIN RAIL COMPONENTS 4) INSTALL PINS IN CORRECT HOLES AS SHOWN ABOVE 109 CAB1-09 Ō 209 12V2 SIDE
110 CAB1-10 Ō 210 12V2 L: LEFT HAND SIDE (BOTTOM)
5) REINSTALL THE WEDGE ON THE 12 PIN DEUTSCH CONNECTOR
111 CAB1-11 Ŋ 211 12V2 R: RIGHT HAND SIDE (TOP)
112 CAB1-12 ň 212 CAB3-09
113 CAB2-01 Ŋ 213 CAB3-09
114 CAB2-02 214 CAB3-10
37 SEE TERMINAL STRIP LAYOUT : TERMINAL BRIDGE
115 CAB2-03 215 CAB3-11
41 3 X 116 CAB2-04 216 CAB3-12
117 CAB2-05 217 0TA1 : SEPERATING PLATE
118 CAB2-06 ň 218 HVAC4
NOTE: 119 CAB2-07 Ŋ 219 HVAC4 : SPACER COVER
B SEE TERMINAL BLOCK 120 CAB2-08 220 0TA2 B
39 2 X 121 CAB2-09 221 HVAC3
40 2 X
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS CHART 122 CAB2-10 222 CAB4-05
PRIOR TO INSTALLING WIRES 123 CAB2-11 223 CAB4-06
IN THE TERMINAL BLOCKS. 124 CAB2-12 224 CAB4-07
125 225 CAB4-08
126 226 CAB4-09 200's-L 200's-R
127 HVAC2 227 CAB4-10
ň 128 HVAC1 228 CAB4-11
1 2 3 4 Ŋ 129 HVAC1 229 CAB4-12
65 64 65 100's-L
130 230 100's-R
38 TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS CHART 131 231
ITEM NO. LTI P/N MIN TORQUE (lb in) MAX TORQUE (lb in) MIN TORQUE (Nm) MAX TORQUE (Nm) 132 232
41 4227190 5.3 7.1 0.6 0.8
42 4264183 5.3 7.1 0.6 0.8
43 4228646 5.3 7.1 0.6 0.8 LOWER CONSOLE UPPER CONSOLE TERMINAL BLOCK LAYOUT
44 4264180 5.3 7.1 0.6 0.8 1 0D 1 0D
2 0EA 2 0EA
A 2 X 45 79
43 3 12V2 3 12V2 A
SECTION W-W 63 4 4
1:1 GP CAB
WITH ELECTRICS SIZE DWG NO. REV

FROM SECTION V-V SHEET 2 DRAWN J.MARTIN E DO NOT SCALE 4258779 03

UPPER DIN RAIL COMPONENTS
ISSUED 1-3-11 SCALE 1/8 EST WT SHEET 4 OF 5

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
LOWER HARNESS @54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
G7 03 CHG'D CIRC AT 12 & 3 PIN CONN & TOUCH SCRN DISP NL11-1811 9-30-11 JFM BS BS

CAB 3-10

CAB 3-11

CAB 3-12
H H

LOWER HARNESS
WIPER

4240202 4240204

PARK
GRN
RED

BLK
LO
HI
EST1-J5 3 PIN
CONNECTOR

E-STOP
IBN1 12 PIN
CONNECTOR
LOWER HARNESS
TOUCHSCREEN DISPLAY
4185762
USB 1 (DISPLAY)

G VGA1 G
LOWER HARNESS
AC CONTROLS

4185761

IBUTTON HEAD

AC HARNESS

CAB 1-06
CAB 1-05
426-5750

BUZZER LOCAL
24 GND OPTIONS
CAB 2-03
+
3/4
CAB 2-06

GND
-
F 1/2
1 2 3 F

LAN 2 (HMI) CEILING

12V2
OEA
OD
LAN 3 (SERVICE) 230-8182 LOCAL OPTIONS

LOWER HARNESS
LOWER HARNESS

GND
USB 1 (DISPLAY)

LAN 3

426-6253
AC HARNESS

3
1

2
426-5754
LAN
EST1-J5

SERVICE CAB 5
VGA 1
LAN 2
IBN1

12V2
OEA
OD
426-5755
USB 425-9998 CAB 5
SERVICE

12V2 410-0796 UPPER HARNESS

LOWER HARNESS

A
AUX CAB 1-10 C
GND
12V

SW RTN
CAB 1-10 C

CAB 5
C

GND
CAB 1-12 E
E 12V2 410-0796 L
E
AUX CAB 1-11
GND E
12V B
R

SW RTN

SW RTN
CAB 1-09

SWITCH

GND
A KEYPAD

GND
A

LIGHT
T 426-4118
LOWER HARNESS O 426-7774
R

DOOR

DOOR
SW

SW
USB2 (SERVICE)
AC HARNESS

SEAT
UPPER HARNESS
VGA 1
LAN 2

HMI CAB 1-05

+24V
TOUCH SCREEN USB CABLE (426-8346) USB1 (DISPLAY) CAB 1-06
USB1 GND
USB2

CAB 3-09

CAB 3-09
426-5212

SW RTN

SW RTN
USB2
426-8348 VGA1 LAN 2

UPPER HARNESS
DVI LAN 2
426-8538 IBN1 CAB 6
COM1 LAN 1
D D

423-9844 LEFT RIGHT

427-0183 DOME DOME
LIGHT LIGHT

CAB 6
UPPER HARNESS
LAN 2 230-8193

CAB 3-01
CAB 3-02
LOWER HARNESS

426-6255 OD WIPER
CAB 5 SEAT
POWER GND

PARK
GRN

BLK
ON
CAB 5
426-6246 TO SEAT NOTE: VERIFY THAT MOTOR IS PROPERLY GROUNDED TO CAB FRAME.
C C
AC HARNESS

AC
ECU
LOWER HARNESS

CONDENSOR WATER
AC HARNESS

VALVE
THYRISTOR TEMP
EST1-J5

SENSORS
CAB 6

CAB 5

AC HARNESS AC HARNESS

CAB 5 426-5838 CAB 5

CAB 5 426-5838 CAB 5

B B
LT GRN

426-8381
RED

BLK
LOWER HARNESS

426-6255
UPPER HARNESS 426-8380
CAB CAB CAB
1 3 5
426-4192

426-4983
TYP CAB 1-4 426-5839
CAB CAB CAB EST1-J5
2 4 6
426-5238
DIN RAIL

CAB CAB
9 10
A A
GP CAB
WITH ELECTRICS SIZE DWG NO. REV

426-5239 DRAWN J.MARTIN E DO NOT SCALE 4258779 03

ISSUED 1-3-11 SCALE 1/8 EST WT SHEET 5 OF 5

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
 GO TO SCHEMATICS TOC

HV Cabinet
 NOTES

NOTE: If you have printed a page from the LEPS-LeTourneau Electronic Publication System-The page may not include all relevant data,
such as specifications, Warnings, Cautions or Notes that may be found elsewhere in the complete document or in other applicable service
information documents. Make sure you have read and understood all associated information before performing any maintenance on the
machine. It is the responsibility of the mechanic, repairman or inspector to understand the current instructions of the manufacturer and the
manuals, for the specific operation concerned.
LeTourneau Technologies © 2007 All Rights Reserved
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-1017 8-12 FL JB BS
H
TABLE OF CONTENTS NOTES:
H

01201
1) COLOR CODE
Title Sheet BLUE: WIRE CODE
01202
24V ELECTRICS INTERFACE INTLK_NO
WHT/GRN

Table of Contents………………………. 1 RED:

ORANGE:
CONNECTION PIN
RPT / RTD HARNESS
01203 SW IL1 SW IL2
SRC1-01
24V MOTOR 24V_BATT_1 WHT/BLU ORG
Component Location / Part No.………… 1 GREEN: M/S CONNECTION
& TERMINATION
01204
CONVERTER
SRC1-05
GRN/BLK GRN/BLK

24V Electrics Interface………………… 1 MAGENTA: POWER / CONTROL HARNESS 01205

INTLK_COM 24V_LIGHT
LT HV
GND_1
Can Interface…………………………… 1 01206
RED WHT/YEL PINK 2 1 BLK
HV CABINET
DOOR INTERLOCK SW
2) CROSS REFERENCE
SR Generator……………………………. 2 01207

G
(01239) 01208
G
SR Motors ISOLATION MONITOR
01209
SR Motor 1 Left Front…………..……… 3 SHEET NO. LINE NO.
01210 L1 (+) TO FUSE PANEL DC-
SR Motor 2 Right Front……….....……… 3 COLUMN
01211
SR Motor 3 Left Rear………………….. 4
1 2 5 6 GND
01212 TO MACHINE FRAME GROUND
3) POWER FLOWS LEFT TO RIGHT
SR Motor 4 Right Rear………………… 4 01213
GND_3
SRC1-12 GND
BLK
Reference Information 01214 DRIVE SW SRC1-03
24V_ENABLE
4) MACHINE STATE: POWER OUT WHT/BLK WHT/BLK
Wire Location Chart…………………… 5 - ALL LIGHTS OFF 01215
YEL
GF_DETECT
SRC1-04
HV BUS
ISOLATION
- FUSES NOT BLOWN RED/BLK
- HV CABINET DOOR CLOSED 01216

F GND_2 F
01217
WHT
SRC1-11 GND
WHT
01218
GND_2
01219
GRY
24V 24V_BATT_2
01220 GENERATOR SRC1-06
ORG/BLK ORG
CONVERTER
01221
GND_1
01222 SRC1-10 GND
COMPONENT LOCATION / PART NO. BLK RED

01223
HV CABINET 4267800 CAN INTERFACE
01224

01225
E S11DC- HV CABINET LIGHT E
425-8790 CAN_HI
582 S13+ S13- S12+ S12- S11+ S11- 01226 CAN HIGH SRC2-04
M/S -M1 WHT YEL
M1 RPT
S11DC+

552

01227
S1
VCM1
SR CONVERTER ASSY
VCS1
(427-2140) M1 SR CONVERTER ASSY CAN_LOW

M11DC+
TYP 12 PLCS SR MOTOR M1 01228 CAN LOW SRC2-05

551
M/S-M1
M/S-S1-TERM SR MOTOR S1 BLU GRN
M11- M11+ M12- M12+ M13- M13+ 581

M11DC-
01229
M21DC-
CAN_SHIELD
01230 GND SRC2-01
583 M23+ M23- M22+ M22- M21+ M21- DRAIN BLK
M/S -G4 M/S -G3

01231
M21DC+

553

VCG4

M2 SR CONVERTER ASSY
SR MOTOR M2 G4 SR CONVERTER ASSY
VCM2
01232
GENERATOR G4

G42DC+

G41DC+
M2-RPT
M/S-M2

G41- G41+ G42- G42+ G43- G43+

01233

D D

G42DC-

G41DC-
S21DC-
01234
584 S23+ S23- S22+ S22- S21+ S21-

M/S -G3 M/S -G2

01235
S21DC+

TWISTED
554

VCG3

VCS2
S2 SR CONVERTER ASSY
SR MOTOR S2 G3 SR CONVERTER ASSY 01236
GENERATOR G3

G32DC+

G31DC+
M/S-M2
M/S-S2-TERM
G31- G31+ G32- G32+ G33- G33+
01237

G32DC-

G31DC-
M31DC-
01238

585 M33+ M33- M32+ M32- M31+ M31-

M/S -G2 M/S -G1

01239
M31DC+

555

VCG2

VCM3
M3 SR CONVERTER ASSY
SR MOTOR M3 G2 SR CONVERTER ASSY
01240

G22DC+
GENERATOR G2
G21DC+

(02105)
M3 RPT
M/S-M3
01241
G21- G21+ G22- G22+ G23- G23+

01242
C C
G22DC-

G21DC-

S31DC-

586 S33+ S33- S32+ S32- S31+ S31- 01243

M/S -G1
GEN
S31DC+

556

SR CONVERTER ASSY
RPT

01244
S3 SR CONVERTER ASSY
VCG1

VCS3
SR MOTOR S3 G1 GENERATOR G1
01245
G32DC+

G31DC+

M/S-M3
M/S-S3-TERM
G11- G11+ G12- G12+ G13- G13+
01246
G12DC-

G11DC-

M41DC-

01247
587 M43+ M43- M42+ M42- M41+ M41-

01248
M41DC+

557

M4 DC+
01249
M11DC+

M21DC+

M31DC+

M41DC+

G41DC+

G42DC+

G31DC+

G32DC+

G21DC+

G22DC+

G11DC+

G12DC+
S11DC+

S21DC+

S31DC+

S41DC+

FUSE
VCM4

M4 RPT
M/S-M4 425-9194
TYP 32 PLCS 01250
SR CONVERTER ASSY
B SR MOTOR M4
B
S41DC-
01251

ISOLATION MONITOR
588 S43+ S43- S42+ S42- S41+ S41-

94)()(+:8* 425-9354 DC- 01252

S41DC+

558

5&3*1

S4
&88*2'1.*8
M11DC-

M21DC-

M31DC-

M41DC-

G41DC-

G42DC-

G31DC-

G32DC-

G21DC-

G22DC-

G11DC-

G12DC-
S11DC-

S21DC-

S31DC-

S41DC-

SR CONVERTER ASSY 01253

VCS4
SR MOTOR S4
01254
M/S-M4
M/S-S4-TERM

01255

01256 1
01257 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:
FIRST USED ON/CONTRACT NO
THIS DRAWING AND ALL
DATA THEREIN IS THE
• DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES & APPLY BEFORE
PLATING OR FINISH COATINGS.
L18502201 / L23502201 LeTourneau Technologies™
01258 PROPERTY OF LETOURNEAU
• TOLERANCES ON: ANGLES ±1° DWN DATE
TECHNOLOGIES. IT IS flovett 8-08-11
CONFIDENTIAL AND MUST FRACTIONS ±1/16
DOOR INTERLOCK SWITCH NOT BE COPIED. IT IS .XX DECIMAL ±.03
CHK
JB
01259 8-12-11
A 406-0928 LOANED SUBJECT TO
RETURN UPON DEMAND
.XXX DECIMAL ±.015
ENGR SCHEMATIC HI VOLT CABT L1850/2350 G2 A
TYP 2 PLCS AND IS NOT TO BE USED • MACHINED CORNERS 1/64 X 45°
• WELD PROPERTIES SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM
IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL
01260 TO OUR INTEREST. REQUIREMENTS OF THE BASE MATERIAL.
PROD ENGR
BS
HV CABINET RIGHT WALL
8-12-11
HV CABINET LEFT WALL SIZE DWG NO. REV

+ 4275302
INTERPRET DIM & TOL PROJ APPROVAL
00
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
PER LETOURNEAU DO NOT SCALE
SPEC 1650.00. MATL
SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 1 OF 5

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS

H GEN RPT
SR GENERATOR @54+ 8+<
00 RELEASE
*+9)8/6:/54 +)4
NL11-1017
*':+
8-12
).-
FL
).1
JB
'66
BS
H

02101 22 21 19 20 17 18 9 8 7 10 6 4 3 2 5 1 02201

GRN/WHT
RED/WHT
BLU/WHT

WHT/BLK
BLK/WHT

ORG/BLK
GRN/BLK
BLK/RED

RED/BLK
BLU/BLK
02102 02202
GEN RPT GEN RPT

WHT
GRN
ORG

RED
BLU

BLK
02103 02203

4 3 2 5 1 6 6 5 4 8 7 3 2 1 11 12
02104 02204

(01241)

(02160)
(02160)
(02160)
(02160)
WHT/BLK
RED/BLK

ORG/BLK
GRN/BLK
WHT
WHT

ORG
ORG

GRN
GRN

RED
RED
BLU

BLU

BLK
BLK
02105 02205

02106 02206

02107 02207

GRN

GRN

GRN

GRN

GRN

GRN
RED

RED

RED

RED

RED

RED
BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK
RTD 2C RTD 1B RTD 3A
02108 RPT 3B RPT 2B RPT 1B RPT 3A RPT 2A RPT 1A 02208
G G

DC+
02109

GEN RPT
02209
Generator

3+

2+

1+
3-

2-

1-

DC-
02110 02210
G11-
G11+
G12-
02111 G12+ 02211

M/S G2
G13-
G13+
02112 G21- 02212
G21+
G22-

(02155)

(02155)
02113 G22+ 02213
G23-
G23+
02114 02214

24V_ENABLE
G31-

24V_BATT_2
CAN_SHIELD
G31+
G32-

CAN_LOW
G32+
02115 02215
VCG 2

CAN_HI
G33-

GND_2
G33+

ORG
GRN

GRY
YEL
BLK

YEL
02116 G41- 02216
G41+
G42-
F 02117 G43-
G42+
02217 22 18 14 12 13 11 6 5 4 3 2 1 F
G43+ FUSE
G22DC- G22DC-
02118 02218 450A
G21DC- G21DC-

24V_ENABLE

24V_BATT_2
02119 02219 450A

CAN_SHIELD
G22DC+ G22DC+
VCG 4

CAN_LOW
450A

CAN_HI

GND_2
02120 02220 G21DC+ G21DC+

ORG
GRN

GRY
YEL
BLK

YEL
450A
02121 02221
22 12 21 18 14 10 6 5 4 3 2 1 M/S-G2 TERM
02122 FUSE 02222

G2
G42DC- G42DC-
M/S G2
450A G41DC-
02123 G41DC- 02223
M/S G1 NC
450A G42DC+ G42DC+
02124 02224
450A
G41DC+ G41DC+

DC+
02125 450A 02225
E J8 M/S OUT J9 M/S IN E

DC-
02126 02226

G4
M/S G3

M/S G1
02127 02227
M/S G4 TERM
02128 02228 DC+
DC+

02129 02229 G21DC+

J8 M/S OUT J9 M/S IN
DC-

02130 02230
G22DC+
02131 02231 1- 1+ 2- 2+ 3- 3+ CHOP
M/S G3

DC-
02132 02232 G21DC-
DC+
02133 02233
G22DC-
G41DC+
D 02134 02234 G23+ D
G23-
G22+
G22-
02135 G42DC+ 02235 G21+
1- 1+ 2- 2+ 3- 3+ CHOP G21-

02136 DC- 02236

G41DC-

24V_ENABLE

24V_BATT_2
CAN_SHIELD
02137 02237

CAN_LOW
G42DC-
VCG 1

CAN_HI

GND_2
02138 G43+ 02238

ORG
GRN

GRY
G43-

YEL
BLK

YEL
G42+
G42-
02139 G41+ 02239
G41-
22 18 21 12 14 11 13 9 6 5 4 3 2 1
02140 02240 FUSE G12DC- G12DC-
450A
24V_ENABLE

24V_BATT_2

G11DC- G11DC-
CAN_SHIELD

02141 02241
CAN_LOW

VCG 3 450A
CAN_HI

G12DC+ G12DC+
GND_2

02142 02242
ORG
GRN

GRY

C
BLK

YEL

YEL

C 450A
G11DC+ G11DC+
02143 02243
450A
22 18 21 12 14 10 13 9 6 5 4 3 2 1
02144 FUSE G32DC- 02244
G32DC-
450A M/S-G1 TERM

G1
G31DC- G31DC-
02145 02245
450A G32DC+ G32DC+
02146 02246 M/S G1
450A G31DC+
G31DC+
450A
NC
02147 02247

J8 M/S OUT
GEN RPT
J9 M/S IN
02148 M/S-G3 TERM 02248
M/S G3
02149 02249

G3
M/S G2 NC
02150 02250

DC+
DC+
DC+

B 02151 02251 B
J8 M/S OUT J9 M/S IN
G11DC+

DC-
DC-

02152 02252

02153 02253 G12DC+

M/S G2

1- 1+ 2- 2+ 3- 3+ CHOP
02154
DC+
02254 DC-
G11DC-
02155 02255
G31DC+
(02215)

(02215)

G12DC-
02156 02256
G13+
G32DC+ G13-
02157
1- 1+ 2- 2+ 3- 3+ CHOP 02257 G12+
G12-
DC- G11+
G11-
02158 02258
G31DC-
02159 02259
A A
G32DC-
2
(03103)
(03103)

02160 02260
(03103)
(02206)
(02206)

G33+
(02206)
(02206)

G33- SCHEMATIC HI VOLT CABT L1850/2350 G2

G32+ SIZE DWG NO. REV

02161
G31-
G31+
G32- 02261
DRAWN flovett E DO NOT SCALE 4275302 00
ISSUED 8-08-2011 SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 2 OF 5

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS

H
SR MOTOR 1
22 18 21 16 14 11 13 9 23 6 5 4 3 2 1
SR MOTORS SR MOTOR 2
@54+ 8+<
00 RELEASE
*+9)8/6:/54
NL11-1017
+)4 *':+
8-12
).-
FL
).1
JB BS
'66

H
VCM 1

CAN_SHIELD
M21-

CHOP_STATUS

CAN_LOW

24V_ENABLE

24V_BATT_1
03101 03201

CAN_HI

(02260)

(02260)

(02260)

(03153)

(03153)

(03153)
GND_1
M21+

LT BLU

GRN

RED
BLK

YEL

BLK

YEL
03202
M22-
03102
M22+
03203
M23-
03103
M23+
03104 03204
FUSE

553

583
DC- M21DC- 2.2
03105 FUSE 03205 450A
DC- M11DC- M11DC-

DC+

DC+
03106 450A 03206

03107
DC+ FUSE M11DC+
03207
DC-

DC-

DC-
450A DC+
FUSE
M21DC+ CHOP +3 -3 +2 -2 +1 -1
03108 03208 450A
G G
03109 M/S-M1 TERM 03209

03110
M/S-M1
NC M1 03210
DC+
03111 03211

J8 M/S OUT J9 M/S IN M1 RPT

03112 03212

03113

03114
03213

03214
M2 RPT J9 M/S IN

NC
J8 M/S OUT
M2
03115
DC+ 03215 M/S-M2 TERM
M/S-M2
M11DC+
03116 03216

F 03117 03217 F
1- 1+ 2- 2+ 3- 3+ CHOP M2 RPT
03118 03218
DC- DC+
DC-
M11DC-
03119 03219

581

551
21 16 22 12 11 14 10 13 9 23 6 5 4 3 2 1
03120 03220 VCM 2
2.2

CAN_SHIELD
CHOP_STATUS

CAN_LOW

24V_ENABLE
DC+

24V_BATT_1
CAN_HI

GND_1
03121 03221

LT BLU
DC-

GRN

RED
BLK

BLK
YEL

YEL
03122 M11- 03222
M11+
M12-
03123 M12+ 03223
M13-
M13+
03124 03224

03125 S11- 03225 S21-

E S11+ S21+
E
03126 S12- 03226 S22-
S12+ S22+
03127 S13- 03227 S23-
S13+ S23+
03128 FUSE 03228 FUSE
552

582

554

584
DC- S11DC- 2.2 DC- S21DC- 2.2

03129 450A 03229 450A

03130 03230
DC- DC-
03131 FUSE CHOP +3 -3 +2 -2 +1 -1 03231 CHOP +3 -3 +2 -2 +1 -1
DC+ S11DC+ DC+ FUSE S21DC+
03132 450A 03232 450A

03133 03233

D 03134 DC+ 03234 DC+ D

03135 03235

03136 03236

03137
J9 M/S IN J8 M/S OUT
S1 03237
J9 M/S IN J8 M/S OUT
S2
03138 03238
M/S-M1 M/S-M2
03139 03239
M/S-S1 TERM M/S-S2 TERM
03140 03240

03141 03241
DC+ DC+
03142 DC- 03242 DC-
C C
03143 22 18 21 16 13 11 23 6 5 4 3 2 1 03243 21 16 22 12 11 14 10 13 23 6 5 4 3 2 1
VCS 1 VCS 2
03144 03244
CAN_SHIELD

CAN_SHIELD
CHOP_STATUS

CHOP_STATUS
CAN_LOW

CAN_LOW
24V_ENABLE

24V_ENABLE
24V_BATT_1

24V_BATT_1
CAN_HI

CAN_HI
GND_1

GND_1
LT BLU

LT BLU
GRN

GRN
RED

RED
BLK

BLK
BLK

BLK
YEL

YEL
YEL

YEL
03145 S13+ 03245 S23+
S13- S23-
S12+ S22+
03146 S12- 03246 S22-
S11+ S21+
S11- S21-
03147 M13+ 03247 M23+
M13- M23-
M12+ M22+
M12- M22-
03148 M11+ 03248 M21+
M11- M21-
03149 03249

1+
1+

2+

2+
3+

3+
2-

2-
1-
1-

3-

3-
03150
Motor 1 03250
Motor 2
Left Front Right Front
B 03151 03251 B
RPT 1A RPT 2A RPT 3A RPT 1B RPT 2B RPT 3B RPT 1A RPT 2A RPT 3A RPT 1B RPT 2B RPT 3B
RTD 3A RTD 1B RTD 2C RTD 3A RTD 1B RTD 2C
GRN

GRN

GRN

GRN

GRN

GRN

GRN

GRN

GRN

GRN

GRN

GRN
RED

RED

RED

RED

RED

RED

RED

RED

RED

RED

RED

RED
BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK
03152 03252
(03203)
(03203)

(04103)
(03203)

(04103)

(04103)
03153 03253

03154 03254
WHT/BLK

WHT/BLK
ORG/BLK

ORG/BLK
GRN/BLK

GRN/BLK

RED/BLK
RED/BLK

03155 03255

WHT
WHT

WHT
WHT
ORG

ORG

ORG

ORG
GRN

GRN

GRN

GRN
RED

RED

RED

RED
BLU

BLU

BLU
BLU

BLK

BLK
BLK

BLK
03156 03256
12 11 1 2 3 7 8 4 5 6 6 1 5 2 3 4 12 11 1 2 3 7 8 4 5 6 6 1 5 2 3 4
03157 03257

GRN/WHT
GRN/WHT

RED/WHT

RED/WHT

BLU/WHT
BLU/WHT
BLK/WHT

BLK/WHT
WHT/BLK

WHT/BLK
ORG/BLK

ORG/BLK

GRN/BLK
GRN/BLK

BLK/RED

BLK/RED
RED/BLK
RED/BLK

BLU/BLK

BLU/BLK
03158 03258

WHT
WHT

ORG

ORG
GRN

GRN
RED

RED
BLU

BLU
BLK

BLK

03159 M1 RPT 03259 M2 RPT

A A
03160
1 5 2 3 4 6 10 7 8 9 18 17 20 19 21 22
03260
1 5 2 3 4 6 10 7 8 9 18 17 20 19 21 22
3
M1 RPT M2 RPT SCHEMATIC HI VOLT CABT L1850/2350 G2 SIZE DWG NO. REV

03161
DRAWN flovett E DO NOT SCALE 4275302 00
ISSUED 8-08-2011 SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 3 OF 5

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS

H
SR MOTOR 3 SR MOTORS (CONT.) SR MOTOR 4
@54+ 8+<
00 RELEASE
*+9)8/6:/54
NL11-1017
+)4 *':+
8-12
).-
FL
).1
JB BS
'66

H
M31- M41-
04101 04201

(03253)

(03253)

(03253)
M31+ M41+
M32- 04202
M42-
04102

(04153)

(04153)

(04153)
M32+ M42+
M33- M43-
04103 04203
M33+ M43+
04104 04204

555

585

557

587
DC- M31DC- 2.2 DC- M41DC- 2.2
04105 04205

DC+
04106 04206

DC+
04107
DC- 04207
DC-

DC-
DC+ M31DC+ CHOP +3 -3 +2 -2 +1 -1 DC+ M41DC+ CHOP +3 -3 +2 -2 +1 -1

DC-
04108 04208
G G
04109 04209

04110 04210
DC+ DC+
04111 04211

04112 04212

M3 M4
M3 RPT M4 RPT
04113 J9 M/S IN J8 M/S OUT 04213 J9 M/S IN J8 M/S OUT

04114 NC 04214 NC

04115 M/S-M3 TERM 04215 M/S-M4 TERM

M/S-M3 M/S-M4
04116 04216

F 04117 04217
F
M3 RPT M4 RPT
04118 DC+ 04218 DC+
DC- DC-
04119 04219
21 16 14 12 13 9 23 6 5 4 3 2 1 21 16 14 10 13 9 23 6 5 4 3 2 1
04120 VCM 3 04220 VCM 4

CAN_SHIELD

CAN_SHIELD
CHOP_STATUS

CHOP_STATUS
CAN_LOW

CAN_LOW
24V_ENABLE

24V_ENABLE
24V_BATT_1

24V_BATT_1
CAN_HI

CAN_HI
GND_1

GND_1
04121 04221

LT BLU

LT BLU
GRN

GRN
RED

RED
BLK
YEL
BLK

BLK

BLK
YEL
YEL

YEL
04122 04222

04123 04223

04124 04224

04125 S31- 04225 S41-

E S31+ S41+
E
04126 S32- 04226 S42-
S32+ S42+
04127 S33- 04227 S43-
S33+ S43+
04128 FUSE 2.2 04228 FUSE 2.2
556

586

558

588
DC- S31DC- DC- S41DC-
04129 450A 04229 450A

04130 04230
DC- DC-
04131 FUSE CHOP +3 -3 +2 -2 +1 -1 04231 CHOP +3 -3 +2 -2 +1 -1
DC+ S31DC+ DC+ FUSE S41DC+
04132 450A 04232 450A

04133 04233

D 04134 DC+ 04234 DC+ D

04135 04235

04136 04236

04137
J9 M/S IN J8 M/S OUT
S3 04237
J9 M/S IN J8 M/S OUT
S4
04138 04238
M/S-M3 M/S-M4
04139 04239
M/S-S3 TERM M/S-S4 TERM
04140 04240

04141 04241
DC+
DC+
DC-
04142 04242 DC-
C C
04143 21 16 14 12 23 6 5 4 3 2 1 04243 22 16 14 10 23 6 5 4 3 2 1
VCS 3 VCS 4
04144 04244
CAN_SHIELD
CHOP_STATUS

CAN_LOW

24V_ENABLE

24V_BATT_1
CAN_HI

GND_1
LT BLU

CAN_SHIELD
GRN

CHOP_STATUS

CAN_LOW
RED

24V_ENABLE
BLK

BLK
YEL

YEL

24V_BATT_1
CAN_HI
04145 04245

GND_1
S33+ S43+

LT BLU

GRN

RED
S33- S43-

BLK

BLK
YEL

YEL
S32+ S42+
04146 S32- 04246 S42-
S31+ S41+
S31- S41-
04147 M33+ 04247 M43+
M33- M43-
M32+ M42+
M32- M42-
04148 M31+ 04248 M41+
M31- M41-
04149 04249

1+
1+

2+

2+
3+

3+
2-

2-
1-
1-

3-

3-
04150
Motor 3 04250
Motor 4
Left Rear Right Rear
B 04151 04251 B
RPT 1A RPT 2A RPT 3A RPT 1B RPT 2B RPT 3B RPT 1A RPT 2A RPT 3A RPT 1B RPT 2B RPT 3B
RTD 3A RTD 1B RTD 2C RTD 3A RTD 1B RTD 2C
GRN

GRN

GRN

GRN

GRN

GRN

GRN

GRN

GRN

GRN

GRN

GRN
RED

RED

RED

RED

RED

RED

RED

RED

RED

RED

RED

RED
BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK

BLK
04152 04252
(04203)
(04203)

(04203)

04153 04253

04154 04254
WHT/BLK

WHT/BLK
ORG/BLK

ORG/BLK
GRN/BLK

GRN/BLK
RED/BLK

RED/BLK
04155 04255
WHT

WHT

WHT

WHT
ORG

ORG

ORG

ORG
GRN

GRN

GRN

GRN
RED

RED

RED

RED
BLU

BLU

BLU

BLU
BLK
BLK

BLK

BLK
04156 04256
12 11 1 2 3 7 8 4 5 6 6 1 5 2 3 4 12 11 1 2 3 7 8 4 5 6 6 1 5 2 3 4
04157 04257
GRN/WHT

RED/WHT

GRN/WHT

RED/WHT
BLU/WHT
WHT/BLK

BLK/WHT

BLU/WHT
ORG/BLK

WHT/BLK
GRN/BLK

BLK/WHT
ORG/BLK

GRN/BLK
BLK/RED
RED/BLK

BLK/RED
RED/BLK
BLU/BLK

BLU/BLK
04158 04258
WHT

ORG

WHT
GRN

ORG
GRN
RED

RED
BLU
BLK

BLU
BLK

04159 M3 RPT 04259 M4 RPT

A A
04160
1 5 2 3 4 6 10 7 8 9 18 17 20 19 21 22
04260
1 5 2 3 4 6 10 7 8 9 18 17 20 19 21 22
4
M3 RPT M4 RPT SCHEMATIC HI VOLT CABT L1850/2350 G2 SIZE DWG NO. REV

DRAWN flovett E DO NOT SCALE 4275302 00

ISSUED 8-08-2011 SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 4 OF 5

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS

REFERENCE INFORMATION
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-1017 8-12 FL JB BS
H H

WIRE LOCATION CHART

WIRE CODE LINE NO. WIRE CODE LINE NO. WIRE CODE LINE NO. WIRE CODE LINE NO.
24V_BATT 1 01204, GND_1 01206, 01222, M1 RPT 03112, 03159 SRC1-01 01203
03103, 03146, 03103, 03146, M11- 03122, 03148 SRC1-03 01214
03223, 03246, 03223, 03246, M11+ 03122, 03148 SRC1-04 01215
04123, 04146, 04123, 04146, M11DC- 03106, 03119 SRC1-05 01204
G 04223, 04246 04223, 04246 M11DC+ 03107, 03116 SRC1-06 01220 G
M12- 03123, 03148 SRC1-10 01222
24V_BATT 2 01220, GND_2 01217, M12+ 03123, 03148 SRC1-11 01217
02121, 02143, 02121, 02143, M13- 03124, 03147 SRC1-12 01213
02216, 02239 02216, 02239 M13+ 03124, 03147 SRC2-01 01230
GND_3 01213 SRC2-04 01226
24V_ENABLE 01214, SRC2-05 01228
02121, 02143, G11- 02110, 02258 M2 RPT 03213, 03218, 03259
02216, 02239, G11+ 02111, 02258 M21- 03201, 03248
03103, 03146, G11DC- 02241, 02255 M21+ 03201, 03248
03223, 03246, G11DC+ 02243, 02252 M21DC- 03205
04123, 04146, G12- 02111, 02257 M21DC+ 03208
04223, 04246 G12+ 02111, 02257 M22- 03202, 03248
F F
24V_LIGHT 01206 G12DC- 02240, 02256 M22+ 03202, 03248
G12DC+ 02242, 02253 M23- 03203, 03247
551 03120 G13- 02111, 02257 M23+ 03203, 03247
552 03129 G13+ 02111, 02257
553 03205
554 03229 G21- 02112, 02235 M3 RPT 04113, 04118, 04159
555 04105 G21+ 02113, 02235 M31- 04101, 04148
556 04129 G21DC- 02218, 02232 M31+ 04101, 04148
557 04205 G21DC+ 02220, 02229 M31DC- 04105
558 04229 G22- 02113, 02234 M31DC+ 04108
G22+ 02113, 02234 M32- 04102, 04148
581 03120 G22DC- 02217, 02233 M32+ 04102, 04148
E 582 03129 G22DC+ 02219, 02230 M33- 04103, 04147 E
583 03205 G23- 02113, 02234 M33+ 04103, 04147
584 03229 G23+ 02113, 02234
585 04105
586 04129 G31- 02114, 02161 M4 RPT 04213, 04218, 04259
587 04205 G31+ 02114, 02161 M41- 04201, 04248
588 04229 G31DC- 02145, 02158 M41+ 04201, 04248
G31DC+ 02146, 02155 M41DC- 04205
CAN_HI 01226, G32- 02114, 02161 M41DC+ 04208
02121, 02143, G32+ 02115, 02161 M42- 04202, 04248
02216, 02239, G32DC- 02144, 02159 M42+ 04202, 04248
03103, 03146, G32DC+ 02146, 02157 M43- 04203, 04247
03223, 03246, G33- 02115, 02160 M43+ 04203, 04247
D 04123, 04146, G33+ 02115, 02160 D
04223, 04246
G41- 02116, 02139 S11- 03125, 03146
CAN_LOW 01228, G41+ 02116, 02139 S11+ 03125, 03146
02121, 02143, G41DC- 02123, 02136 S11DC- 03128
02216, 02239, G41DC+ 02124, 02133 S11DC+ 03131
03103, 03146, G42- 02117, 02138 S12- 03126, 03146
03223, 03246, G42+ 02117, 02138 S12+ 03126, 03146
04123, 04146, G42DC- 02122, 02137 S13- 03127, 03145
04223, 04246 G42DC+ 02124, 02135 S13+ 03127, 03145
G43- 02117, 02138
CAN_SHIELD 01230, G43+ 02117, 02138 S21- 03225, 03246
02121, 02143, S21+ 03225, 03246
C 02216, 02239, S21DC- 03228 C
03103, 03146, INTLK_NO 01202 S21DC+ 03231
03223, 03246, INTLK_COM 01206 S22- 03226, 03246
04123, 04146, S22+ 03226, 03246
04223, 04246 M/S G1 02223, 02246 S23- 03227, 03245
M/S G1 TERM 02245 S23+ 03227, 03245
CHOP_STATUS 03103, 03146, M/S G2 02149, 02222
03223, 03246, M/S G2 TERM 02222
04123, 04146, M/S G3 02127, 02149 S31- 04125, 04146
04223, 04246 M/S G3 TERM 02148 S31+ 04125, 04146
M/S G4 TERM 02128 S31DC- 04128
DC+ 02151,02225, S31DC+ 04131
03107, 03208, S32- 04126, 04146
B B
03132, 03232, M/S M1 03110, 03138 S32+ 04126, 04146
04108, 04132, M/S M1 TERM 03109 S33- 04127, 04145
04208, 04232 M/S S1 TERM 03139 S33+ 04127, 04145
M/S M2 03215, 03238
DC- 02152, 02226, M/S M2 TERM 03125 S41- 04225, 04246
03106, 03205, M/S S2 TERM 03239 S41+ 04225, 04246
03129, 03229, M/S M3 04116, 04138 S41DC- 04228
04105, 04129, M/S M3 TERM 04115 S41DC+ 04231
04205, 04229 M/S S3 TERM 04139 S42- 04226, 04246
M/S M4 04216, 04238 S42+ 04226, 04246
GEN RPT 02102, 02202, 02248 M/S M4 TERM 04215 S43- 04227, 04245
GF_DETECT 01215 M/S S4 TERM 04239 S43+ 04227, 04245
A A
5
SCHEMATIC HI VOLT CABT L1850/2350 G2 SIZE DWG NO. REV

DRAWN flovett E DO NOT SCALE 4275302 00

ISSUED 8-08-2011 SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 5 OF 5

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 GO TO SCHEMATICS TOC

Front Frame Harness Group

 NOTES

NOTE: If you have printed a page from the LEPS-LeTourneau Electronic Publication System-The page may not include all relevant data,
such as specifications, Warnings, Cautions or Notes that may be found elsewhere in the complete document or in other applicable service
information documents. Make sure you have read and understood all associated information before performing any maintenance on the
machine. It is the responsibility of the mechanic, repairman or inspector to understand the current instructions of the manufacturer and the
manuals, for the specific operation concerned.
LeTourneau Technologies © 2007 All Rights Reserved
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-0436 6-16-11 LW BAS BS
H 01 NOTE 2 REFERENCED HYD PANEL ASSY P/N WAS 426-4900 NL11-1781 8-31-11 LW BAS BS H
02 DEL'D TEXT AT HARNESS 3, BOX FFR2; ITEM 12 WAS QTY 2 NL11-1796 9-14-11 JFM BS BS

BOX: FFR1
DESCRIPTION: FRONT FRAME #1

DEVICE CABLES
G HARNESS SIGNAL PIN HARNESS #1 HARNESS #2 HARNESS #3 CONNECTOR G
DEVICE DESCRIPTION PINOUT
CODE CODE LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. TYPE PART NO.
CAP - MALE TURCK
HARNESS #1 FFR1-J7 FFR1-05 (SUPPLIED WITH
LENGTH PART NO. TURCK BOX)

AUTO LUBE
6m 426-5229 FFR1-J5 FFR1-03 1.4m 426-4197 1m DIN 426-5233
SOL

HARNESS #2 FFR1-J3 FFR1-09

MAINTENANCE LIGHT
6m OPEN 426-5232 2 PIN DEUTSCH 426-1175 BLK = 2, GRN = 1
LENGTH PART NO. LEFT FRONT

AUTO LUBE
1.5m 426-5207 FFR1-J1 FFR1-07 1.6m 426-4198
SWITCHES

CAP - MALE TURCK

HARNESS #3 FFR1-J2 FFR1-01 (SUPPLIED WITH
LENGTH PART NO. TURCK BOX)

FRONT SERVICE BRAKES

FFR1-J4 FFR1-02 3m 426-5213 1m 426-5230 1m XDCR 426-5234
XDCR
F F
LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL CABINET

FRONT PARK BRAKES

FFR1-J6 FFR1-04 3m 426-5213 1m XDCR 426-5234
XDCR

FRONT PARK BRAKES

FFR1-J8 FFR1-06 6m OPEN 426-5232 2 PIN DEUTSCH 426-1175 BLK = 1, GRN = 2
SOL

BOX: FFR2
DESCRIPTION: FRONT FRAME #2

DEVICE CABLES
HARNESS SIGNAL PIN HARNESS #1 HARNESS #2 HARNESS #3 CONNECTOR
DEVICE DESCRIPTION PINOUT
CODE CODE LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. TYPE PART NO.

HARNESS #1 FFR2-J7 FFR2-05

FRONT DRIVER LUBE
1m 426-5230 TEE 427-.0079
6m OPEN 426-5232 2 PIN DEUTSCH 426-1175 BLK = 1, WHT = 2
LENGTH PART NO. FLOW SWITCHES 6m OPEN 426-5232 2 PIN DEUTSCH 426-1175 BLK = 1, WHT = 2
E E
6m 426-5229 FFR2-J5 FFR2-03 * CLAMSHELL CYL EXT CAP - MALE TURCK
(SUPPLIED WITH
XDCR (OPT) TURCK BOX)

HARNESS #2 FFR2-J3 FFR2-09

BELLCRANK TO LIFT ARM
5m 426-6240 3m 426-7338
LENGTH PART NO. XDCR

LIFT ARM POSITION

4m 426-5227 FFR2-J1 FFR2-07 3m 426-7338
XDCR

HARNESS #3 FFR2-J2 FFR2-01

MAINTENANCE LIGHT
6m OPEN 426-5232
2 PIN
426-1175 BLK = 2, GRN = 1
LENGTH PART NO. RIGHT FRONT DEUTSCH

CAP - MALE TURCK

FFR2-J4 FFR2-02 426-5200
(QTY - 1)
02 CAP - MALE TURCK
FFR2-J6 FFR2-04 (SUPPLIED WITH
TURCK BOX)
D CAP - MALE TURCK D
FFR2-J8 FFR2-06 426-5200
(QTY - 1)

** BOX: PCP1
DESCRIPTION: PILOT CONTROL PANEL #1

DEVICE CABLES
HARNESS SIGNAL PIN HARNESS #1 HARNESS #2 HARNESS #3 CONNECTOR
DEVICE DESCRIPTION PINOUT
CODE CODE LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. TYPE PART NO.
CAP - MALE TURCK
HARNESS #1
LENGTH PART NO.
PCP1-J7 PCP1-05 (PART OF HYD
PANEL ASSY)
** 426-5200
CAP - MALE TURCK
6m 426-5229 PCP1-J5 PCP1-03 (PART OF HYD
PANEL ASSY)
** 426-5200
C 28 4274370 1 LABELS FOR BRADY IDPAL LABELER C
HARNESS #2
LENGTH PART NO.
PCP1-J3 PCP1-09 ** BUCKET DUMP 1m DIN 426-5233 27 4274371 .125 TAPE STRIPS
PILOT SOL
26 4170168 3 FT HEAT SHRINK CLEAR 2.000 2:1

2m 426-5221 PCP1-J1 PCP1-07 ** BUCKET ROLLBACK 1m DIN 426-5233

25 4170167 5 FT HEAT SHRINK CLEAR 1.500 2:1
PILOT SOL 24 4170166 5 FT HEAT SHRINK CLEAR 1.000 2:1
23 4170165 5 FT HEAT SHRINK CLEAR .750 2:1
HARNESS #3
LENGTH PART NO.
PCP1-J2 PCP1-01 ** HOIST LOWER 1m DIN 426-5233 22 4170164 5 FT HEAT SHRINK CLEAR .500 2:1
PILOT SOL 21 4170163 5 FT HEAT SHRINK CLEAR .375 2:1

2.6m 426-5224 PCP1-J4 PCP1-02 ** HOIST RAISE 1m DIN 426-5233

20
19
4265200
4265235
2
2
CAP 7/8 MALE TURCK
BREAKOUT BOX 12 PIN 8 X 3 PIN
PILOT SOL
18 4261175 5 DEUTSCH DT06-2S KIT
CAP - MALE TURCK
BUCKET CYL ROD
PCP1-J6 PCP1-04
XDCR
1m XCDR 426-5234 (PART OF HYD
PANEL ASSY)
** 426-5200 17
16
4270079
4265229
1
6
CABLE 3 PIN SERIES WIRED TEE 1M1M
CABLE EXT 12 PIN 6M
CAP - MALE TURCK 15 4265228 1 CABLE EXT 12 PIN 5M
PCP1-J8 PCP1-06 (PART OF HYD
PANEL ASSY)
** 426-5200 14 4265227 1 CABLE EXT 12 PIN 4M
13 4265226 1 CABLE EXT 12 PIN 3M
02 12 4265224 1 CABLE EXT 12 PIN 2.6M
B 11 4265221 1 CABLE EXT 12 PIN 2M
B
10 4265207 1 CABLE EXT 12 PIN 1.5M
9 4267338 2 CABLE 3 PIN MX12 3 COND 3M
8 4265234 5 CABLE 3 PIN MX12 4 PIN 1M
7 4265233 1 CABLE 3 PIN DIN 1M
NOTES: 6 4265232 5 CABLE EXT 3 PIN - OPEN 6M
5 4266240 1 CABLE EXT 3 PIN 5M
1)
* INDICATES MACHINE OPTION
--- SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
4
3
4265213
4264198
2
1
CABLE EXT 3 PIN 3M
CABLE EXT 3 PIN 1.6M
2)
** PART OF HYD PANEL ASSY 427-1092. 2
1
4264197
4265230
3
2
CABLE EXT 3 PIN 1.4M
CABLE EXT 3 PIN 1M
ITEM PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:
FIRST USED ON/CONTRACT NO
THIS DRAWING AND ALL
DATA THEREIN IS THE
• DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES & APPLY BEFORE
PLATING OR FINISH COATINGS.
426-6328 LeTourneau Technologies™
PROPERTY OF LETOURNEAU DWN DATE
• TOLERANCES ON: ANGLES ±1°
TECHNOLOGIES. IT IS bswink 05-17-11
CONFIDENTIAL AND MUST FRACTIONS ±1/16
NOT BE COPIED. IT IS CHK
.XX DECIMAL ±.03 BAS 05-17-11
A LOANED SUBJECT TO
RETURN UPON DEMAND
.XXX DECIMAL
• MACHINED CORNERS 1/64 X 45°
±.015
ENGR GP HARNESS FF L1850 A
AND IS NOT TO BE USED
IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL • WELD PROPERTIES SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM
PROD ENGR
TO OUR INTEREST. REQUIREMENTS OF THE BASE MATERIAL. BS 05-17-11
SIZE DWG NO. REV

+ 4266332
INTERPRET DIM & TOL PROJ APPROVAL
02
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
PER LETOURNEAU DO NOT SCALE
SPEC 1650.00. MATL
SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 1 OF 2

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-0436 6-16-11 LW BAS BS
H 01 SEE SHEET 1 FOR CHANGES NL11-1781 8-31-11 LW BAS BS H
02 NO CHG THIS SHEET; SEE SHEET 1 FOR CHG NL11-1796 9-14-11 JFM BS BS

** BOX: PCP2
DESCRIPTION: PILOT CONTROL PANEL #2

DEVICE CABLES
G HARNESS SIGNAL PIN
DEVICE DESCRIPTION
HARNESS #1 HARNESS #2 HARNESS #3 CONNECTOR
PINOUT
G
CODE CODE LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. TYPE PART NO.
CAP - MALE TURCK
HARNESS #1 HOIST CYL ROD
LENGTH PART NO.
PCP2-J7 PCP2-05
XDCR
1.4m 426-4197 1m XDCR 426-5234 (PART OF HYD
PANEL ASSY)
** 426-5200
6m 426-5229 PCP2-J5 PCP2-03 * CLAMSEHLL CLOSE CAP - MALE TURCK
(PART OF HYD ** 426-5200
PILOT SOL (OPT) PANEL ASSY)

HARNESS #2 PCP2-J3 PCP2-09

HOIST CYL BASE
1m XDCR 426-5234 1.4m 426-4197
LENGTH PART NO. XDCR

5m 426-5228 PCP2-J1 PCP2-07 ** GREATEST PILOT CMD 1m XDCR 426-5234

XDCR

HARNESS #3 PCP2-J2 PCP2-01 * CLAMSHELL OPEN CAP - MALE TURCK

(PART OF HYD ** 426-5200
LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL CABINET

LENGTH PART NO. PILOT SOL (OPT) PANEL ASSY)

PCP2-J4 PCP2-02 ** PILOT SUPPLY 1m XDCR 426-5234

F XDCR F
PCP2-J6 PCP2-04 ** DUMP PRESS REDUCING 1m DIN 426-5233
SOL

PCP2-J8 PCP2-06 **FLOAT SOL 1m DIN 426-5233

E E
BREAKOUT BOX 12 PIN - 8 X 3 PIN
(P/N: 426-5235)

J7 J5 J3 J1

J7

J5

J3

J1
P1

P1
HARNESS #1 HARNESS #2 HARNESS #3 CONNECTOR
D D
DESCRIPTION

J2
CABLE LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. TYPE PART NO.

J6
J8

J4
FPL1 FRONT POLE LIGHT 6m 426-5229

J8 J6 J4 J2
FPL2 FRONT POLE LIGHT 6m 426-5229 3m 426-5226

TOP VIEW - BREAKOUT BOX

1 1
C J1 2 2 J2 C
3 3

1 1
J3 2 2 J4
3 3

1 1
J5 2 2 J6
3 3

B 1 1 B
J7 2 2 J8
3 3

5 3 9 7 12 8 10 11 1 2 4 6
GND V+
P1 NOTES:

SCHEMATIC - BREAKOUT BOX

1)
* INDICATES MACHINE OPTION
--- SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

A
2)
** PART OF HYD PANEL ASSY 427-1092.
A

GP HARNESS FF L1850 SIZE DWG NO. REV

DRAWN bswink E DO NOT SCALE 4266332 02

ISSUED 5-17-11 SCALE 1/1 EST WT lbm SHEET 2 OF 2

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 GO TO SCHEMATICS TOC

Rear Frame Harness Group

 NOTES

NOTE: If you have printed a page from the LEPS-LeTourneau Electronic Publication System-The page may not include all relevant data,
such as specifications, Warnings, Cautions or Notes that may be found elsewhere in the complete document or in other applicable service
information documents. Make sure you have read and understood all associated information before performing any maintenance on the
machine. It is the responsibility of the mechanic, repairman or inspector to understand the current instructions of the manufacturer and the
manuals, for the specific operation concerned.
LeTourneau Technologies © 2007 All Rights Reserved
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-0436 6-16-11 LW BAS BS
H 01 EST1-J1 HARNESS 2 P/N WAS 4265213 & ITEM 4 QTY WAS 11 NL11-1768 8-02-11 LW BAS BS H
02 ITEM 1 WAS QTY 8; ITEM 7 WAS QTY 14;
02 ITEM 8 WAS QTY 6; ITEM 36 WAS QTY 1 NL11-1796 9-14-11 JFM BS BS

BOX: RFM1
DESCRIPTION: REAR FRAME MID #1

DEVICE CABLES
G HARNESS SIGNAL PIN
DEVICE DESCRIPTION
HARNESS #1 HARNESS #2 HARNESS #3 CONNECTOR
PINOUT
G
CODE CODE LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. TYPE PART NO.

HARNESS #1 RFM1-J7 RFM1-05

AUTO LUBE GREASE
5m 426-6240 1m XDCR 426-5234
LENGTH PART NO. XDCR

CAP - MALE TURCK

6m 426-5229 RFM1-J5 RFM1-03 (SUPPLIED WITH
TURCK BOX)

HARNESS #2 RFM1-J3 RFM1-09

MAINTENANCE LIGHT
6m OPEN 426-5232
2 PIN
426-1175 BLK = 2, GRN = 1
LENGTH PART NO. MIDDLE LEFT DEUTSCH

ENG FAN SPD

RADIATOR FAN SPEED 5 PIN SPD SNSR
1.5m 426-5207 RFM1-J1 RFM1-07 426-6267 SNSR 426-0477
SENSOR 9 FT (2.75m)
6m

HARNESS #3 RFM1-J2 RFM1-01

ENGINE SAFETY FILTER
2m 426-5231
LENGTH PART NO. RESTRICTION

CAP - MALE TURCK

RFM1-J4 RFM1-02 426-5200
F (QTY - 1)
F
LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL CABINET

FUEL LEVEL OPEN TO BLK = 4, GRN = BOX GND SCREW

RFM1-J6 RFM1-04 6m OPEN 426-5232
XDCR T.S. IN SENSOR WHT = 5

DRIVE COOL RESERVOIR IN LINE BLK = BLU, GRN = BLK

RFM1-J8 RFM1-06 5m 426-6240 2m 426-5231 6m OPEN 426-5232
LEVEL SWITCH SPLICE WHT = RED

BOX: EST1
DESCRIPTION: EMERGENCY STOP #1

DEVICE CABLES
HARNESS SIGNAL PIN HARNESS #1 HARNESS #2 HARNESS #3 CONNECTOR
DEVICE DESCRIPTION PINOUT
CODE CODE LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. TYPE PART NO.
CAP - MALE TURCK
HARNESS #1 EST1-J7 EST1-05 (SUPPLIED WITH
LENGTH PART NO.
E TURCK BOX) E
CAB
5m 426-5228 EST1-J5 EST1-03 5m 426-6240
E-STOP SWITCH

HARNESS #2 EST1-J3 EST1-09

HV CABINET
5m 426-6240
LENGTH PART NO. E-STOP SWITCH

RIGHT REAR
EST1-J1 EST1-07 10m 426-6241 1m 426-5230
E-STOP SWITCH

HARNESS #3 EST1-J2 EST1-01

LEFT REAR
10m 426-6241 1m 426-5230
LENGTH PART NO. E-STOP SWITCH

HYD RESERVOIR
EST1-J4 EST1-02 1m 426-5230 3m 426-5213 5m 426-6240
E-STOP SWITCH 48 4274370 2 LABELS FOR BRADY IDPAL LABELER
47 4274371 .125 TAPE STRIPS
EST1-J6 EST1-04 FIRE SYSTEM STATUS 6m OPEN 426-5232 GRN = 1, BLK = 2 46 4170168 5 FT HEAT SHRINK CLEAR 2.000 2:1
45 4170167 15 FT HEAT SHRINK CLEAR 1.500 2:1
D CAP - MALE TURCK 44 4170166 15 FT HEAT SHRINK CLEAR 1.000 2:1 D
EST1-J8 EST1-06 (SUPPLIED WITH
43 4170165 15 FT HEAT SHRINK CLEAR .750 2:1
TURCK BOX)
42 4170164 15 FT HEAT SHRINK CLEAR .500 2:1
41 4170163 15 FT HEAT SHRINK CLEAR .375 2:1
40 4267798 3 CABLE WATER PUMP LINCS II
39 4265200 8 CAP 7/8 MALE TURCK
38 4265235 8 BREAKOUT BOX 12 PIN 8 X 3 PIN
37 4261175 5 DEUTSCH DT06-2S KIT
02
36 4240140 2 CONNECTOR (PLUG) DIN REXROTH
35 4255187 2 TERMINAL HOUSING
34 4255183 4 TERMINAL
33 4253961 1 CABLE ASSY BLOWER SPEED SENSOR
32 4260477 1 ASSY ENG FAN SPD SNSR HARNESS
31 4266267 2 CABLE 3PIN M-5PIN 9FT SPD SNSR
30 4267339 1 CABLE 12 PIN AC 4.2M
29 4258492 1 WIRE HARNESS KIT-AIR DRYER
C 28 4264195 1 CABLE EXT E-NET 1.5M C
27 4266254 1 CABLE CAN MALE TERM
26 4266253 4 CABLE TEE CAN 2 MALE-FEM
25 4266251 1 CABLE EXT CAN 10M
24 4265838 2 CABLE EXT CAN 4.3M
23 4264188 1 CABLE EXT CAN 1.5M
22 4266249 1 CABLE EXT CAN 1M
21 4266246 2 CABLE EXT CAN 0.5M
20 4266243 4 CABLE EXT 12 PIN 10M
19 4266242 2 CABLE EXT 12 PIN 8M
18 4265229 3 CABLE EXT 12 PIN 6M
17 4265228 1 CABLE EXT 12 PIN 5M
16 4265227 5 CABLE EXT 12 PIN 4M
15 4265226 2 CABLE EXT 12 PIN 3M
14 4265221 1 CABLE EXT 12 PIN 2M
13 4265207 8 CABLE EXT 12 PIN 1.5M
12 4265220 2 CABLE EXT 12 PIN 1M
B 11 4270079 1 CABLE 3 PIN SERIES WIRED TEE 1M1M
B
10 4267338 1 CABLE 3 PIN MX12 3 COND 3M
9 4265234 19 CABLE EXT 3 PIN - MX12 4 PIN 1M
8 4265233 5 CABLE EXT 3 PIN - DIN 1M
02
7 4265232 15 CABLE EXT 3 PIN - OPEN 6M
NOTE: 6 4266241 4 CABLE EXT 3 PIN 10M
5 4266240 11 CABLE EXT 3 PIN 5M

* INDICATES MACHINE OPTION

--- SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
4
3
4265213
4265231
10
6
CABLE EXT 3 PIN 3M
CABLE EXT 3 PIN 2M
2 4264197 1 CABLE EXT 3 PIN 1.4M
02 1 4265230 7 CABLE EXT 3 PIN 1M
ITEM PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:
FIRST USED ON/CONTRACT NO
THIS DRAWING AND ALL
DATA THEREIN IS THE
• DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES & APPLY BEFORE
PLATING OR FINISH COATINGS.
426-6329 LeTourneau Technologies™
PROPERTY OF LETOURNEAU DWN DATE
• TOLERANCES ON: ANGLES ±1°
TECHNOLOGIES. IT IS bswink 05-17-10
CONFIDENTIAL AND MUST FRACTIONS ±1/16
NOT BE COPIED. IT IS CHK
.XX DECIMAL ±.03 BAS 05-18-11
A LOANED SUBJECT TO
RETURN UPON DEMAND
.XXX DECIMAL
• MACHINED CORNERS 1/64 X 45°
±.015
ENGR GP HARNESS RF L1850 A
AND IS NOT TO BE USED
IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL • WELD PROPERTIES SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM
PROD ENGR
TO OUR INTEREST. REQUIREMENTS OF THE BASE MATERIAL. BS 05-18-11
SIZE DWG NO. REV

+ 4266333
INTERPRET DIM & TOL PROJ APPROVAL
02
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
PER LETOURNEAU DO NOT SCALE
SPEC 1650.00. MATL
SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 1 OF 4

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-0436 6-16-11 LW BAS BS
H 01 SEE SHEET 1 FOR CHANGES NL11-1768 8-02-11 LW BAS BS H
02 CHG'D STR2 AT STR INT FACE & RFF1-J8 HRN J3 NL11-1796 9-14-11 JFM BS BS

BOX: RFF1
DESCRIPTION: REAR FRAME FRONT #1

DEVICE CABLES
HARNESS SIGNAL PIN HARNESS #1 HARNESS #2 HARNESS #3 CONNECTOR
DEVICE DESCRIPTION PINOUT
CODE CODE LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. TYPE PART NO.
G HARNESS #1 HYD RESERVOIR LEVEL IN LINE BLK = BLU, GRN = BLK,
G
RFF1-J7 RFF1-05 6m OPEN 426-5232
LENGTH PART NO. SWITCH SPLICE WHT = RED

HYD RESERVOIR OIL TEMP

4m 426-5227 RFF1-J5 RFF1-03 2m 426-5231 1m XDCR 426-5234
XDCR

CAP - MALE TURCK

HARNESS #2 RFF1-J3 RFF1-09 (SUPPLIED WITH
LENGTH PART NO.
TURCK BOX)

KLENZ RESERVOIR AIR

RFF1-J1 RFF1-07 3m 426-5213 1m XDCR 426-5234
XDCR

HARNESS #3 RFF1-J2 RFF1-01

HYD TANK DUMP
5m 426-6240
LENGTH PART NO. SOL

CAP - MALE TURCK

RFF1-J4 RFF1-02 426-5200
(QTY - 1)

STEER POSITION
F RFF1-J6 RFF1-04
XDCR
3m 426-7338 F
CAP - MALE TURCK
AUX FAN ENABLE
RFF1-J8 RFF1-06 5m 426-6240 1m DIN 426-5233 (SUPPLIED WITH
SOL (OPT)
TURCK BOX)

BOX: RFF2
LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL CABINET

DESCRIPTION: REAR FRAME FRONT #2

DEVICE CABLES
HARNESS SIGNAL PIN HARNESS #1 HARNESS #2 HARNESS #3 CONNECTOR
DEVICE DESCRIPTION PINOUT
CODE CODE LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. TYPE PART NO.
CAP - MALE TURCK
HARNESS #1 RFF2-J7 RFF2-05
AUX STEER
3m 426-5213 (SUPPLIED WITH
LENGTH PART NO. ENABLE (OPT)
TURCK BOX)
CAP - MALE TURCK
AUX STEER SUPPLY
E 6m 426-5229 RFF2-J5 RFF2-03
PRESS SWITCH (OPT)
3m 426-5213 (SUPPLIED WITH E
TURCK BOX)

HARNESS #2 RFF2-J3 RFF2-09

CAP - MALE TURCK
426-5200
LENGTH PART NO. (QTY - 1)

WIRE HARNESS
RFF2-J1 24V ONLY AIR DRYER HEATER 6m OPEN 426-5232 425-8492 WHT = 1, GRN = 2
AIR DRYER

HARNESS #3 RFF2-J2 RFF2-01

RADIATOR FAN CONTROL
5m 426-6240 1m DIN 426-5233
LENGTH PART NO. SOL

MAINTENANCE LIGHT 2 PIN

RFF2-J4 RFF2-02 6m OPEN 426-5232 426-1175 BLK = 2, GRN = 1
MIDDLE RIGHT DEUTSCH

STEER LEFT
RFF2-J6 RFF2-04 3m 426-5213
OUTPUT

STEER RIGHT
RFF2-J8 RFF2-06 3m 426-5213
OUTPUT
D D

BLK = 2, WHT = 1
STR1 STR1-02 STEER VALVE 6m OPEN 426-5232 DIN 424-0140
GRN = GDM
STEERING
INTERFACE
AUX STEER
STR2 STR2-02 6m OPEN 426-5232 DIN 424-0140 BLK = 1, GRN = 2
SOL (OPT)

BOX: RFF3
DESCRIPTION: REAR FRAME FRONT #3

C DEVICE CABLES C
HARNESS SIGNAL PIN HARNESS #1 HARNESS #2 HARNESS #3 CONNECTOR
DEVICE DESCRIPTION PINOUT
CODE CODE LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. TYPE PART NO.
FAST HOIST PUMP
HARNESS #1 RFF3-J7 RFF3-05 XDCR 1m XDCR 426-5234
LENGTH PART NO.
HOIST/BUCKET PUMP A
6m 426-5229 RFF3-J5 RFF3-03 XDCR 1m XDCR 426-5234

HARNESS #2 RFF3-J3 RFF3-09

HOIST/BUCKET PUMP B
1m XDCR 426-5234
LENGTH PART NO. XDCR

HOIST/BUCKET PUMP C
1m 426-5220 RFF3-J1 RFF3-07 1m XDCR 426-5234
XDCR

HARNESS #3 RFF3-J2 RFF3-01

ACCESSORY PUMP
1m XDCR 426-5234
LENGTH PART NO. XDCR

B STEER PUMP A B
RFF3-J4 RFF3-02 1m XDCR 426-5234
XDCR

STEER PUMP B
RFF3-J6 RFF3-04 1m XDCR 426-5234
XDCR

HYD OIL COOLER BYPASS

RFF3-J8 RFF3-06 2m 426-5231 1m DIN 426-5233
SOL

NOTE:

* INDICATES MACHINE OPTION

--- SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

A A

GP HARNESS RF L1850 SIZE DWG NO. REV

DRAWN bswink E DO NOT SCALE 4266333 02

ISSUED 5-17-11 SCALE 1/1 EST WT - SHEET 2 OF 4

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-0436 6-16-11 LW BAS BS
H 01 SEE SHEET 1 FOR CHANGES NL11-1768 8-02-11 LW BAS BS H
02 NO CHG THIS SHEET; SEE SHEET 1 & 2 FOR CHG NL11-1796 9-14-11 JFM BS BS

BOX: RFF4
DESCRIPTION: REAR FRAME FRONT #4

DEVICE CABLES
G HARNESS SIGNAL PIN HARNESS #1 HARNESS #2 HARNESS #3 CONNECTOR G
DEVICE DESCRIPTION PINOUT
CODE CODE LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. TYPE PART NO.

HARNESS #1 RFF4-J7 RFF4-05

BLOWER SPEED 5 PIN SPD SNSR
426-6267
BLOWER SPEED
425-3961
LENGTH PART NO. SENSOR 9 FT (2.75m) SENSOR 10 FT

BLOWER PUMP PRESS

4m 426-5227 RFF4-J5 RFF4-03 1m XDCR 426-5234
XDCR

HARNESS #2 RFF4-J3 RFF4-09

RADIATOR FAN PUMP PRESS
1m XDCR 426-5234
LENGTH PART NO. XDCR

SYSTEM AIR PRESS

RFF4-J1 RFF4-07 1m XDCR 426-5234
XDCR

HARNESS #3 RFF4-J2 RFF4-01

HPD GEARBOX TEMP
2m 426-5231 1m XDCR 426-5234
LENGTH PART NO. XDCR

HPD GEARBOX PRESS

RFF4-J4 RFF4-02 1m XDCR 426-5234
XDCR
F F
LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL CABINET

HYD RESERVOIR AIR PRESS

RFF4-J6 RFF4-04 1m XDCR 426-5234
XDCR

CAP - MALE TURCK

RFF4-J8 RFF4-06 (SUPPLIED WITH
TURCK BOX)

BOX: RFF5
DESCRIPTION: REAR FRAME FRONT #5

DEVICE CABLES
HARNESS SIGNAL PIN HARNESS #1 HARNESS #2 HARNESS #3 CONNECTOR
DEVICE DESCRIPTION PINOUT
CODE CODE LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. TYPE PART NO.

HARNESS #1 RFF5-J7 RFF5-05

BLOWER SPEED CONTROL
5m 426-6240 1m 426-5230 1m DIN 426-5233
LENGTH PART NO. SOL
E E
CAP - MALE TURCK
3m 426-5226 RFF5-J5 RFF5-03 (SUPPLIED WITH
TURCK BOX)

HARNESS #2 RFF5-J3 RFF5-09

REAR WASHER
6m OPEN 426-5232
TERMINALS (QTY - 2) 425-5183
BLK, GRN
LENGTH PART NO. PUMP HOUSING (QTY - 1) 425-5187

FRONT WASHER TERMINALS (QTY - 2) 425-5183

RFF5-J1 RFF5-07 6m OPEN 426-5232 BLK, GRN
PUMP HOUSING (QTY - 1) 425-5187

HARNESS #3 RFF5-J2 RFF5-01

AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE
3m 426-5213 1m 426-5230 1m XDCR 426-5234
LENGTH PART NO. XDCR

CAP - MALE TURCK

RFF5-J4 RFF5-02 (SUPPLIED WITH
TURCK BOX)

CAP - MALE TURCK

RFF5-J6 RFF5-04 426-5200
(QTY - 1)

D CAP - MALE TURCK D

RFF5-J8 RFF5-06 426-5200
(QTY - 1)

BOX: RAX1
DESCRIPTION: REAR AXLE #1

DEVICE CABLES
HARNESS SIGNAL PIN HARNESS #1 HARNESS #2 HARNESS #3 CONNECTOR
DEVICE DESCRIPTION PINOUT
CODE CODE LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. TYPE PART NO.

HARNESS #1 RAX1-J7 RAX1-05

REAR SERVICE BRAKES
1m XDCR 426-5234
LENGTH PART NO. XDCR

REAR PARK BRAKES

10m 426-6243 RAX1-J5 RAX1-03 1m XDCR 426-5234
XDCR

C HARNESS #2 RAX1-J3 RAX1-09

REAR PARK BRAKES
6m OPEN 426-5232
2 PIN
426-1175 BLK = 1, GRN = 2
C
LENGTH PART NO. SOL DEUTSCH

REAR DRIVER LUBE 5m 426-6240 6m OPEN 426-5232 2 PIN DEUTSCH 426-1175 BLK = 1, WHT = 2
RAX1-J1 RAX1-07 2m 426-5231
FLOW SWITCHES TEE 427-0079 6m OPEN 426-5232 2 PIN DEUTSCH 426-1175 BLK = 1, WHT = 2

CAP - MALE TURCK

HARNESS #3 RAX1-J2 RAX1-01 (SUPPLIED WITH
LENGTH PART NO.
TURCK BOX)

CAP - MALE TURCK

RAX1-J4 RAX1-02 426-5200
(QTY - 1)

CAP - MALE TURCK

RAX1-J6 RAX1-04 426-5200
(QTY - 1)

CAP - MALE TURCK

RAX1-J8 RAX1-06 426-5200
(QTY - 1)

B B

NOTE:

* INDICATES MACHINE OPTION

--- SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

A A

GP HARNESS RF L1850 SIZE DWG NO. REV

DRAWN bswink E DO NOT SCALE 4266333 02

ISSUED 5-17-11 SCALE 1/1 EST WT - SHEET 3 OF 4

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL11-0436 6-16-11 LW BAS BS
H 01 SEE SHEET 1 FOR CHANGES NL11-1768 8-02-11 LW BAS BS H
02 NO CHG THIS SHEET; SEE SHEET 1 & 2 FOR CHG NL11-1796 9-14-11 JFM BS BS

G G
HARNESS #1 HARNESS #2 HARNESS #3 CONNECTOR

CABLE DESCRIPTION LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. LENGTH / TYPE PART NO. TYPE PART NO.

KLZ1 KLENZ BOX 4m 426-5227 1.5m 426-5207

BREAKOUT BOX 12 PIN - 8 X 3 PIN

MBR1 MIRROR BAR 8m 426-6242 1.5m 426-5207

MBR2 MIRROR BAR 8m 426-6242 1.5m 426-5207

(P/N: 426-5235)
DCP1 DRIVE COOLING PUMP 10m 426-6241 3m 426-5213

F F
ENGINE INTERFACE
LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL CABINET

EIC1 CABINET
10m 426-6243 4m 426-5227
J7 J5 J3 J1
ENGINE INTERFACE 4.3m 426-5838
EIC3 CABINET
10m 426-6251 CABLE TEE 426-6253
4.3m 426-5838

J7

J5

J3

J1
CABLE TEE 426-6253 CABLE TEE 426-6253
(EIC3 CONT.) 0.4m / WATER PUMP 426-7798
0.5m 426-6246
0.4m / WATER PUMP 426-7798

P1

P1
CABLE TEE 426-6253
(EIC3 CONT.) 0.5m 426-6246
0.4m / WATER PUMP 426-7798
TERMINATOR 426-6254

CONTROL SWITCH

J2
J6
J8

J4
CSP1 PANEL
10m 426-6243 3m 426-5226

RCL1 REAR COWL 10m 426-6243 4m 426-5227 2m 426-5221

J8 J6 J4 J2
E RCL2 REAR COWL 10m 426-6241 5m 426-6240 1m 426-5230
E

SRC1 SR CABINET 1m 426-5220 HARNESS PROVIDED AS PART OF SR CABINET ASSY TOP VIEW - BREAKOUT BOX
SRC2 SR CABINET 1m 426-6249 HARNESS PROVIDED AS PART OF SR CABINET ASSY

LLC1 LADDER LIGHT CONTROL 3m 426-5213 3m 426-5213 1m 426-5230

1 1
J1 2 2 J2
CAB1 CAB 1.5m 426-5207
3 3
CAB2 CAB 1.5m 426-5207
1 1
CAB3
J3 2 2 J4
D CAB 1.5m 426-5207
D
3 3
CAB4 CAB 1.5m 426-5207

1 1
CAB5 CAB 1.5m 426-4188 J5 2 2 J6
3 3
CAB6 CAB 1.5m 426-4195

1 1
CAB9 CAB TO AC CONDENSOR 4.2m 426-7339
J7 2 2 J8
CAB10 CAB TO AC CLUTCH 1.4m 426-4197 1m DIN 426-5233 3 3

C C
5 3 9 7 12 8 10 11 1 2 4 6
CABLE DEVICE DESCRIPTION LENGTH/TYPE PART NO. PINOUT
GND V+
ISOLATION AND
CONTROL
SWITCHES
CSP2 LADDER LIMIT SWITCH 6m OPEN 426-5232 POWER STEP: WHT, BLK = GRN P1
SCHEMATIC - BREAKOUT BOX

B B

NOTE:

* INDICATES MACHINE OPTION

--- SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

A A

GP HARNESS RF L1850 SIZE DWG NO. REV

DRAWN bswink E DO NOT SCALE 4266333 02

ISSUED 5-17-11 SCALE 1/1 EST WT - SHEET 4 OF 4

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 GO TO SCHEMATICS TOC

AIR SYSTEM
(INCLUDING BRAKE
CONTROLS)
 NOTES

NOTE: If you have printed a page from the LEPS-LeTourneau Electronic Publication System-The page may not include all relevant data,
such as specifications, Warnings, Cautions or Notes that may be found elsewhere in the complete document or in other applicable service
information documents. Make sure you have read and understood all associated information before performing any maintenance on the
machine. It is the responsibility of the mechanic, repairman or inspector to understand the current instructions of the manufacturer and the
manuals, for the specific operation concerned.
LeTourneau Technologies © 2007 All Rights Reserved
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
30 30
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
TO ATMOSPHERE 00 RELEASED NL10-1526 11-04-10 KMD AY AY
H 132
142 01 ADD IT 44,49,51,52,57,74,76,79,100,DEL IT 25,29,32,82,110,114, H
01 120,137,153,QTY CHGS IT 19(4TO5),IT 31(1TO2),IT 35(5TO6),
143 71
01 IT 112(1TO2),IT 113(2TO1),IT 133(6TO7),IT 140(1TO3),IT 148
23 134 125
01 (3TO2),IT 151(1TO3),IT 155(12TO14),IT 162(2TO3),IT 36
127
01 NL11-1801 09-14-11 KMD AY AY

TO KLENZ
141 AIR WAS 4013779
PIPE
33 10
44 61
99 162 102 93
140 149 3 141 91 33
12 141 131
4 122
59
98 158 160 91 103 427-0936 1 HOSE 1250 12 284.0 0J 0J
70 TO ATMOSPHERE
41 102 421-3887 1 HOSE 1000 16 45.0 0J 0J
101 422-2038 1 HOSE 1250 12 30.0 0J 90J
165 164 100 411-6472 2 HOSE 2000 8 190.0 0J 90J
115
26 HYD 99 425-8480 1 MOUNT PLATE
155 60
71 TANK
84 98 698-9418 1 HOSE 2750 4 34.0 0J 0J
33 162 STAND
G 68
69
105
PIPE 97 - G
68 96 404-0562 3 FTG HYD 0 4 MJ 6 MP
95 -
140 81
91 94 408-9126 1 HOSE 2750 4 70.0 0J 0J
COMPRESSOR
93 404-0558 1 FTG HYD 0 8 MJ 12 MP JUMP
92 -
79
91 400-2424 3 ADAPTER STRAIGHT 1 MJ X 1 MP
163
73 100 90 415-5482 3 HOSE 250 4 10.0 0J 0J
155 89 415-3285 1 HOSE 2250 6 334.0 0J 0J
2
28 TO ENGINE 88 403-2315 4 TEE 3/8 FP
74 87 409-3109 1 HOSE 2250 6 222.0 0J 0J
TO ENGINE
162 86 425-6308 2 FTG HYD 0 4 MP 12 MP
69
85 425-6310 2 FTG HYD 0 8 MP 12 MP
70 104 84 415-1426 1 HOSE 1000 16 31.0 0J 0J
104
83 -
27 100
82 -
81 426-1746 1 HOSE 1200 12 120.0 0J 0J SS
F 103
80 425-6309 2 FTG HYD 0 6 MP 12 MP F
27 79 425-8491 1 EXHAUST COVER
100
78 027-2969 2 PIPE PLG .250 CS HX
77 424-3656 1 FTG HYD TE 12 MJ 12MJ 12 FJ
AIR FILTER GROUP 34 58 76 400-2422 1 FTG HYD 0 12 MJ 12 MP
36
57 101 75 424-1507 REF ASSY MANIFOLD REAR TRANSDUCER
103 35 30
74 421-3975 1 HOSE 250 4 200.0 0J 0J
60
146 73 071-1253 1 CLAMP HOSE WORM DR .81 1.75
34 112 145
72 424-4689 2 FTG HYD 90 12 MJ 12 FJ MOD
133

TO CAB BLOWGUN
87 71 427-0933 1 HOSE 2000 8 286.0 0J 90J
24 40 67 DISTRIBUTION 70 421-3508 1 HOSE 2000 8 136.0 0J 90J
31
1 24 58 RESERVOIR 69 427-0932 1 HOSE 2750 4 306.0 0J 90J
76
34 77 68 424-4790 2 VALVE CHECK EXHAUST ASY
19 140
89 5 133 67 403-1401 2 PIPE HYD ST ELB 90 6 MP 6 FP
145 KLENZ TANK
144 62 66 403-4924 2 HOSE 2750 4 80.0 0J 0J
85 9
45 65 400-2438 3 FTG HYD 90 6 MJ 4 MP
FRONT FRAME 35 46
53 REAR FRAME 64 408-1386 12 FTG HYD 90 12 MJ 10 MO
RESERVOIR 43 AIR RESERVOIR
E 37 37
55 62
31
63 403-4937 1 HOSE 2750 4 20.0 0J 0J E
34 34 62 401-3788 2 PIPE RED .500 .250 BSH 6000
109
126 40 1 61 419-3350 1 BUSHING, REDUCING, 1 X 3/4
53 86 60 427-0931 1 HOSE 2750 4 400.0 0J 0J
45 5
145 HT
59 021-3417 1 PIPE ELB 1.000 90
144 1
80 88 58 400-2422 11 FTG HYD 0 12 MJ 12 MP
53 88 128 MAIN
52
86 5 66
AIR
57 427-3412 1 STR TANK STAND
112 80
53 127 113 56 424-3961 3 HOSE 2750 4 152.0 0J 0J
66 FAN 49
55 408-1394 1 AIR RESERVOIR
54 128 128 BP
54 427-0930 1 HOSE 2250 6 406.0 0J 0J
6 96
127 56 96 127 51 53 008-8402 4 PLUG 3/8 NPT
85 88 66 GB
127 52 425-5493 REF KIT TRANSMITTER PRES 50 PSIG (REF)
144 56
56 KR
51 425-5496 REF KIT TRANSMITTER PRES 5000 PSIG (REF)
88 144 107 49 50 424-4753 4 FTG HYD 0 12 FJ 12 MP SWV
67 43 AIR RESERVOIR GROUP
49 425-5494 REF KIT TRANSMITTER PRES 200 PSIG (REF)
11 48 924-2071 1 HOSE 2250 6 28.0 0J 0J
96
128 94 75 47 405-1616 2 STR/ADPT 3/8MJX3/8MJ BULKHEAD
BRAKE VALVE GROUP
D 56
46 694-6165 1 FTG HYD TE 4 MJ 4 MP 4 MJ D
148 424-3502 2 HOSE 1250 12 25.0 0J 90J 45 403-1446 2 TEE 1/4 FP
89 147 - 44 427-1109 1 AIR BOX
146 400-7414 2 MOUNTING BRACKET 43 400-2478 6 FTG HYD 90 6 MJ 6 FJ SWVL
108 117
108 145 411-7472 6 CLAMP BRACKET 42 404-3024 2 FTG HYD TE 6 MJ 4 MP 6 MJ
112
144 401-1756 4 FTG HYD 0 6 MJ 6 MP JUMP 41 097-9138 1 ADAPTER 90° 1/4 MJ X 1/8 MP
36 126 143 401-3789 1 PIPE RED 1/2X3/8 40 424-4985 2 FTG HYD 0 6 MP 8 MP
112
54 406-9124 HOSE 2250 6 14.0 0J 0J
142 416-5712 1 BALL VAL 3-WAY 1/2NPT 39 2
43 130 129 141 400-2483 3 FTG HYD 90 16 MJ 16 FJ SWV 38 425-6383 6 VALVE RELAY R12 ARCTIC
140 411-6444 3 FTG HYD 90 4 MJ 4 FJ SWV 37 052-7116 2 ADAPTER STRAIGHT 3/8 MJ X 1/4 MP
34 34 127 139 - 36 401-3787 1 PIPE RED .375 .250 BSH 6000
34 127
138 401-3788 4 PIPE RED .500 .25 35 403-2316 6 TEE 1/2
43 128 137 - 34 400-2441 12 FTG HYD 90 12 MJ 12 MP
18 18 128
34 136 - 33 097-8632 3 ADAPTER STRAIGHT 1/4 MJ X 1/8 MP
18 47 18
135 - 32 -
58 58 134 407-8933 1 FTG HYD 90 4 MJ 2 MP 1.2 LG 31 401-3791 2 BUSHING 3/4 X 1/4 NPT
7 34
47 78 10 58 133 401-1748 7 FTG HYD 90 4 MJ 4 MP JUMP 30 401-8666 3 FTG HYD 0 8 MJ 8 MP
150 78 156
72 7 72
C 10 132 422-3146 1 HOSE 300 8 98.0 0J 29 - C
131 421-3537 1 HOSE 1000 16 80.0 0J 28 425-8493 1 EXHAUST HOSE
115 133
48 130 426-1747 1 STR DRAIN MOUNT 27 403-2077 1 HOSE 2750 4 168.0 0J 0J
43 63 43
129 418-9287 1 ANGLE STR AIR BLEED 26 418-9196 1 DUMP VALVE
128 415-2842 8 BALL VALVE .375 NPT 25 -
133 133 157
42 160 133 90 39 133 42 127 403-2312 9 NIPPLE 3/8 NPT 24 424-4754 2 CHECK VALVE AIR 3/4
160
90 126 695-3864 4 ADAPTER 90°1/4 MJ X 3/8 MP 23 421-3818 1 HORN
65 39 65 38 65 38
90 125 415-5483 1 HOSE 250 4 12.0 0J 0J 22 424-8784 REF DISC - 22 OD X 1 LARGE BRAKE
38 38 115 124 - 21 423-4511 REF HUB BRAKE B40
38
38 123 - 20 424-0108 REF CARRIER AND LINING ASSEMBLY
58 58 58 122 424-3562 REF FTG HYD 0 12 MJ 22 MMO 19 403-2313 5 PIPE HYD NIP 8 MP 8 MP HX
50 50 58 50 58
S P S 34 S P S
34 121 - 18 401-2924 REF WELD COUPLING 3/4 NPT
165 426-4809 REF FTG HYD 90 8 MJ 18 MMO 120 - 17 424-0101 REF TORQUE TUBE RIGHT MACHINED
155 19 155 19 155 50
19 155 155 164 400-2479 REF FTG HYD 90 8 MJ 8 FJ SWVL 119 - 16 424-0102 REF BRAKE ACTUATOR MOUNT
35 58 106
106 163 408-2855 REF HOSE 2000 8 278.0 0J 0J 118 - 15 424-8969 REF BRAKE SPRING CYLINDER
155 19 150 162 400-2481 3 FTG HYD 90 12 MJ 12 FJ SWVL 117 419-3354 1 FTG HYD 45 4 MJ 4 MP 14 424-0105 REF MOUNT CALIPER
138 106
155 154 35 161 - 116 - 13 424-0103 REF TORQUE TUBE LEFT MACHINED
106 138
138 35 64
B 35 155
138
152
160 416-2499 3 BREATHER VENT 115 401-6785 3 FTG HYD 0 4 MJ 4 MP 12 097-8632 1 FTG HYD 0 4 MJ 2 MP B
155 64 159 - 114 - 11 412-1657 1 FTG HYD 0 6 MJ 4 MO
155 15
64 16 15 158 425-5252 REF FTG HYD 0 16 MJ 24 MMO 113 406-3332 1 FTG HYD TE 4 MJ 4 MJ 4 FJ 10 426-1177 3 AIR SOLENOID-24V
157 415-3281 1 HOSE 2250 6 32.0 0J 0J 112 427-0935 2 HOSE 1250 12 152.0 0J 0J 9 418-6237 1 HOSE 2750 4 160.0 0J 0J
16 13
17 16 15 15 13 17 16 156 417-2292 2 HOSE 1250 12 28.0 0J 90J 111 - 8 -
64 155 401-5753 14 FTG HYD 0 12 MJ 8 MP JUMP 110 - 7 407-8315 3 HOSE 1250 12 30.0 0J 0J
152 64 148
14 148 14 14 14 154 403-2510 1 HOSE 1250 12 21.0 0J 0J 109 401-4580 1 FTG HYD 0 4 MJ 4 MO 6 400-2175 1 BRAKE VALVE DUAL
S S S S
153 - 108 416-3756 2 HOSE 1250 12 182.0 0J 0J 5 425-5667 3 RELIEF VALVE AIR 175 PSI
P 156 P P P
151 152 417-7380 3 HOSE 1250 12 26.0 0J 0J 107 427-0934 1 HOSE 2250 6 292.0 0J 0J 4 425-8482 REF DESICCANT CARTRIDGE (SERVICE PART)
S S S S 151 422-2038 3 HOSE 1250 12 30.0 OJ 90J 106 425-5494 REF TRANSMITTER PRESS 0-200 PSI (REF) 3 426-4801 1 DRYER AIR
152 64 7
150 407-9178 2 HOSE 1250 12 32.0 0J 0J 105 400-2434 1 FTG HYD 45 16 MJ 16 MP 2 426-1543 1 COMPRESSOR
64 426-7944 1 104 HOSE 1250 12 140.0 0J 90J
149 ASSY GOVERNOR 422-3265 1 1 425-5251 3 AIR RESERVOIR
20
ITEM PART NO QTY DESCRIPTION ITEM PART NO QTY DESCRIPTION ITEM PART NO QTY DESCRIPTION
64

LeTourneau, Inc.
151 151 64 20 21 THIS DRAWING AND ALL UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:
FIRST USED ON/CONTRACT NO
21 21 21 64
20 64 64 DATA THEREIN IS THE • DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES & APPLY BEFORE 427-1846
PROPERTY OF
20 PLATING OR FINISH COATINGS.
LETOURNEAU, INC.,. DWN DATE
22 IT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND
• TOLERANCES ON: ANGLES ±1°
M. DUKE 06-21-2010
22 22 FRACTIONS ±1/16
22 MUST NOT BE COPIED. CHK

A FRONT AXLE GROUP REAR AXLE GROUP

IT IS LOANED SUBJECT
TO RETURN UPON
.XX DECIMAL
.XXX DECIMAL
±.03
±.015
ENGR
AY 06-21-10 BRAKE CONTROLS L-18502201&UP A
DEMAND AND IS NOT
TO BE USED IN ANY WAY
• MACHINED CORNERS 1/64 X 45°
• WELD PROPERTIES SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM
PROD ENGR
LARGE BRAKE
DETRIMENTAL TO OUR
REQUIREMENTS OF THE BASE MATERIAL. AY 06-21-10
SIZE DWG NO. REV

+ 4267510
INTEREST. PROJ APPROVAL
01
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
INTERPRET DIM & TOL DO NOT SCALE
PER LETOURNEAU MATL
SPEC 1650.00. SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 1 OF 2

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASED NL10-1526 11-04-10 KMD AY AY
H AIR SUPPLY 01 SEE SHEET 1 NL11-1801 09-14-11 KMD AY AY H
XDR AS

TO CAB BLOWER GUN

SOL AH SERVICE BRAKE

SERVICE BRAKE
FRONT
REAR
XDR SB1
XDR SB2

GOVERNOR RELAY VALVE RELAY VALVE

SEE NOTE 2 SERVICE BRAKE SERVICE BRAKE
FILTER - DRYER FRONT REAR
ASSEMBLY AIR HORN

G G

STAINLESS DLU PARK BRAKE PARK BRAKE

STEEL HOSE VALVE RELIEF FRONT REAR
175 PSI XDR PB1 XDR PB2
PARK BRAKE PARK BRAKE
FRONT REAR
SOL PB1 SOL PB2

COMPRESSOR
SPRING BRAKE SPRING BRAKE
DISTRIBUTION
RESERVOIR CYLINDERS CYLINDERS
FRONT LEFT REAR LEFT

FROM COOLING AIR RELAY VALVE RELAY VALVE

FLOW TO FRONT AXLE PARK BRAKE PARK BRAKE
FRONT REAR
F F
MANUAL SPRING BRAKE SPRING BRAKE
DRAIN CYLINDERS CYLINDERS
RELIEF FRONT RIGHT REAR RIGHT
175 PSI

AIR AIR RELAY VALVE RELAY VALVE

RESERVOIR RESERVOIR SERVICE BRAKE SERVICE BRAKE
REAR BRAKES FRONT BRAKES FRONT REAR

RELIEF
E 175 PSI E
MANUAL MANUAL
DRAIN DRAIN

DUAL BRAKE DUAL BRAKE

VALVE FRONT VALVE REAR

D D

MANUAL
RELIEF BLEED
VALVE DOWN
AIR REGULATOR BOX VALVE

MANUAL
BLEED
DOWN
12 PSI VALVE

4-6PSI
C C
90 PSI HYD RESERVOIR NOTE:
HYDRAULIC SUPPLY
KLENZ RESERVOIR REGULATOR 1. THIS SCHEMATIC IS FOR GEN II OF L-1350, L-1850 AND L- 2350.
KLENZ AIR
SUPPLY AIR SUPPLY 2. FOR L-1350 AND L-1850, THE GOVERNOR IS SET TO 125 PSI.
SUPPLY
REGULATOR (SOL HA) FOR L-2350, THE GOVERNOR IS SET TO 140 PSI.
(SOL KA)

HYD TANK
MANUAL MANUAL AIR DUMP
SHUT OFF SHUT OFF (SOL TD)

HYDRAULIC AUTOMATIC
RESERVOIR AIR DUMP VALVE
(XDR HA)
.060 .125
SOL
K1~K7
B B
PULSE
KLENZ VALVE
RESERVOIR
(XDR KR) HYDRAULIC
MANUAL
*SAMPLE KLENZ RESERVOIR
DRAIN
MANIFOLD AIR PULSE VALVE & AIR
RESERVOIR SOLENOID.
KLENZ QUANTITY VARIES BY MACHINE

FROM DISTRIBUTION TO GROUND TO KLENZ TO HYDRAULIC TO AUTOMATIC TO/FROM KLENZ

RESERVOIR RESERVOIR DUMP VALVE RESERVOIR

A A
BRAKE CONTROLS L-18502201&UP
SIZE DWG NO. REV

DRAWN MDUKE E DO NOT SCALE 4267510 01

ISSUED 06-21-2010 SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 2 OF 2

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 GO TO SCHEMATICS TOC

Auto Lube System

 NOTES

NOTE: If you have printed a page from the LEPS-LeTourneau Electronic Publication System-The page may not include all relevant data,
such as specifications, Warnings, Cautions or Notes that may be found elsewhere in the complete document or in other applicable service
information documents. Make sure you have read and understood all associated information before performing any maintenance on the
machine. It is the responsibility of the mechanic, repairman or inspector to understand the current instructions of the manufacturer and the
manuals, for the specific operation concerned.
LeTourneau Technologies © 2007 All Rights Reserved
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL10-1522 10-27-10 KMD AY AY
H 01 DEL IT 98(401-7451); DEL IT 87(427-1168) H
01 IT 88 WAS 417-0675; IT 88 QTY WAS 2 NL11-0297 4-6 WPG AY AY
02 DEL IT 2,12,13,48,49,IT 23 WAS 4271172,IT 71S WAS 4273529 NL11-0734 7-9 KMD AY AY
03 IT 6 WAS 4271146,IT 8 WAS 4273348,QTY CHGS IT 18
03 (8 TO 6),IT 19(4 TO 3),IT 20(6 TO 3),IT 21(48 TO 42),IT 22
03 (18 TO 16),IT 25(3 TO 2),DELETE IT 23(4270906) NL11-0748 8-29 KMD AY AY
77 04 DEL IT 4,24,32,36,38,44,45,46,47,59,63,85,90,96,97,99,ADD IT43,
22 04 103,104,105,QTY CHGS IT 18(6TO5),IT 30(2TO1),IT 41(1TO2),
11
04 IT 79(2TO3),IT 39 WAS 4158937,IT 58 WAS 4223439
TO RH BUCKET
PIVOT BOSS 04 IT 15H WAS 4131525,IT 71S WAS 4261662,IT 77 WAS 4186021,
04 ADD QTY 2 IT 92 NL11-2052 10-7 KMD AY AY
94

21 TO RH HOIST
EAR PIVOT
76

G 11
16 G
RH BELLCRANK AND LEVEL LINK 21
TO LEVEL LINK
AND BUCKET JOINT
81
75
19 TO RH STEERING
TO BELLCRANK 92 CYLINDER PIN
72 BUCKET CYLINDER JOINT 22 21
21
79 21 93 40
21 22
83 3
63
88 55
21 TO UPPER
TO RH OUTSIDE ARTICULATION
BELLCRANK PIVOT TO RH LIFT ARM 70 21
22 21
SOCKET PIVOT
29
TO RH STEERING
21 CYLINDER PIVOT
80
56 20
F 82 TO BELLCRANK
PIVOT EAR 31
17 TO RH BUCKET 22
88 F
CYL PIVOT
21 18
21 21 7
64
TO RH INSIDE 65
6 27
BELLCRANK PIVOT
18 74 68 TO RH HOIST 58
CYL BALL JOINT
TO LEVEL LINK
AND BELLCRANK JOINT 78 21 3 FOREWARD REARWARD
69 52 AXLE AXLE
21 8 61 ARTICULATION ARTICULATION
20
3 34 35
68 37
80 25
TO LEVEL LINK 17
AND BELLCRANK JOINT 78 21 69 21
31 30 21
P
18 21 T

7 TO LH INSIDE 75
BELLCRANK PIVOT TO LH BUCKET
CYL PIVOT 62
21
21 21 21 TO BELLCRANK 41
E PIVOT EAR 74 42 E
82
20 TO LH HOIST 28 21
56 CYL BALL JOINT
88 TO LH STEERING
29 CYLINDER PIVOT 50
21 1
22 TO LH LIFTARM 51
SOCKET PIVOT 22 48 39
TO LH OUTSIDE 43 53
21 BELLCRANK PIVOT 6 105
92
88 104
54 5 38
83 21 73
21 49
3 22 103
21 79 99
93 57 19
19 TO BELLCRANK
BUCKET CYLINDER JOINT 40
72 89 62
TO LEVEL LINK 81 28
AND BUCKET JOINT 84 41
22 28 21
21 30
D LH BELL CRANK AND LEVEL LINK
TO LH STEERING D
18 CYLINDER PIN 97
26 85
42 21
96
33 60 66 45 46
11 76
21 25
16 TO LH HOIST
EAR PIVOT REAR FRAME
71
95
15 FRONT FRAME

11
22 14
77
42 TO LH BUCKET
PIVOT BOSS

LIFTARM
C C
92 698-3196 2 HOSE 5000 4 34.0 0J 0J 54 415-0735 1 HOSE 5000 4 80.0 0J 0J 27 403-8894 1 TEE,1/2 MJ X 1/2 MJ X 3/8 MP
91 415-0547 40 INJECTOR COVER CAP 53 698-3192 1 HOSE 5000 4 90.0 0J 0J 26 404-1768 1 TEE,SWIVEL 1/2 MJ X 1/2 MJ X 1/2 FJ
90 - 52 412-2856 1 HOSE 5000 4 114.0 0J 0J 25 400-2420 2 STRAIGHT ADAPTER,1/2 MJ X 3/8 MP
89 412-9036 1 HOSE 1250 8 84.0 0J 0J 51 413-3373 1 HOSE 5000 4 120.0 0J 0J 24 -
88 417-0674 4 PLUG ASSEMBLY, 3" 50 421-3826 1 HOSE 5000 4 234.0 0J 0J 23 -
86 401-6046 2 WASHER, 3/4 49 - 22 097-8632 16 STRAIGHT ADAPTER,1/4 MJ X 1/8 MP
85 - 48 - 21 097-9138 42 90°ADAPTER,1/4 MJ X 1/8 MP
84 422-2463 1 HOSE 1250 12 60.0 0J 0J 47 - 20 403-2312 3 HYDRAULIC NIPPLE,3/8
83 412-2857 2 HOSE 5000 4 54.0 0J 0J 46 - 19 008-8402 3 PLUG,PIPE CS HX 3/8 MP
82 422-3118 2 HOSE 5000 4 94.0 0J 0J 45 - 18 400-2439 5 90°ADAPTER,1/2 MJ X 3/8 MP
81 697-1718 2 HOSE 5000 4 58.0 0J 0J 44 - 17 407-8933 4 90°ADAPTER,1/4 MJ X 1/8 MP
80S 421-3531 2 HOSE 5000 4 136.0 0J 0J 43 404-1561 1 FTG HYD 0 12 MJ 16 MP 16H 414-8823 2 HOSE 5000 4 84.0 0J 0J
79 414-8824 3 HOSE 5000 4 100.0 0J 0J 42 401-8666 2 STRAIGHT ADAPTER, 1/2 MJ X 1/2 MP 15H 426-1662 1 HOSE 4250 8 109.0 0J 0J
78 413-0284 2 HOSE 5000 4 29.0 0J 0J 41 403-8895 2 FTG HYD TEE 8 MJ X 6 MP X 8 MJ 14 401-6701 1 90°BULKHEAD ADAPTER,1/2 MJ
77S&H 414-8823 2 HOSE 5000 4 84.0 0J 0J 40 417-0615 2 TUBE, EXTENSION 13 -
B 76S 412-2873 2 HOSE 5000 4 68.0 0J 0J 39 425-5491 1 TRANSMITTER PRESS 0-5000 PSIG 12 - B
75 412-2870 2 HOSE 5000 4 60.0 0J 0J 38 - 11 401-6785 8 STRAIGHT ADAPTER,1/4 MJ X 1/4 MP
74 412-9045 2 HOSE 4250 8 102.0 0J 0J 37 400-2470 1 FTG HYD 90° 3/8 MJ X 3/8 MO 10 -
73 421-3530 1 HOSE 4250 8 30.5 0J 0J 36 - 9 427-1165 2 3 UNIT-INJECTOR SL-V-XL SL-V
72 415-0738 2 HOSE 5000 4 93.0 0J 0J 35 411-6644 1 90° ELBOW 3/8 MJ X 1/4 MO 8 427-4727 1 ASSY LWR INJ FR FRM L18/L23 G2
71S 412-9045 1 HOSE 4250 8 102.0 0J 0J 34 408-6102 REF GREASE BLOCK - 3/8 7 427-1145 2 2 UNIT-INJECTOR SL-V
NOTE: ITEMS WITH AN S OR AN H CORRESPOND 70 - 33 401-7453 1 PIPE COUPLING, 3/8 FP 6 427-4728 1 ASSY UP INJ F FRM L13-L23 G2
TO STANDARD AND HIGH LIFT LOADERS
RESPECTIVELY 69 415-0749 2 HOSE 5000 4 130.0 0J 0J 32 - 5 427-1149 1 4 UNIT-INJECTOR SL-V
68 419-3532 2 HOSE 5000 4 85.0 0J 0J 31H 415-6398 2 HOSE 5000 4 132.0 0J 0J 4 -
105 403-1446 1 FTG HYD TE 4 FP 4 FP 4 FP 67 401-6031 2 LOCK NUT, 3/4-16 UNF 30 401-6199 1 45°ELBOW,SWIVEL 1/2 MJ X 1/2 FJ 3 427-1147 4 3 UNIT-INJECTOR SL-V SL-V-XL
104 401-3779 1 PIPE PLUG 1/4 NPT HX HD 66 424-3944 REF HOSE 2750 4 22.0 0J 0PM 29 403-7689 2 90°ELBOW BODY,1/8 MP X 1/8 FP 2 -
103 422-4980 1 FTG HYD 0 8 FJ 8 FJ SWV 65 424-3915 REF HOSE 4000 6 188.0 0J 0J 28 400-2479 2 90°ELBOW,SWIVEL 1/2 MJ X 1/2 FJ 1 427-1150 1 AUTO LUBE CONTAINER
102 401-1748 REF FTG HYD 90 4 MJ 4 MP 64 424-3740 REF HOSE 2250 6 130.0 0J 0J ITEM PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION ITEM PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION
101 080-1180 2 BOLT 1/2 UNC X 1 HEX 63 - UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:
FIRST USED ON/CONTRACT NO

100 422-2487 1 MOUNT PLATE, VENT VALVE 62 415-0768 1 HOSE 4250 8 54.0 0J 0J THIS DRAWING AND ALL
DATA THEREIN IS THE
• DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES & APPLY BEFORE
PLATING OR FINISH COATINGS.
LeTourneau Technologies™
PROPERTY OF LETOURNEAU
99 - 61 412-9020 1 HOSE 4250 8 52.0 0J 0J TECHNOLOGIES. IT IS • TOLERANCES ON: ANGLES ±1° DWN DATE

M. DUKE 10-19-2010
98 FRACTIONS ±1/16
60 412-9028 1 HOSE 4250 8 68.0 0J 0J CONFIDENTIAL AND MUST

REF AUTO LUBE

NOT BE COPIED. IT IS CHK
.XX DECIMAL ±.03 AY 10-19-10
A 97 - 59 - LOANED SUBJECT TO
RETURN UPON DEMAND
.XXX DECIMAL ±.015
ENGR A
L18502201&UP
• MACHINED CORNERS 1/64 X 45°
96 - 58 416-9642 REF HOSE 4250 8 295.0 0J 0J AND IS NOT TO BE USED
IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL • WELD PROPERTIES SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM
95 421-1962 REF GREASE BLOCK, 3 WAY 57 412-2872 1 HOSE 5000 4 70.0 0J 0J PROD ENGR
TO OUR INTEREST. REQUIREMENTS OF THE BASE MATERIAL. AY 10-19-10
SIZE REV
94 421-1961 REF GREASE BLOCK, 2 WAY 56 415-0732 2 HOSE 5000 4 48.0 0J 0J DWG NO.

+ 4270840
INTERPRET DIM & TOL PROJ APPROVAL
04
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
93 418-6021 2 HOSE 5000 4 37.0 0J 0J 55 418-6085 1 HOSE 5000 4 154.0 0J 0J
PER LETOURNEAU DO NOT SCALE
SPEC 1650.00. MATL
ITEM PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION ITEM PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 1 OF 1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 GO TO SCHEMATICS TOC

Fluid Power Group

 NOTES

NOTE: If you have printed a page from the LEPS-LeTourneau Electronic Publication System-The page may not include all relevant data,
such as specifications, Warnings, Cautions or Notes that may be found elsewhere in the complete document or in other applicable service
information documents. Make sure you have read and understood all associated information before performing any maintenance on the
machine. It is the responsibility of the mechanic, repairman or inspector to understand the current instructions of the manufacturer and the
manuals, for the specific operation concerned.
LeTourneau Technologies © 2007 All Rights Reserved
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
02 IT 162 WAS 4073656,IT 167 WAS 4222085,IT 170 WAS 4150779, 01 WAS 4243742,IT 220 WAS 4082864,IT 232 WAS 01 4243500,IT 137 WAS 4243923,IT 146 WAS 4163613,IT 165 WAS REVISIONS
02 IT 181 WAS 4243935,IT 212 WAS 4129109,IT 216 WAS 4243741, 01 4033602,IT 237 WAS 4243721,IT 242 WAS 4093460, 01 4244748,IT 178 WAS 4172363,IT 182 WAS 4243500, @54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
02 IT 284 WAS 4222151,ADD IT 34,73,172,DEL IT 10,42,55,119,135, 01 IT 243 WAS 4243705,H12 WAS 4009523,IT 106 01 IT 183 WAS 4243510,IT 190 WAS 6992663,IT 200 00 RELEASE NL10-1518 10-12-10 KMD AY AY
H 02 171,223,231,233,SEE SHEET 4 NL11-2053 10-10-11 KMD AY AY 01 WAS 4241420,SEE SHEETS 2,3,4,5,6 NL11-0748 08-25-11 KMD AY AY 01 WAS 4133984,IT 201 WAS 4243916,IT 203 WAS 01 ADD IT 73,245,246,E46,P26,DELETE IT 2,47,172,206,221,IT 40 H
02 IT 6 WAS 4171071,IT 43 WAS 4271042,IT 68 WAS 4256495,IT 01 4116608,IT 208 WAS 4244560,IT 212 WAS 4129107, 01 WAS 4241019,IT 55 WAS4267947,IT 93 WAS 4255494,IT 94WAS
02 123 WAS 4151426,IT 130 WAS 6989042,IT 137 WAS 4270913, 01 IT 215 WAS 4148397,IT 216 WAS 4243741,IT 218 01 4255496,IT 122 WAS 4151428,IT 131 WAS 4104834,IT 134 WAS
HOSE ASSEMBLIES 400-9759 BOLT HX .500 5.500 NC G8 E29 403-2321 FTG HYD 90 4 FP 4 FP 224 410-3632 HOSE 4000 6 12.0 0J 0J 112 427-1040 MANIFOLD BLOCK MOTOR PORTS
#24 P26 426-7483 PLUG T-19A E28 403-1400 PIPE HYD ST ELB 90 4 MP 4 FP 223 - 111
DESIGNATION DESCRIPTION 421-0349 WASHER FLAT .500 .75 .13 HRD 427-1110 CHECK VALVE 3/4 SPLIT FLANGE
SF4
SET 406-8358 O-RING 1-1/2 SAE SPLIT FLANGE P25 407-7099 PLUG HX 20 MO E27 408-1386 FTG HYD 90 12 MJ 10 MO 222 422-2463 HOSE 1250 12 60.0 0J 90J 110 425-7627 STR MANIFOLD TUBE REAR
0J 0° JIC END FITTING
418-6401 FLANGE HALF 1-1/2 SAE P24 401-3958 PLUG PIPE 1.000 CS SQ MAGNETIC E26 424-4735 FTG HYD 90 16 MP 16 MP 221 - 109 051-9707 HOSE CLAMP
45J 45° JIC END FITTING
90J 90° JIC END FITTING 400-9758 BOLT HX .500 5.000 NC G8 P23 426-1677 PLUG HOLLOW HEX 6 MO E25 404-0553 FTG HYD 90 8 MJ 6 MO 220 412-9164 HOSE 4000 6 140.0 0J 0J 108 425-2662 BUCKET CYLINDER GP. - HIGH LIFT W/ PIPE
90JL 90° JIC LONG DROP END FITTING #24 P22 424-1329 PLUG O-RING 2 HOLLOW HEX E24 424-8951 ASSY ORIFICE .062 90 6MJ 6MO 219 419-3525 HOSE 5000 4 33.0 0J 0J 107 423-7810 CLAMP HALF 2.50
421-0349 WASHER FLAT .500 .75 .13 HRD
0F 0° SPLIT FLANGE END FITTING SF3
SET 406-8358 O-RING 1-1/2 SAE SPLIT FLANGE P21 401-3778 PIPE PLUG 1/8 NPT HEX HEAD E23 404-0554 FTG HYD 90 8 MJ 12 MO JUMP 218 427-0914 HOSE 1250 12 436.0 0J 90J 106 427-0912 STR 1.25 HYD PIPE SAE FLANGE
45F 45° SPLIT FLANGE END FITTING
90F 90° SPLIT FLANGE END FITTING 418-6401 FLANGE HALF 1-1/2 SAE P20 422-3340 PIPE PLUG 1 NPT HEX HEAD E22 425-5263 ELB ST-SAE-1 1/2-90°-C61-160 217 422-2057 HOSE 1250 12 20.0 0J 90J 105 423-7951 TEST BLOCK #16 SF C62 X #16 SF C61
90FJ 90° SPLIT FLANGE JUMPSIZE END FITTING 400-9755 BOLT HX .500 3.250 NC G8 P19 400-8733 SF/PLUG 1-1/4 E21 400-2483 FTG HYD 90 16 MJ 16 FJ SWV 216 427-0947 HOSE 4000 6 120.0 0J 0J 104 410-3844 MANIFOLD
#24 P18 424-3929 PLUG HOLLOW HEX 4 MO E20 400-2471 FTG HYD 90 8 MJ 8 MO 215 426-1643 HOSE 5000 4 350.0 0J 0J 424-1394 TEST BLOCK 1 SF CODE 61-62
421-0349 WASHER FLAT .500 .75 .13 HRD 103
SF2
SET 406-8358 O-RING 1-1/2 SAE SPLIT FLANGE P17 424-3927 PLUG HOLLOW HEX 8 BSPP E19 400-2481 FTG HYD 90 12 MJ 12 FJ SWVL 214 422-2189 HOSE 5000 24 58.0 0F 90FHDL1 102 -
418-6401 FLANGE HALF 1-1/2 SAE P16 400-8732 PLUG 1 SF E18 401-7400 FTG HYD 90 6 MJ 8 MO JUMP 213 415-5732 HOSE 4000 6 104.0 0J 0J 101 426-5196 TRANSMITTER PRESSURE 0-15 PSI (REF)
082-7222 BOLT HX .500 2.000 NC G8 P15 422-3348 PIPE PLG 1.250 OH HEX E17 401-4581 FTG HYD 90 4 MJ 4 MO 212 412-9107 HOSE 4000 6 26.0 0J 0J 100 415-0321 CHECK VALVE
#24
421-0349 WASHER FLAT .500 .75 .13 HRD P14 402-0769 PLUG HX 8 MO E16 401-1748 FTG HYD 90 4 MJ 4 MP JUMP 211 424-3738 HOSE 1250 12 300.0 0J 0J 99 425-5274 STR ELBOW 90° #16 C62
DESIGNATOR DESCRIPTION SF1
G SET 406-8358 O-RING 1-1/2 SAE SPLIT FLANGE P13 404-0567 PLUG HX 16 MO E15 405-6022 FTG HYD 90 20 MJ 16 MO JUMP 210 424-3745 HOSE 4000 6 176.0 0J 0J 98 425-7629 STR MANIFOLD TUBE FRONT G
CV CHECK VALVE 418-6401 FLANGE HALF 1-1/2 SAE P12 401-3958 PIPE PLG 1.000 CS SQ MAGNETIC E14 403-2325 FTG HYD 90 8 MP 8 FP STREET 209 417-7390 HOSE 2000 8 152.0 0J 90J 97 418-6449 FTG HYD HOSE #12 (REF)
FC FLOW CONTROL
400-9518 BOLT HX .438 4.000 NC G8 P11 403-1553 PLUG HX 12 MO E13 400-2478 FTG HYD 90 6 MJ 6 FJ SWVL 208 422-3475 HOSE 375 32 95.0 0F 90F 96 425-4486 ASSEMBLY FILTER (REF)
P PUMP #20
PS PRESSURE SWITCH 421-0348 WASHER 7/16 HARDENED P10 027-2969 PIPE PLG .250 CS HX E12 400-2476 FTG HYD 90 20 MJ 20 MO 207 424-4950 HOSE 300 12 13.0 0J 0J 95 424-8689 GP STEER CYL
SF3
PT PRESSURE TRANSDUCER SET 406-8357 O-RING 1-1/4 SAE SPLIT FLANGE P9 401-3779 PIPE PLUG, HH 1/4 NPT E11 424-1246 FTG HYD 90 12 MJ 8 MO JUMP 206 - 94 425-5491 TRANSMITTER PRESSURE 0-5000 PSI (REF)
RV RELIEF VALVE
418-6400 FLANGE HALF 1-1/4 SAE P8 401-3780 PIPE PLG .375 OH HX E10 400-2473 FTG HYD 90 12 MJ 12 MO 205 424-3736 HOSE 200 20 44.0 0J 90J 93 425-5489 TRANSMITTER PRESSURE 0-200 PSI (REF)
SOL SOLENOID
SS SHOCK SUPPRESSOR 412-2903 BOLT HX .438 3.000 NC G8 P7 402-0770 PLUG HX 4 MO E9 400-2471 FTG HYD 90 8 MJ 8 MO 204 416-2137 HOSE 5000 4 62.0 0J 0J 92 422-2481 ELBOW STR 90° 2 SF
SV SEQUENCE VALVE #20
421-0348 WASHER 7/16 HARDENED P6 403-0061 PLUG HX 6 MO E8 400-2470 FTG HYD 90 6 MJ 6 MO 203 411-9113 HOSE 2000 8 262.0 0J 0J 91 417-2000 WASHER FLAT 2.970 3.31 .03 SP
TP TEST PORT SF2
SET 406-8357 O-RING 1-1/4 SAE SPLIT FLANGE P5 422-3338 PIPE PLG .500 OH HEX E7 400-2467 FTG HYD 45 16 MJ 16 MO 202 698-2815 HOSE 4000 6 158.0 0J 0J 90 425-6410 ASSY GEAR BOX CONTROL VALVE
418-6400 FLANGE HALF 1-1/4 SAE P4 401-3957 PIPE PLG .750 CS SQ MAGNETIC E6 425-5270 ELB ST-SAE-1 1/2-60°-C61-160 201 408-2856 HOSE 2000 8 182.0 0J 0J 89 424-1492 MANIFOLD STR - FRONT
421-3614 BOLT HX .438 1.750 NC G8 P3 400-8734 PLUG 1-1/2 SF E5 411-6444 FTG HYD 90 4 MJ 4 FJ 200 424-3616 HOSE 4000 6 150.0 0J 0J 88 410-3857 COVER-SAE B
#20
421-0348 WASHER 7/16 HARDENED P2 041-6273 PLUG 3/4 NPT BREATHER E4 424-3565 FTG HYD 90 6 MJ 14 MM0 199 698-9042 HOSE 5000 4 50.0 0J 0J 87 425-6459 PLUG 2-1/2 SF
SF1
SET 406-8357 O-RING 1-1/4 SAE SPLIT FLANGE P1 422-3339 PIPE PLG .750 OH HEX E3 425-5264 ELB ST-SAE-1 1/2-45°-C61-160 198 408-0310 HOSE 2250 6 92.0 0J 0J 86 417-2157 CONNECTOR PLT 2-1/2
FITTINGS 418-6400
080-1173
FLANGE HALF 1-1/4 SAE
BOLT HX .375 3.250 NC G8
ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION E2 407-6637 TAPPED STREET ELBW-90° 3/8 197 417-2274
422-2186
HOSE 5000 32 86.0 0F 90FL3
HOSE 5000 24 68.0 0F 0F HD
85 421-9106
416-3838
STR TUBE
ASSY RELIEF VALVE
E1 404-0552 FTG HYD 90 4 MJ 6 MO JUMP 196 84
DESIGNATION DESCRIPTION
#16
421-0347 WASHER 3/8 HARDENED
PLUGS ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION 195 412-2872 HOSE 5000 4 70.0 0J 0J 83 423-6996 ASSY PILOT VALVE
SF5
SET 410-5005 O-RING 1 SAE SPLIT FLANGE 194 410-3608 HOSE 5000 24 48.0 0F 0F HD 82 400-0304 TUBE JOINT
FJ FEMALE JIC
418-6491 FLANGE HALF 1 SAE
ELBOWS 193 422-2263 HOSE 5000 24 45.0 0F 0F HD 81 418-6108 MANIFOLD BLOCK-MOTOR
FP FEMALE PIPE (NPT)
F MJ MALE JIC 424-3937 BOLT HX M12 X 1.75 X 45.0 (1.77) 192 422-2192 HOSE 5000 24 72.0 0F 90FHDL1 80 424-8529 STR HOIST CYLINDER PIPE F
MO MALE O-RING #16 M35 694-5595 PIPE NIPPLE 1" NPT A51 426-7478 191 401-7540 HOSE 2000 8 118.0 0J 0J 424-1498 CARTRIDGE PRESSURE REDUCING
421-0347 WASHER 3/8 HARDENED FTG HYD 0 12 MO 12 MO (REF) 79
MP MALE PIPE (NPT) SF4
SF SPLIT FLANGE SET 410-5005 O-RING 1 SAE SPLIT FLANGE M34 401-3799 PIPE BUSHING 1.250 1.000 6.000 A50 424-3980 FTG HYD 0 6 MJ 12 MM 190 426-1766 HOSE 4000 6 340.0 0J 0J 78 417-2012 HOUSING VALVE
422-2102 FLANGE HALF 1 SAE CODE 62 M33 018-0841 PIPE COUPLING STD 1/2 NPT A49 426-1726 FTG HYD 0 8 MJ 12 FP 189 424-3527 HOSE 4000 16 96.0 0J 90F 77 425-6320 VALVE ASSY - SOL 3 WAY - 24VDC
421-3614 BOLT HX .438 1.750 NC G8 M32 407-7098 BUSHING 1-1/4 O-RING X 1/2 NPTF A48 401-7914 FTG HYD 0 8 MJ 8 MJ UNN 188 422-2188 HOSE 5000 24 73.0 0F 0F HD 76 418-8891 MANIFOLD BLOCK STR - REAR
#16
421-0348 WASHER 7/16 HARDENED M31 426-1627 CHECK VALVE FTG 6 MJ 6 MO A47 424-4690 FTG HYD 0 24 MP 16 FO 187 418-2364 HOSE 1250 12 17.0 0J 0J 75 424-4894 FLOAT VALVE SINGLE
SF3
SET 410-5005 O-RING 1 SAE SPLIT FLANGE M30 422-3016 COUPLER MALE ASY 4 MP A46 403-0297 FTG HYD 0 2 MP 2 MP 186 417-7394 HOSE 1250 12 103.0 0J 0J 74 423-8014 PIPE STR 2
426-9658 FLANGE HALF 1.00 FORGED C62 M29 426-1624 FTG HYD 1/16 ORIFICE 4 MJ 6 MO A45 405-0403 FTG HYD 0 12 MJ 16 MO 185 422-3472 HOSE 5000 32 124.0 0F 90F L4 73 422-3136 PLUG 2" SPLIT FLANGE
424-4758 BOLT HX M12 X 1.75 X 70 (2.75) M28 416-1034 HOSE, 1-1/4 I.D. X 3 A44 400-2461 FTG HYD 0 24 MJ 24 MO 184 412-9106 HOSE 4000 6 24.0 0J 0J 72 422-2070 TEST BLOCK
#16
421-0347 WASHER 3/8 HARDENED M27 422-3013 COUPLER MALE ASSY 6 MO 90° A43 403-0078 FTG HYD 0 8 MO 8 MO 183 424-4745 HOSE 375 32 75.0 0F 0F 71 418-8885 CROSSOVER PIPE STR - BUCKET ROD
SF2
SET 410-5005 O-RING 1 SAE SPLIT FLANGE M26 424-1063 SUCTION TUBE A42 423-7965 FTG HYD 0 6 MJ 5 MO 182 427-0953 HOSE 2500 24 75.0 0F 0F 70 418-8884 CROSSOVER PIPE STR - BUCKET BASE
422-2102 FLANGE HALF 1 SAE CODE 62 M25 416-3818 HOSE 6 ID X 8 A41 405-7053 BUSHING RED 3/8 FP X 5/8 MO 181 426-1642 HOSE 2500 24 96.0 0F 45F 69 423-7902 PUMP PISTON MAIN
082-9683 BOLT HX .375 1.750 NC G8 M24 424-1391 SUCTION TUBE A40 401-1756 FTG HYD 90 6 MJ 6 MP JUMP 180 415-5550 HOSE 4000 6 120.0 0J 90J 68 427-3456 PUMP CIRCULATING VANE 13.8-B THRU-DRIVE
#16
421-0347 WASHER 3/8 HARDENED M23 424-1051 STR, SUCTION TUBE FRONT A39 404-0561 FTG HYD 0 12 MJ 16 MP 179 421-3834 HOSE 2500 32 60.0 0F 90F L1 67 424-1083 PIPE STR LH BUCKET CYLINDER
SF1
SET 410-5005 O-RING 1 SAE SPLIT FLANGE M22 403-2312 PIPE HYD NIP 6 MP 6 MP HX A38 403-0078 FTG HYD 0 8 MO 8 MO 178 412-1659 HOSE 1250 12 138.0 0J 0J 66 424-1084 PIPE STR RH BUCKET CYLINDER
418-6491 FLANGE HALF 1 SAE M21 422-3014 COUPLER MALE ASSY 8 MO A37 404-0557 FTG HYD 0 6 MJ 8 MP 177 403-9451 HOSE 2750 4 48.0 0J 0J 65 418-8888 CROSSOVER PIPE STR HOIST BASE
080-8476 BOLT HX .375 1.250 NC G8 M20 021-4976 PIPE ELBOW 3/4" NPT A36 401-5753 FTG HYD 0 12 MJ 8 MP 176 424-3731 HOSE 3000 20 110.0 0F 0F 64 418-8887 CROSSOVER PIPE STR HOIST ROD
#12
421-0347 WASHER 3/8 HARDENED M19 424-3516 FTG HYD 0 24 MO 12 FO A35 400-2425 FTG HYD 0 20 MJ 20 MP 175 409-7827 HOSE 2250 6 58.0 0J 0J 63 410-3857 COVER PLATE SAE-B
SF5
E SET 410-5004 O-RING .139 .98 95D PY M18 422-3017 COUPLER MALE ASY 4MP 90 A34 400-2424 FTG HYD 0 16 MJ 16 MP 174 422-3471 HOSE 5000 32 103.0 0F 90F L4 62 425-2418 BUCKET CYLINDER GP.- STD W/ PIPE E
400-2219 FLANGE HALF 3/4 SAE CODE 61 M17 423-8133 SUCTION FLANGE STR A33 424-3936 FTG HYD 0 12 MO 4 MJ 173 426-1671 HOSE 4000 16 52.0 0J 45F 61 423-7953 PROPORTIONAL VALVE
083-6048 BOLT HX .375 3.500 NC G8 M16 423-7927 SUCTION FLANGE STR 3.00 A32 424-3928 FTG HYD 0 8 MJ 8 BSPP 172 414-3736 HOSE 4000 6 20.0 0J 0J 60 401-4470 HOSE CLAMP T-BOLT 5.00
#12 M15 424-1047
421-0347 WASHER 3/8 HARDENED SUCTION TUBE REAR 3.50 O D A31 417-2327 FTG HYD 0 12 MJ 12 FP 171 - 59 403-5388 DRAIN VALVE
SF4
SET 410-5004 O-RING .139 .98 95D PY M14 424-1061 SUCTION TUBE A30 500-1457 FTG HYD 0 4 MJ 6 FJ 170 419-8244 HOSE 4250 8 184.0 0J 0J 58 425-4486 ASSY FILTER
400-2219 FLANGE HALF 3/4 SAE CODE 61 M13 424-1390 SUCTION FLANGE A29 405-0166 FTG HYD 0 16 MJ 12 MP 169 422-2295 HOSE 2000 8 140.0 0J 0J 57 424-1115 MANIFOLD HOUSING
082-9683 BOLT HX .375 1.750 NC G8 M12 416-2338 HOSE - 3.5 I.D. X 6 A28 411-6765 FTG HYD 0 8 MO 8 FJ 168 415-0727 HOSE 5000 4 56.0 0J 0J 56 425-6514 GEARBOX ASSY
#12
421-0347 WASHER 3/8 HARDENED M11 423-8009 HOSE 3 ID X 6 A27 424-1311 FLANGED CONNECTOR CODE 62 167 418-6041 HOSE 1250 12 121.0 0J 0J 55 -
SF3
SET 410-5004 O-RING .139 .98 95D PY M10 410-3836 FTG HYD 0 8 MO 6 FO A26 424-4734 FTG HYD 0 20 MO 16 FP 166 412-4916 HOSE 2750 4 40.0 0J 0J 54 424-8685 CONTROL VALVE-DUAL
422-3431 FLANGE HALF 3/4 SAE CODE 62 M9 418-9392 SUCTION TUBE A25 403-9497 FTG HYD 0 12 MJ 12 MJ UNN 165 427-0916 HOSE 4000 6 140.0 0J 90J 53 424-8686 CONTROL VALVE-SINGLE
080-8476 BOLT HX .375 1.250 NC G8 M8 422-3018 COUPLER MALE ASY 6MO A24 404-0550 FTG HYD 0 8 MJ 12 MO JUMP 164 426-7489 HOSE 4000 12 33.0 90F 90F 52 424-1140 LUBE PUMP
#12
421-0347 WASHER 3/8 HARDENED M7 422-3016 COUPLER MALE ASY 4MP A23 417-2439 ADPT 1-1/2 S.F. X 1 SAE 163 415-2957 HOSE 2000 8 63.0 0J 0J 51 424-1154 MANIFOLD HOUSING 4-PORT
SF2
SET 410-5004 O-RING .139 .98 95D PY M6 424-1052 STR SUCTION TUBE REAR A22 405-1567 FTG HYD 0 6 MO 4 MP 162 418-6237 HOSE 2750 4 160.0 0J 0J 50 425-7646 HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR STR
422-3431 FLANGE HALF 3/4 SAE CODE 62 M5 412-3236 PIPE HYD NIPPLE - 3/4 NPT A21 404-0562 CONN-STR ADPT 3/8 NPT X 1/4 JIC 161 422-3414 HOSE 1200 40 59.0 0F 0F P 49 418-8986 STEERING VALVE
400-1845 CSCR FH .375 4.00 NC G8 M4 403-0298 PIPE NIPPLE, HYD 4 MP 4 MP HX A20 412-9458 FTG HYD 0 6 MJ 8 FJ SWV 160 415-0758 HOSE 2250 6 19.0 0J 0J 48 424-8840 ASSY MAIN VALVE BLEED
#12 M3 403-2507 PIPE REDUCER 1/2 X 3/8 097-8632 FTG HYD 0 4 MJ 2 MP 422-3265
421-0347 WASHER 3/8 HARDENED A19 159 HOSE 1250 12 140.0 0J 90J 47 -
SF1
SET 410-5004 O-RING .139 .98 95D PY M2 418-8910 HOSE 4-1/2 ID X 6 A18 402-0774 FTG HYD 0 4 MJ 8 MO JUMP 158 414-3887 HOSE 5000 4 20.0 0J 0J 46 423-8022 ASSY OIL COOLER VALVE
422-3431 FLANGE HALF 3/4 SAE CODE 62 M1 423-7926 SUCTION FLANGE A17 402-0772 FTG HYD 0 8 MJ 6 MO JUMP 157 424-4774 HOSE 2250 6 18.0 0J 90J 45 423-7906 FAN MOTOR
D ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION A16 402-0771 FTG HYD 0 6 MJ 8 MO 156 409-6720 HOSE 1250 12 72.0 0J 0J 44 423-8015 PIPE STR 1.50 D
A15 401-8666 FTG HYD 0 8 MJ 8 MP JUMP 155 426-1672 HOSE 500 24 23.0 0J 45F 43 426-7539 MOTOR PISTON 45 CC W/SPD SNSR PROD
SPLIT FLANGE SETS MISC FITTINGS A14 401-6785 FTG HYD 0 4 MJ 4 MP 154 424-3727 HOSE 5000 16 90.0 0F 90F C62 42 -
H18 400-1842 CSCR FH .375 2.50 NC A13 425-6310 FTG HYD 0 8 MP 12 MP 153 403-4906 HOSE 2250 6 50.0 0J 0J 41 418-9195 STR HYD TANK STAND PIPE
T13 417-7038 FTG HYD TE 6 MJ 6 MJ 6 FJ H17 080-8598 BOLT HX .500 2.750 ND G8 A12 401-4580 FTG HYD 0 4 MJ 4 MO 152 422-2292 HOSE 1250 12 288.0 0J 0J 40 427-3446 ASSY MANIFOLD L1850 L2350 G2
T12 424-1590 FTG HYD TE 16 FP 16 FP 16 FP H16 424-3939 CSCR FH M16 X 2.00 X 38.0 1.50 A11 401-3080 FTG HYD 0 8 MO 12MJ 151 409-6672 HOSE 2750 4 142.0 0J 0J 39 414-3664 CONNECTOR PLATE
T11 426-1626 FTG HYD TE 6 FO 6 FO 6 FO H15 082-7222 BOLT HX 1/2 UNC X 2 G8 A10 407-4094 FTG HYD 0 12 MJ 20 MO JUMP 150 426-1673 HOSE 4000 6 37.0 0J 0J 38 421-9017 1 CONNECTOR PLATE
T10 426-1625 FTG HYD TE 6 MO 6 FO 6 FO H14 002-1542 LOCK WASHER 3/4 A9 400-2460 FTG HYD 0 20 MJ 20 MO 149 418-6444 HOSE HYD 3/4" ID GEN PURPOSE (REF) 37 413-3249 CHECK VALVE ASS'Y 1-1/2
T9 401-3077 FTG HYD TE 8 MJ 8 MJ 8 MO H13 401-6046 FLAT WASHER 3/4 A8 400-2459 FTG HYD 0 16 MJ 16 MO 148 422-2191 HOSE 5000 24 68.0 0F 90F HDL1 36 - -
T8 411-6494 FTG HYD TE 8 MJ 8 MO SP H12 400-9524 BOLT HX 3/4 UNC X 1-3/4 G8 FT A7 400-2457 FTG HYD 0 12 MJ 12 MO 147 421-3833 HOSE 2500 32 72.0 0F 90F L1 35 427-1092 ASSY HYD PANEL FRONT FRAME
T7 407-8968 FTG HYD TE 8 MJ 8 FJ 8 MJ H11 082-9683 BOLT HX 3/8 UNC X 1-3/4 G8 A6 400-2455 FTG HYD 0 8 MJ 8 MO 146 424-4740 HOSE 1250 12 316.0 0J 0J 34 427-3460 ASSY VALVE ACCESSORY REAR
T6 406-3332 FTG HYD TE 4 MJ 4 MJ 4FJ H10 424-3747 CAPSCREW SOC HX 7/16 X 1-1/2 UNC A5 400-2454 FTG HYD 0 6 MJ 6 MO 145 422-2185 HOSE 5000 24 55.0 0F 0F HD 33 423-7910 STR DIFFUSER
T5 404-3032 FTG HYD TE 6 MJ 6 MJ 6 MO H9 411-6072 CAPSCREW 1/2 UNC X 1-1/4 A4 403-9499 FTG HYD 0 4 MJ 6 MO JUMP 144 422-3309 HOSE 2250 6 90.0 0J 90J 32 412-2890 HINGE BAR FILLER NECK
T4 410-3064 FTG HYD TE 6 MJ 6 MO 6 MJ H8 400-1873 CAPSCREW 1/2 UNC X 2-1/4 A3 402-1412 FTG HYD 0 10 MO 12 MJ 143 409-8409 HOSE 2000 8 102.0 0J 0J 31 412-2889 LATCH FILLER NECK
082-7222 BOLT HX .500 2.000 NC G8 T3 403-1446 FTG HYD TE 4 FP 4 FP 4 FP H7 412-2903 BOLT, 7/16NC X 3 G8 A2 400-2420 FTG HYD 0 8 MJ 6 MP 142 415-8757 HOSE 4000 6 162.0 0J 0J 30 423-7916 STR FILTER EXTENSION
#40 421-0349 WASHER FLAT .500 .75 .13 HRD T2 413-1486 FTG HYD TE 6 MJ 6 FJ 6 MJ H6 421-0349 WASHER 1/2 HARDENED A1 052-7116 FTG HYD 0 6 MJ 4 MP 141 414-1609 HOSE 4000 6 112.0 0J 0J 29 423-7922 FILTER
SF3
SET 411-6301 O-RING 2-1/2 SAE SPLIT FLANGE T1 402-0762 FTG HYD TE 8 MJ 8 MO 8 MJ H5 400-1877 CSCR FH .500 3.250 NC G8 ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION 140 408-2862 HOSE 2000 8 50.0 0J 0J 28 417-7294 SPACER BLOCK 1-1/2 S.F.
422-2106 FLANGE HALF-2-1/2 C61 HP ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION H4 415-2343 CSCR FH .500 3.500 NC G8 139 417-7057 HOSE 2000 8 82.0 0J 90J 27 413-3410 CHECK VALVE 1-1/4 SPLIT FLANGE
C 082-4790 BOLT HX .500 1.750 NC G8 H3 400-1883 CSCR FH .500 6.000 NC G8
ADAPTERS 138 417-2292 HOSE 1250 12 28.0 0J 90J 26 416-3959 PLUG 2 SPLIT FLANGE
C
#40 421-0349 WASHER FLAT .500 .75 .13 HRD
TEES H2 421-0347 FLAT WASHER 3/8 137 426-5284 HOSE 625 20 40.0 0J 90J 25 425-6491 STR MANIFOLD CASE DRAIN
SF2
SET 411-6301 O-RING 2-1/2 SAE SPLIT FLANGE H1 400-9760 BOLT HX .500 6.000 NC G8 136 424-3933 HOSE 625 20 121.0 0J 0J 24 416-3826 ELBOW CYLINDER ROD
424-4582 FLANGE HALF-2-1/2 C61 LP S21 426-7979 O-RING .139 1.23 95D PY ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION 248 415-0749 HOSE 5000 4 130.0 0J 0J 135 - 23 425-6463 PUMP PISTON
400-9753 BOLT HX .500 1.500 NC G8 S20 400-2283 O-RING .116 .92 90D BUNA 247 413-3373 HOSE 5000 4 120.0 0J 0J 134 424-3923 HOSE 625 20 32.0 0J 90J 22 424-8985 COVER HYD RESERVOIR
#40
421-0349 WASHER FLAT .500 .75 .13 HRD
HARDWARE 246 426-7509 HOSE 300 12 11.0 0J 90J 133 424-3503 HOSE 4250 8 25.0 0J 90J 21 418-2773 LIQUID LEVEL GAUGE
SF1 S19 424-4771 O-RING .139 3.23 90D VI 236
SET 411-6301 O-RING 2-1/2 SAE SPLIT FLANGE S18 425-7212 O-RING .139 3.98 90D VI 242 245 414-1620 HOSE 4000 6 26.0 0J 90J 132 422-2042 HOSE 3000 20 44.0 90F 90F 20 410-2220 FILLER NECK
424-4582 FLANGE HALF-2-1/2 C61 LP S17 410-5004 O-RING .139 .98 95D PY E46 417-2129 STR ELB-SAE-2-90°-C61-80 244 418-6478 HOSE 5000 32 124.0 0F 90F L2 131 408-2855 HOSE 2000 8 278.0 0J 0J 19 403-5359 SAE TEST BLOCK 1-1/2
082-4790 BOLT HX .500 1.750 NC G8 S16 411-6301 O-RING 2-1/2 SAE SPLIT FLANGE E45 427-1128 FTG HYD 45 12 SF 12 MJ 243 427-0915 HOSE 5000 20 62.0 0F 90FJ16C62 130 697-1718 HOSE 5000 4 58.0 0J 0J 18 410-2094 FILLER CAP & GASKET ASSY
#32
421-0349 WASHER FLAT .500 .75 .13 HRD S15 401-6121 BACKUP RING, 2.734 3.012 .050 E44 400-2438 FTG HYD 90 6 MJ 4 MP 242 427-0917 HOSE 2500 32 66.0 0F 90F 129 415-0753 HOSE 5000 4 148.0 0J 0J 17 416-5712 VALVE BALL 3-WAY
SF3
SET 407-1255 O-RING 2 SAE SPLIT FLANGE S14 424-4772 O-RING .139 5.98 90D VI 258 E43 426-4809 FTG HYD 90 8 MJ 18 MMO 241 422-3475 HOSE 375 32 95.0 0F 90F 128 424-4714 HOSE 5000 20 36.0 0F 45F 16 424-1408 PUMP PISTON - BLOWER
418-6402 FLANGE HALF 2 SAE S13 423-6946 SEAL (GASKET) 9.13 ID E42 400-2443 FTG HYD 90 16 MJ 16 MP 240 424-3919 HOSE 625 20 25.0 0J 45F 127 418-6076 HOSE 2750 4 34.0 0J 90J 15 401-1832 TEST BLOCK 1" SF CODE 61
400-9753 BOLT HX .500 1.500 NC G8 S12 412-3586 QUAD SEAL RING .139 X 4.359 ID E41 400-2475 FTG HYD 90 16 MJ 16 MO 239 422-3142 HOSE 5000 24 88.0 0F 90FHDL1 126 422-3091 HOSE 5000 16 46.0 0F 90FJ 14 417-2331 HOSE CLAMP T-BOLT 7.00
#32 E40 FTG HYD 90 4 MJ 4 FJ SWVL 238 418-6283 HOSE 5000 32 103.0 0F 90F L2
421-0349 WASHER FLAT .500 .75 .13 HRD S11 407-1255 O-RING 2 SAE SPLIT FLANGE 413-9699 125 422-3097 HOSE 5000 16 54.0 0F 90FJ 13 424-8914 STEERING JUNCTION VALVE
SF2
SET 407-1255 O-RING 2 SAE SPLIT FLANGE S10 424-4637 O-RING .139 6.48 90D VI 260 E39 402-1411 FTG HYD 90 12 MJ 16 MO JUMP 237 427-0880 HOSE 5000 12 58.0 0J 45FJ16C62 124 422-2273 HOSE 4250 8 52.0 0J 90J 12 424-1396 TEST BLOCK #20 SF X #16 SF C61
422-3453 FLANGE HALF 2 SAE S9 406-8358 O-RING 1-1/2 SAE SPLIT FLANGE E38 404-0556 FTG HYD 90 16 MJ 12 MO JUMP 236 422-2201 HOSE 5000 24 76.0 0F 90FHD 123 415-1428 HOSE 1000 16 42.0 0J 0J 11 423-7908 FILTER ELEMENT RETURN
082-7222 BOLT HX .500 2.000 NC G8 S8 406-8357 FLANGE SEAL 1-1/4 SAE SPLIT FLANGE E37 401-1746 FTG HYD 90 6 MJ 6 MP JUMP 235 415-0735 HOSE 5000 4 80.0 0J 0J 122 422-3243 HOSE 1000 16 43.0 0J 90J 10 -
#32 S7 412-3584 QUAD RING SEAL 3 E36 424-4689 FTG HYD 90 12 MJ 12 FJ MOD 234 417-7430 HOSE 1250 12 104.0 0J 90J 121 425-4486 ASSEMBLY FILTER 9 424-4991 FILTER ELEMENT LOW PRESSURE
421-0349 WASHER FLAT .500 .75 .13 HRD
B SF1
S6 410-5005 FLANGE SEAL 1 SAE SPLIT FLANGE E35 400-2479 FTG HYD 90 8 MJ 8 FJ 233 - 120 425-4488 BREATHER FILTER MT STR LG 8 424-4990 FILTER LOW PRESSURE
B
SET 407-1255 O-RING 2 SAE SPLIT FLANGE
418-6402 FLANGE HALF 2 SAE S5 415-4858 O-RING .139 2.63 90D PY E34 424-3567 FTG HYD 90 4 MJ 12 MM 232 415-4485 HOSE 1000 16 38.0 0J 0J 119 - 7 098-3443 HOSE CLAMP T-BOLT 3.50
422-2260 BOLT HX .500 5.750 NC G8 S4 412-3585 QUAD RING SEAL .139 3.859 70D E33 400-3429 FTG HYD 90 8 MJ 6 MP 231 - 118 421-3978 CHECK VALVE 6 427-1071 MOTOR/PUMP ASSY
#24 S3 412-1119 GASKET FILLER NECK E32 425-5268 ELB ST-SAE-1 1/4-90°-C61-160 230 424-3743 HOSE 2750 4 131.0 0J 0J 117 425-4490 ADAPTER TANK BREATHER 5 098-3424 HOSE CLAMP T-BOLT 4.00
421-0349 WASHER 1/2 HARDENED
SF5
SET 406-8358 O-RING 1-1/2 SAE SPLIT FLANGE S2 424-8986 O-RING .275 18.46 70D N 466 E31 450-6555 FTG HYD 90 8 MJ 10 MO 229 694-6332 HOSE 2750 4 22.0 0J 90J 116 424-4941 FILTER ELEMENT BREATHER 4 425-6396 CAP ASSY HYDRAULIC W/ RELIEF
418-6401 FLANGE HALF 1-1/2 SAE S1 406-8830 O-RING .139 4.98 90D VITON E30 424-3981 FTG HYD 90 6 MJ 16 MM 228 424-3746 HOSE 5000 4 40.0 0J 0J 115 424-8518 GP HOIST CYL 3 424-1016 PUMP PISTON - FAN
ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION 227 422-3146 HOSE 300 8 98.0 0J 114 425-3949 FLOAT SWITCH N.O. SPST 20VAC 1/2 NPT 2 -
226 414-3971 HOSE 2000 8 20.0 0J 0J 113 - 1 424-4896 VALVE CHECK #12 100 PSI
SPLIT FLANGE SETS SEALS ELBOWS 225 414-3736 HOSE 4000 6 20.0 0J 0J ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION

FITTINGS NUMBERED ITEMS

LeTourneau, Inc.
THIS DRAWING AND ALL UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:
FIRST USED ON/CONTRACT NO
DATA THEREIN IS THE • DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES & APPLY BEFORE
PROPERTY OF PLATING OR FINISH COATINGS.
LETOURNEAU, INC.,. DWN DATE
• TOLERANCES ON: ANGLES ±1°
IT IS CONFIDENTIAL AND MDUKE 05-25-2010
FRACTIONS ±1/16
MUST NOT BE COPIED. CHK
.XX DECIMAL ±.03 AY 05-25-10
A IT IS LOANED SUBJECT
TO RETURN UPON
.XXX DECIMAL
• MACHINED CORNERS 1/64 X 45°
±.015
ENGR REF FLUID PWR DIA L18502201&UP A
DEMAND AND IS NOT
• WELD PROPERTIES SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM
TO BE USED IN ANY WAY PROD ENGR
DETRIMENTAL TO OUR
REQUIREMENTS OF THE BASE MATERIAL. AY 05-25-10
SIZE DWG NO. REV

+ 4267500
INTEREST. PROJ APPROVAL
02
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
INTERPRET DIM & TOL DO NOT SCALE
PER LETOURNEAU MATL
SPEC 1650.00. SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 1 OF 7

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
87 87 @54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASED NL10-1518 10-12-10 KMD AY AY
115
H S11 H6 H8 H8 H6 S11
151
01 ADD IT 247,248,P6 WAS E1 @ IT 54(B5), IT 73 WAS 87 NL11-0748 08-25-11 KMD AY AY H
02 UPDATE FF PANEL ASSY,SEE SHEETS 1,4 NL11-2053 10-10-11 KMD AY AY

RIGHT HOIST CYLINDER

35

S5
86 163
S16

S15 #32
75 S5 RV 152
91 SF2 175
24 S16 BR HR BB HB
198 211
#40 #40
E8
SF3 SF3

80
141
H6
H6
G H9 H6 S11 G
H1 H3

26 #32
64 SF1
HOIST CROSSOVER ROD
153
130 FC

SOL

#32 #24 #24 #24 #32 FC

SF1 SF1 SF1 SF1 SF1 SOL
RV

197
FC
192

F 188
170 F
188 188

65 196 188 141 E35

HOIST CROSSOVER BASE
#24 #24 #24 53 142
SF1 SF1 SF1 151

197
#32 #24 #24 #24 #32 211
213
SF1 SF1 SF1 SF1 SF1

P 140
197 E9 HR HB M10 T5
197
T
CHV #32 202 191
198 SF3 209
196 179
196 150 E33
E 247 E
196 48
A40 A14 HB 5000 TO AUTO LUBE TO AUTO LUBE
#32 142 247
SF1
26
A40 A14 HR 5000
H1 H3 194 248
184
H9 H6 S11
H6 A40 A14
H6 80 BB 5000

24 224 129
#40 #40 A40 P9 BR 5000
E8
SF3 SF3 193 148

225
91 S15 51
#32
75 S5 #24 #24 #24
SF2 SF1 SF1 SF1 54
S16
115 A46 T11
S16 86 E13 A5 160
D S5 A5 E13 D

196 P
LEFT HOIST CYLINDER T13 E18 BB BR E18 T13
87
BHV2 191

S11 H6 H8 S11 H6 H8 T13 E18 HR HB E18 T13

T
P22
179
87 M8 89
66 H4
H12 H14 H13
160 160 #32
P6
SF3
160 #24 #24
194 SF1 SF1
E8 #32 E8 179
SF3 161
62 #32 S11
SF3 150
C 108
#32 #40 C
188 SF3 SF2

196 147
BUCKET CYLINDER
73 161
192
#32 #40
SF3 SF2
#32 S11 H6 H8
SF3 194 37 39 145
193
STD 174 #24 #24
#32 #32 193 #24 #24 #24 S9 S9
SF1 SF1 SF1 SF1 SF1 158 SF1 SF5
HIGH 185
247
#24 STD 238 #24 192 37 39
SF1 145
SF1 P6 A4
HIGH 244
E18 #24 #24
71 P S9 S9
193 SF1 SF5
238 STD 160
B #32 BUCKET
#24
T13 E18 BB BR E18 T13 39
B
SF1 CROSSOVER 244 HIGH 37
ROD SF1 148 145
174 STD BHV1
#24 #32 #24 #24
S9 S9
185 HIGH SF1 SF1 70 T13 E18 HR HB E18 T13 SF1 SF5

BUCKET T
247 37 39
CROSSOVER 145
62 #32 BASE 192
SF3 S11 H6 H8 A4
#24
108 S9 S9
SF5
194 248 #24 #24
73 SF1 #32 SF1 54
BUCKET CYLINDER 157
E1 SF3 147
157 188

P22
#32
SF3 S11
67

A 196 A
M31 M31 M31 M31 129 DIAGRAM L-1850
H12 H14 H13 151
ORIFICE TO TANK FLUID POWER 2201 & UP SIZE DWG NO. REV

H4 M29 T11 T10 T10 T10 A4 DRAWN M. DUKE E DO NOT SCALE 4267500 02
ISSUED SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 2 OF 7

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASED NL10-1518 10-12-10 KMD AY AY
H 01 ADD E46,P26,#32 SF2,A36,I78 @ HYD TANK NL11-0748 08-25-11 KMD AY AY H
02 SEE SHEETS 1,4 NL11-2053 10-10-11 KMD AY AY

200
201

200 201
152 211 203

208
G G
230
170

167

A33 A33
IN OUT RHF DRIVER
E26 A26 M32 E14 TO FROM 29 29

FLOW A49 A31 11 11

118 229
114

169 P17 A32 E35

159
M33
A39
S13
F 170 9 A15
F
229
E19 A48
8 227 S13
E35
135
4
189
20 30
S12 A15 S12 30
213 139

E19
156
A5 E13 17
E19 167 31
159 A3
A17 E35 32 S3
AIR
A3 E10 A15
30 SYSTEM

OUT IN M3 33
E14 M32 A26 E26
E M19
58
41 E
6
FLOW M22
114 239
A3 A3 H8 26 S11 S8 P19
187 82
189
118
M33 A39 P20 110
A39 A45

98
A15
8 E19 E10 H8 26 S11 P26 18
S3 208
9
E35 A21 A21
58 M19
156 #40 E7
SF1
#32
P8 SF2
#40 E2 A19
A2
SF1 #32
D 139 A39 P20 E46 SF2
236
D
211
21 A2
187 A36
226 230
A15
A48
P15
A36 P1 P5
169
152 P12
191 214
200
A49 A31
76 201 P4 S2
135
TO FROM P5 A35
LHF DRIVER P15 178
161 161 A15 P12 178
A7 A36
C #40 #40 C
SF2 SF2 A36
P12

161 161
P8
P11
#40 #40 M11 M26 M11 M16 S7
SF2 SF2

50

145 7 7
#24 #24
SF1 SF1 A15
136
S2 M5 203
E6 #24
145 SF1

#24 #24
SF1 SF1 59
P4 22
B E22 214 P1 B
145
#24
SF1
#24 #24
SF1 SF1

#24
E3 SF1
145 239
#24 #24
SF1 SF1

#24
E3 SF1
236 178 236

136
148
148
A A
DIAGRAM L-1850
FLUID POWER 2201 & UP SIZE DWG NO. REV

DRAWN M. DUKE E DO NOT SCALE 4267500 02

ISSUED SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 3 OF 7

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASED NL10-1518 10-12-10 KMD AY AY
H 01 ADD IT 40,42,200,246,A/C & IT 245,DEL IT 2,40,47,172,206,221 NL11-0748 08-25-11 KMD AY AY H
200 02 ADD IT 34,172,DEL IT 10,42,55,119 NL11-2053 10-10-11 KMD AY AY
201

203

203

208

E20 230
228
34 IN OUT
201 200
02 181
208
G 228
210
G
116

168

173 117
AIR CONDITIONER 195

245
170 219
245
120
167
172
M34 IN OUT
E12 E12

A34 FLOW

123

F A34 134 F
190 172
58
REF AUX OIL COOLER
E41 A47 122 8 SEE DWG 427-1226
232 9
135 40 235
A34 A29
OIL
BY PASS
189

178 189
195

REF AUX OIL COOLER

239 SEE DWG 427-1226

56
E 219
AUX E
131 178 OIL
181 E1
TO ENGINE
M20 COOLANT RETURN
A9 144
28 P6 216
207 A34 A13 COOLANT PRESSURE
14 M25 M25 E43 E35 TO ENGINE
#24 E39 228
S9
SF1
AIR 131
69 146
COMP
M8
P24 T12 M35
A50 E1 180 FAN
BHP2
S10 149 A51 E43 E35
72 M27
25
173 207 #24
P10 19 S12 M17 M2 M9 M2 E43 69 E39 S9 165
96 SF1
97
#24
D 236 SF2
S9
S1 BHP3 P6 220 D
S10
CP 207 246
P10 M7 60 60 BLWR
88 E39 180
68
69 M2 M14 M2 M17 S12
P6 E11 T4
60 60
#24 CHP
S9 S10
SF1 212
214 60 60
E10
28 M8
S12 M17 M2 M9 M2 16
207 E8 230 166 204
5 SP2
5
E1 #16

STEERING
GB

A7 S19 AP S18 S14 SF4 154

#16
168
E12 SF4
23 SP1 220
M30 #24
A44 M12 M15 M12 H16 M1 S4
52 A9 SF1 E8 T2
FP
C E40 A14 T3 A22 155 C

BLOWER/FAN
BHP1
S14 154
S10
M2
205
#16 BP #16 165
S6 243
SF5 SF4
S12 M17 M2 M9 M2 M12 M15 M12 H16 M1 S4 237 167 154
8 154
15 E1
P23 3
69 9
207
E39 5 5
60 60 A9 M6
P6 60 237
M23 E10 P18 OUT IN 218
218 E12 E12
#24 218
S9 207 #16
SF1 S6 FLOW
218 SF2

28 M8 90 234
105 E17

E10
B OUT IN 204 B
137
178 195 E10 E36 A10 A10 E19 222 T4

P14 FLOW 180 216

E10 137
222
235 A12 E44
8
180
144 9 166

178
139

168 136 243

190

136 146
A A
148 DIAGRAM L-1850
FLUID POWER 2201 & UP SIZE DWG NO. REV

DRAWN M. DUKE E DO NOT SCALE 4267500 02

ISSUED SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 4 OF 7

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASED NL10-1518 10-12-10 KMD AY AY
H 01 ADD IT 218,SWITCH IT 222 & 237,CHG GEOMETRY IT 74 NL11-0748 08-25-11 KMD AY AY H
02 SEE SHEETS 1,4 NL11-2053 10-10-11 KMD AY AY

208 107 74 107 T5

#32
SF2 184
183

#32 #32 #32

203 SF2 SF2 SF2

46
P25 241 RHR DRIVER
208 #24 E12
85 TO FROM
SF1 #32
181
182 SF2 A49 A31
#24 #24 #32
SF1 SF1 SF2
107 44 107
143
G TOP G
168 228 186
210
199 E24 218
218
219 A39 E10
A39 #32
SF2

199 OUT IN M19

195
242 E14 M32 A26 E26
58
215
FLOW 118
#20
218 SF1 114
E17 E17 E17 E17 E17 E17 E17

81 A39 P20
57 218 H5 M33
BH PUMP1 STEER STEER AUX
PUMP1 PUMP2 PUMP E16 A39
CH PUMP 240 138
BH PUMP2
A15
BH PUMP3 #20 E19
E32 M4 T3 203
F SF1 8 F
E35 9
RADIATOR
#20 M4 217
SF1 P9 S8

94 94 94 94 94 94 94 M18
235

E11 45

#12 A3
164 176 A5
222 SF5
237
A3
A17
H18 P9 P6
#32 6
217
81 S8 SF2
#12 P13
E45
SF5
#32
E 112 H11 H2 P16 S6 38 S6
#20
92
SF2 E
P9 A7
S17 13 SF1 BOTTOM
E27
PORT A IN OUT A7
H11 H2 P16 S6 38 S6 E26 A26 M32 E14
P9 H5
FLOW

43 114
132
103 P6 103 P6 S8 118
189 PORT B 146 138
M33
S17 A39
#16 #16
H11 S21 S6 S6 S21 H11 99
SF3 SF3 190
FLOW 27 A15
#12 E19 8
A7 2 1 S20 E45
SF5 #16 H7
A22 100 100 A22
100 PSI SF3 9 E35
CHK VLV 112 #20
P9 H18 #20
1 M7 T3 A14 SF1 A14 T3 M7 SF1

D 167 S17 D
199
199

#12 111
SF4

E10
204 128

E35 E35
58 M19
124
A2 A2

166 189
61 A41 A41
A39 P20
204
C 154 E13 L
124 C
R
180 133
TO AIR
SYSTEM E13 A42 T P
230 LS
154 177 169 186
125 A24 A41

#20 A2 E35
SF1 #20 E35
218 215 SF1
95
218 A49 A31
T6 133
222
RIGHT STEER CYLINDER T8 A14 TO FROM
LHR DRIVER
E17 A12 A12 A12 A12 P7 P7 126 P7
A6

162
AIR SUPPLY

P19
GEAR BOX
FAN PUMP
HYD TANK

#16
BLOWER

B 104 B
PUMP

57 SF1
AIR

#16 #16 S8
126 SF1 SF1
TO AIR
BLOW GUN #16
P9 P9 SF1
#16 #16
#20 SF1 SF1 #20
180 93 SF1 SF1
101 93 94 94 95
#20 #16
SF1 104 SF1 A6
49
107 106 107 A12
243 125
12 A6
176 LEFT STEER CYLINDER 127

#16 #20
H10 E32 S8
SF1 SF1

A 190 146 A
DIAGRAM L-1850
FLUID POWER 2201 & UP SIZE DWG NO. REV

DRAWN M. DUKE E DO NOT SCALE 4267500 02

ISSUED SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 5 OF 7

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
STEER PILOT VALVE REVISIONS
RETURN TO TANK @54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
SEE PAGE 7, A-8
00 RELEASE NL10-1518 10-12-10 KMD AY AY
REAR DRIVER FILTER
H FRONT DRIVER FILTER 01 DELETE SPECIFICATIONS AT TOP NL11-0750 08-25-11 KMD AY AY H
02 SEE SHEETS 1,4 NL11-2053 10-10-11 KMD AY AY
DRV DRV DRV DRV

FLOW SWITCH X 4 L

STEERING CYLINDER

A B

20 MICRON 20 MICRON 20 MICRON 20 MICRON

25 PSI 25 PSI 25 PSI 25 PSI L R

G G
OVERLOAD
STEER VALVE RELIEFS
4000 PSI
PRESET

FLOW CONTROL FLOW CONTROL PRESSURE DIRECTIONAL

2.5 GPM 2.5 GPM REDUCING CONTROL
RELIEF
200 PSI

P
M
PP
AIR CONDITIONER AIR CONDITIONER
(SOL AC)
F AC F

PRIORITY
FLOW CONTROL

VALVE
PILOT
6 GPM
RELIEF
4000 PSI

AUX COOLING CIRCUIT

(OPTIONAL)
COUNTER
HP PRESSURE
45 PSI
VALVE
75 PSI
PRESET
AUX FAN
LS
COOLER

FLOW AMPLIFIER
LS EF HT T

E T P AUX FAN E
MOTOR

ALL PRESSURES WITH ENGINE AT HIGH THROTTLE

8UJHNKNHFYNTSX
SOL AS BLOWER
AUX
STEERING MOTOR 1
-^I9FSP&NW &NWUWJXXZWJWJLZQFYTW YT58.
PRESSURE TRANSDUCER MANIFOLD REAR FRAME
100
M
PSI BUCKET HOIST BUCKET HOIST BUCKET HOIST FAST HOIST STEER STEER ,JFW'T](NWHZNY ,JFWGT] YTUXNFY-NLM9MWTYYQJ
D PUMP1 PUMP2 PUMP3 PUMP PUMP A PUMP B ACC PUMP D
(XDR BH1) (XDR BH2) (XDR BH3) (XDR FH) (XDR SPA) (XDR SPB) (XDR AP) 5NQTY(NWHZNY 5WJXXZWJWJQNJK[FQ[J SJ\ UXN

OIL -TNXY'ZHPJY(NWHZNY -TNXY 'ZHPJY5ZRU(TRUJSXFYTWX UXNŒ

COOLER 2FNS;FQ[J7JQNJK UXN
VALVE -TNXY'FXJ(NWHZNY7JQNJK UXNŒ
-TNXY7TI(NWHZNY7JQNJK UXNŒ
PRESSURE 100 PSI 'ZHPJY'FXJ(NWHZNY7JQNJK UXNŒ
RELIEF 'ZHPJY7TI(NWHZNY7JQNJK UXNŒ
2000 PSI M SEE SEE SEE SEE
SHEET 7 SHEET 7 SHEET 7 SHEET 7 8JHTSIFW^)ZRU7JQNJK UXNŒ
AUX 0.062"
STEER
8YJJW(NWHZNY 8YJJWNSL5ZRU 8YFSI^'^ UXN 8YFSIG^
(SW AS)
COOLER 8YJJWNSL5ZRU (TRUJSXFYTW UXNŒ
30 PSI
8YJJWNSL4[JWQTFI7JQNJK +QT\&RU UXNŒ
5NQTY7JQNJK 5;, UXN
PRESSURE TRANSDUCER MANIFOLD REAR FRAME &Z]8YJJWNSL7JQNJK UXN
OIL COOLER
HYDRAULIC
8JJSTYJ 8YJJW1JKY7JXUTSXN[JSJXX
BYPASS 8JJSTYJ 8YJJW7NLMY7JXUTSXN[JSJXX
RESERVOIR RADIATOR BLOWER KLENZ
(SOL OB)
AIR PRESSURE AIR SUPPLY FAN PUMP PUMP GEAR BOX TANK
C TO AUTO LUBE (XDR HA) (XDR AS) (XDR RF) (XDR BF) (XDR GP) (XDR KT) 'QT\JW(NWHZNY 'QT\JW5ZRU 8YFSIG^ UXN 8YFSIG^ C
AND PILOT FAN 'QT\JW5ZRU (TRUJSXFYTW 752%*SL752
MOTOR 'QT\JW7JRTYJ7JQNJK 752%*SL752

*SLNSJ+FS(NWHZNY +FS5ZRU 8YFSIG^.IQJ UXN 8YFSIG^

+FS5ZRU (TRUJSXFYTW-NLM 752%*SL752
AUX FAN +FS7JRTYJ7JQNJK-NLM 752%*SL752
(SOL AF)
&Z]4NQ(TTQJW(NWHZNY &Z]5ZRU 8YFSIG^ .IQJ UXN
GEARBOX KLENZ &Z]5ZRU (TRUJSXFYTW UXN 752
CONTROL TANK &Z]7JRTYJ7JQNJK -NLM 3&
VALVE
&HHJXXTW^5ZRU &HHJXXTW^5ZRU(TRUJSXFYTW UXN

&ZYT1ZGJ(NWHZNY 5WJXXZWJ7JIZHNSL UXNΠ,WJFXJ5WJXXZWJ

+QT\(TSYWTQ YTXYWTPJXUJWXJHTSI

(^HQJ9NRJX -TNXY:U 8JH

BLOWER -TNXY)T\S 8JH
REMOTE RELIEF +QTFY 8JH
B AUX FAN 'ZHPJY7TQQGFHP 8JH
B
RELIEF
3000 PSI
'ZHPJY)ZRU 8JH
8YJJW1THPYT1THP 8JH
BLOWER FAN
CONTROL NOTE:
20 MICRON SPB SPA (SOL BF)
25 PSI BP FP 1. CAN BE ADJUSTED AT SERVICE LEVEL IN LINCS.
BHP1 AP FHP CP AFP BHP2 BHP3 2. THIS SCHEMATIC IS FOR GEN II OF L1850 AND L2350.
RADIATOR FAN 3. AUX. STEERING IS AN OPTION. MACHINES MAY NOT BE EQUIPPED AS SUCH.
10 MICRON BHP1: BUCKET HOIST PUMP1 4. L1850 HAS TWO RETURN FILTERS, WHILE L2350 HAS THREE.
BHP2: BUCKET HOIST PUMP2 REMOTE RELIEF
5. "SOL" IS ABBREVIATION OF SOLENOID
BHP3: BUCKET HOIST PUMP3 "XDR" STANDS FOR TRANSDUCER
FHP: FAST HOIST PUMP RADIATOR FAN "SW" IS ABBREVIATION OF SWITCH.
AFP: AUX FAN PUMP (OPTIONAL) CONTROL
AP: ACCESSORY PUMP (SOL RF)
SPA: STEER PUMP A
SPB: STEER PUMP B HYDRAULIC
CP: CIRCULATION PUMP RESERVOIR
BP: BLOWER PUMP
FP: FAN PUMP
A A
20 MICRON
DIAGRAM L-1850
25 PSI FLUID POWER 2201 & UP SIZE DWG NO. REV

DRAWN M. DUKE E DO NOT SCALE 4267500 02

ISSUED SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 6 OF 7

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL10-1518 10-12-10 KMD AY AY
H 01 SEE SHEETS 1-6 NL11-0748 08-25-11 KMD AY AY H
02 SEE SHEETS 1,4 NL11-0853 10-10-11 KMD AY AY

MANUAL BLEED VALVE NOTE: VALVES CLOSED FOR

NORMAL OPERATION

BUCKET CYL ROD

(XDR BR)

G G

HOIST CYL ROD

(XDR HR)

BUCKET
SECONDARY
DUMP
(SOL SD)

HOIST
SECONDARY
DUMP RELIEF LOAD WEIGHT
800PSI (XDR LW)

F F
FLOAT VALVE FLOAT VALVE

PILOT VALVES

DUMP BUCKET
(SOL DB)

DB HU DB HU HU
PILOT PRESSURE (DUMP BUCKET) (HOIST UP) (DUMP BUCKET) (HOIST UP) (HOIST UP)
(XDR PP)

ROLL BUCKET
(SOL RB)
E E
2000 2000 2000 2000
PSI 4500 PSI PSI 4500 PSI PSI 4500 PSI PSI 4500 PSI
HD
(HOIST DOWN)

.025

FD FD FD
HOIST UP
(SOL HU)

DB HD DB HD HD
4500 PSI 4500 PSI 4500 PSI
PRESSURE
RELIEF
P T P T P 450 PSI

PILOT SUPPLY
D RB HU RB HU
FAST
HU (XDR PS) D
BUCKET BUCKET
HOIST HOIST HOIST
VALVE HOIST DOWN
VALVE 1 VALVE 2 (SOL HD)
(BHV1) (BHV2) (FHV)

RB HD RB HD
(ROLL BUCKET) (HOIST DOWN) (ROLL BUCKET) (HOIST DOWN) T

FLOAT DOWN
FLOW (SOL FD)
CONTROL
TO AIR CONDITIONER 2.5 GPM
& DRIVER FILTER
PRESSURE TRANSDUCER MANIFOLD REAR FRAME
BUCKET HOIST BUCKET HOIST BUCKET HOIST FAST HOIST STEER STEER
C PUMP1
(XDR BH1)
PUMP2
(XDR BH2)
PUMP3
(XDR BH3)
PUMP PUMP A
(XDR SPA)
PUMP B
(XDR SPB)
ACC PUMP
(XDR AP)
C
(XDR FH)

FLOW
CONTROL
2.5 GPM
SEE SEE SEE
SHEET 6 SHEET 6 SHEET 6

BHP1 AP FHP CP AFP BHP2 BHP3 SPB SPA BP FP

10 MICRON BHP1: BUCKET HOIST PUMP1
BHP2: BUCKET HOIST PUMP2
BHP3: BUCKET HOIST PUMP3
FHP: FAST HOIST PUMP
20 MICRON AFP: AUX FAN PUMP (OPTIONAL)
25 PSI AP: ACCESSORY PUMP
AUTOLUBE PUMP GREASE
SPA: STEER PUMP A
HYDRAULIC PRESSURE
SPB: STEER PUMP B
B CP: CIRCULATION PUMP RESERVOIR
20 MICRON
(XDR AL)
TO INJECTOR B
BP: BLOWER PUMP 25 PSI BANKS
FP: FAN PUMP
RELIEF
4000 PSI

VENT VALVE

PRESSURE
AUTO LUBE REDUCING FLOW CONTROL
FRONT DRIVER FILTER (SOL AL) 450 PSI MAX
MOTOR RETURN

A A
DIAGRAM L-1850
FLUID POWER 2201 & UP SIZE DWG NO. REV

DRAWN M. DUKE E DO NOT SCALE 4267500 02

ISSUED SCALE 1/1 EST WT SHEET 7 OF 7

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 GO TO SCHEMATICS TOC

Auxiliary
Steering System
 NOTES

NOTE: If you have printed a page from the LEPS-LeTourneau Electronic Publication System-The page may not include all relevant data,
such as specifications, Warnings, Cautions or Notes that may be found elsewhere in the complete document or in other applicable service
information documents. Make sure you have read and understood all associated information before performing any maintenance on the
machine. It is the responsibility of the mechanic, repairman or inspector to understand the current instructions of the manufacturer and the
manuals, for the specific operation concerned.
LeTourneau Technologies © 2007 All Rights Reserved
 GO TO SCHEMATICS TOC

Auxiliary Hydraulic
Oil Cooler
 NOTES

NOTE: If you have printed a page from the LEPS-LeTourneau Electronic Publication System-The page may not include all relevant data,
such as specifications, Warnings, Cautions or Notes that may be found elsewhere in the complete document or in other applicable service
information documents. Make sure you have read and understood all associated information before performing any maintenance on the
machine. It is the responsibility of the mechanic, repairman or inspector to understand the current instructions of the manufacturer and the
manuals, for the specific operation concerned.
LeTourneau Technologies © 2007 All Rights Reserved
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL10-1855 1-14 TEW AY AY
H 01 CORRECTED DRAWING NUMBER NL11-0760 2-10 TEW AY AY H
02 REDRAW; QTY IT 3 WAS 10; DELE IT 4 (4248565), IT 5
02 (4248563), IT 6 (4237810), IT 7 (0233042), IT 8 (0753123),
02 IT 9 (0829683), IT 10 (0810971); ADD IT 13, 14, 20, 22, 24, 25,
02 27-60; SEE SHEET 2 NL11-1707 8-5 TW AY AY

G G
58

57 X2

59
58 52
33
56
40

50
34
35
37 32

52

F 55 28 3 F
27 25 29

36
42
38 31 41
49
51
13
43 51
43 44 14
22 41
20
60 25
47 48

52
53
E 3 E
54
37
46
30
45 24
39

D D
60 4009757 4 BOLT HX .500 4.000 NC G8
59 0808489 2 NUT HX .500 NC
58 4273455 1 STR CLAMP 5 INCH
57 0810991 4 WASHER FLAT .531 1.062 .121
56 0987622 1 CLAMP HALF 5 INCH
55 4143853 1 FTG HYD 0 16 MJ 12 MO JUMP
54 4131486 1 FTG HYD TE 6 MJ 6 FJ 6 MJ
53 4179624 1 FTG HYD 90 6 MJ 4 MO
52 4009752 6 BOLT HX .500 1.250 NC G8 FT
51 4267960 2 FTG HYD TE 20 MJ 20 MO 20 MJ
50 4243656 1 FTG HYD TE 12 MJ 12 MJ 12 FJ
49 4002457 1 FTG HYD 0 12 MJ 12 MO
48 4103848 2 BOLT HX M10 x 1.50 x 25 (0.98)
47 4241873 2 WASHER LOCK SPR M10.0 18.1 2.1
46 4240796 2 BOLT, M12 X 1.75 X 40 (1.58) LG
C 45 0801181 2 WASHER LOCK SPR .500 .873 .125 C
44 4261677 1 PLUG HOLLOW HEX 6 MO
1 43 4223018 2 HYD COUPLER ASSY, MALE, 6 MO
42 4172129 1 STR ELB-SAE-2-90°-C61-80
10X 2 41 4270898 2 FTG HYD 0 20 FJ 16 MJ
40 6982831 1 FTG HYD 0 8 MJ 12 FJ SWL
10X 3
39 4002461 1 FTG HYD 0 24 MJ 24 MO
38 4243506 1 HOSE 1250 12 16.0 0J 90J
37 4273725 2 MANIFOLD STR
36 4033602 1 HOSE 1000 16 62.0 0J 0J
35 4270946 1 HOSE 625 20 140.0 0J 0J
34 4243921 1 HOSE 4000 16 72.0 0J 0F
33 4150900 1 HOSE 2000 8 60.0 0J 0J
32 4270948 1 HOSE 375 32 100.0 0J 0F
31 4270943 1 HOSE 375 32 70.0 0F 45F
30 4261672 1 HOSE 500 24 23.0 0J 45F
29 4270942 1 HOSE 4000 16 130.0 0F 0F
B 28 4270941 1 HOSE 375 32 130.0 0F 0F
B
27 4270940 1 HOSE 4000 16 108.0 0F 45F
25 4270899 1 HOSE 1000 16 300.0 0J 0J
24 4270939 2 HOSE 4000 6 160.0 0J 90J
22 4273392 1 MANIFOLD 2.00 SF X 20 SAE PORT
20 4256502 1 COVER - SAE A
14 4011832 1 SAE TEST BLOCK
13 4256463 1 PUMP-PSTN-45 CM³ (2.75 IN³) LH
3 4223104 14 WASHER CON .531 1.38 .15 HRD
2 4009754 10 BOLT HX .500 3.00 NC G8
1 4271151 1 ASSY AUX OIL COOLER L1850 G2
ITEM PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:
FIRST USED ON/CONTRACT NO
THIS DRAWING AND ALL
DATA THEREIN IS THE
• DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES & APPLY BEFORE
PLATING OR FINISH COATINGS.
LeTourneau Technologies™
PROPERTY OF LETOURNEAU DWN DATE
• TOLERANCES ON: ANGLES ±1°
TECHNOLOGIES. IT IS twillis 12-22-2010
CONFIDENTIAL AND MUST FRACTIONS ±1/16
NOT BE COPIED. IT IS CHK
.XX DECIMAL ±.03 AY 01-14-2011
A LOANED SUBJECT TO
RETURN UPON DEMAND
.XXX DECIMAL
• MACHINED CORNERS 1/64 X 45°
±.015
ENGR KIT AUX OIL COOLER L1850 G2 A
AND IS NOT TO BE USED
IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL • WELD PROPERTIES SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM
PROD ENGR
TO OUR INTEREST. REQUIREMENTS OF THE BASE MATERIAL. AY 01-14-2011
SIZE DWG NO. REV

+ 4271226
INTERPRET DIM & TOL PROJ APPROVAL
02
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
PER LETOURNEAU DO NOT SCALE
SPEC 1650.00. MATL
SCALE 1/8 EST WT 1991.8 lbm SHEET 1 OF 2

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
REVISIONS
@54+ 8+< *+9)8/6:/54 +)4 *':+ ).- ).1 '66
00 RELEASE NL10-1855 1-14 TEW AY AY
H 01 CORRECTED DRAWING NUMBER NL11-0760 2-10 TEW AY AY H
02 IT 22 WAS 426-7539; IT 23 WAS 425-6495; IT 31 WAS 422-3475;
02 IT 32 WAS 424-3716; IT 35 WAS 418-8968; IT 36 WAS 424-1514;
02 IT 37 WAS 424-1515; ADD IT 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 33, 34, 38,
02 A8, A9, A10, H1-H5, S6, T3, DELE IT S5 (406-8358);
02 UPDATE DRAWING; SEE SHEET 1 NL11-1707 8-7 TEW AY AY

45 PSI

G G
FAN AUX FAN
MOTOR COOLER

35

AUX FAN MOTOR

F BLOWER F
MOTOR

33
100
PSI

A5

32 19 CASE
T2 DRAIN
27
HYDRAULIC
TANK 20 MICRON
38 25 PSI
A6 AUX FAN
#16 14 TO CASE DRAIN
P1 BLOWER MOTOR 34 (SOL AF)
E SF2
18
E
S3 REF
#32 #16
P1 M1 16 36 SF1 SF1
A10
13 37
S1
REF #20
AUX FAN PUMP CIRCULATION PUMP SF1
#12 REF
SF1
#32 #16 BP FP
H3 H2 S2 E1 REF SF1 SF1
H4 H5 RADIATOR FAN
MOTOR
CP AFP
S4 REF 28 29
20 15
A9 26 REF
#24
SF1

T1 30 A2 #32 #16
SF1 SF1
D D
25 37
AUX FAN
REMOTE
RELIEF
24
3000 PSI
A3 #32 #16
SF1 SF1

27

RELIEF VALVE
31

T3 426-7960 2 FTG HYD TE 20 MJ 20 M0 20 MJ A10 400-2457 1 FTG HYD 90 12 MJ 12 MO

24 T2 424-3656 1 FTG HYD TE 12 MJ 12 MJ 12 FJ A9 417-9624 1 FTG HYD 90 6MJ 4 MO
#32 #32
M2 T1 413-1486 1 FTG HYD TE 6 MJ 6 FJ 6 MJ A8 427-0898 2 FTG HYD 0 20 FJ 16 MJ
SF1 SF1
ITEM PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION A7 402-0771 1 FTG HYD 0 8 MO 6 MJ
21 REF
A6 402-1412 REF FTG HYD 0 10 MO 12 MJ
TEES
A5 698-2831 1 FTG HYD 0 8 MJ 12 FJ SWL
C 4273390 (REF) S6 407-1255 1 O-RING 2 SAE SPLIT FLANGE A4 404-0557 REF FTG HYD 0 6 MJ 8 MP JUMP C
MANIFOLD ASSY S5 406-8358 2 O-RING 1-1/2 SAE SPLIT FLANGE A3 400-2461 1 FTG HYD 0 24 MJ 24 MO
S4 400-2283 REF O-RING .116 .92 90D BUNA A2 414-3853 1 FTG HYD 0 16 MJ 12 MO
400-9753 BOLT, HEX HD - 1/2 UNC X 1-1/2 S3 410-5004 REF O-RING .139 .98 95D PY A1 400-2454 1 FTG HYD 0 6 MJ 6 MO
17 REF #32
421-0349 WASHER, 1/2 HARDENED S2 425-7212 1 O-RING .139 3.98 90D VI 242 ITEM PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION
SF1
SET 407-1255 O-RING 2 SAE SPLIT FLANGE S1 410-5005 1 O-RING 1" SAE SPLIT FLANGE
OUT
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR 422-3453 FLANGE HALF, 2 SAE ITEM PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION ADAPTERS
IN TOP VIEW 400-9755 BOLT, HEX HD - 1/2 UNC X 3-1/4 38 424-3506 1 HOSE 1250 12 16.0 0J 90J
#24
421-0349 WASHER, 1/2 HARDENED
SEALS 37 427-3725 2 MANIFOLD STR
SF2
AUX FAN SOL SET 406-8358 O-RING 1-1/2 SAE SPLIT FLANGE 36 403-3602 1 HOSE 1000 16 62.0 0J 0J
418-6401 FLANGE HALF, 1-1/2 SAE P1 426-1677 REF PIPE HOLLOW HEX 6 MO 35 427-0946 1 HOSE 625 20 140.0 0J 0J
26 REF DESCRIPTION
082-7222 BOLT, HEX HD - 1/2 UNC X 2 ITEM PART NO. QTY 34 424-3921 1 HOSE 4000 16 72.0 0J 0F
#24
36 421-0349 WASHER, 1/2 HARDENED 33 415-0900 1 HOSE 2000 8 60.0 0J 0J
SF1
406-8358 O-RING 1-1/2 SAE SPLIT FLANGE
PLUGS 32 427-0948 1 HOSE 375 32 100.0 0J 0F
SET
418-6401 FLANGE HALF, 1-1/2 SAE 31 427-0943 1 HOSE 375 32 70.0 0F 45F
412-2903 BOLT, HEX HD - 7/16 UNC X 3 M2 417-2129 1 FTG HYD 90 32 SF 32 SF 30 426-1672 1 HOSE 500 24 23.0 0J 45F
#20 M1 422-3018 2 HYD COUPLER ASSY MALE 6 MO 29 427-0942 1 HOSE 4000 16 130.0 0F 0F
421-0348 WASHER, 7/16 HARDENED
B SF1
SET 406-8357 O-RING 1-1/4 SAE SPLIT FLANGE ITEM PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION 28 427-0941 1 HOSE 375 32 130.0 0F 0F B
H1 418-6400 FLANGE HALF, 1-1/4 SAE 27 427-0940 1 HOSE 4000 16 108.0 0F 45F
A8 T3 S6 080-1173 BOLT HX .375 3.250 NC G8
MISC FITTINGS 26 424-3919 REF HOSE 625 20 25.0 0J 45F
#16 H5 410-3848 2 BOLT HX M10 M25 25 427-0899 1 HOSE 1000 16 300.0 0J 0J
H1 421-0347 WASHER 3/8 HARDENED
SF2
SET 410-5005 O-RING,1" SAE SPLIT FLANGE H4 424-1873 2 WSHER LOCK SPR M10.0 18.1 2.1 24 427-0939 2 HOSE 4000 6 160.0 0J 90J
T3 418-6491 FLANGE HALF FORG 1.02 6000 H3 424-0796 2 BOLT HX M12 40 1.75 (1.58") 23 423-8022 REF ASSY OIL COOLER VALVE
082-9683 BOLT HX .375 1.750 NC G8 H2 080-1181 2 WASHER LOCK SPR .500 .87 .13 22 427-3392 1 MANIFOLD 2.00 SF X 20 SAE PORT
M3 #16 H1 400-9757 4 BOLT HX .500 4.000 NC G8 21 424-1019 REF RELIEF VALVE ASSY
421-0347 WASHER 3/8 HARDENED
A8 35 SF1
SET 410-5005 O-RING,1" SAE SPLIT FLANGE ITEM PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION 20 425-6502 1 COVER-SAE A
418-6491 FLANGE HALF FORG 1.02 6000 19 427-1151 REF OIL COOLER ASSY
080-8476 BOLT HX .375 1.250 NC G8
HARDWARE 18 423-7906 REF HYDRAULIC FAN MOTOR
25 #12 17 424-4831 REF VALVE ASY SOL 2 WAY NO 24VDC
421-0347 WASHER 3/8 HARDENED
SF1
SET 410-5004 O-RING .139 .98 95D PY E2 401-7400 1 FTG HYD 90 6 MJ 8 MO JUMP 16 427-1040 REF MANIFOLD BLOCK MOTOR OUTLET
400-2219 FLANGE HALF 3/4 SAE CODE 61 E1 427-1108 REF FTG HYD 45 12 SF 12 MJ 15 424-4896 REF VALVE CHECK#12 100PSI
ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION ITEM PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION 14 401-1832 1 TEST BLOCK
13 425-6463 1 PUMP,PSTN-45 CM³(2.75IN³)LH
SPLIT FLANGE SETS ELBOWS ITEM PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION
A A
KIT AUX OIL COOLER L1850 G2
SIZE DWG NO. REV

DRAWN twillis E DO NOT SCALE 4271226 02

ISSUED 01-14-2011 SCALE - EST WT 1991.8 lbm SHEET 2 OF 2

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 GO TO QUICK REFERENCE DATA

Specifications Quick
Reference Chart
 NOTES

NOTE: If you have printed a page from the LEPS-LeTourneau Electronic Publication System-The page may not include all relevant data,
such as specifications, Warnings, Cautions or Notes that may be found elsewhere in the complete document or in other applicable service
information documents. Make sure you have read and understood all associated information before performing any maintenance on the
machine. It is the responsibility of the mechanic, repairman or inspector to understand the current instructions of the manufacturer and the
manuals, for the specific operation concerned.
LeTourneau Technologies © 2007 All Rights Reserved
 Generation 2 Hydraulic Settings Version 6

Procedure
All pressures with Engine at paragraph
High Throttle number L-950 L-1150 L-1350 L-1850 L-2350

Governor System Air Pressure A 130psi +5 /-0 130psi +5 /-0 130psi +5 /-0 130psi +5 /-0 140psi +5 /-0

KLENZ KLENZ Regulator Air Pressure B 90 PSI 90 PSI 90 PSI 90 PSI 90 PSI

Hyd Res Air Hydraulic Reservoir Air Pressure C 4 to 6 PSI 4 to 6 PSI 4 to 6 PSI 4 to 6 PSI 4 to 6 PSI

Fan Pump (Stand by) - Idle D 450 ± 50 (Stand-by) 450 ± 50 (Stand-by) 450 ± 50 (Stand-by) 450 ± 50 (Stand-by) 450 ± 50 (Stand-by)

Engine Fan Circuit Fan Pump (Compensator) - High D 950 RPM 1150 RPM 820 RPM @ 1900 Eng RPM 820 RPM @ 1900 Eng RPM 820 RPM @ 1900 Eng RPM

Fan Remote Relief - High D 850 RPM 950 RPM 800 RPM (Max) @ 1900 Eng RPM 800 RPM (Max) @ 1900 Eng RPM 800 RPM (Max) @ 1900 Eng RPM

Blower Pump (Stand by) E 450 ± 50 (Stand-by) 450 ± 50 (Stand-by) 450 ± 50 (Stand-by) 450 ± 50 (Stand-by) 450 ± 50 (Stand-by)

Blower Circuit Blower Pump (Compensator) E 3400 RPM @ Eng 1900 3400 RPM @ Eng 1900 3400 RPM @ Eng 1900 3400 RPM @ Eng 1900 3400 RPM @ Eng 1900

Blower Remote Relief E 3100 RPM @ 1900 Eng RPM 3100 RPM @ 1900 Eng RPM 3100 RPM @ 1900 Eng RPM 3100 RPM @ 1900 Eng RPM 3100 RPM @ 1900 Eng RPM

Accessory Pump Accessory Pump Compensator F 2500psi ± 20 2500psi ± 20 2500psi ± 20 2500psi ± 20 2500psi ± 20

Pilot Circuit Pilot Pressure relief valve G 450 psi ±10 450 psi ±10 450 psi ±10 450 psi ±10 450 psi ±10

Driver Filtration Sequence Valve H N/A N/A 2200psi ± 20 2200psi ± 20 2200psi ± 20

Main Valve Relief I 4000 psi +50 -0 4500 psi +50 -0 4500 psi +50 -0 4500 psi +50 -0 4500 psi +50 -0

Hoist Base Circuit Relief I 4000 psi +50 -0 4500 psi ± 50 4500 psi ± 50 4500 psi ± 50 4500 psi ± 50

Hoist Rod Circuit Relief I 2000 psi ± 50 2000 psi ± 50 2000 psi ± 50 2000 psi ± 50 2000 psi ± 50
Hoist / Bucket
Bucket Base Circuit Relief I 4000 psi +50 -0 4500 psi ± 50 4500 psi ± 50 4500 psi ± 50 4500 psi ± 50
Circuit
Bucket Rod Circuit Relief I 2000 psi ± 50 2000 psi ± 50 2000 psi ± 50 2000 psi ± 50 2000 psi ± 50

Hoist & Bucket Pump Compensators J 3700 psi +100 / -0 4000 psi +100 / -0 4000 psi +100 / -0 4000 psi +100 / -0 4000 psi +100 / -0

Secondary Dump Relief K 800 psi ± 50 800 psi ± 50 800 psi ± 50 800 psi ± 50 800 psi ± 50

Steering Main Relief (Flow Amp) L Turn in Full Turn in Full Turn in Full Turn in Full Turn in Full

Steering Remote Relief (L950/1150) L 2500 psi ± 50 2500 psi ± 50 N/A N/A N/A

Steering Pump (Stand By) M N/A 250psi (Reference Only) N/A 250psi (Reference Only) 450 ± 50 (Stand-by) 450 ± 50 (Stand-by) 450 ± 50 (Stand-by)

Steering Pump (Compensator) M N/A N/A 3400 psi ± 50 3400 psi ± 50 4000 psi ± 50

Steering Remote Relief (L1350~2350) M N/A N/A 4500 psi ± 50 4500 psi ± 50 4500 psi ± 50

Steer Circuit Shock and Suction (Flow Amp) N 4500 psi ± 50 4500 psi ± 50 4500 psi ± 50 4500 psi ± 50 4500 psi ± 50

Relief (PVG) O 4500 psi ± 50 4500 psi ± 50 N/A N/A N/A

Aux. Steering Relief (L950/1150) P 1600 psi +50 -0 1600 psi +50 -0 N/A N/A N/A

Aux. Steering Relief (L1350~2350 Q N/A N/A 2000 psi +50 -0 2000 psi +50 -0 2000 psi +50 -0
 Procedure
All pressures with Engine at paragraph
High Throttle number L-950 L-1150 L-1350 L-1850 L-2350

Aux oil cooler relief (L950/1150) R 1600 RPM 1200 HZ 1600 RPM 1200 HZ N/A N/A N/A

Aux Oil Pump (Stand by) (Idle) S N/A N/A 300 psi 300 psi 300 psi
Aux Oil Cooler
Aux Oil Pump (Compensator) S N/A N/A 1400 rpm 1050 HZ 1400 rpm 1050 HZ 1400 rpm 1050 HZ
Circuit
Aux Oil Remote Relief (High) S N/A N/A 1300rpm 975 HZ 1300rpm 975 HZ 1300rpm 975 HZ

Gear Box Circuit Gearbox Reference 50 to 125 psi at High Throttle 50 to 125 psi at High Throttle 50 to 125 psi at High Throttle 50 to 125 psi at High Throttle 50 to 125 psi at High Throttle

3500 psi (Grease Pressure) NON 3500 psi (Grease Pressure) NON 3500 psi (Grease Pressure) NON 3500 psi (Grease Pressure) NON 3500 psi (Grease Pressure) NON
Pressure Reducing Valve Reference
Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable
Grease System
1.5 to 2 strokes per second NON 1.5 to 2 strokes per second NON 1.5 to 2 strokes per second NON 1.5 to 2 strokes per second NON 1.5 to 2 strokes per second NON
Flow Control Reference
Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable

Hoist Up 11 Sec 13 Sec 15 Sec 16 Sec 17 Sec

Hoist Down 9-11 Sec 9-11 Sec 9-11 Sec 9-11 Sec 12-14 Sec

Float 5 Sec 5 Sec 5 Sec 6 Sec 6 Sec

Cycle Times
Bucket Rollback 3-5 Sec 4-6 Sec 3-5 Sec 3-5 Sec 3-5 Sec

Bucket Dump 3 Sec 3 Sec 3 Sec 4 Sec 3 Sec

Steer Lock to Lock 6 Sec 7 Sec 6 Sec 6 Sec 6 Sec

Notes